US20180022798A1 - Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation - Google Patents

Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20180022798A1
US20180022798A1 US15/671,217 US201715671217A US2018022798A1 US 20180022798 A1 US20180022798 A1 US 20180022798A1 US 201715671217 A US201715671217 A US 201715671217A US 2018022798 A1 US2018022798 A1 US 2018022798A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
antibody
tgf
gdf
growth factor
proteins
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US15/671,217
Inventor
Thomas Schurpf
Nagesh K. Mahanthappa
Michelle Straub
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Scholar Rock Inc
Original Assignee
Scholar Rock Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Family has litigation
First worldwide family litigation filed litigation Critical https://patents.darts-ip.com/?family=51867850&utm_source=google_patent&utm_medium=platform_link&utm_campaign=public_patent_search&patent=US20180022798(A1) "Global patent litigation dataset” by Darts-ip is licensed under a Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International License.
Application filed by Scholar Rock Inc filed Critical Scholar Rock Inc
Priority to US15/671,217 priority Critical patent/US20180022798A1/en
Assigned to SCHOLAR ROCK, INC. reassignment SCHOLAR ROCK, INC. ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: MAHANTHAPPA, NAGESH K., STRAUB, Michelle Marie, SCHURPF, Thomas
Publication of US20180022798A1 publication Critical patent/US20180022798A1/en
Priority to US16/209,078 priority patent/US10981981B2/en
Priority to US17/196,256 priority patent/US11827698B2/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/22—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against growth factors ; against growth regulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/0005—Vertebrate antigens
    • A61K39/0011—Cancer antigens
    • A61K39/00113—Growth factors
    • A61K39/001134—Transforming growth factor [TGF]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K39/00—Medicinal preparations containing antigens or antibodies
    • A61K39/395—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum
    • A61K39/39533—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals
    • A61K39/3955—Antibodies; Immunoglobulins; Immune serum, e.g. antilymphocytic serum against materials from animals against proteinaceous materials, e.g. enzymes, hormones, lymphokines
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/02—Muscle relaxants, e.g. for tetanus or cramps
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435—Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/475—Growth factors; Growth regulators
    • C07K14/495—Transforming growth factor [TGF]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/005—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies constructed by phage libraries
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K16/00—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies
    • C07K16/18—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans
    • C07K16/28—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • C07K16/2863—Immunoglobulins [IGs], e.g. monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies against material from animals or humans against receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants against receptors for growth factors, growth regulators
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12—BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12N—MICROORGANISMS OR ENZYMES; COMPOSITIONS THEREOF; PROPAGATING, PRESERVING, OR MAINTAINING MICROORGANISMS; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING; CULTURE MEDIA
    • C12N15/00—Mutation or genetic engineering; DNA or RNA concerning genetic engineering, vectors, e.g. plasmids, or their isolation, preparation or purification; Use of hosts therefor
    • C12N15/09—Recombinant DNA-technology
    • C12N15/10—Processes for the isolation, preparation or purification of DNA or RNA
    • C12N15/1034—Isolating an individual clone by screening libraries
    • C12N15/1037—Screening libraries presented on the surface of microorganisms, e.g. phage display, E. coli display
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00—Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/21—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin from primates, e.g. man
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/20—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin
    • C07K2317/24—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by taxonomic origin containing regions, domains or residues from different species, e.g. chimeric, humanized or veneered
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/31—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency multispecific
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/32—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency specific for a neo-epitope on a complex, e.g. antibody-antigen or ligand-receptor
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/30—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by aspects of specificity or valency
    • C07K2317/33—Crossreactivity, e.g. for species or epitope, or lack of said crossreactivity
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/55—Fab or Fab'
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/50—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments
    • C07K2317/56—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by immunoglobulin fragments variable (Fv) region, i.e. VH and/or VL
    • C07K2317/565—Complementarity determining region [CDR]
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/70—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by effect upon binding to a cell or to an antigen
    • C07K2317/76—Antagonist effect on antigen, e.g. neutralization or inhibition of binding
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/92—Affinity (KD), association rate (Ka), dissociation rate (Kd) or EC50 value
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07K—PEPTIDES
    • C07K2317/00—Immunoglobulins specific features
    • C07K2317/90—Immunoglobulins specific features characterized by (pharmaco)kinetic aspects or by stability of the immunoglobulin
    • C07K2317/94—Stability, e.g. half-life, pH, temperature or enzyme-resistance
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/475—Assays involving growth factors
    • G01N2333/495—Transforming growth factor [TGF]
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/435—Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature from animals; from humans
    • G01N2333/705—Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants
    • G01N2333/71—Assays involving receptors, cell surface antigens or cell surface determinants for growth factors; for growth regulators

Definitions

  • Embodiments of the present invention may include recombinant proteins as well as antibodies directed to such proteins.
  • such proteins and antibodies may be related to the field of TGF- ⁇ family member biology.
  • Cell signaling molecules stimulate a variety of cellular activities. Such signaling is often tightly regulated, often through interactions with other biomolecules, the extracellular and/or cellular matrix or within a particular cell environment or niche. Such interactions may be direct or indirect.
  • Cell signaling cascades are involved in a number of diverse biological pathways including, but not limited to modulation of cell growth, modulation of tissue homeostasis, extracellular matrix (ECM) dynamics, modulation of cell migration, invasion and immune modulation/suppression.
  • ECM extracellular matrix
  • proteins involved in cell signaling are synthesized and/or are sequestered in latent form, requiring stimulus of some kind to participate in signaling events.
  • the present invention provides recombinant proteins comprising one or more TGF- ⁇ -related proteins comprising one or more protein modules selected from the group consisting of growth factor prodomain complexes (GPCs), latency associated peptides (LAPs), LAP-like domains, straight jacket regions, growth factor domains, fastener regions, furin cleavage site regions, arm regions, fingers regions, N-terminal regions for extracellular associations, latency loops, alpha 1 helical regions, alpha 2 helical regions, RGD sequence regions, trigger loop regions and bowtie regions.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules from a vertebrate species.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules comprising one or more mutations. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising one or more furin cleavage site regions. In some embodiments, such mutations may prevent enzymatic cleavage of recombinant proteins of the present invention. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising a mutation of the amino acid sequence RXXR to the amino acid sequence RXG. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising a mutation of the amino acid sequence RXXR to the amino acid sequence AXXA.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising N-terminal regions for extracellular associations. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising substitution and/or deletion of at least one cysteine residue present within about the first 4, 5, 6 or 7 N-terminal amino acid residues. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more substitution of at least one cysteine residue with at least one serine residue.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may be complexed with a protein selected from the group consisting of LTBP1, LTBP1S, LTBP2, LTBP3, LTBP4, fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3, fibrillin-4, GARP, LRRC33 and a combination or fragment thereof.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more detectable labels. Such detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags.
  • the present invention provides chimeric proteins comprising one or more protein modules from at least two TGF- ⁇ -related proteins wherein said protein modules may be selected from the group consisting of growth factor prodomain complexes (GPCs), latency associated peptides (LAPs), LAP-like domains, straight jacket regions, growth factor domains, fastener regions, furin cleavage site regions, arm regions, fingers regions, N-terminal regions for extracellular associations, latency loops, alpha 1 helical regions, RGD sequence regions, trigger loop regions, bowtie regions and any of those listed in Tables 2, 3 and 11.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules selected from one or more vertebrate species.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise GPCs.
  • such GPCs may comprise at least one LAP or LAP-like domain from a TGF- ⁇ family member and at least one growth factor domain from a TGF- ⁇ family member wherein the LAP or LAP-like domain and the growth factor domain are from different TGF- ⁇ family members.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise at least one LAP or LAP-like domain and at least one growth factor domain, each of which is selected from the group consisting of TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2, TGF- ⁇ 3, GDF-8, GDF-11 and inhibin beta A.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more GPC wherein at least one N-terminal region is from a TGF- ⁇ family member, at least one C-terminal region is from a TGF- ⁇ family member and wherein the N-terminal region and C-terminal region are from different TGF- ⁇ family members.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise at least one N-terminal region and at least one C-terminal region selected from TGF- ⁇ 1 terminal regions, TGF- ⁇ 2 terminal regions, TGF- ⁇ 3 terminal regions, GDF-8 terminal regions, GDF-11 terminal regions and inhibin beta A terminal regions.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise a GPC from at least one TGF- ⁇ family member comprising at least one arm region from a different TGF- ⁇ family member. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise a GPC comprising at least one TGF- ⁇ family member comprising at least one trigger loop region from a different TGF- ⁇ family member. In some embodiments, chimeric protein of the present invention may comprise any of the protein module combinations listed in Table 12.
  • chimeric protein of the present invention may be complexed with a protein selected from the group consisting of LTBP1, LTBP1S, LTBP2, LTBP3, LTBP4, fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3, fibrillin-4, GARP and LRRC33 and a combination or fragment thereof.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more detectable labels. In some embodiments, such detectable labels may comprise at least one biotin label, polyhistidine tag and/or flag tag.
  • the present invention provides an antibody directed to any of the recombinant proteins and/or chimeric proteins disclosed herein.
  • such antibodies comprise monoclonal antibodies.
  • antibodies of the present invention are substantially isolated.
  • monoclonal antibodies of the present invention are stabilizing antibodies.
  • stabilizing antibodies of the present invention reduce the level of free growth factor relative to the level of growth factor associated with one or more GPC.
  • stabilizing antibodies may reduce growth factor-dependent cellular signaling.
  • monoclonal antibodies of the present invention may comprise releasing antibodies. Such antibodies may increase the level of free growth factor relative to the level of growth factor associated with one or more GPC.
  • releasing antibodies of the present invention may increase growth factor-dependent cellular signaling.
  • the present invention provides compositions comprising one or more of any of the recombinant proteins, one or more of any of the chimeric proteins and/or one or more of any of the antibodies described herein combined with at least one excipient.
  • the present invention provides methods of modulating the level of free growth factor in a subject or cell niche comprising the use of one or more compositions described herein. In some such methods, the level of growth factor signaling is modulated.
  • the present invention provides methods for selecting a desired antibody comprising the use of one or more assays, wherein such assays comprise one or more recombinant protein of the invention. Some such methods comprise the steps of 1) providing an antibody binding assay, 2) contacting the binding assay with one or more candidate antibodies, 3) obtaining binding data related to candidate antibody affinity for the one or more recombinant protein and 4) selecting a desired antibody based on the binding data. Binding assays according to such methods may include an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and/or a fluorescence-associated cell sorting (FACS)-based assay.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • FACS fluorescence-associated cell sorting
  • recombinant proteins of such assays may be complexed with a protein selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 153-161 and 286-292 or complexed with a protein selected from the group consisting of LTBP1, LTBP1S, LTBP2, LTBP3, LTBP4, fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3, fibrillin-4, GARP, LRRC33, perlecan, decorin, elastin and collagen.
  • recombinant proteins may comprise a chimeric protein comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 199-236 and 273.
  • Other methods of selecting a desired antibody may comprise the steps of 1) providing a growth factor activity assay, 2) contacting the growth factor activity assay with one or more candidate antibodies, 3) obtaining growth factor activity data and 4) selecting a desired antibody based on the growth factor activity data.
  • Growth factor activity assays may comprise cell-based assays selected from the group consisting of luciferase-based assays and proliferation assays.
  • Such cell-based assays may comprise one or more expression cells that express one or more recombinant protein of the invention or a complex thereof.
  • Such assays may further comprise one or more responsive cells that yield gene expression data and/or viability data.
  • the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of any of the recombinant proteins described herein, one or more of any of the chimeric proteins described herein and/or one or more of any of the antibodies described herein and at least one pharmaceutically excipient.
  • TGF- ⁇ -related indications may include fibrotic indications (e.g. lung fibrosis, kidney fibrosis, liver fibrosis, cardiovascular fibrosis, skin fibrosis, and bone marrow fibrosis), myelofibrosis, cancer or cancer-related conditions (e.g. colon cancer, renal cancer, breast cancer, malignant melanoma and glioblastoma) and muscle disorders and/or injuries [e.g.
  • fibrotic indications e.g. lung fibrosis, kidney fibrosis, liver fibrosis, cardiovascular fibrosis, skin fibrosis, and bone marrow fibrosis
  • myelofibrosis e.g. colon cancer, renal cancer, breast cancer, malignant melanoma and glioblastoma
  • muscle disorders and/or injuries e.g.
  • cachexia muscular dystrophy, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), motor neuron disease, trauma, neurodegenerative disease, infection, rheumatoid arthritis, immobilization, sarcopenia, inclusion body myositis and diabetes.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • motor neuron disease trauma, neurodegenerative disease, infection, rheumatoid arthritis, immobilization, sarcopenia, inclusion body myositis and diabetes.
  • the invention provides a kit comprising a composition of the invention and instructions for use thereof.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram of the TGF-beta superfamily tree, where divergence is proportional to branch length.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic of one embodiment of a linear representation of a translated growth factor monomer.
  • translated growth factors may comprise secretion signal peptides, prodomains and growth factor domains.
  • translated growth factors may also comprise a cleavage site between prodomain and growth factor regions.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic of one embodiment of a growth factor-prodomain complex (GPC) as well as an embodiment of a free growth factor dimer and a free latency associated peptide (LAP) dimer.
  • the arrow indicates the ability of proteins according to this embodiment to alter between free and complexed forms.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic of one embodiment of a free LAP dimer and a free growth factor dimer with labeled features and/or protein modules.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic of an embodiment of a recombinant GPC.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic of embodiments of mutant recombinant GPCs.
  • FIG. 7 depicts schematic representations of five recombinant proteins alone or in complex with LTBP or GARP.
  • FIGS. 8A-8G show structure-based alignment between TGF- ⁇ family member proteins (SEQ ID NOS 1, 117, 116, 296, 2-4, 137, 5, 131, 125, 6, 14, 21, 23-24, 27, 26, 28, and 10, respectively, in order of appearance) [adapted from Shi et al (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF - ⁇ structure and activation . Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)] Cysteine residues required for interaction with LTBPs and/or GARPs are boxed. Residues mutated in Camurati-Engelmann syndrome are indicated with a star.
  • SEQ ID NOS 1, 117, 116, 296, 2-4, 137, 5, 131, 125, 6, 14, 21, 23-24, 27, 26, 28, and 10, respectively, in order of appearance [adapted from Shi et al (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF
  • Protease cleavage sites are indicated with an up arrow. Protein modules and secondary structural elements are indicated with solid bars. Residues underlined at the N-terminus of GDF-8 correspond to alternatively predicted signal peptide processing sites. “Chimeric module breakpoints” indicate regions where structural features are conserved and provide modules for chimeric protein construction (swapping of modules between family members) in all family members. N-terminal regions are shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B , internal regions are shown in FIGS. 8C and 8D and C-terminal regions are shown in FIGS. 8E-8G .
  • FIGS. 9A-9C present 3 tables showing the percent identity between amino acid sequences found in the TGF- ⁇ family.
  • FIG. 9A demonstrates percent identity among pro-proteins (prodomain and growth factor.) Percent identity among growth factor domains is presented in FIG. 9B while percent identity among prodomains is presented in FIG. 9C .
  • FIG. 10 presents an alignment conducted between GDF-8 (myostatin,) (SEQ ID NO: 5), GDF-11 (SEQ ID NO: 4), Inhibin A (SEQ ID NO: 6) and a GDF-8 dimer (SEQ ID NO: 297).
  • GDF-8 myostatin,
  • SEQ ID NO: 5 GDF-11
  • SEQ ID NO: 4 GDF-11
  • Inhibin A SEQ ID NO: 6
  • GDF-8 dimer SEQ ID NO: 297
  • FIG. 11 depicts the expression and purification of recombinant antigens and antigen complexes (Coomassie Blue stained SDS-PAGE).
  • FIG. 12 presents results from analyses of cell lines stably expressing TGF- ⁇ 1/GARP complexes.
  • 300.19 cells stably transfected with empty vector control (A), proTGF- ⁇ 1-GARP (B) or TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-GARP (C) were fluorescently labeled with antibodies directed to expressed proteins and examined for fluorescence intensity by flow cytometry.
  • Luciferase assay data is presented in (D) showing TGF- ⁇ signaling activity resulting from co-culture of these cells with cells expressing ⁇ v ⁇ 6 integrin.
  • FIG. 13 depicts recombinant histidine-tagged proGDF-8, separated by SDS-PAGE under reducing and non-reducing conditions, as visualized by Coomassie staining.
  • Growth factors are cell signaling molecules that stimulate a variety of cellular activities. Due to their broad-reaching influence within biological systems, growth factor signaling is tightly regulated, often through interactions with other biomolecules, the extracellular and/or cellular matrix or within a particular cell environment or niche. These interactions may be direct or indirect.
  • TGF- ⁇ transforming growth factor beta
  • type II receptors phosphorylation and activation
  • type I receptor phosphorylation and activation Activated type I receptors may in turn phosphorylate receptor-associated SMADs (R-SMADs) promoting co-SMAD (e.g. SMAD4) dimer/trimer formation and nuclear translocation.
  • R-SMADs receptor-associated SMADs
  • co-SMAD e.g. SMAD4 dimer/trimer formation and nuclear translocation.
  • SMAD complexes collaborate with cofactors to modulate expression of TGF- ⁇ family member target genes.
  • TGF- ⁇ family member signaling cascades are involved in a number of diverse biological pathways including, but not limited to inhibition of cell growth, tissue homeostasis, extracellular matrix (ECM) remodeling, endothelial to mesenchymal transition (EMT) in cell migration and invasion and immune modulation/suppression as well as in mesenchymal to epithelial transition.
  • ECM extracellular matrix
  • EMT endothelial to mesenchymal transition
  • TGF- ⁇ signaling related to growth inhibition and tissue homeostasis may affect epithelial, endothelial, hematopoietic and immune cells through the activation of p21 and p15 INK to mediate cell cycle arrest and repress myc.
  • ECM remodeling TGF- ⁇ signaling may increase fibroblast populations and ECM deposition (e.g. collagen).
  • TGF- ⁇ signaling related to cell migration and invasion may affect epithelial and/or endothelial cells, inducing stem cell-like phenotypes. This aspect of signaling may play a role in smooth muscle cell proliferation following vascular surgery and/or stenting.
  • TGF- ⁇ ligand is necessary for T regulatory cell function and maintenance of immune precursor cell growth and homeostasis.
  • Nearly all immune cells comprise receptors for TGF- ⁇ and TGF- ⁇ knockout mice die postnataly due in part to inflammatory pathologies.
  • TGF- ⁇ suppresses interferon gamma-induced activation of natural killer cells (Wi, J. et al., 2011. Hepatology. 53(4):1342-51, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • TGF-beta The recent solution of the crystal structure of the latent form of TGF-beta is a first for the entire TGF-beta family and offers deep insights into these complexes (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF - ⁇ structure and activation . Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9). Almost all signaling in the TGF-beta family goes through a common pathway whereby a dimeric ligand is recognized by a heterotetrameric receptor complex containing two type I and two type II receptors. Each receptor has a serine-threonine kinase domain. Type II receptors phosphorylate type I receptors, which in turn phosphorylate receptor-regulated Smads that translocate to and accumulate in the nucleus and regulate transcription.
  • TGF-beta family there are 33 different members of the TGF-beta family in humans ( FIG. 1 ). Members include the bone morphogenetic proteins (BMP), inhibin, activin, growth and differentiation factor (GDF), myostatin, nodal, anti-Mullerian hormone, and lefty proteins.
  • BMP bone morphogenetic proteins
  • GDF growth and differentiation factor
  • myostatin nodal, anti-Mullerian hormone
  • lefty proteins a review of TGF- ⁇ family members, related signaling molecules as well as their relationships can be found in Massague, 2000. Nature Reviews Molecular Cell Biology. 1:169-78, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • mature growth factors are synthesized along with their prodomains as single polypeptide chains (see FIG. 2 ).
  • such polypeptide chains may comprise cleavage sites for separation of prodomains from mature growth factors.
  • such cleavage sites are furin cleavage sites recognized and cleaved by pro
  • prodomain homology In general, homology among TGF- ⁇ family member growth factor domains is relatively high. Interestingly, prodomain homology is much lower. This lack of homology may be an important factor in altered growth factor regulation among family members. In some cases, prodomains may guide proper folding and/or dimerization of growth factor domains. Prodomains have very recently been recognized, in some cases, to have important functions in directing growth factors (after secretion) to specific locations in the extracellular matrix (ECM) and/or cellular matrix, until other signals are received that cause growth factor release from latency. Release from latency may occur in highly localized environments whereby growth factors may act over short distances (e.g.
  • growth factor-prodomain complexes are secreted as homodimers.
  • prodomain-growth factor complexes may be secreted as heterodimers.
  • TGF- ⁇ -related protein refers to a TGF- ⁇ isoform, a TGF- ⁇ family member or a TGF- ⁇ family member-related protein.
  • TGF- ⁇ family members may include, but are not limited to any of those shown in FIG. 1 and/or listed in Table 1. These include, but are not limited to TGF- ⁇ proteins, BMPs, myostatin, GDFs and inhibins.
  • the present invention provides tools and/or methods for isolating, characterizing and or modulating TGF- ⁇ -related proteins. Aspects of the present invention provide tools and/or methods for characterizing and/or modulating cellular activities related to TGF- ⁇ -related protein signaling.
  • tools of the present invention may comprise antigens comprising one or more components of one or more TGF- ⁇ -related proteins. Some tools may comprise antibodies directed toward antigens of the present invention. In additional embodiments, tools of the present invention may comprise assays for the detection and/or characterization of TGF- ⁇ -related proteins, the detection and/or characterization of antibodies directed toward TGF- ⁇ -related proteins and/or the detection and/or characterization of cellular activities and/or their cellular signaling related to TGF- ⁇ -related proteins.
  • TGF- ⁇ -related proteins are involved in a number of cellular processes. In embryogenesis, the 33 members of the TGF- ⁇ family of proteins are involved in regulating major developmental processes and the details of the formation of many organs. Much of this regulation occurs before birth; however, the family continues to regulate many processes after birth, including, but not limited to immune responses, wound healing, bone growth, endocrine functions and muscle mass. TGF- ⁇ -related proteins are listed and described in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012; 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/823,552, filed May 15, 2013 the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • TGF- ⁇ family pro-proteins i.e. the protein after removal of the secretion signal sequence
  • the pro-protein contains, and is the precursor of, the prodomain and the growth factor. Shown in the Table are the names of the originating TGF- ⁇ family member and the pro-protein sequence. Also identified in “bold” and “underlined” are proprotein convertase cleavage sites. Upon cleavage, the resulting prodomain retains this site, whereas the mature growth factor begins following the cleavage site. It is noted that Lefty1 and Lefty2 are not cleaved by proprotein convertases just prior to the start of the mature growth factor.
  • proprotein convertase refers to an enzyme that cleaves a prodomain from a translated protein to facilitate protein maturation.
  • Some proprotein convertases of the present invention include the subtilisin-like proprotein convertase (SPC) family member enzymes.
  • SPC family comprises calcium-dependent serine endoproteases that include, but are not limited to furin/PACE, PC1/3, PC2, PC4, PC5/6, PACE4 and PC7 (Fuller et al., 2009. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci.
  • GDF-11 may in, in some cases, be cleaved by PC5/6.
  • proprotein convertases may cleave proproteins at additional sites, other than those indicated in Table 1.
  • pro-proteins may be cleaved at a first cleavage site (the first site being the site closest to the N-terminus).
  • pro-proteins may be cleaved at a cleavage site other than a first cleavage site.
  • proprotein convertase cleavage may occur intracellularly.
  • proprotein convertase cleavage may occur extracellularly.
  • TGF- ⁇ family member proteins are synthesized in conjunction with prodomains. Some prodomains may remain associated with growth factors after cleavage. Such associations may form latent growth factor-prodomain complexes (GPCs) that modulate the availability of growth factors for cell signaling. Growth factors may be released from latency in GPCs through associations with one or more extracellular proteins. In some cases, growth factor release may rely on force applied to GPCs through extracellular protein interactions. Such forces may pull from C-terminal and/or N-terminal regions of GPCs resulting in the release of associated growth factors.
  • GPCs latent growth factor-prodomain complexes
  • the prodomain portion of the GPC is responsible for growth factor retention and blocking the interaction of retained growth factors with their receptors.
  • Prodomain portions of GPCs that function in this regard are referred to as latency associated peptides (LAPs).
  • LAPs latency associated peptides
  • TGF- ⁇ 1, 2 and 3 are know to comprise LAPs.
  • Some prodomains may comprise LAP-like domains.
  • LAP-like domain refers to prodomain portions of GPCs and/or free prodomains that may be structurally similar or synthesized in a similar manner to LAPs, but that may not function to prevent growth factor/receptor interactions.
  • GDF-8 and GDF-11 prodomains comprise LAP-like domains.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic depicting an embodiment wherein a growth factor dimer may associate with a LAP dimer.
  • GPCs comprise protein modules necessary for different aspects of growth factor signaling, secretion, latency and/or release from latent GPCs.
  • protein module refers to any component, region and/or feature of a protein. Protein modules may vary in length, comprising one or more amino acids.
  • Protein modules may be from about 2 amino acid residues in length to about 50 amino acid residues in length, from about 5 amino acid residues in length to about 75 amino acid residues in length, from about 10 amino acid residues in length to about 100 amino acid residues in length, from about 25 amino acid residues in length to about 150 amino acid residues in length, from about 125 amino acid residues in length to about 250 amino acid residues in length, from about 175 amino acid residues in length to about 400 amino acid residues in length, from about 200 amino acid residues in length to about 500 amino acid residues in length and/or at least 500 amino acid residues in length.
  • protein modules comprise one or more regions with known functional features (e.g. protein binding domain, nucleic acid binding domain, hydrophobic pocket, etc.) Protein modules may comprise functional protein domains necessary for different aspects of growth factor signaling, secretion, latency and/or release from latent conformations.
  • protein modules may be derived from TGF- ⁇ -related proteins.
  • Such protein modules may include, but are not limited to latency-associated peptides (LAPs), LAP-like domains, growth factor domains, fastener regions, proprotein convertase cleavage sites (e.g. furin cleavage sites), B/TP cleavage sites, arm regions, finger regions, residues (such as cysteine residues for example) for extracellular protein [e.g.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment depicting LAP and growth factor dimers comprising protein modules.
  • protein modules may be derived from one or more TGF- ⁇ isoform (e.g. TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3).
  • TGF- ⁇ isoform e.g. TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3
  • Such protein modules may comprise the protein modules and/or amino acid sequences listed in Table 2.
  • Some protein modules of the present invention may comprise amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 2, but comprise additional or fewer amino acids than those listed.
  • Such amino acid sequences may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • TGF- ⁇ protein modules TGF- ⁇ SEQ Family ID Member Protein Module Prodomain and growth factor Sequence NO TGF- ⁇ 1 latency associated LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPP 38 peptide SQGEVPPGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEP EPEPEADYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQS THSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRL KLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSD SPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHC SCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNR PFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRR TGF- ⁇ 2 latency associated SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSP 39 peptide PEDYPEPEEVPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAA ACERERSDEEYYAKEVYKIDMPPFFPSENAIPP TFY
  • LAPs or LAP-like domains comprise the prodomain portion of a TGF- ⁇ -related protein and/or GPC. Some LAPs or LAP-like domains may associate with growth factors in GPCs. Some LAPs may sterically prevent growth factor association with one or more cellular receptors. LAPs or LAP-like domains may comprise arm regions and/or straight jacket regions. Some LAP or LAP-like domains may comprise C-terminal regions referred to herein as “bowtie regions.” In some LAP or LAP-like domain dimers, bowtie regions of each monomer may associate and/or interact. Such associations may comprise disulfide bond formation, as is found between monomers of TGF- ⁇ isoform LAPs.
  • arm regions may comprise trigger loop regions.
  • Trigger loops may comprise regions that associate with integrins. Such regions may comprise amino acid sequences comprising RGD (Arg-Gly-Asp). Regions comprising RGD sequences are referred to herein as RGD sequence regions.
  • LAPs or LAP-like domains comprise latency loops (also referred to herein as latency lassos). Some latency loops may maintain associations between LAPs or LAP-like domains and growth factors present within GPCs. LAPs or LAP-like domains may also comprise fastener regions. Such fastener regions may maintain associations between LAPs or LAP-like domains and growth factors present within GPCs. Some fastener regions may maintain LAP or LAP-like domain conformations that promote growth factor retention.
  • GPCs may require enzymatic cleavage for dissociation of bound growth factors. Such cleavage may be carried out in some instances by members of the BMP-1/Tolloid-like proteinase (B/TP) family (Muir et al., 2011. J Biol Chem.
  • metaloproteinases may include, but are not limited to BMP-1, mammalian tolloid protein (mTLD,) mammalian tolloid-like 1 (mTLL1) and mammalian tolloid-like 2 (mTLL2.)
  • Exemplary GPCs that may be cleaved by such metalloproteinases may include, but are not limited to GDF-8 and GDF-11.
  • GDF-8 may be cleaved by mTLL2.
  • tolloid cleavage may occur intracellularly. In some cases, tolloid cleavage may occur extracellularly.
  • Straight jacket regions may comprise alpha 1 helical regions.
  • alpha 1 helical regions may be positioned between growth factor monomers.
  • Some alpha 1 helical regions comprise N-terminal regions of LAPs or LAP-like domains.
  • Alpha 1 helical regions may also comprise N-terminal regions for extracellular associations.
  • extracellular associations may comprise extracellular matrix proteins and/or proteins associated with the extracellular matrix.
  • Some extracellular associations may comprise associations with proteins that may include, but are not limited to LTBPs (e.g. LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4), fibrillins (e.g.
  • N-terminal extracellular associations may comprise disulfide bonds between cysteine residues.
  • extracellular matrix proteins and/or proteins associated with the extraceullar matrix may comprise bonds with one or more regions of LAPs/LAP-like domains other than N-terminal regions.
  • growth factor domains comprise one or more growth factor monomers. Some growth factor domains comprise growth factor dimers. Such growth factor domains may comprise growth factor homodimers or heterodimers (comprising growth factor monomers from different TGF- ⁇ -related proteins.) Some growth factor domains may comprise fingers regions. Such fingers regions may comprise ⁇ -pleated sheets. Fingers regions may associate with LAPs or LAP-like domains. Some fingers regions may maintain association between growth factor domains and LAPs or LAP-like domains.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules from growth differentiation factor (GDF) proteins.
  • GDF protein modules may comprise the protein modules and/or amino acid sequences listed in Table 3.
  • protein modules of the present invention may comprise amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 3, but comprise additional or fewer amino acids than those listed.
  • Some such amino acid sequences may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • GDF protein modules TGF- ⁇ SEQ Family ID Member Protein Module Prodomain and growth factor Sequence NO GDF-8 prodomain NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEA 70 IKIQILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLREL IDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPT ESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQ LWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTG IRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPE SNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFL EVKVTDTPKRSRR GDF-11 prodomain AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSV 71 APEPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLR LKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLQQILDLHDFQG DALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDP
  • GDF-15 is a TGF- ⁇ family protein that is highly expressed in liver. Expression of GDF-15 is dramatically upregulated following liver injury (Hsiao et al. 2000. Mol Cell Biol. 20(10):3742-51.) Additionally, its expression in macrophages may serve a protective function in the context of atherosclerosis, possibly through regulation of adhesion molecule expression (Preusch et al., 2013. Eur J Med Res.
  • GDF-15 comprises less than 30% homology with other members, making it the most divergent member of the family (Tanno et al., 2010. Curr Opin Hematol. 17(3):184-90, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.)
  • the mature form is soluble and can be found in the blood stream.
  • GDF-15 levels in circulation have been found to negatively correlate with hepcidin levels, suggesting a role for GDF-15 in iron load and/or metabolism (Finkenstedt et al., 2008. British Journal of Haematology.
  • Elevated GDF-15 in the blood is also associated with ineffective and/or apoptotic erythropoiesis, such as in subjects suffering from beta-thalassemia or dyserythropoietic anemias.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules from activin subunits.
  • Such protein modules may comprise the protein modules and/or amino acid sequences of the activin subunit inhibin beta A, listed in Table 4.
  • protein modules of the present invention may comprise amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 4, but comprise additional or fewer amino acids than those listed.
  • Some such amino acid sequences may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • TGF- ⁇ family members are more highly conserved while prodomains comprise a much lower percent identity among family members ( FIG. 9 .)
  • Table 5 demonstrates this trend among TGF- ⁇ isoforms.
  • TGF- ⁇ isoforms: LAP vs growth factor TGF- ⁇ 1 TGF- ⁇ 2 TGF- ⁇ 3 TGF- ⁇ 1 — 31.2% vs 71.2% 31.9% vs 76.7% TGF- ⁇ 2 31.2% vs 71.2% — 44.4% vs 79.4% TGF- ⁇ 3 31.9% vs 76.7% 44.4% vs 79.4% —
  • Prodomains may vary in length from about 50 to about 200, from about 100 to about 400 or from about 300 to about 500 amino acids residues. In some embodiments, prodomains range from about 169 to about 433 residues. Prodomains may be unrelated in sequence and/or low in homology. Some prodomains may have similar folds and/or three dimensional structures. Prodomains of TGF- ⁇ family members may comprise latency loops. Such loops may be proline-rich. Latency loop length may determine the ability of such loops to encircle growth factor finger regions.
  • protein modules from some TGF- ⁇ family members comprise low sequence identity with protein modules from other TGF- ⁇ family members. Such low sequence identity may indicate specialized roles for such family members with distinct protein modules.
  • GPCs may strengthen prodomain-growth factor interactions.
  • extracellular proteins may include, but are not limited to LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARP.
  • extracellular protein associations are required to keep growth factors latent in GPCs.
  • GARP expression has been shown to be required for surface expression of GPCs on the surface of cells of hematopoietic origin (Tran, D. Q. et al., GARP (LRRC32) is essential for the surface expression of latent TGF- ⁇ on platelets and activated FOXP3+ regulatory T cells. PNAS. 2009, Jun. 2. 106(32):13445-50.) GARP may act as a tether to hold GPCs in place on the surface of these cells, including, but not limited to regulatory T-cells and/or platelets.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs), a family of TGF- ⁇ -related proteins.
  • BMPs bone morphogenetic proteins
  • Protein modules comprising sequences from BMPs may comprise sequences from any of those BMP modules disclosed in FIGS. 8A-8G .
  • BMPs While related to other TGF- ⁇ family member proteins, BMPs generally signal through SMAD1, 5 and 8 proteins while TGF- ⁇ isoforms (e.g. TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and TGF- ⁇ 3) signal through SMAD2 and SMAD3.
  • RGM proteins act as co-receptors for BMP signaling.
  • RGM family members RGMA, RGMB and RGMC [also known as hemojuvelin (Hjv.)]
  • Recombinant proteins of the present invention comprising one or more BMP protein module may be useful for the development of antibodies and/or assays to study, enhance and/or perturb BMP interactions with RGM proteins.
  • CTCK domain-containing proteins Another family of GDF/BMP interacting proteins is C-terminal cysteine knot-like (CTCK) domain-containing proteins.
  • CTCK domain-containing proteins may act antagonistically with regard to GDF/BMP signal transduction.
  • CTCK domain-containing proteins include, but are not limited to Cerberus, Connective tissue growth factor (CTGF), DAN domain family member 5 (DAND5), Gremlin-1 (GREM1), Gremlin-2 (GREM2), Mucin-19 (MUC19), Mucin-2 (MUC2), Mucin-5AC (MUCSAC), Mucin-5B (MUCSB), Mucin-6 (MUC6), Neuroblastoma suppressor of tumorigenicity 1 (NBL1), Norrin (NDP), Otogelin (OTOG), Otogelin-like protein (OTOGL), Protein CYR61 (CYR61), Protein NOV homolog (NOV), Sclerostin (SOST), Sclerostin domain-containing protein 1 (SOSTDC1),
  • the present invention provides recombinant proteins.
  • the term “recombinant protein” refers to a protein produced by an artificial gene and/or process (e.g. genetic engineering). Such recombinant proteins may comprise one or more protein modules from one or more TGF- ⁇ -related proteins. Some recombinant proteins disclosed herein may be useful as recombinant antigens.
  • the term “recombinant antigen” refers to a recombinant protein that may be used to immunize one or more hosts for the production of antibodies directed toward one or more epitopes present on such recombinant antigens. Some recombinant antigens may be cell-based antigens.
  • cell-based antigen refers to recombinant antigens that are expressed in cells for presentation of such antigens on the cell surface. Such cells may be used to immunize hosts for the production of antibodies directed to such cell-based antigens.
  • recombinant proteins disclosed herein may be used as therapeutics.
  • Recombinant proteins disclosed herein may modulate growth factor (e.g. growth factors comprising TGF- ⁇ -related proteins) levels and/or activity (e.g. signaling) upon administration and/or introduction to one or more subjects and/or niches.
  • growth factor e.g. growth factors comprising TGF- ⁇ -related proteins
  • activity e.g. signaling
  • recombinant proteins disclosed herein may be used to assay growth factor (e.g. growth factors comprising TGF- ⁇ -related proteins) levels and/or activity (e.g. signaling). Some recombinant proteins disclosed herein may be used in the isolation of antibodies directed to TGF- ⁇ -related proteins. Recombinant proteins of the present invention may also be used as recombinant antigens in the development of stabilizing [reducing or preventing dissociation between two agents, (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] and/or releasing [enhancing the dissociation between two agents (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] antibodies.
  • stabilizing reducing or preventing dissociation between two agents, (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] and/or releasing [enhancing the dissociation between two agents (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from
  • Recombinant proteins of the present invention may include TGF- ⁇ family member proteins as well as components and/or protein modules thereof. Some recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise prodomains without associated growth factors, furin cleavage-deficient mutants, mutants deficient in extracellular protein associations and/or combinations thereof.
  • recombinant proteins may comprise detectable labels.
  • Detectable labels may be used to allow for detection and/or isolation of recombinant proteins.
  • Some detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags. Such tags may be used to isolate tagged proteins.
  • Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. Such cleavage sites are introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic depicting an embodiment of a recombinant GPC.
  • Recombinant proteins according to FIG. 5 comprising TGF- ⁇ -family member proteins may comprise features including, but not limited to C-terminal regions of the mature growth factor, N-terminal regions of the prodomain and/or proprotein cleavage sites.
  • the proprotein cleavage site of recombinant TGF- ⁇ GPCs may, for example, comprise the furin consensus sequence RXXR wherein R is arginine and X indicates amino acid residues that may vary among TGF- ⁇ family members.
  • Furin cleavage site sequences (although not limited to cleavage by furin alone and may include cleavage by other proprotein convertase enzymes) for each TGF- ⁇ family member are indicated in Table 1.
  • Recombinant GPCs according to the embodiment depicted in FIG. 5 may also comprise one or more cysteine residues within and/or near the N-terminal region of the prodomain. Such cysteine residues may be from about 1 to about 10 amino acids, from about 4 to about 15 amino acids, from about 5 to about 20 amino acids and/or from about 7 to about 50 amino acids from the N-terminus of the prodomain.
  • Recombinant GPCs may also comprise detectable labels. Such detectable labels may be useful for detection and/or isolation of recombinant GPCs.
  • Detectable labels may comprise 2 or more histidine (His) residues. Such detectable labels may also be referred to herein as polyhistidine tags.
  • Polyhistidine tags may include hexa histidine tags (SEQ ID NO: 295) or HIS-TAGTM (EMD Biosciences, Darmstadt, Germany) comprising a chain of six histidine residues (SEQ ID NO: 295).
  • Some polyhistidine tags may be present at the N-terminus of recombinant proteins disclosed herein.
  • Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. Some cleavage sites may be introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • recombinant GPCs may comprise mutations in one or more amino acids as compared to wild type sequences.
  • one or more regions of proteolytic processing may be mutated. Such regions may comprise proprotein convertase cleavage sites.
  • Proprotein convertase e.g. furin
  • cleavage site mutations prevent enzymatic cleavage at that site and/or prevent enzymatic cleavage of growth factors from their prodomains (see FIG. 6 .)
  • Some proprotein convertase cleavage sites comprising RXXR sequences may be mutated to RXG (wherein X indicates a site where amino acid residues may be variable).
  • Such mutations are herein abbreviated as “D2G” mutations and may be resistant to enzymatic cleavage.
  • furin cleavage sites comprising RXXR sequences are mutated to AXXA.
  • AXXA sequences may also be resistant to enzymatic cleavage.
  • regions of proteolytic processing by tolloid and/or tolloid-like proteins may be mutated to prevent such proteolytic processing.
  • tolloid processing regions on GDF-8 and/or GDF-11 may be mutated.
  • mutation of aspartic acid residues to alanine residues within tolloid processing regions prevents tolloid processing. Mutation of aspartic acid residue 76 (D76) of the GDF-8 (myostatin) proprotein has been shown to prevent proteolytic activation of latent GDF-8 (Wolfman, N. M. et al., PNAS. 2003, Oct. 6.
  • Asp 120 (D120, residue number counted from the translated protein, D98 from the proprotein of SEQ ID NO: 4) in GDF-11 may be mutated to prevent tolloid processing (Ge et al., 2005. Mol Cell Biol. 25(14):5846-58, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • one or more amino acids may be mutated in order to form recombinant GPCs with reduced latency. Such mutations are referred to herein as “activating mutations.” These mutations may introduce one or more regions of steric clash between complex prodomains and growth factor domains.
  • steric clash when referring to the interaction between two proteins or between two domains and/or epitopes within the same protein, refers to a repulsive interaction between such proteins, domains and/or epitopes due to overlapping position in three-dimensional space.
  • Steric clash within GPCs may reduce the affinity between prodomains and growth factor domains, resulting in elevated ratios of free growth factor to latent growth factor.
  • one or more amino acids may be mutated in order to form recombinant GPCs with increased latency. Such mutations are referred to herein as “stabilizing mutations.” These mutations may increase the affinity between prodomains and growth factor domains, resulting in decreased ratios of free growth factor to latent growth factor.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise any of the sequences listed in Table 6 or fragments thereof.
  • activating mutations may comprise residues critical for LAP or LAP-like protein dimerization.
  • Some activating mutations may comprise TGF- ⁇ isoforms (TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3).
  • Mutant GPCs with activating mutations may comprise mutations that correspond to mutations identified in Camurati-Engelmann disease (CED).
  • Subjects suffering from CED typically have genetic defects in TGF- ⁇ 1. Mutations identified in such subjects include, but are not limited to mutations in residues Y81, R218, H222, C223 and C225. Residues C223 and C225 are necessary for disulfide bond formation in LAP dimerization.
  • Mutations to R218, H222, C223 and/or C225 may lead to weakened or disrupted disulfide bond formation and LAP dimerization.
  • CED mutations lead to elevated release of TGF- ⁇ and/or increased TGF- ⁇ activity.
  • recombinant GPCs comprising TGF- ⁇ 1 with CED mutations comprise sequences listed in Table 7. The amino acid substitutions indicated in these proteins reflect the residue number as counted from the start of the translated protein (before removal of the secretion signal sequence).
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may find several uses in the context of the present invention.
  • such GPCs may be used to produce recombinant proteins comprising LAPs or LAP-like domains complexed with GARP. Coexpression of the entire GPC with GARP may be necessary in some embodiments, for proper association and folding.
  • growth factors may be able to dissociate leaving the desired GARP-LAP complex.
  • Y81H mutations may be useful in this regard. Y81H mutations lead to growth factor release, but do not disrupt disulfide bonding between LAP monomers at residues C223 and C225.
  • GARP-LAP complexes formed through expression of Y81H GPC mutants may comprise intact LAP dimers wherein growth factors have become dissociated.
  • additional co-expression or addition of excess furin during the production process may enhance growth factor dissociation as well.
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may be expressed to allow for the production and release of mature growth factor. Some GPC-free growth factors expressed according to this method may be used to assess antibody reactivity, for example in enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs.) Some GPCs comprising CED mutations may be expressed to allow for the production and release of GPC-bound growth factors. GPCs comprising CED mutations may be expressed to allow for the production and release of chimeric proteins comprising the TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP (or protein modules or fragments thereof) expressed with one or more protein modules from other TGF- ⁇ family members. Such chimeric proteins may comprise TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP and TGF- ⁇ 2 or TGF- ⁇ 3 growth factor domains.
  • Furin cleavage of recombinant proteins of the invention may in some cases occur intracellularly. In some cases furin cleavage of recombinant proteins of the invention may occur extracellularly.
  • recombinant GPCs of the present invention may comprise mutations in one or more N-terminal regions for extracellular associations.
  • N-terminal region for extracellular association refers to regions at or near protein N-termini that may be necessary for extracellular associations with one or more N-terminal regions. Such regions may comprise at least the first N-terminal residue, at least the first 5 N-terminal residues, at least the first 10 N-terminal residues, at least the first 20 amino acid residues and/or at least the first 50 amino acid residues.
  • Some mutations may comprise from about 1 amino acid residue to about 30 amino acid residues, from about 5 amino acid residues to about 40 amino acid residues and/or from about 10 amino acid residues to about 50 amino acid residues at or near protein N-termini.
  • Such regions may comprise residues for LTBP, fibrillin and/or GARP association.
  • one or more cysteine residues present within and/or near N-terminal regions for extracellular associations may be necessary for such associations.
  • cysteine residues present within and/or near N-terminal regions for extracellular associations are present within about the first 2 N-terminal residues, about the first 3 N-terminal residues, about the first 4 N-terminal residues, about the first 5 N-terminal residues, about the first 6 N-terminal residues, about the first 7 N-terminal residues and/or at least the first 30 N-terminal residues.
  • Some mutations in one or more N-terminal regions for extracellular associations comprise substitution and/or deletion of such cysteine residues. Such mutations may modulate the association of GPCs and/or prodomains with one or more extracellular proteins, including, but not limited to LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARP.
  • These mutations may also comprise substitution of one or more cysteine with another amino acid.
  • Cysteine residue substitutions are abbreviated herein as “C#X” wherein # represents the residue number [counting from the N-terminus of the pro-protein (without the signal peptide)] of the original cysteine residue and X represents the one letter amino acid code for the amino acid that is used for substitution. Any amino acid may be used for such substitutions.
  • serine (S) residues are used to substitute cysteine residues.
  • Nonlimiting examples of such mutations may include C4S, C5S and/or C7S.
  • cysteine residues residing at amino acid position number 4 may be mutated.
  • cysteine residues residing at amino acid position number 5 may be mutated.
  • cysteine residues residing at amino acid position number 7 may be mutated.
  • cysteine in one or more other region of GPCs may be substituted or deleted.
  • GPC modifications may promote the release of mature growth factor from prodomains.
  • cysteines may include those present in one or more of mature growth factors, alpha 2 helices, fasteners, latency lassos and/or bow-tie regions.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules derived from one or more species, including mammals, including, but not limited to mice, rats, rabbits, pigs, monkeys and/or humans.
  • Recombinant proteins may comprise one or more amino acids from one or more amino acid sequences derived from one or more non-human protein sequences listed in Table 8.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise such sequences with or without the native signal peptide.
  • recombinant proteins may be combined and/or complexed with one or more additional recombinant components.
  • additional recombinant components may include extracellular proteins known to associate with GPCs including, but not limited to LTBPs, fibrillins, perlecan, GASP1/2 proteins, follistatin, follistatin-related gene (FLRG), decorin and/or GARP (including, but not limited to recombinant forms of such proteins).
  • GPCs of the present invention must be co-expressed with one or more of such extracellular proteins for proper expression and/or folding.
  • complexed LTBPs may include, but are not limited to LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4.
  • Complexed LTBPs may comprise LTBP fragments and/or mutations.
  • Some recombinant forms of LTBPs complexed with recombinant GPCs may comprise alternatively spliced variants of LTBPs.
  • Some such variants of LTBP1 are shortened at the N-terminus, referred to herein as LTBP1S.
  • Some recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise LTBPs, fragments or mutants thereof comprising the amino acid sequences listed in Table 9.
  • LTBP1 1265-1443 NECELLSGVCGEAFCENVEGSFLCVCADENQEYSPMTGQC 153 RSRTSTDLDVDVDQPKEEKKECYYNLNDASLCDNVLAPNV TKQECCCTSGVGWGDNCEIFPCPVLGTAEFTEMCPKGKGF VPAGESSSEAGGENYKDADECLLFGQEICKNGFCLNTRPGY ECYCKQGTYYDPVKLQCF LTBP1 1265-1698 NECELLSGVCGEAFCENVEGSFLCVCADENQEYSPMTGQC 154 RSRTSTDLDVDVDQPKEEKKECYYNLNDASLCDNVLAPNV TKQECCCTSGVGWGDNCEIFPCPVLGTAEFTEMCPKGKGF VPAGESSSEAGGENYKDADECLLFGQEICKNGFCLNTRPGY ECYCKQGTYYDPVKLQCFDMDECQDPSSCIDGQC
  • LTBPs may comprise detectable labels. Detectable labels may be used to allow for detection and/or isolation of recombinant proteins comprising LTBPs. Some detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags. Such tags may be used to isolate tagged proteins. Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. Such cleavage sites may be introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • GARPs including, but not limited to recombinant forms of GARP, may be complexed with recombinant GPCs. Some recombinant GPCs of the present invention may be co-expressed with GARPs to ensure proper folding and/or expression.
  • the GARP homologue, leucine rich repeat containing 33 (LRRC33,) or fragments and/or mutants thereof may be substituted for GARP [also referred to herein as leucine rich repeat containing 32 (LRRC32.)]
  • LRRC33 fragments and/or mutants may comprise one or more regions from the LRRC33 sequence listed in Table 10 below.
  • Recombinant GARPs may also comprise mutants and/or GARP fragments.
  • Some recombinant GARPs may be soluble (referred to herein as sGARP).
  • recombinant GARPs may comprise one or more amino acid sequences listed in Table 10. Some recombinant GARPs used herein may be expressed without the N-terminal residues AQ. Expressed GARPs may comprise detectable labels. Such detectable labels may be used to allow for detection and/or isolation. Some detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags. Such tags may be used to isolate tagged proteins. Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. 3C protease cleavage sites may be introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • GPCs bound to LTBPs may adopt three dimensional conformations that are distinct from conformations found with GPCs bound to GARP or other matrix proteins. This may be due, in some cases, to the presence of cysteines available on LTBP for disulfide bond formation with GPCs that comprise a different distance from one another than corresponding cysteines available for disulfide bond formation on GARP. Such differences in three dimensional conformations may provide unique conformation-dependent epitopes on GPCs.
  • antibodies of the invention are directed to such conformation-dependent epitopes. Such antibodies may function selectively to activate or inhibit growth factor activity depending on the identity of bound protein (e.g. LTBP or GARP.)
  • different conformation-dependent epitopes may be present on N-terminal alpha helices of proTGF- ⁇ when bound to LTBP or GARP.
  • Recombinant proteins of the present invention may be coexpressed with GDF-associated serum protein (GASP) 1 and/or GASP-2.
  • GASP GDF-associated serum protein
  • Such recombinant proteins may include, but are not limited to GDF-8 and/or GDF-11.
  • GASPs are circulating proteins that bind and prevent activity of GDF-8 and GDF-11 (Hill, J. J. et al., 2003. Mol Endocrinology. 17(6):1144-54 and Hill, J. J. et al., 2002. JBC. 277(43):40735-41, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • GDF-8 and GDF-11 growth factors are not found free in serum.
  • GPCs About 70% are in GPCs with the remaining 30% associated with GASPs as well as other proteins (e.g. follistatin, follistatin-like related gene and decorin.)
  • GASP-1 and/or GASP-2 display phenotypes indicative of myostatin and/or GDF-11 overactivity (Lee et al., 2013. PNAS. 110(39):E3713-22.)
  • GASP bound GDF-8 and/or GDF-11 are unable to bind type II receptors and transmit related cellular signals.
  • Some recombinant proteins may be coexpressed with perlecan.
  • Such recombinant proteins may include, but are not limited to GDF-8.
  • Sengle et al (Sengle et al., 2011. J Biol Chem. 286(7):5087-99, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety) found that the GDF-8 prodomain associates with perlecan. Further studies indicate that perlecan knockout leads to muscular hypertrophy, suggesting that the interaction between GDF-8 and perlecan may contribute to GDF-8 activity (Xu et al. 2010. Matrix Biol. 29(6):461-70.)
  • recombinant proteins of the invention may be coexpressed with follistatin and/or FLRG.
  • recombinant proteins may include, but are not limited to GDF-8.
  • GDF-8 Both follistatin and FLRG are known to antagonize some TGF- ⁇ family member proteins, including, but not limited to GDF-8 (Lee, S-J. et al., 2010. Mol Endocrinol. 24(10):1998-2008, Takehara-Kasamatsu, Y. et al., 2007. J Med Invest.
  • Follistatin has been shown to block GDF-8 activity by binding to the free growth factor and preventing receptor binding. Both follistatin and FLRG are implicated in modulating growth factor activity during development.
  • recombinant proteins of the invention may be coexpressed with decorin.
  • Such recombinant proteins may include, but are not limited to TGF- ⁇ and GDF-8.
  • Decorin is a known antagonist of TGF- ⁇ activity (Zhu, J. et al., 2007. J Biol Chem. 282:25852-63, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety) and may also antagonize other TGF- ⁇ family members, including, but not limited to GDF-8.
  • Decorin-dependent inhibition of TGF- ⁇ and GDF-8 activity has been shown to reduce fibrosis in various tissues.
  • Decorin expression has also been shown to increase the expression of follistatin, a known inhibitor of free GDF-8.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise those depicted in FIG. 7 . Some recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more features and/or combinations of protein modules from the embodiments depicted in FIG. 7 .
  • GDFs Growth Differentiation Factors
  • GDFs Growth differentiation factors
  • activins and inhibins are TGF- ⁇ family member proteins involved in a number of cellular and/or developmental activities.
  • recombinant proteins may comprise one or more protein modules from one or more GDFs, activins and/or inhibins.
  • GDF protein modules may comprise GDF-8 and/or GDF-11 protein modules.
  • GDF-8 and GDF-11 which are secreted as latent complexes (Sengle et al., 2011. J Biol Chem. 286(7):5087-99; Ge et al., 2005. Mol Cel Biol. 25(14):5846-58,) show conservation of the fastener residues (Lys 27 and Tyr 75 of TGF- ⁇ 1; see FIGS. 8A-8G .)
  • GDF-8 also referred to herein as myostatin
  • myostatin is involved in regulating muscle mass, and its deficiency increases muscle mass in multiple species, including humans (Rodino-Klapac, L. R. et al., 2009. Muscle Nerve. 39(3):283-96).
  • GDF-8 may be found in the circulation in latent form, but may also be stored in the extracellular matrix, bound to LTBP3 (Anderson et al., 2007. J Biol Chem. 283(11):7027-35) or perlecan (Sengle et al., 2011. J Biol Chem. 286(7):5087-99.) While complexed with its prodomain, GDF-8 is unable to participate in receptor binding with the type II receptor, ActRIIB (Sengle et al., 2008. J Mol Biol. 381(4):1025-39.) While GDF-8 is expressed primarily in muscle, GDF-11 expression is more systemic and its activity is thought to be involved in multiple processes (Lee et al., 2013. PNAS.
  • GDF-8 and GDF-11 also share considerable homology. While the prodomains only share 48% homology, GDF-8 and GDF-11 growth factor domains share 90% homology (60% homology when prodomains and growth factors are taken together.)
  • GDF-8 and GDF-11 from latent GPCs requires cleavage of the prodomains at the BMP/tolloid cleavage site (located between Arg 75 and Asp 76 in GDF-8 and between Gly 97 and Asp 98 in GDF-11) by BMP1/tolloid metalloproteinases. This cleavage is between the ⁇ 2 helix and the fastener.
  • BMP/tolloid cleavage site located between Arg 75 and Asp 76 in GDF-8 and between Gly 97 and Asp 98 in GDF-11
  • BMP1/tolloid metalloproteinases This cleavage is between the ⁇ 2 helix and the fastener.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention comprising GDFs may comprise sequences listed in Table 11 or fragments thereof.
  • Activins and inhibins are TGF- ⁇ family member proteins, the activity of each of which often results in opposing functions (Bilezikjian et al 2012.) Like other family members, these proteins occur physiologically as dimers. Activins and inhibins are constructed in part from the same ⁇ -subunits, that may include inhibin-beta A, inhibin-beta B, inhibin-beta C and inhibin-beta E (referred to herein as ⁇ -subunit A, B, C and E, respectively.) The difference between activins and inhibins, structurally, is that activins are ⁇ -subunit dimers while inhibins are heterodimers, wherein the second subunit is inhibin- ⁇ .
  • Activins are named for their subunit pairs, such that activin A comprises a homodimer of two A subunits, activin AB comprises a dimer of A and B subunits, B comprises a dimer of B subunits, etc. (Muenster et al 2011.) Activins are involved in a variety of functions that may include, but are not limited to cell growth, differentiation, programmed cell death, endocrine functions, cellular metabolism, bone growth, etc. They are especially recognized for their control of reproductive hormone cycles. Activin and inhibin signaling often functions antagonistically in this regard.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise integrins.
  • Integrins are cell surface heterodimers formed by alpha and beta subunits, each of which has a transmembrane domain and in the N-terminal portion of the extracellular domain come together to form the ligand binding site.
  • Recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise integrins and/or integrin subunits.
  • Such integrins and/or integrin subunits may comprise any of those disclosed in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/722,919 filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Recombinant proteins of the invention may include intercellular adhesion molecule 1 (ICAM-1).
  • ICAM-1 proteins of the present invention may be used as control proteins during antibody development and/or antibody testing.
  • ICAM-1 may be used as a control during selection of binding molecules using phage display technologies.
  • ICAM-1 proteins of the invention comprise one or more detectable label. Detectable labels may include, for example, histidine tags.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise chimeric proteins.
  • chimeric protein refers to a protein comprising one or more protein modules from at least two different proteins [formed from the same gene (e.g. variants arising from alternative splicing) or from different genes].
  • Chimeric proteins may comprise protein modules from two or more TGF- ⁇ family member proteins.
  • Such chimeric proteins may comprise protein modules from TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3.
  • Some chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules including, but not limited to the protein modules and/or amino acid sequences listed in Table 12 (residue numbers correspond to the pro-protein sequences listed in Table 1.) Some chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules comprising amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 12, but comprising additional or fewer amino acids than those listed.
  • Such modules may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise combinations of any of the protein modules listed in Table 12.
  • Some chimeric proteins comprising GPCs may comprise protein modules that have been substituted with any of the protein modules listed in Table 12.
  • chimeric proteins may comprise protein modules from GDFs and/or inhibins. Such GDFs may include GDF-11 and/or GDF-8. Some such chimeric proteins may comprise a prodomain from GDF-11 and a growth factor from GDF-8. In such embodiments, chimeric proteins may comprise substituted N-terminal regions between GDF-11 and GDF-8. In other embodiments, chimeric proteins may comprise a prodomain from GDF-8 and a growth factor from GDF-11. Such chimeric proteins may comprise amino acid residues 1-108 from GDF-11 and amino acid residues 90—the end of the protein from GDF-8. Some chimeric proteins may comprise an arm region from GDF-11.
  • Some chimerics of the present invention may comprise GDF-8 comprising an arm region of GDF-11.
  • Such chimerics may be unstable due to steric clash between residue F95 from the GDF-11 arm and the ⁇ 2 helix of the chimeric GPC. Therefore, in some cases, GDF8/GDF11/Activin chimeras may be designed so that the ARM region of such chimeric proteins contains the ⁇ 2 helix.
  • F95 may be an important residue in conferring latency for GDF11. This residue is in a similar position as a Camurati-Engelmann mutation found in TGF- ⁇ 1, Y81H (see FIGS.
  • mutants may be useful as positive control molecules in designing assays to screen for GDF11 activating antibodies.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise protein module combinations including, but not limited to the combinations of protein modules and/or amino acid sequences listed in Table 13. Some chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules comprising amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 13, but comprising additional or fewer amino acids than those listed.
  • Such amino acid sequences may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • Chimeric proteins may be used to characterize and/or map epitopes associated with GPCs.
  • map or “mapping” refer to the identification, characterization and/or determination of one or more functional regions of one or more proteins. Such characterizations may be necessary for determining interactions between one or more protein modules and another agent (e.g. another protein and/or protein module.)
  • Some chimeric proteins may be used to characterize functions associated with one or more proteins and/or protein modules.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise the sequences listed in Table 14 or fragments thereof
  • chimeric proteins may comprise one or more protein modules from TGF- ⁇ 2.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 growth factor has been elucidated (Daopin, S. et al., Crystal structure of transforming growth factor- ⁇ 2: an unusual fold for the superfamily. Science. 1992. 257(5068):369-73,) activation mechanisms remain to be fully understood. Activation may be dependent upon one or more interactions between the TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loop and ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 integrin.
  • the TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loop may comprise similar structural and/or functional features associated with RGD sequences. TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loops may bind integrins, including, but not limited to ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 integrins.
  • integrin subunit ⁇ 9 is widely expressed in skeletal and cardiac muscle, visceral smooth muscle, hepatocytes, airway epithelium, squamous epithelium, choroid plexus epithelium and also on neutrophils (Palmer, E. L. et al., Sequence and tissue distribution of the integrin ⁇ 9 subunit, a novel partner of ⁇ 1 that is widely distributed in epithelia and muscle. Journal of Cell Biology. 1993. 123(5):1289-97.) Expression of ⁇ 9 is not detected earlier than E12.5, suggesting that it does not play a major role in the earliest tissue morphogenesis (Wang, A.
  • Vacular endothelial growth factor A induces endothelial and cancer cell migration through direct binding to integrin ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 . JBC. 2011. 286(2):1083-92; Sato-Nishiuchi, R. et al., Polydom/SVEP1 is a ligand for integrin ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 . JBC. 2012. 287(30):25615-30; Staniszewska, I. et al., Integrin ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 is a receptor for nerve growth factor and other neurotrophins. Journal of Cell Science. 2007. 121(Pt 4):504-13; Yokosaki, Y.
  • VEGF-A Vacular endothelial growth factor A
  • the integrin ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 binds to a novel recognition sequence (SVVYGLR; SEQ ID NO: 238) in the thrombin-cleaved amino-terminal fragment of osteopontin. JBC. 1999. 274(51):36328-34.)
  • Binding sites on proteins that interact with ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 have been mapped using linear peptides. These sites include binding sites on tenascin C (AEIDGIEL; SEQ ID NO: 237), osteopontin (SVVYGLR; SEQ ID NO: 238), polydom/SVEP1 (EDDMMEVPY; SEQ ID NO: 239) and VEGF-A (EYP). Unlike ⁇ 4 ⁇ 1 and ⁇ 5 ⁇ 1 , ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 does not require a canonical RGD sequence motif. Some, but not all reported targets have an acidic residue/hydrophobic residue/proline motif. Some also comprise a tyrosine residue.
  • the trigger loop of TGF- ⁇ 1 and TGF- ⁇ 3 carries an RGD sequence where ⁇ v ⁇ 6 and/or ⁇ v f 8 bind to enable growth factor release.
  • the TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loop region is different from those of TGF- ⁇ 1 and TGF- ⁇ 3, comprising the sequence FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTP (SEQ ID NO: 65), without an RGD trimer.
  • residues AGIDGTST (SEQ ID NO: 240) align with the peptide on the third FnIII domain of tenascin-C that has been mapped as an ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 binding site.
  • the tyrosine following this region may play a role in potential ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 binding. Therefore, ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 binding to TGF- ⁇ 2 could be physiologically relevant.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise trigger loop sequences comprising any of the sequences listed in Table 15.
  • Trigger loop sequence SEQ ID Source protein Trigger loop sequence NO TGF- ⁇ 2 FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTP 65 TGF- ⁇ 2 AGIDGTST 240 TGF- ⁇ 2 (short) GTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKK 180 TGF- ⁇ 1 INGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRP 241 TGF- ⁇ 1 SGRRGDLATI 242 TGF- ⁇ 1 TGRRGDLATI 243 TGF- ⁇ 3 FKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRLKKQKDHHNP 244 GDF-8 PGEDGLNP 245 GDF-11 PGAEGLHP 246 Inhibin A RPEATP 247 BMP-9 SHRKGCDTLDISVPPGSRNLP 248 BMP-2 RHVRISRSLHQDEHSWSQIRP 249 BMP-4 QHVRISRSLPQGSGNWAQLRP 250 BMP-7 IGRHGPQNKQP 251 BMP-6 VGRDGPYDKQP 252 BMP-8 LGQRAPRSQ
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loops. Such chimeric proteins may exhibit activation (e.g. growth factor release) regulated in a manner similar to that of TGF- ⁇ 2.
  • Some chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise TGF- ⁇ -related proteins wherein one or more protein modules are substituted with one or more protein modules comprising one or more TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loops.
  • Some chimeric proteins comprise TGF- ⁇ -related proteins wherein one or more protein modules comprising at least one RGD sequence are substituted with one or more protein modules comprising one or more TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loops.
  • chimeric proteins may comprise TGF- ⁇ 1 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3 proteins wherein one or more protein modules comprising at least one RGD sequence are substituted with one or more protein modules comprising one or more TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loops. Such chimeric proteins may exhibit TGF- ⁇ 1 activity.
  • chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules from BMPs.
  • Protein modules comprising sequences from BMPs may comprise sequences from any of those BMP modules disclosed in FIGS. 8A-8G .
  • Chimeric proteins of the present invention comprising one or more BMP protein module may be useful for the development of antibodies and/or assays to study, enhance and/or perturb BMP interactions with other proteins, including, but not limited to RGM proteins.
  • Chimeric proteins may comprise detectable labels. Detectable labels may be used to allow for detection and/or isolation of chimeric proteins. Such detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags. Tags may be used to identify and/or isolate tagged proteins. Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. 3C protease cleavage sites may be introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from chimeric proteins.
  • synthesis of recombinant proteins of the present invention may be carried out according to any method known in the art. Some protein synthesis may be carried out in vitro. Some protein synthesis may be carried out using cells. Such cells may be bacterial and/or eukaryotic. In some embodiments, eukaryotic cells may be used for protein synthesis. Some such cells may be mammalian. Some mammalian cells used for protein expression may include, but are not limited to mouse cells, rabbit cells, rat cells, monkey cells, hamster cells and human cells. Such cells may be derived from a cell line. In other embodiments, human cells may be used.
  • cell lines may include, but are not limited to HEK293 cells, CHO cells, HeLa cells, Sw-480 cells, EL4 T lymphoma cells, TMLC cells, 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts, A204 cells, L17 RIB cells and C 2 C 12 cells.
  • 293 cells are used for synthesis of recombinant proteins of the present invention. These cells are human cells that post-translationally modify proteins with human-like structures (e.g. glycans). Such cells are easily transfectable and scalable and are able to grow to high densities in suspension culture. 293 cells may include 293E cells. 293E cells are HEK293 cells stably expressing EBNA1 (Epstein-Barr virus nuclear antigen-1). In some cases, 293E cells may be grown in serum-free medium to simplify down-stream purification. In some cases, 293-6E cells (NRC Canada, Ottawa, Calif.) may be used.
  • Such cells express truncated EBNA1 (EBNA1t) and may comprise enhanced production of recombinant proteins and may be optimized for growth and/or protein expression in serum-free medium to simplify down-stream purification.
  • insect cells may be used to express recombinant proteins of the invention.
  • insect cell expression may be carried out using Spodoptera frugiperda cells including, but not limited to Sf9 and/or Sf-21 cells.
  • insect cell cultures may comprise Trichoplusia ni cells, including, but not limited to Tn-368 and/or HIGH-FIVETM BTI-TN-5B1-4 cells.
  • recombinant proteins of the invention may comprise an antibody Fc domain to create an Fc fusion protein.
  • the formation of an Fc fusion protein with any of the recombinant proteins described herein may be carried out according to any method known in the art, including as described in Czajkowsky, D. M. et al., 2012. EMBO Mol Med. 4(10):1015-28 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,116,964, 5,541,087 and 8,637,637, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Fc fusion proteins of the invention may be linked to the hinge region of an IgG Fc via cysteine residues in the Fc hinge region.
  • Fc fusion proteins may comprise an antibody-like structure, but without C H1 domains or light chains.
  • Fc fusion proteins may comprise pharmacokinetic profiles comparable to native antibodies.
  • Fc fusion proteins of the invention may comprise an extended half-life in circulation and/or altered biological activity.
  • Fc fusion proteins of the invention may be prepared using any of the TGF- ⁇ family proteins or TGF- ⁇ -related proteins described herein.
  • Fc fusion proteins may comprise TGF- ⁇ , GDF-8 and/or GDF-11.
  • Sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention may be inserted into any number of DNA vectors known in the art for expression. Such vectors may include plasmids. In some embodiments, sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention are cloned into pTT5 vectors (NRC Biotechnology Research Institute, Regen, Québec.) In other embodiments pTT22, pTT28, pYD5, pYD7, pYD11(NRC Biotechnology Institute, Quebec, Québec) and/or pMA vectors (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) may be used. Vectors may comprise promoter sequences to modulate expression of sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention.
  • Such promoters may be constitutively active and/or may be regulated by extrinsic and/or intrinsic factors. Some extrinsic factors may be used to enhance or suppress expression of sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention.
  • Some vectors may encode nuclear localization signals that may be incorporated into recombinant proteins of the present invention upon translation. Some vectors may produce mRNA transcripts that comprise nuclear export signals. RNA transcribed from a modified pTT5 vector (pTT5-WPRE) contains an element that facilitates nuclear export of the transcripts. Some vectors may be modified by insertion of one or more ligation-independent cloning (LIC) cassettes to provide for simpler cloning.
  • LIC ligation-independent cloning
  • Vectors encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention may be delivered to cells according to any method known in the art, including, but not limited to transfection, electroporation and/or transduction.
  • vectors may comprise one or more elements to enhance vector replication in host cells.
  • vectors may comprise oriP sites for episomal replication in cells that express EBNA-1.
  • cells are stably transfected to produce recombinant proteins of the present invention.
  • Stably transfected cells pass transfected genes to daughter cells during cell division, thus eliminating the need for repeated transfection.
  • the transfected genes are stably inserted into the genome of the transfected cells.
  • Transfected genes may comprise genes for cell selection, such as genes that confer resistance to one or more toxic or repressive compounds. Such genes may be used to support the growth of only cells with stable incorporation of the transfected genes when grown in the presence of such one or more toxic or repressive compounds (e.g. puromycin, kenomycin, etc.)
  • Cell selection may also comprise selecting cells based on overall recombinant protein expression levels. Determination of such levels may be carried out, for example, by Western Blot and/or ELISA.
  • nucleotide sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more woodchuck hepatitis virus posttranscriptional regulatory element (WPRE).
  • WPRE woodchuck hepatitis virus posttranscriptional regulatory element
  • RNA nucleic acids comprising such elements may comprise the sequence GCCACGGCGGAACUCAUCGCCGCCUGCCUUGCCCGCUGCUGGACAGGGGCUCGGC UGUUGGGCACUGACAAUUCCGUGGU (SEQ ID NO: 255).
  • RNA comprising WPREs may be transcribed from DNA comprising the sequence AATCAACCTCTGGATTACAAAATTTGTGAAAGATTGACTGGTATTCTTAACTATGTT GCTCCTTTTACGCTATGTGGATACGCTGCTTTAATGCCTTTGTATCATGCTATTGCTT CCCGTATGGCTTTCATTTTCTCCTCCTTGTATAAATCCTGGTTGCTGTCTCTTTATGAG GAGTTGTGGCCCGTTGTCAGGCAACGTGGCGTGGTGTGCACTGTGTTTGCTGACGCA ACCCCCACTGGTTGGGGCATTGCCACCACCTGTCAGCTCCTTTCCGGGACTTTCGCTT TCCCCCTATTGCCACGGCGGAACTCATCGCCGCCTGCCTTGCCCGCTGCTGGA CAGGGGCTCGGCTGTTGGGCACTGACAATTCCGTGGTGTTGTCGGGGAAGCTGACGT CCTTTCCATGGCTGCTCCTGTGTTGCCACCTGGATTCTGCGGGACGTCCTTCTG CTACGTCCCTTCGTCCCTCCTGTGG
  • secretion signal sequences refers to a chain of amino acids (or nucleotides that encode them at the nucleic acid level) that when part of a protein, modulate secretion of such proteins from cells. Some secretion signal sequences may be located at protein termini. In other embodiments, secretion signal sequences may be N-terminal amino acid sequences. Other secretions signal sequences may comprise the secretion signal of the Ig kappa chains. Such Ig kappa chains may be human Ig kappa chains. In some embodiments, secretion signal sequences may comprise the amino acid sequence MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLG (SEQ ID NO: 257).
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may require coexpression with one or more other proteins for proper expression, folding, secretion, activity and/or function.
  • Some recombinant GPCs of the present invention may be coexpressed with LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARP.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention may be biotinylated.
  • biotinylating refers to the attaching of one or more biotin labels. Such biotin labels may facilitate interactions of biotinylated recombinant proteins with avidin and/or streptavidin coated surfaces and/or proteins.
  • a “biotin label” refers to a detectable label comprising one or more biotin molecules.
  • biotinylated refers to a molecule or protein that comprises one or more biotin labels. Biotin molecules bind with high affinity to avidin and streptavidin molecules.
  • This property may be used to capture biotinylated proteins using avidin and/or stretavidin coated materials.
  • Some recombinant GPCs of the present invention may be biotinylated near the N-terminus. Such recombinant GPCs may be introduced to avidin/streptavidin coated cell culture surfaces, allowing biotinylated recombinant GPCs to adhere to the surface in a manner such that the orientation and bonding of such bound GPCs mimics the orientation and bonding of GPCs to LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARPs.
  • recombinant proteins produced may be analyzed for quality control purposes to assess both biophysical properties as well as bioactive properties.
  • Biophysical characterization may include assessing protein migration patterns after reducing and/or non-reducing SDS PAGE. Biophysical characterization may also comprise gel filtration, mass spectrometric analysis and/or analysis of association/dissociation between LAPs or LAP-like domains and growth factor domains. Bioactive properties may be analyzed by assessing reactivity with antibodies and/or signaling activity of dissociated growth factors and/or latent GPCs.
  • proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more detectable labels for purification [e.g. polyhistidine tag, flag tag, etc.]
  • proteins are N-terminally labeled.
  • proteins are C-terminally labeled.
  • proteins are biotinylated.
  • recombinant proteins of the present invention are N-terminally biotinylated.
  • Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage between residues Q and G of the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. In some embodiments, such cleavage sites are introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • modification of expressed growth factor proproteins may be carried out by enzymatic cleavage.
  • proprotein convertases may be used. Such proprotein convertases may include, but are not limited to furin/PACE3, PC1/3, PC2, PC4, PC5/6, PACE4 and PC7.
  • Proprotein convertase cleavage may be carried out in solution or in tissue culture.
  • proprotein convertases are expressed in cells expressing proproteins to be cleaved.
  • proprotein convertases are added to tissue cultures of cells expressing proproteins to be cleaved.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may comprise antibodies or fragments thereof.
  • antibody is referred to in the broadest sense and specifically covers various embodiments including, but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g. bispecific antibodies formed from at least two intact antibodies), and antibody fragments such as diabodies so long as they exhibit a desired biological activity.
  • Antibodies are primarily amino-acid based molecules but may also comprise one or more modifications (including, but not limited to the addition of sugar moieties, fluorescent moieties, chemical tags, etc.)
  • recombinant and/or chimeric proteins described herein may be used as antigens (referred to herein as antigenic proteins) to generate antibodies.
  • antigenic proteins may comprise epitopes that may be less accessible for antibody generation in similar wild type proteins.
  • Some antibodies directed to antigenic proteins of the present invention may modulate the release of one or more growth factors from one or more GPCs.)
  • Some such antibodies may be stabilizing [reducing or preventing dissociation between two agents, (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] and/or releasing [enhancing the dissociation between two agents (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] antibodies.
  • Antigenic proteins of the present invention may comprise TGF- ⁇ -related proteins as well as components and/or protein modules thereof. In some cases, antigenic proteins of the present invention may comprise prodomains without associated growth factors, furin cleavage-deficient mutants, mutants deficient in extracellular protein associations and/or combinations thereof.
  • antigenic proteins may comprise TGF- ⁇ -related proteins and/or modules thereof.
  • Such antigenic proteins may comprise epitopes from regions where growth factors associate with or comprise stereological proximity with prodomain regions.
  • Antibodies of the present invention directed to such epitopes may bind overlapping regions between growth factors and prodomains. Such antibodies may stereologically inhibit the dissociation of growth factors from GPCs.
  • antigenic proteins comprise only the prodomain or only the growth factor from a particular GPC. Epitopes present on such antigenic proteins may be shielded or unexposed in intact GPCs. Some antibodies of the present invention may be directed to such epitopes. Such antibodies may be releasing antibodies, promoting growth factor dissociation from GPCs. Further antibodies may compete with free growth factor for prodomain binding, thereby promoting growth factor dissociation from GPCs.
  • antigenic proteins may comprise proprotein convertase (e.g. furin) cleavage site mutations. Such mutations may prevent enzymatic cleavage of growth factors from their prodomains.
  • proprotein convertase e.g. furin
  • Some antibodies of the present invention may be directed to epitopes present on such mutant proteins. Such antibodies may stabilize the association between prodomains and growth factors.
  • furin cleavage site mutants comprise D2G mutants as described herein.
  • antigenic proteins comprising prodomains may comprise N-terminal mutations that lead to decreased prodomain association with LTBPs and/or GARP and therefore may present epitopes in the N-terminal region that may otherwise be shielded by those associations. Some antibodies of the present invention may be directed to such epitopes. Some antigenic proteins comprising TGF- ⁇ 1 prodomains may comprise C4S mutations. Such mutations may prevent association of antigenic proteins with LTBPs and/or GARP, making these proteins useful for presenting N-terminal epitopes. Antibodies directed to C4S mutants may prevent GPC association with LTBPs and/or GARP. Some antibodies directed to C4S mutants may reduce growth factor signaling in a particular niche. Some such antibodies may reduce or prevent the release of growth factor by blocking the ability of the GPCs to associate securely with the extracellular matrix.
  • antigenic proteins may comprise one or more recombinant LTBP.
  • recombinant LTBPs may comprise LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3, LTBP4, alternatively spliced variants and/or fragments thereof.
  • Recombinant LTBPs may also be modified to comprise one or more detectable labels.
  • detectable labels may include, but are not limited to biotin labels, polyhistidine tags, myc tags, HA tags and/or fluorescent tags.
  • antigenic proteins may comprise one or more recombinant protein and/or chimeric protein complexed with one or more recombinant LTBP.
  • Some antigenic proteins may comprise proprotein convertase cleavage site mutants (e.g. D2G mutants, AXXA mutants) complexed with one or more recombinant LTBP.
  • Some such recombinant LTBPs may comprise LTBP1S.
  • Some recombinant LTBPs may comprise one or more detectable labels, including, but not limited to biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags.
  • antigenic proteins may comprise GARP (or homologues thereof, including, but not limited to LRRC33).
  • GARP may be recombinant, referred to herein as recombinant GARP.
  • Some recombinant GARPs may comprise one or more modifications, truncations and/or mutations as compared to wild type GARP.
  • Recombinant GARPs may be modified to be soluble.
  • recombinant GARPs are modified to comprise one or more detectable labels.
  • detectable labels may include, but are not limited to biotin labels, polyhistidine tags, flag tags, myc tags, HA tags and/or fluorescent tags.
  • antigenic proteins may comprise one or more recombinant protein and/or chimeric protein complexed with one or more recombinant GARP.
  • antigenic proteins comprise LAPs (e.g. TGF- ⁇ LAPs) and/or LAP-like domains complexed with recombinant GARP.
  • antigenic proteins comprise D2G mutants (e.g. TGF- ⁇ D2G mutants) complexed with recombinant GARP.
  • complexed recombinant GARPs may be soluble forms of GARP (sGARP).
  • sGARPs comprises one or more biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags.
  • GARPs complexed with LAP and/or LAP-like domains are desired as antigens, in assays and/or for antibody development.
  • LAPs and/or LAP-like domains may comprise CED mutations.
  • Such LAPs and/or LAP-like domains may be expressed as GPCs to facilitate proper protein folding, conformation and/or expression, but the CED mutations present may enhance growth factor release, leaving the desired GARP-LAP (or LAP-like domain) complex behind.
  • GARP-LAP (or LAP-like domain) complexes may be useful as antigens in the production of releasing antibodies that specifically target GARP-associated GPCs.
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may act to stabilize a natively populated conformation of LAP (or LAP-like domain) characterized by reduced growth factor association (both as a free LAP or LAP-like domains and/or as a GARP and/or LTBP/LAP complex), thereby exposing epitopes that may be less exposed in wild-type proteins.
  • Such mutations may shift the conformational equilibrium of LAP or LAP-like domains to facilitate the production of activating antibodies.
  • antigenic proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules from GDFs (e.g. GDF-11 and/or GDF-8).
  • antibodies of the present invention may be directed toward antigenic proteins comprising GDF-8 protein modules.
  • such antibodies may modulate GDF-8 levels and/or activity in one or more niches.
  • antibodies of the present invention may prevent the release of GDF-8 growth factors from GPCs.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be used to repair and/or enhance muscle tissues.
  • recombinant proteins including, but not limited to chimeric proteins
  • studies may be used in studies to identify and map epitopes that may be important targets for antibody development. Such studies may be used to identify epitopes that may promote growth factor release or stabilization of GPCs upon antibody binding.
  • releasing antibody refers to an antibody that increases the ratio of active and/or free growth factor relative to inactive and/or prodomain-associated growth factor upon the introduction of the antibody to a GPC, cell, niche, natural depot or any other site of growth factor sequestration.
  • releasing antibodies may be characterized as agonists.
  • natural depot refers to a location within a cell, tissue or organ where increased levels of a biomolecule or ion are stored. For example, the extracellular matrix may act as a natural depot for one or more growth factors.
  • the contact necessary for growth-factor release may be defined as direct or indirect contact of antibody with a GPC or a component thereof or with a cellular structure such as an extracellular and/or cellular matrix protein and/or protein associated with the extracellular and/or cellular matrix [e.g. LTBPs (e.g. LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4), fibrillins (e.g. fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3 and/or fibrillin-4,) perlecan, decorin, elastin, collagen and/or GARPs (e.g. GARP and/or LRRC33)] for release of growth factor.
  • LTBPs e.g. LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4
  • fibrillins e.g. fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3 and/or fibrillin-4, perlecan
  • decorin elastin
  • collagen and/or GARPs e
  • Release profiles may have an initial peak or burst within from about 4 hours to about 7 days of contacting in vivo or shorter periods in vitro.
  • initial peak or burst may occur from about 4 hours to about 5 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 6 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 7 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 8 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 9 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 10 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 11 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 12 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 24 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 36 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 48 hours, or from about 1 day to about 7 days, or from about 1 day to about 2 days, or from about 1 day to about 3 days, or from about 1 day to about 4 days, or from about 4 days to about 5 days, or from about 4 days to about 6 days, or from about 4 days to about 7 days.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may stimulate the release of 5 to 100% of the growth factor present.
  • the percent of growth factor release may be from about 5% to about 10%, or from about 5% to about 15%, or from about 5% to about 20%, or from about 5% to about 25%, or from about 10% to about 30%, or from about 10% to about 40%, or from about 10% to about 50%, or from about 10% to about 60%, or from about 20% to about 70%, or from about 20% to about 80%, or from about 40% to about 90%, or from about 40% to about 100%.
  • Releasing antibodies generated according to methods described herein may be generated to release growth factors from GPCs comprising any of the pro-proteins listed in Table 1. In some cases, releasing antibodies are directed to GPCs comprising TGF- ⁇ isoforms and/or one or more modules of such isoforms. In some cases, releasing antibodies are directed to GPCs comprising GDFs and/or one or more modules from GDFs.
  • the term “stabilizing antibody” refers to an antibody that decreases the ratio of active and/or free growth factor relative to inactive and/or prodomain-associated growth factor upon the introduction of the antibody to one or more GPC, cell, niche, natural depot and/or any other site of growth factor sequestration.
  • antibodies may be characterized as antagonists.
  • an “antagonist” is one which interferes with or inhibits the physiological action of another. Antagonist action may even result in stimulation or activation of signaling downstream and hence may act agonistically relative to another pathway, separate from the one being antagonized. Pathways are interrelated, so, in one nonlimiting example, a TGF- ⁇ antagonist could act as a BMP agonist and vice versa.
  • the term “downstream” refers to any signaling or cellular event that happens after the action, binding or targeting by compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • Contact necessary for inhibition or stabilization may be direct or indirect contact between antibody and GPC or components thereof or with cellular structures such as an extracellular and/or cellular matrix protein and/or protein associated with the extracellular and/or cellular matrix [e.g. LTBPs (e.g. LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4), fibrillins (e.g. fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3 and/or fibrillin-4,) perlecan, decorin, elastin, collagen and/or GARPs (e.g. GARP and/or LRRC33)] whereby release of growth factor is inhibited.
  • LTBPs e.g. LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4
  • fibrillins e.g. fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3 and/or fibrillin-4, perlecan, decorin, elastin, collagen and/or GARPs (e.g. GARP
  • Inhibition of release of at least 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more of growth factors may be sufficient, in some cases, to characterize antibodies of the present invention as inhibitory or stabilizing.
  • Inhibitory antibodies may stabilize GPCs and trap them as heterodimers.
  • inhibition of growth factor release after contact with one or more antibodies of the present invention may be local and may occur over a sustained period of time and may include peaks, troughs or spikes.
  • Inhibitory antibodies which may also function to stabilize GPCs may be defined by their release kinetics. Release of growth factor and corresponding release kinetics, even locally, may be directly measured or inferred by downstream signaling events.
  • changes in protein or nucleic acid concentrations or phenotypic responses may be indicative of the effects of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may act to inhibit release of a growth factor over minutes, hours or days.
  • Inhibition and/or stabilization profiles may have an initial trough within from about 4 hours to about 7 days of introduction in vivo or shorter periods in vitro.
  • initial trough of inhibition or stabilization may occur from about 4 hours to about 5 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 6 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 7 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 8 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 9 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 10 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 11 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 12 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 24 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 36 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 48 hours, or from about 1 day to about 7 days, or from about 1 day to about 2 days, or from about 1 day to about 3 days, or from about 1 day to about 4 days, or from about 4 days to about 5 days, or from about 4 days to about 6 days, or from about 4 days to about 7
  • the percent of growth factor inhibition or stabilization may be from about 5% to about 10%, from about 5% to about 15%, from about 5% to about 20%, from about 5% to about 25%, from about 10% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 40%, from about 10% to about 50%, from about 10% to about 60%, from about 20% to about 70%, from about 20% to about 80%, from about 40% to about 90% or from about 40% to about 100%.
  • Stabilizing antibodies generated according to methods described herein may be generated to block the release of growth factors from GPCs comprising any of the pro-proteins listed in Table 1. Such antibodies may physically interact with GPC protease cleavage sites and/or block the interaction of proteolytic enzymes that may target such cleavage sites. In some cases, stabilizing antibodies are directed to GPCs comprising TGF- ⁇ isoforms and/or one or more modules of such isoforms. In some cases, stabilizing antibodies are directed to GPCs comprising GDFs and/or one or more modules from GDFs.
  • Stabilizing antibodies directed to GPCs comprising GDF-8 may block metalloproteinase cleavage of such complexes.
  • Such agents may bind to GPCs comprising GDF-8 in such a way as to physically prevent interactions between such GPCs and metalloproteinases targeting such GPCs.
  • Agents that actually target metalloproteinases themselves have been described previously (see U.S. Pat. No. 7,572,599, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • a desired antibody may be selected from a larger pool of two or more candidate antibodies based on the desired antibody's ability to associate with desired antigens and/or epitopes.
  • antigens and/or epitopes may include, but are not limited to any of those described herein, including, but not limited to recombinant proteins, chimeric proteins, GPCs, prodomains (e.g. LAPs or LAP-like domains), growth factors, protein modules, LTBPs, fibrillins, GARP, TGF- ⁇ -related proteins and/or mutants and/or variants and/or complexes and/or combinations thereof.
  • Selection of desired antibodies may be carried out using an antibody binding assay, such as a surface Plasmon resonance-based assay, an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or fluorescence-associated cell sorting (FACS)-based assay.
  • an antibody binding assay such as a surface Plasmon resonance-based assay, an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or fluorescence-associated cell sorting (FACS)-based assay.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • FACS fluorescence-associated cell sorting
  • antibodies of the present invention may be selected from a larger pool of two or more candidate antibodies based on their ability to associate with desired antigens and/or epitopes from multiple species (referred to herein as “positive selection.”)
  • such species may comprise vertebrate species. In some embodiments, such species may comprise mammalian species. In some embodiments, such species may include, but are not limited to mice, rats, rabbits, goats, sheep, pigs, horses, cows and/or humans.
  • negative selection is used to remove antibodies from a larger pool of two or more candidate antibodies.
  • negative selection refers to the elimination of one or more factors from a group based on their ability to bind to one or more undesired antigens and/or epitopes.
  • undesired antigens and/or epitopes may include, but are not limited to any of those described herein, including, but not limited to recombinant proteins, chimeric proteins, GPCs, prodomains (e.g. LAPs or LAP-like domains), growth factors, protein modules, LTBPs, fibrillins, GARPs, TGF- ⁇ -related proteins and/or mutants and/or variants and/or combinations and/or complexes thereof.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be directed to prodomains (e.g. the prodomain portion of a GPC and/or free LAP or LAP-like domains) that decrease growth factor signaling and/or levels (e.g. TGF- ⁇ growth factor signaling and/or levels) in a given niche.
  • prodomains e.g. the prodomain portion of a GPC and/or free LAP or LAP-like domains
  • growth factor signaling and/or levels e.g. TGF- ⁇ growth factor signaling and/or levels
  • antibodies of the present invention may directed to LAPs or LAP-like domains that increase growth factor signaling and/or levels in a given niche.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be directed to prodomains (e.g. LAPs or LAP-like domains) and/or GPCs only when complexed with LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARP.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be selected from a larger pool of two or more candidate antibodies based on their ability to modulate growth factor levels and/or activity.
  • growth factor activity assays may be used to test the ability of candidate antibodies to modulate growth factor activity.
  • Growth factor activity assays may include, cell-based assays as described hereinbelow. Additional assays that may be used to determine the effect of candidate antibodies on growth factor activity may include, but are not limited to enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), Western blotting, reporter assays (e.g.
  • one or more recombinant proteins or antibodies disclosed herein may be used in assays to test, develop and/or select antibodies.
  • Recombinant GPCs may be expressed to test releasing and/or stabilizing abilities of one or more antibodies being assayed.
  • recombinant proteins may be expressed as positive or negative control components of assays.
  • multiple recombinant proteins may be expressed at once to modulate growth factor release and/or activity, wherein such recombinant proteins may act synergistically or antagonistically in such modulation.
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may provide a baseline level of growth factor activity in assays designed to test releasing antibodies, as these mutant proteins are sufficient for producing a biological effect in humans.
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may be used as positive controls in activity assays geared toward screening for releasing antibodies.
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may be used for screening for stabilizing antibody activity, as they can be presumably activated in the absence of integrins.
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may be expressed in cell lines (e.g. 293 cells or others) and growth factor activity and/or release may be assessed in the presence or absence of antibodies being tested.
  • co-expression of GPCs comprising CED mutation with wild type GPCs could also be used to regulate free growth factor levels.
  • modulation of free growth factor levels may accomplished by co-transfection of different ratios of wild type and mutant GPCs (e.g. 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:10).
  • further co-expression of LTBPs, fibrillins or GARPs may be carried out to add one or more additional levels of free growth factor modulation.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention comprising antibodies, antibody fragments, their variants or derivatives as described above are specifically immunoreactive with antigenic proteins as described herein.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be characterized by their target molecule(s), by the antigens used to generate them, by their function (whether as agonists, antagonists, growth-factor releasing, GPC stabilizing, activating and/or inhibitory) and/or by the cell niche in which they function.
  • antibody fragment refers to any portion of an intact antibody.
  • antibody fragments comprise antigen binding regions from intact antibodies.
  • Examples of antibody fragments may include, but are not limited to Fab, Fab′, F(ab′) 2 , and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments.
  • Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called “Fab” fragments, each with a single antigen-binding site. Also produced is a residual “Fc” fragment, whose name reflects its ability to crystallize readily.
  • an “antibody” may comprise a heavy and light variable domain as well as an Fc region.
  • the term “native antibody” refers to a usually heterotetrameric glycoprotein of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies among the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (VH) followed by a number of constant domains.
  • VH variable domain
  • Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (V L ) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain.
  • variable domain refers to specific antibody domains that differ extensively in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen.
  • Fv refers to antibody fragments comprising complete antigen-recognition and antigen-binding sites. These regions consist of a dimer of one heavy chain and one light chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association.
  • the term “light chain” refers to a component of an antibody from any vertebrate species assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa and lambda based on amino acid sequences of constant domains. Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, antibodies can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of intact antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, and IgA2.
  • Single-chain Fv refers to a fusion protein of V H and V L antibody domains, wherein these domains are linked together into a single polypeptide chain.
  • the Fv polypeptide linker enables the scFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding.
  • bispecific antibody refers to an antibody capable of binding two different antigens. Such antibodies typically comprise regions from at least two different antibodies. Bispecific antibodies may include any of those described in Riethmuller, G. 2012. Cancer Immunity. 12:12-18, Marvin, J. S. et al., 2005. Acta Pharmacologica Sinica. 26(6):649-58 and Schaefer, W. et al., 2011. PNAS. 108(27):11187-92, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • the term “diabody” refers to a small antibody fragment with two antigen-binding sites.
  • Diabodies comprise a heavy chain variable domain V H connected to a light chain variable domain V L in the same polypeptide chain. By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites.
  • Diabodies are described more fully in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al. (Hollinger, P. et al., “Diabodies”:Small bivalent and bispecific antibody fragments. PNAS. 1993. 90:6444-8) the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • the term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous cells (or clones), i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except for possible variants that may arise during production of the monoclonal antibodies, such variants generally being present in minor amounts.
  • each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen
  • the modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method.
  • the monoclonal antibodies herein include “chimeric” antibodies (immunoglobulins) in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies.
  • humanized antibody refers to a chimeric antibody comprising a minimal portion from one or more non-human (e.g., murine) antibody source with the remainder derived from one or more human immunoglobulin sources.
  • humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from the hypervariable region from an antibody of the recipient are replaced by residues from the hypervariable region from an antibody of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or nonhuman primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and/or capacity.
  • hypervariable region refers to regions within the antigen binding domain of an antibody comprising amino acid residues responsible for antigen binding.
  • the amino acids present within the hypervariable regions determine the structure of the complementarity determining region (CDR).
  • CDR refers to regions of antibodies comprising a structure that is complimentary to its target antigen or epitope.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be antibody mimetics.
  • antibody mimetic refers to any molecule which mimics the function or effect of an antibody and which binds specifically and with high affinity to their molecular targets.
  • antibody mimetics may be monobodies, designed to incorporate the fibronectin type III domain (Fn3) as a protein scaffold (U.S. Pat. No. 6,673,901; U.S. Pat. No. 6,348,584).
  • antibody mimetics may be those known in the art including, but are not limited to affibody molecules, affilins, affitins, anticalins, avimers, Centyrins, DARPINSTM, Fynomers and Kunitz and domain peptides. In other embodiments, antibody mimetics may include one or more non-peptide region.
  • antibody variant refers to a biomolecule resembling an antibody in structure and/or function comprising some differences in their amino acid sequence, composition or structure as compared to a native antibody.
  • antibodies are generated in knockout mice, lacking the gene that encodes for desired target antigens. Such mice may not be tolerized to target antigens and therefore may be better suited for generating antibodies against such antigens that may cross react with human and mouse forms of the antigen.
  • host mice may be immunized with recombinant proteins to elicit lymphocytes that specifically bind such proteins. Resulting lymphocytes may be collected and fused with immortalized cell lines. Resulting hybridoma cells may be cultured in suitable culture medium with selection agents to support the growth of only fused cells.
  • Desired hybridoma cell lines may be identified through binding specificity analysis of secreted antibodies for target peptides and clones of such cells may be subcloned through limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods.
  • Antibodies produced by subcloned hybridoma cells may be isolated and purified from culture medium by standard immunoglobulin purification procedures
  • Recombinant antibodies of the present invention may be generated according to any of the methods disclosed in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • recombinant antibodies may be produced using hybridoma cells produced according to methods described herein. Heavy and light chain variable region cDNA sequences of antibodies may be determined using standard biochemical techniques. Total RNA may be extracted from antibody-producing hybridoma cells and converted to cDNA by reverse transcriptase (RT) polymerase chain reaction (PCR). PCR amplification may be carried out on resulting cDNA to amplify variable region genes.
  • RT reverse transcriptase
  • PCR polymerase chain reaction
  • Such amplification may comprise the use of primers specific for amplification of heavy and light chain sequences. Resulting PCR products may then be subcloned into plasmids for sequence analysis. Once sequenced, antibody coding sequences may be placed into expression vectors. For humanization, coding sequences for human heavy and light chain constant domains may be used to substitute for homologous murine sequences. The resulting constructs may then be transfected into mammalian cells for large scale translation.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be capable of inducing antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and/or antibody-dependent cell phagocytosis (ADCP.)
  • ADCC is an immune mechanism whereby cells are lysed as a result of immune cell attack.
  • immune cells may include CD56+ cells, CD3 ⁇ natural killer (NK) cells, monocytes and neutrophils (Strohl, W. R. Therapeutic Antibody Engineering. Woodhead Publishing, Philadelphia Pa. 2012. Ch. 8, p 186, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • antibodies of the present invention may be engineered to comprise a given isotype depending on whether or not ADCC or ADCP is desired upon antibody binding.
  • Such antibodies may be engineered according to any of the methods disclosed by Alderson, K. L. et al., J Biomed Biotechnol. 2011. 2011:379123.)
  • IgG2a for example, is more effective at inducing ADCC than is IgG2b.
  • Some antibodies of the present invention, comprising mouse IgG2b antibodies may be reengineered to comprise IgG2a antibodies. Such reengineered antibodies may be more effective at inducing ADCC upon binding cell-associated antigens.
  • genes encoding variable regions of antibodies developed according to methods of the present invention may be cloned into mammalian expression vectors encoding human Fc regions.
  • Such Fc regions may comprise Fc regions from human IgG1 ⁇ .
  • IgG1 ⁇ Fc regions may comprise amino acid mutations known to enhance Fc-receptor binding and antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity ADCC.
  • antibodies may be engineered to reduce ADCC.
  • Antibodies that do not activate ADCC or that are associated with reduced levels of ADCC may be desirable for antibody embodiments of the present invention, in some cases due to no or limited immune-mediated clearance, allowing longer half-lives in circulation.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be produced and/or optimized using high throughput methods of discovery. Such methods may include any of the display techniques (e.g. display library screening techniques) disclosed in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • synthetic antibodies may be designed, selected or optimized by screening target antigens using display technologies (e.g. phage display technologies.)
  • Phage display libraries may comprise millions to billions of phage particles, each expressing unique antibody fragments on their viral coats.
  • cDNA encoding each fragment may contain the same sequence with the exception of unique sequences encoding variable loops of the complementarity determining regions (CDRs).
  • V H chains of CDRs may be expressed as a fusion protein, linked to viral coat proteins (e.g. the N-terminus of the viral pIII coat protein.)
  • V L chains may be expressed separately for assembly with V H chains in the periplasm prior to complex incorporation into viral coats.
  • target antigens may be incubated, in vitro, with phage display library particles for precipitation of positive binding partners. This process is referred to herein as “phage enrichment.”
  • phage enrichment comprises solid-phase phage enrichment. According to such enrichment, target antigens are bound to a substrate (e.g. by passive adsorption) and contacted with one or more solutions comprising phage particles. Phage particles with affinity for such target antigens are precipitated out of solution.
  • phage enrichment comprises solution-phase phage enrichment where target antigens are present in a solution that is combined with phage solutions.
  • target antigens may comprise detectable labels (e.g. biotin labels) to facilitate retrieval from solution and recovery of bound phage.
  • cDNA encoding CDRs of precipitated library members may be sequenced from the bound phage. Such sequences may be directly incorporated into antibody sequences for recombinant antibody production, or mutated and utilized for further optimization through in vitro affinity maturation.
  • phage display screening may be used to generate broadly diverse panels of antibodies. Such diversity may be measured by diversity of antibody sequences and/or diversity of epitopes targeted.
  • Affinity maturation techniques of the present invention may comprise any of those disclosed in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • Affinity maturation technology is used to identify sequences encoding CDRs that have the highest affinity for target antigens. Using such technologies, select CDR sequences (e.g.
  • variants may be mutated randomly as a whole or at specific residues to create millions to billions of variants.
  • Such variants may be subjected to repeated rounds of affinity screening (e.g. display library screening) for their ability to bind target antigens.
  • affinity screening e.g. display library screening
  • Such repeated rounds of selection, mutation and expression may be carried out to identify antibody fragment sequences with the highest affinity for target antigens.
  • sequences may be directly incorporated into antibody sequences for recombinant antibody production.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention comprising antibodies may act to decrease local concentration of one or more GPC through removal by phagocytosis, pinocytosis, or inhibiting assembly in the extracellular matrix and/or cellular matrix.
  • Introduction of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may lead to the removal of 5% to 100% of the growth factor present in a given area.
  • the percent of growth factor removal may be from about 5% to about 10%, from about 5% to about 15%, from about 5% to about 20%, from about 5% to about 25%, from about 10% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 40%, from about 10% to about 50%, from about 10% to about 60%, from about 20% to about 70%, from about 20% to about 80%, from about 40% to about 90% or from about 40% to about 100%.
  • Measures of release, inhibition or removal of one or more growth factors may be made relative to a standard or to the natural release or activity of growth factor under normal physiologic conditions, in vitro or in vivo. Measurements may also be made relative to the presence or absence of antibodies.
  • Such methods of measuring growth factor levels, release, inhibition or removal include standard measurement in tissue and/or fluids (e.g. serum or blood) such as Western blot, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), activity assays, reporter assays, luciferase assays, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) arrays, gene arrays, Real Time reverse transcriptase (RT) PCR and the like.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may bind or interact with any number of epitopes on or along GPCs or their associated structures to either enhance or inhibit growth factor signaling.
  • Such epitopes may include any and all possible sites for altering, enhancing or inhibiting GPC function.
  • such epitopes include, but are not limited to epitopes on or within growth factors, regulatory elements, GPCs, GPC modulatory factors, growth factor receiving cells or receptors, LAPs or LAP-like domains, fastener regions, furin cleavage sites, arm regions, fingers regions, LTBP binding domains, fibrillin binding domains, glycoprotein A repetitions predominant (GARP) binding domains, latency lassos, alpha 1 regions, RGD sequences, bowtie regions, extracellular matrix and/or cellular matrix components and/or epitopes formed by combining regions or portions of any of the foregoing.
  • GPCs GPC modulatory factors
  • growth factor receiving cells or receptors LAPs or LAP-like domains
  • fastener regions furin cleavage sites
  • arm regions fingers regions
  • LTBP binding domains fibrillin binding domains
  • GFP glycoprotein A repetitions predominant binding domains
  • latency lassos alpha 1 regions
  • RGD sequences bowtie regions
  • Binding sites may; however, include biomolecules such as sugars, lipids, nucleic acid molecules or any other form of binding epitope.
  • antagonist antibodies of the present invention may bind to TGF- ⁇ prodomains, stabilizing and preventing integrin-mediated release, for example, by blocking the RGD site or by stabilizing the structure.
  • Such antibodies would be useful in the treatment of Camurati-Engelmann disease, in which mutations in the prodomain cause excessive TGF- ⁇ activation.
  • Such antibodies would also be useful in Marfan's syndrome, in which mutations in fibrillins or LTBPs alter TGF- ⁇ and BMP activation.
  • antibodies of the present invention selectively inhibit the release of TGF- ⁇ from GPCs associated with LTBPs but not those associated with GARP. Such antibodies function as anti-fibrotic therapeutics but exhibit minimal inflammatory effects.
  • GPC-LTBP complex-binding antibodies do not bind GPC-GARP complexes.
  • such antibodies may not be specific to a particular LTBP or GPC, but may bind to GPCs close to or overlapping with GARP binding sites, such that binding is impeded by GARP, but not by LTBPs.
  • antibodies are provided that selectively bind one or more combinatorial epitopes between GARP and proTGF- ⁇ .
  • compounds and/or compositions which induce release of TGF- ⁇ from GARP-proTGF- ⁇ complexes.
  • Such antibodies may be selected for their ability to bind to GARP prodomain binary complexes but not GARP-proTGF- ⁇ ternary complexes, GARPs alone, or prodomains alone.
  • antibodies of the present invention may function as ligand mimetics which would induce internalization of GPCs.
  • Such antibodies may act as nontraditional payload carriers, acting to deliver and/or ferry bound or conjugated drug payloads to specific GPC and/or GPC-related sites.
  • neomorphic change refers to a change or alteration that is new or different.
  • an antibody that elicits the release or stabilization of one or more growth factor not typically associated with a particular GPC targeted by the antibody would be a neomorphic antibody and the release would be a neomorphic change.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may act to alter and/or control proteolytic events.
  • such proteolytic events may be intracellular or extracellular.
  • such proteolytic events may include the alteration of furin cleavage and/or other proteolytic processing events.
  • such proteolytic events may comprise proteolytic processing of growth factor signaling molecules or downstream cascades initiated by growth factor signaling molecules.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may induce or inhibit dimerization or multimerization of growth factors (ligands) or their receptors.
  • such actions may be through stabilization of monomeric, dimeric or multimeric forms or through the disruption of dimeric or multimeric complexes.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may act on homo and/or heterodimers of the monomeric units comprising either receptor groups or GPCs or other signaling molecule pairs.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be internalized into cells prior to binding target antigens. Upon internalization, such antibodies may act to increase or decrease one or more signaling events, release or stabilize one or more GPCs, block or facilitate growth factor release and/or alter one or more cell niche.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may also alter the residence time of one or more growth factor in one or more GPC and/or alter the residence time of one or more GPC in the extracellular matrix and/or cellular matrix. Such alterations may result in irreversible localization and/or transient localization.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be designed, manufactured and/or selected using any methods known to one of skill in the art.
  • antibodies and/or antibody producing cells of the present invention are produced according to any of the methods listed in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • antibodies of the current invention may be generated in knockout mice that lack a gene encoding one or more desired antigens. Such mice would not be tolerized to such antigens and therefore may be able to generate antibodies against them that could cross react with human and mouse forms of the antigen.
  • host mice are immunized with the target peptide to elicit lymphocytes that specifically bind that peptide. Lymphocytes are collected and fused with an immortalized cell line. The resulting hybridoma cells are cultured in a suitable culture medium with a selection agent to support the growth of only the fused cells.
  • knocking out one or more growth factor gene may be lethal and/or produce a fetus or neonate that is non-viable.
  • neonatal animals may only survive for a matter of weeks (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 weeks).
  • immunizations may be carried out in neonatal animals shortly after birth. Oida et al (Oida, T. et al., TGF- ⁇ induces surface LAP expression on Murine CD4 T cells independent of FoxP3 induction. PLOS One. 2010.
  • mice 5(11):e15523 demonstrate immunization of neonatal TGF- ⁇ knockout mice through the use of galectin-1 injections to prolong survival (typically 3-4 weeks after birth in these mice).
  • Mice were immunized with cells expressing murine TGF- ⁇ every other day for 10 days beginning on the 8 th day after birth and spleen cells were harvested on day 22 after birth.
  • Harvested spleen cells were fused with myeloma cells and of the resulting hybridoma cells, many were found to successfully produce anti-LAP antibodies.
  • these methods may be used to generate antibodies.
  • such methods may comprise the use of human antigens.
  • cells used for immunization may express TGF- ⁇ and GARP.
  • GARPs may be expressed with native transmembrane domains to allow for GARP-TGF- ⁇ complexes to remain tethered to the cell surface of the transfected cells used from immunization.
  • Some antigens may comprise proTGF- ⁇ 1 tethered to LTBP (e.g. LTBP1S.)
  • LTBP e.g. LTBP1S.
  • recombinant proteins related to other TGF- ⁇ family members may be used as antigens.
  • Methods of the present invention may also comprise one or more steps of the immunization methods described by Oida et al combined with one or more additional and/or modified steps.
  • Modified steps may include, but are not limited to the use of alternate cell types for fusions, the pooling of varying number of spleen cells when performing fusions, altering the injection regimen, altering the date of spleen cell harvest, altering immunogen and/or altering immunogen dose.
  • Additional steps may include the harvesting of other tissues (e.g. lymph nodes) from immunized mice.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may comprise activating or inhibiting antibodies.
  • the term “activating antibody” refers to an antibody that promotes growth factor activity.
  • Activating antibodies include antibodies targeting any epitope that promotes growth factor activity. Such epitopes may lie on prodomains (e.g. LAPs and LAP-like domains,) growth factors or other epitopes that when bound by antibody, lead to growth factor activity.
  • Activating antibodies of the present invention may include, but are not limited to TGF- ⁇ -activating antibodies, GDF-8-activating antibodies, GDF-11-activating antibodies and BMP-activating antibodies.
  • the term “inhibiting antibody” refers to an antibody that reduces growth factor activity.
  • Inhibiting antibodies include antibodies targeting any epitope that reduces growth factor activity when associated with such antibodies. Such epitopes may lie on prodomains (e.g. LAPs and LAP-like domains,) growth factors or other epitopes that lead to reduced growth factor activity when bound by antibody.
  • Inhibiting antibodies of the present invention may include, but are not limited to TGF- ⁇ -inhibiting antibodies, GDF-8-inhibiting antibodies, GDF-11-inhibiting antibodies and BMP-inhibiting antibodies.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include methods of using activating and/or inhibiting antibodies in solution, in cell culture and/or in subjects to modify growth factor signaling.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may comprise one or more antibody targeting a prodomain, including LAP and/or LAP-like domains.
  • Such antibodies may reduce or elevate growth factor signaling depending on the specific LAP or LAP-like domain that is bound and/or depending on the specific epitope targeted by such antibodies.
  • Anti-LAP and/or anti-LAP-like protein antibodies of the invention may promote dissociation of free growth factors from GPCs. Such dissociation may be induced upon antibody binding to a GPC or dissociation may be promoted by preventing the reassociation of free growth factor with LAP or LAP-like protein.
  • anti-TGF- ⁇ LAP antibodies are provided.
  • Anti-TGF- ⁇ LAP antibodies may comprise TGF- ⁇ -activating antibodies.
  • Such antibodies may increase TGF- ⁇ activity, in some cases through by releasing TGF- ⁇ free growth factor from latent GPCs and/or preventing the reassociation of free TGF- ⁇ growth factor with LAP.
  • anti-TGF- ⁇ LAP antibodies may increase TGF- ⁇ activity more favorably when proTGF- ⁇ is associated with LTBP.
  • anti-TGF- ⁇ LAP antibodies may increase TGF- ⁇ activity more favorably when proTGF- ⁇ is associated with GARP.
  • anti-TGF- ⁇ LAP antibodies may function synergistically with other TGF- ⁇ activators (e.g. ⁇ v ⁇ 6 and/or a v ⁇ 8 ) to increase TGF- ⁇ activity.
  • polypeptide refers to a polymer of amino acid residues (natural or unnatural) linked together most often by peptide bonds.
  • the term, as used herein, refers to proteins, polypeptides, and peptides of any size, structure, or function. In some instances the polypeptide encoded is smaller than about 50 amino acids and the polypeptide is then termed a peptide.
  • polypeptide is a peptide, it will be at least about 2, 3, 4, or at least 5 amino acid residues long.
  • polypeptides include gene products, naturally occurring polypeptides, synthetic polypeptides, homologs, orthologs, paralogs, fragments and other equivalents, variants, and analogs of the foregoing.
  • a polypeptide may be a single molecule or may be a multi-molecular complex such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer. They may also comprise single chain or multichain polypeptides and may be associated or linked.
  • the term polypeptide may also apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues are an artificial chemical analogue of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid.
  • polypeptide variant refers to molecules which differ in their amino acid sequence from a native or reference sequence.
  • the amino acid sequence variants may possess substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions at certain positions within the amino acid sequence, as compared to a native or reference sequence.
  • variants will possess at least about 50% identity (homology) to a native or reference sequence, and preferably, they will be at least about 80%, more preferably at least about 90% identical (homologous) to a native or reference sequence.
  • variant mimics are provided.
  • the term “variant mimic” refers to a variant which contains one or more amino acids which would mimic an activated sequence.
  • glutamate may serve as a mimic for phospho-threonine and/or phospho-serine.
  • variant mimics may result in deactivation or in an inactivated product containing the mimic, e.g., phenylalanine may act as an inactivating substitution for tyrosine; or alanine may act as an inactivating substitution for serine.
  • the amino acid sequences of the compounds and/or compositions of the invention may comprise naturally occurring amino acids and as such may be considered to be proteins, peptides, polypeptides, or fragments thereof. Alternatively, the compounds and/or compositions may comprise both naturally and non-naturally occurring amino acids.
  • amino acid sequence variant refers to molecules with some differences in their amino acid sequences as compared to a native or starting sequence.
  • the amino acid sequence variants may possess substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions at certain positions within the amino acid sequence.
  • native or starting when referring to sequences are relative terms referring to an original molecule against which a comparison may be made. Native or starting sequences should not be confused with wild type sequences. Native sequences or molecules may represent the wild-type (that sequence found in nature) but do not have to be identical to the wild-type sequence.
  • variants will possess at least about 70% homology to a native sequence, and preferably, they will be at least about 80%, more preferably at least about 90% homologous to a native sequence.
  • homology as it applies to amino acid sequences is defined as the percentage of residues in the candidate amino acid sequence that are identical with the residues in the amino acid sequence of a second sequence after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent homology. Methods and computer programs for the alignment are well known in the art. It is understood that homology depends on a calculation of percent identity but may differ in value due to gaps and penalties introduced in the calculation.
  • homolog as it applies to amino acid sequences is meant the corresponding sequence of other species having substantial identity to a second sequence of a second species.
  • analog is meant to include polypeptide variants which differ by one or more amino acid alterations, e.g., substitutions, additions or deletions of amino acid residues that still maintain the properties of the parent polypeptide.
  • derivative is used synonymously with the term “variant” and refers to a molecule that has been modified or changed in any way relative to a reference molecule or starting molecule.
  • the present invention contemplates several types of compounds and/or compositions which are amino acid based including variants and derivatives. These include substitutional, insertional, deletional and covalent variants and derivatives. As such, included within the scope of this invention are compounds and/or compositions comprising substitutions, insertions, additions, deletions and/or covalent modifications.
  • sequence tags or amino acids such as one or more lysines, can be added to peptide sequences of the invention (e.g., at the N-terminal or C-terminal ends). Sequence tags can be used for peptide purification or localization. Lysines can be used to increase peptide solubility or to allow for biotinylation.
  • amino acid residues located at the carboxy and amino terminal regions of the amino acid sequence of a peptide or protein may optionally be deleted providing for truncated sequences.
  • Certain amino acids e.g., C-terminal or N-terminal residues
  • substitutional variants when referring to proteins are those that have at least one amino acid residue in a native or starting sequence removed and a different amino acid inserted in its place at the same position.
  • the substitutions may be single, where only one amino acid in the molecule has been substituted, or they may be multiple, where two or more amino acids have been substituted in the same molecule.
  • conservative amino acid substitution refers to the substitution of an amino acid that is normally present in the sequence with a different amino acid of similar size, charge, or polarity.
  • conservative substitutions include the substitution of a non-polar (hydrophobic) residue such as isoleucine, valine and leucine for another non-polar residue.
  • conservative substitutions include the substitution of one polar (hydrophilic) residue for another such as between arginine and lysine, between glutamine and asparagine, and between glycine and serine.
  • substitution of a basic residue such as lysine, arginine or histidine for another, or the substitution of one acidic residue such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid for another acidic residue are additional examples of conservative substitutions.
  • non-conservative substitutions include the substitution of a non-polar (hydrophobic) amino acid residue such as isoleucine, valine, leucine, alanine, methionine for a polar (hydrophilic) residue such as cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid or lysine and/or a polar residue for a non-polar residue.
  • insertional variants when referring to proteins are those with one or more amino acids inserted immediately adjacent to an amino acid at a particular position in a native or starting sequence.
  • immediate adjacent refers to an adjacent amino acid that is connected to either the alpha-carboxy or alpha-amino functional group of a starting or reference amino acid.
  • deletional variants when referring to proteins, are those with one or more amino acids in the native or starting amino acid sequence removed. Ordinarily, deletional variants will have one or more amino acids deleted in a particular region of the molecule.
  • derivatives includes variants of a native or starting protein comprising one or more modifications with organic proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous derivatizing agents, and post-translational modifications.
  • Covalent modifications are traditionally introduced by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the protein with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side-chains or terminal residues, or by harnessing mechanisms of post-translational modifications that function in selected recombinant host cells.
  • the resultant covalent derivatives are useful in programs directed at identifying residues important for biological activity, for immunoassays, or for the preparation of anti-protein antibodies for immunoaffinity purification of the recombinant glycoprotein. Such modifications are within the ordinary skill in the art and are performed without undue experimentation.
  • Certain post-translational modifications are the result of the action of recombinant host cells on the expressed polypeptide.
  • Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently post-translationally deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Either form of these residues may be present in the proteins used in accordance with the present invention.
  • post-translational modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the alpha-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 (1983)).
  • Covalent derivatives specifically include fusion molecules in which proteins of the invention are covalently bonded to a non-proteinaceous polymer.
  • the non-proteinaceous polymer ordinarily is a hydrophilic synthetic polymer, i.e. a polymer not otherwise found in nature.
  • hydrophilic polyvinyl polymers fall within the scope of this invention, e.g. polyvinylalcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone.
  • Particularly useful are polyvinylalkylene ethers such a polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol.
  • the proteins may be linked to various non-proteinaceous polymers, such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
  • features when referring to proteins are defined as distinct amino acid sequence-based components of a molecule.
  • Features of the proteins of the present invention include surface manifestations, local conformational shape, folds, loops, half-loops, domains, half-domains, sites, termini or any combination thereof.
  • surface manifestation when referring to proteins refers to a polypeptide based component of a protein appearing on an outermost surface.
  • local conformational shape when referring to proteins refers to a polypeptide based structural manifestation of a protein which is located within a definable space of the protein.
  • fold when referring to proteins, refers to the resultant conformation of an amino acid sequence upon energy minimization.
  • a fold may occur at the secondary or tertiary level of the folding process.
  • secondary level folds include beta sheets and alpha helices.
  • tertiary folds include domains and regions formed due to aggregation or separation of energetic forces. Regions formed in this way include hydrophobic and hydrophilic pockets, and the like.
  • the term “turn” as it relates to protein conformation refers to a bend which alters the direction of the backbone of a peptide or polypeptide and may involve one, two, three or more amino acid residues.
  • loop when referring to proteins, refers to a structural feature of a peptide or polypeptide which reverses the direction of the backbone of a peptide or polypeptide and comprises four or more amino acid residues. Oliva et al. have identified at least 5 classes of protein loops (Oliva, B. et al., An automated classification of the structure of protein loops. J Mol Biol. 1997. 266(4):814-30.)
  • domain when referring to proteins, refers to a motif of a polypeptide having one or more identifiable structural or functional characteristics or properties (e.g., binding capacity, serving as a site for protein-protein interactions.)
  • sub-domains may be identified within domains or half-domains, these subdomains possessing less than all of the structural or functional properties identified in the domains or half domains from which they were derived. It is also understood that the amino acids that comprise any of the domain types herein need not be contiguous along the backbone of the polypeptide (i.e., nonadjacent amino acids may fold structurally to produce a domain, half-domain or subdomain).
  • site As used herein, the terms “site,” as it pertains to amino acid based embodiments is used synonymously with “amino acid residue” and “amino acid side chain”.
  • a site represents a position within a peptide or polypeptide that may be modified, manipulated, altered, derivatized or varied within the polypeptide based molecules of the present invention.
  • terminal refers to an extremity of a peptide or polypeptide. Such extremity is not limited only to the first or final site of the peptide or polypeptide but may include additional amino acids in the terminal regions.
  • the polypeptide based molecules of the present invention may be characterized as having both an N-terminus (terminated by an amino acid with a free amino group (NH2)) and a C-terminus (terminated by an amino acid with a free carboxyl group (COOH)).
  • NH2 free amino acid with a free amino group
  • COOH free carboxyl group
  • Proteins of the invention are in some cases made up of multiple polypeptide chains brought together by disulfide bonds or by non-covalent forces (multimers, oligomers). These sorts of proteins will have multiple N- and C-termini.
  • the termini of the polypeptides may be modified such that they begin or end, as the case may be, with a non-polypeptide based moiety such as an organic conjugate.
  • any of the features have been identified or defined as a component of a molecule of the invention, any of several manipulations and/or modifications of these features may be performed by moving, swapping, inverting, deleting, randomizing or duplicating. Furthermore, it is understood that manipulation of features may result in the same outcome as a modification to the molecules of the invention. For example, a manipulation which involved deleting a domain would result in the alteration of the length of a molecule just as modification of a nucleic acid to encode less than a full length molecule would.
  • Modifications and manipulations can be accomplished by methods known in the art such as site directed mutagenesis.
  • the resulting modified molecules may then be tested for activity using in vitro or in vivo assays such as those described herein or any other suitable screening assay known in the art.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may comprise one or more atoms that are isotopes.
  • isotope refers to a chemical element that has one or more additional neutrons.
  • compounds of the present invention may be deuterated.
  • deuterate refers to the process of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms in a substance with deuterium isotopes.
  • Deuterium isotopes are isotopes of hydrogen.
  • the nucleus of hydrogen contains one proton while deuterium nuclei contain both a proton and a neutron.
  • the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be deuterated in order to change one or more physical property, such as stability, or to allow compounds and/or compositions to be used in diagnostic and/or experimental applications.
  • the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be complexed, conjugated or combined with one or more homologous or heterologous molecules.
  • the term “homologous molecule” refers to a molecule which is similar in at least one of structure or function relative to a starting molecule while a “heterologous molecule” is one that differs in at least one of structure or function relative to a starting molecule.
  • Structural homologs are therefore molecules which may be substantially structurally similar. In some embodiments, such homologs may be identical.
  • Functional homologs are molecules which may be substantially functionally similar. In some embodiments, such homologs may be identical.
  • conjugates of the invention may comprise conjugates.
  • conjugates of the invention may include naturally occurring substances or ligands, such as proteins (e.g., human serum albumin (HSA), low-density lipoprotein (LDL), high-density lipoprotein (HDL), or globulin); carbohydrates (e.g., a dextran, pullulan, chitin, chitosan, inulin, cyclodextrin or hyaluronic acid); or lipids.
  • Conjugates may also be recombinant or synthetic molecules, such as synthetic polymers, e.g., synthetic polyamino acids, an oligonucleotide (e.g. an aptamer).
  • polyamino acids may include polylysine (PLL), poly L-aspartic acid, poly L-glutamic acid, styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer, poly(L-lactide-co-glycolied) copolymer, divinyl ether-maleic anhydride copolymer, N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide copolymer (HIVIPA), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyurethane, poly(2-ethylacryllic acid), N-isopropylacrylamide polymers, or polyphosphazine.
  • PLL polylysine
  • poly L-aspartic acid poly L-glutamic acid
  • styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer poly(L-lactide-co-glycolied) copolymer
  • divinyl ether-maleic anhydride copolymer divinyl ether-maleic anhydride copo
  • polyamines include: polyethylenimine, polylysine (PLL), spermine, spermidine, polyamine, pseudopeptide-polyamine, peptidomimetic polyamine, dendrimer polyamine, arginine, amidine, protamine, cationic lipid, cationic porphyrin, quaternary salt of a polyamine, or an alpha helical peptide.
  • conjugates may also include targeting groups.
  • targeting group refers to a functional group or moiety attached to an agent that facilitates localization of the agent to a desired region, tissue, cell and/or protein.
  • targeting groups may include, but are not limited to cell or tissue targeting agents or groups (e.g. lectins, glycoproteins, lipids, proteins, an antibody that binds to a specified cell type such as a kidney cell or other cell type).
  • targeting groups may comprise thyrotropins, melanotropins, lectins, glycoproteins, surfactant protein A, mucin carbohydrates, multivalent lactose, multivalent galactose, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetyl-gulucosamine, multivalent mannose, multivalent fucose, glycosylated polyaminoacids, multivalent galactose, transferrin, bisphosphonate, polyglutamate, polyaspartate, lipids, cholesterol, steroids, bile acids, folates, vitamin B12, biotin, an RGD peptide, an RGD peptide mimetic or an aptamer.
  • targeting groups may be proteins, e.g., glycoproteins, or peptides, e.g., molecules having a specific affinity for a co-ligand, or antibodies e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as a cancer cell, endothelial cell, or bone cell.
  • Targeting groups may also comprise hormones and/or hormone receptors.
  • targeting groups may be any ligand capable of targeting specific receptors. Examples include, without limitation, folate, GalNAc, galactose, mannose, mannose-6-phosphate, apatamers, integrin receptor ligands, chemokine receptor ligands, transferrin, biotin, serotonin receptor ligands, PSMA, endothelin, GCPII, somatostatin, LDL, and HDL ligands.
  • targeting groups are aptamers. Such aptamers may be unmodified or comprise any combination of modifications disclosed herein.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be covalently conjugated to cell penetrating polypeptides.
  • cell-penetrating peptides may also include signal sequences.
  • conjugates of the invention may be designed to have increased stability, increased cell transfection and/or altered biodistribution (e.g., targeted to specific tissues or cell types.)
  • conjugating moieties may be added to compounds and/or compositions of the present invention such that they allow the attachment of detectable labels to targets for clearance.
  • detectable labels include, but are not limited to biotin labels, ubiquitins, fluorescent molecules, human influenza hemaglutinin (HA), c-myc, histidine (His), flag, glutathione S-transferase (GST), V5 (a paramyxovirus of simian virus 5 epitope), biotin, avidin, streptavidin, horse radish peroxidase (HRP) and digoxigenin.
  • biotin labels include, but are not limited to biotin labels, ubiquitins, fluorescent molecules, human influenza hemaglutinin (HA), c-myc, histidine (His), flag, glutathione S-transferase (GST), V5 (a paramyxovirus of simian virus 5 epitope), biotin, avidin, streptavidin, horse
  • compounds of the invention may be conjugated with an antibody Fc domain to create an Fc fusion protein.
  • the formation of an Fc fusion protein with any of the compounds described herein may be carried out according to any method known in the art, including as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,116,964, 5,541,087 and 8,637,637, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Fc fusion proteins of the invention may comprise a compound of the invention linked to the hinge region of an IgG Fc via cysteine residues in the Fc hinge region. Resulting Fc fusion proteins may comprise an antibody-like structure, but without Cm domains or light chains.
  • Fc fusion proteins may comprise pharmacokinetic profiles comparable to native antibodies.
  • Fc fusion proteins of the invention may comprise extended half-life in circulation and/or altered biological activity.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be combined with one another or other molecules in the treatment of diseases and/or conditions.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be encoded by nucleic acid molecules.
  • nucleic acid molecules include, without limitation, DNA molecules, RNA molecules, polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, mRNA molecules, vectors, plasmids and the like.
  • the present invention may comprise cells programmed or generated to express nucleic acid molecules encoding compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • Methods of the present invention include methods of modifying growth factor activity in one or more biological system. Such methods may include contacting one or more biological system with a compound and/or composition of the invention. In some cases, these methods include modifying the level of free growth factor in a biological system (e.g. in a cell niche or subject.) Compounds and/or compostions according to such methods may include, but are not limited to biomolecules, including, but not limited to recombinant proteins, protein complexes and/or antibodies described herein.
  • methods of the present invention may be used to initiate or increase growth factor activity, termed “activating methods” herein. Some such methods may comprise growth factor release from a GPC and/or inhibition of growth factor reassociation into a latent GPC. In some cases, activating methods may comprise the use of an antibody, a recombinant protein and/or a protein complex. According to some activating methods, one or more activating antibody is provided. In such methods, one or more growth factor may be released or prevented from being drawn back into a GPC. In one, non-limiting example, an anti-LAP antibody may be provided that enhances dissociation between a growth factor and a GPC and/or prevents reformation of a GPC.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include methods of using anti-LAP and/or anti-LAP-like domain antibodies to modify growth factor activity.
  • such methods may include the use of anti-TGF- ⁇ -LAP antibodies as TGF- ⁇ -activating antibodies.
  • methods of using and/or testing such antibodies may include any of the methods taught in Tsang, M. et al. 1995. Cytokine 7(5):389-97, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • methods of the present invention may be used to reduce or eliminate growth factor activity, termed “inhibiting methods” herein. Some such methods may comprise growth factor retention in a GPC and/or promotion of reassociation of growth factor into a latent GPC. In some cases, inhibiting methods may comprise the use of an antibody
  • compositions and methods of the invention may be used to treat a wide variety of diseases, disorders and/or conditions.
  • diseases, disorders and/or conditions may be TGF- ⁇ -related indications.
  • TGF- ⁇ -related indication refers to any disease, disorder and/or condition related to expression, activity and/or metabolism of a TGF- ⁇ family member protein or any disease, disorder and/or condition that may benefit from modulation of the activity and/or levels of one or more TGF- ⁇ family member protein.
  • TGF- ⁇ -related indications may include, but are not limited to, fibrosis, anemia of the aging, cancer (including, but not limited to colon, renal, breast, malignant melanoma and glioblastoma,) facilitation of rapid hematopoiesis following chemotherapy, bone healing, endothelial proliferation syndromes, asthma and allergy, gastrointestinal disorders, aortic aneurysm, orphan indications (such as Marfan's syndrome and Camurati-Engelmann disease,) obesity, diabetes, arthritis, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS,) Parkinson's disease, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, osteopenia, metabolic syndromes, nutritional disorders, organ atrophy, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD,) and anorexia.
  • cancer including, but not limited to colon, renal, breast, malignant melanoma and glioblastoma
  • facilitation of rapid hematopoiesis following chemotherapy bone
  • Additional indications may include any of those disclosed in US Pub. No. 2013/0122007, U.S. Pat. No. 8,415,459 or International Pub. No. WO 2011/151432, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Efficacy of treatment or amelioration of disease can be assessed, for example by measuring disease progression, disease remission, symptom severity, reduction in pain, quality of life, dose of a medication required to sustain a treatment effect, level of a disease marker or any other measurable parameter appropriate for a given disease being treated or targeted for prevention. It is well within the ability of one skilled in the art to monitor efficacy of treatment or prevention by measuring any one of such parameters, or any combination of parameters.
  • “effective against” for example a cancer indicates that administration in a clinically appropriate manner results in a beneficial effect for at least a statistically significant fraction of patients, such as an improvement of symptoms, a cure, a reduction in disease load, reduction in tumor mass or cell numbers, extension of life, improvement in quality of life, or other effect generally recognized as positive by medical doctors familiar with treating the particular type of cancer.
  • a treatment or preventive effect is evident when there is a statistically significant improvement in one or more parameters of disease status, or by a failure to worsen or to develop symptoms where they would otherwise be anticipated.
  • a favorable change of at least 10% in a measurable parameter of disease, and preferably at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% or more can be indicative of effective treatment.
  • Efficacy for a given composition or formulation of the present invention can also be judged using an experimental animal model for the given disease as known in the art. When using an experimental animal model, efficacy of treatment is evidenced when a statistically significant change is observed.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful for altering fibrosis.
  • such compounds and/or compositions are antagonists of TGF- ⁇ .
  • TGF- ⁇ is recognized as the central orchestrator of the fibrotic response.
  • Antibodies targeting TGF- ⁇ decrease fibrosis in numerous preclinical models.
  • Such antibodies and/or antibody-based compounds include LY2382770 (Eli Lilly, Indianapolis, Ind.). Also included are those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,492,497, U.S. Pat. No. 7,151,169 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,723,486 and U.S. publication US2011/0008364, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Fibrosis is a common sequela of many types of tissue destructive diseases.
  • the default pathway appears to be the proliferation of connective tissue cells, e.g. fibroblasts, to fill in the empty space. This is accompanied by the production of extracellular matrix constituents including collagens that result in scarring and permanent effacement of the tissue.
  • a difficult aspect of fibrosis is its chronicity, which may require continued therapy until the underlying destruction of parenchymal cells is terminated or the cells are replaced by stem cell pools, or by transplantation. Fibrosis is thought to be much easier to arrest than to reverse.
  • the TGF-beta family is of central importance in regulating the growth of fibroblastic cells and the production of extracellular matrix constituents including collagen. Integrins ⁇ v ⁇ 6 and ⁇ v ⁇ 8 (and possibly ⁇ v ⁇ 1 ) may participate in activation of TGF-beta 1 and 3.
  • the integrin VLA-1 is a receptor for collagen and is expressed on lymphocytes only late after their activation and is strongly implicated in the development of fibrotic disease.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to block integrin ⁇ v ⁇ 6 , ⁇ v ⁇ 8 and ⁇ v ⁇ 1 activation of TGF-beta for inhibiting fibrosis.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to target interaction sites between GPCs and LTBPs while leaving interaction sites between GPCs and GARP unaffected.
  • Such compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may act as inhibitory antibodies, preventing growth factor signaling and inhibiting fibrosis.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to target one or more of TGF- ⁇ 1, 2 and 3 or chimeric antigens thereof.
  • Fibrotic indications for which compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used therapeutically include, but are not limited to lung indications [e.g. Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis (IPF), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disorder (COPD), Allergic Asthma, Acute Lung injury, Eosinophilic esophagitis, Pulmonary arterial hypertension and Chemical gas-injury,] kidney indications [e.g. Diabetic glomerulosclerosis, Focal segmental glomeruloclerosis (FSGS), Chronic kidney disease, Fibrosis associated with kidney transplantation and chronic rejection, IgA nephropathy and Hemolytic uremic syndrome,] liver fibrosis [e.g.
  • lung indications e.g. Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis (IPF), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disorder (COPD), Allergic Asthma, Acute Lung injury, Eosinophilic esophagitis, Pulmonary arterial hypertension and Chemical gas
  • Non-alcoholic steatohepatitis NASH
  • Chronic viral hepatitis NASH
  • Parasitemia Inborn errors of metabolism
  • Toxin-mediated fibrosis such as alcohol fibrosis
  • Non-alcoholic steatohepatitis-hepatocellular carcinoma NASH-HCC
  • Primary biliary cirrhosis and Sclerosing cholangitis e.g. cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, atherosclerosis and restenosis,
  • systemic sclerosis e.g.
  • Skin fibrosis in systemic sclerosis Diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis, Scleroderma, Pathological skin scarring, Keloid, Post surgical scarring, Scar revision surgery, Radiation-induced scarring and Chronic wounds
  • cancers or secondary fibrosis e.g.
  • Myelofibrosis Head and Neck Cancer, M7 acute Megakaryoblastic Leukemia and Mucositis.
  • Other diseases, disorders or conditions related to fibrosis include, but are not limited to Marfan's Syndrome, Stiff Skin Syndrome, Scleroderma, Rheumatoid arthritis, bone marrow fibrosis, Crohn's disease, Ulcerative colitis, Systemic lupus erythematosus, Muscular Dystrophy, Dupuytren's contracture, Camurati-Engelmann Disease, Neural scarring, Proliferative vitreoretinopathy, corneal injury, complications after glaucoma drainage surgery and Multiple Sclerosis.
  • Assays useful in determining the efficacy of the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention for the alteration of fibrosis include, but are not limited to, histological assays for counting fibroblasts and basic immunohistochemical analyses known in the art.
  • Animal models are also available for analysis of the efficacy of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention in altering fibrosis.
  • animal fibrosis models useful for such analysis may include, for example, any of those taught by Schaefer, D. W. et al., 2011. Eur Respir Rev. 20: 120, 85-97, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Such models may include, but are not limited to those described in Table 1 of that publication, including lung models, renal models, liver models, cardiovascular models and/or collagen-induced models.
  • Schaefer et al also teach the use of pirfenidone in the treatment of fibrosis. In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in combination with pirfenidone.
  • Lung fibrosis models may be used in the development and/or testing of compounds and/or compositions of the invention.
  • Lung fibrosis models may include the bleomycin induced lung injury models and/or chronic bleomycin induced lung injury models.
  • Bleomycin induced lung injury models may be carried out as described by Schaefer et al, and also by Horan et al. (Horan G. S. et al., 2008 . Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 177(1):56-65. Epub 2007 Oct.
  • mice are tracheally exposed to bleomycin which results in the development of lung fibrosis.
  • potential therapeutics are administered through intraperitoneal injections while postmortem lung tissue or bronchoalveolar lavage collections can be assayed for levels of hydroxyproline as an indicator of fibrotic activity.
  • mice carrying a luciferase reporter gene, driven by the collagen I ⁇ 2 gene promoter may be used in the model so that fibrotic activity may be determined by luciferase activity assay as a function of collagen gene induction.
  • Additional bleomycin induced lung models may be carried out according to those described by Thrall et al (Thrall, R. S. et al., 1979. Am J Pathol. 95:117-30, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Additional lung models may include the mouse asthma models. Airway remodeling (lung fibrosis) may be a serious problem in subjects with chronic asthma. Asthma models may include any of those described by Nials et al (Nials, A. T. et al., 2008. Disease Models and Mechanisms. 1:213-20, the contents of wich are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Models of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) may be used.
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • Models of cigarette smoking emphysema may be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Ma et al. 2005. J Clin Invest. 115:3460-72, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Models of chronic pulmonary fibrosis may be used. Such models in rodents may be carried out according to the intratracheal fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) instillation model described in Roberts, S. N. et al. 1995. J Pathol.
  • FITC intratracheal fluorescein isothiocyanate
  • Models of asbestos and silica induced lung injury may also be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Coin, P. G. et al., 1996. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 154(5):1511-9, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • models of lung irradiation may be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Pauluhn, J. et al. 2001. Toxicology. 161:153-63, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • PMA phorbol myristate acetate
  • Renal fibrosis models may be utilized to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • a well established model of renal fibrosis may be used.
  • mice are subjected to proximal ureteral ligation. After a period of hours to days, fibrosis is examined in the regions blocked by ligation (Ma, L. J. et al., 2003. American Journal of Pathology. 163(4):1261-73, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • this method was utilized by Meng, X. M. et al. (Meng, X. M.
  • SMAD-2 is an intracellular member of the TGF-beta cell signaling pathway.
  • cyclosporine A-induced nephropathy models may be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Ling, H. et al., 2003. J Am Soc Nephrol. 14:377-88, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • renal models of Alport Syndrome may be used.
  • Transgenic mice with collagen III knockout may be used in Alport syndrome studies. These mice develop progressive fibrosis in their kidneys. Alport syndrome models may be carried out as described in Koepke, M. L. et al., 2007. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 22(4):1062-9 and/or Hahm, K. et al., 2007. Am J Pathol. 170(1):110-5, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • models of cardiovascular fibrosis may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of cardiovascular fibrotic indications.
  • vascular injury models may be used. Such models may include balloon injury models. In some cases, these may be carried out as described in Smith et al., 1999. Circ Res. 84(10):1212-22, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Blocking TGF- ⁇ in this model was shown to block neointima formation. Accordingly, TGF- ⁇ inhibiting antibodies of the present invention may be used to reduce and/or block neointima formation.
  • models of liver fibrosis may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of liver fibrotic indications.
  • Liver models may include any of those described in Iredale, J. P. 2007. J Clin Invest. 117(3):539-48, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. These include, but are not limited to, any of the models listed in Tables 1 and/or 2.
  • liver models may include carbon tetrachloride induced liver fibrosis models. Such models may be carried out according to the methods described in Fujii, T. et al., 2010. BMC Gastroenterology. 10:79, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • models of wound healing may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of fibrotic wound indications.
  • Wound models may include chronic wound models.
  • models of GI injury-related fibrosis may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of GI-related fibrosis.
  • Such injury models may include, but are not limited to 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (TNBS) induced colitis models.
  • TNBS 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid
  • Such models may be carried out as described in Scheiffele, F. et al., 2002. Curr Protoc Immunol. Chapter 15:Unit 15.19, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the invention may be used to treat diseases, disorders and/or conditions related to bone marrow fibrosis.
  • bone marrow fibrosis models may be used to develop and/or test such compounds and/or compositions.
  • Models may include the marrow cell adoptive transfer model described in Lacout, C. et al., 2006. Blood. 108(5):1652-60 and transgenic mouse models, including, but not limited to the model described in Vannucchi, A. M. et al., 2002. Blood. 100(4):1123-32, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Further models may include models of thrombopoietin-induced myelofibrosis. Such models may be carried out as described in Chagraoui, H. et al., 2002. Blood. 100(10):3495-503, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the invention may be used to treat diseases, disorders and/or conditions related to muscular dystrophy (MD) including, but not limited to Duchenne MD and Becker MD.
  • MD models may be used to develop and/or test such compounds and/or compositions. Such models may include those described in Ceco, E. et al., 2013. FEBS J. 280(17):4198-209, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the invention may, in some cases, be combined with one or more other therapeutics for the treatment of one or more fibrotic indication.
  • other therapeutics may include, but are not limited to LPA1 receptor antagonists, lysyl oxidase 2 inhibitors, hedgehog inhibitors, IL-3/IL-4 inhibitors, CTGF inhibitors, anti- ⁇ v ⁇ 6 antibodies and anti-IL-13 antibodies.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to increase TGF- ⁇ growth factor activity to promote fibrosis to treat diseases, disorders and/or conditions where fibrosis may be advantageous.
  • Such compounds may include activating antibodies.
  • Myelofibrosis is a chronic blood cancer caused by mutations in bone marrow stem cells. Disease is characterized by an impaired ability to make normal blood cells. Patients develop splenomegaly and hepatomegaly and excessive fibrosis occurs in the bone marrow.
  • Myeloproliferative neoplasms are the collective name for three related types of myelofibrosis with different clinical features: primary myelofibrosis (PMF), essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera. All three have overactive signaling of the JAK-STAT cell signaling pathway (Klampfi, et al., 2013.
  • PMF Primary myelofibrosis
  • SCT stem cell transplantation
  • HCT allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation
  • JAK inhibition therapy comprises the use of Ruxolitinib (Rux,) a small molecule inhibitor of JAK2 that was approved in 2011 to treat MPNs. Rux is marketed under the names JAKAFI® and JAKAVI® by Incyte pharmaceuticals (Wilmington, Del.) and Novartis (Basel, Switzerland).
  • Rux is not curative and some studies do not show much benefit (Odenike, O., 2013. Hematology. 2013(1):545-52, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • compounds and/or compositions of the invention may be used to treat myeloproliferative disorders, including, but not limited to primary myelofibrosis, secondary myelofibrosis, essential thrombocythemia, polycythemia vera, idiopathic myelofibrosis and chronic myeloid leukemia.
  • treatments may be carried out in combination with one or more known therapies for myelofibrosis, including, but not limited to allogeneic HCT, JAK inhibition, fresolimumab (GC1008; Genzyme, Cambridge, Mass.) treatment to block TGF- ⁇ 1, 2 and 3 (Mascarenhas, J. et al., 2014. Leukemia and Lymphoma.
  • model of myeloproliferative disorders may be used to develop and/or test such compounds and/or compositions of the invention intended for the treatment of myelofibrosis. Models may include the marrow cell adoptive transfer model described in Lacout, C. et al., 2006. Blood.
  • Myelofibrosis models may include thrombopoietin-induced myelofibrosis. Such models may be carried out as described in Chagraoui, H. et al., 2002. Blood. 100(10):3495-503, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • TGF- ⁇ 1 has been shown to be the primary agonist of fibrosis according to this model. Further myelofibrosis models may be carried out as described in Mullally, A. et al., 2010. Cancer Cell. 17:584-96, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful in altering wound healing and/or scar formation.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the invention may ensure proper wound healing (including, but not limited to chronic wounds.)
  • compounds and/or compositions of the invention may be used for reducing, treating and or preventing scar formation.
  • Such compounds and/or compositions may comprise anti-TGF- ⁇ antibodies.
  • TGF- ⁇ -activating antibodies may be used to promote healing in wounds.
  • methods, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat disorders of iron metabolism.
  • disorders may include disorders comprising reduced iron levels (e.g. anemias) or disorders comprising elevated iron levels (e.g. hemochromatosis.) BMP-6 and hemojuvelin interact to modulate hepcidin expression.
  • Some methods, compounds and/or compositions of disclosed herein may be used to alter hepcidin levels, thereby regulating bodily iron levels.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention may comprise hepcidin agonists or hepcidin antagonists.
  • Hepcidin agonists may activate or promote the expression and/or physiological action of hepcidin. Such agonists may be useful in the treatment or prevention of iron overload due to low hepcidin levels and/or activity. In some cases, agonists may not reverse established iron overload, but may diminish iron damage to tissues.
  • Some hepcidin agonists of the present invention may elevate production of hepcidin through activating and/or enhancing BMP-6/hemojuvelin signaling.
  • Hepcidin antagonists may block or reduce the expression and/or physiological action of hepcidin. Such antagonists may be useful in the case of iron deficiency due to high hepcidin levels.
  • hepcidin antagonists of the present invention may comprise antibodies that disrupt BMP-6 signaling through hemojuvelin.
  • Anemias are conditions and/or diseases associated with decreased numbers of red blood cells and/or hemoglobin. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful in treating anemias.
  • Such anemias may include anemia of chronic disease (ACD), which is also referred to as anemia of inflammation (AI).
  • ACD anemia of chronic disease
  • AI anemia of inflammation
  • Subjects with ACD may suffer from chronic renal failure or acute inflammation due to rheumatoid arthritis, cancer, infection, etc.
  • Subjects suffering from ACD typically comprise elevated levels of hepcidin and impaired erythropoiesis. In a study by Sasu et al (Sasu et al., 2010. Blood.
  • an antibody with high affinity for hepcidin was effective in treating murine anemia in a mouse model of inflammation.
  • ESA erythropoiesis-stimulating agent
  • Current anti-hepcidin antibodies being tested for treatment of ACD include Ab 12B9 (Amgen, Thousand Oaks, Calif.) and LY2787106 (Eli Lilly, Indianapolis, Ind.) FG4592 (FibroGen, San Francisco, Calif.) is a small molecule inhibitor of hypoxia-inducible factor (HIF) that is also currently used to treat anemia.
  • HIF hypoxia-inducible factor
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat subjects with iron deficiency anemia (IDA) associated with gastric bypass surgery and/or inflammatory bowel disease (IBD.)
  • IDA iron deficiency anemia
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • IRIDA iron-refractory iron deficiency anemia
  • Matriptase-2 a transmembrane serine protease
  • Matriptase-2 is an important hepcidin regulator.
  • Matriptase-2 is capable of enzymatic cleavage of hemojuvelin. Subjects with defective Matriptase-2 activity have elevated levels of hemojuvelin, due to lack of degradation, and therefore hepcidin expression remains high and iron levels are reduced.
  • Characteristics of the disease include, but are not limited to microcytic hypochromic anemia, low saturation of transferrin and normal to high levels of hepcidin. Some subjects with IRIDA are diagnosed soon after birth, but many are not diagnosed until adulthood. Treatments described herein may be used to modulate irregular hepcidin levels associated with IRIDA.
  • Iron overloading anemias can occur as a result of blood transfusion. Excess iron associated with transfused blood cannot be secreted naturally and requires additional treatments for removal, such as chelation therapy. Such therapy is generally not well tolerated and may comprise many side effects. Thus, there is a clinical need for new, better tolerated therapies. Additional therapies include EXJADE®, for the treatment of patients, age 10 and older, with non-transfusion-dependent thalassemia (NTDT) syndromes. Also included is ACE-536, a ligand trap that blocks TGF- ⁇ superfamily members. Both EXJADE and ACE-536 are known to elevate erythropoiesis. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to control iron overloading.
  • EXJADE® for the treatment of patients, age 10 and older, with non-transfusion-dependent thalassemia (NTDT) syndromes.
  • NTDT non-transfusion-dependent thalassemia
  • ACE-536 a ligand trap that blocks
  • Some such embodiments may function to redistribute iron from parenchyma to macrophages where iron is better tolerated. In some cases this may be carried out through elevation of hepcidin levels.
  • overexpression of murine hepcidin was able to increase hemoglobin levels and decrease iron overload in mouse model of ⁇ -thalassemia and a mouse model of hemochromatosis (Viatte et al., 2006, Blood. 107:2952.)
  • GDF-15 levels in circulation have been found to negatively correlate with hepcidin levels, suggesting a role for GDF-15 in iron loading and/or metabolism (Finkenstedt et al., 2008. British Journal of Haematology. 144:789-93, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Transcription of the gene encoding GDF-15 may be upregulated under stress and/or hypoxic conditions.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat subjects suffering from iron disorders and/or anemias by altering GDF-15 signaling activity.
  • Such compounds and/or compositions may comprise antibodies capable of stabilizing or destabilizing the GDF-15 GPC or through modulation of one or more interaction between GDF-15 and one or more co-factor.
  • Hemochromatosis is a disease characterized by iron overload due to hyperabsorption of dietary iron.
  • this overload is caused by inheritance of a common autosomal recessive copy of the HFE gene from both parents.
  • iron may be overloaded in plasma as well as in organs and tissues, including, but not limited to the pancreas, liver and skin, leading to damage caused by iron deposits (Tussing-Humphreys et al, 2013.)
  • Current therapies for HH may include phlebotomy, multiple times per year.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat HH by modulating subject iron levels.
  • Hepcidin HAMP
  • HFE2 hemojuvelin
  • Some mutations of hemojuvelin associated with juvenile hemochromatosis lead to protein misfolding and reduce hemojuvelin secretion from the cell, thus decreasing overall hemojuvelin signaling activity.
  • Other mutations affect hemojuvelin interactions with other signaling molecules.
  • Hemojuvelin comprising the mutation G99R for example, is unable to bind BMP-2.
  • Hemojuvelin comprising the mutation L101P is unable to associate with either BMP-2 or neogenin.
  • Some therapeutic embodiments of the present invention may comprise the modulation of hemojuvelin signaling.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat anemia associated chemotherapy.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be combined with any of the therapeutics described herein to increase efficacy.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be designed to treat patients suffering from anemia (the loss of red blood cells), thrombocytopenia (a decrease in the number of platelets) and/or neutropenia (a decrease in the number of neutrophils).
  • cancer refers to any of various malignant neoplasms characterized by the proliferation of anaplastic cells that tend to invade surrounding tissue and metastasize to new body sites and also refers to the pathological condition characterized by such malignant neoplastic growths.
  • Cancers may be tumors or hematological malignancies, and include but are not limited to, all types of lymphomas/leukemias, carcinomas and sarcomas, such as those cancers or tumors found in the anus, bladder, bile duct, bone, brain, breast, cervix, colon/rectum, endometrium, esophagus, eye, gallbladder, head and neck, liver, kidney, larynx, lung, mediastinum (chest), mouth, ovaries, pancreas, penis, prostate, skin, small intestine, stomach, spinal marrow, tailbone, testicles, thyroid and uterus.
  • lymphomas/leukemias such as those cancers or tumors found in the anus, bladder, bile duct, bone, brain, breast, cervix, colon/rectum, endometrium, esophagus, eye, gallbladder, head and neck, liver, kidney, larynx, lung, mediastinum (ches
  • TGF- ⁇ may be either growth promoting or growth inhibitory.
  • SMAD4 wild type tumors may experience inhibited growth in response to TGF- ⁇ , but as the disease progresses, constitutively activated type II receptor is typically present. Additionally, there are SMAD4-null pancreatic cancers.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to selectively target components of TGF- ⁇ signaling pathways that function uniquely in one or more forms of cancer.
  • Leukemias or cancers of the blood or bone marrow that are characterized by an abnormal proliferation of white blood cells i.e., leukocytes
  • carcinomas include, but are not limited to, papilloma/carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, endodermal sinus tumor, teratoma, adenoma/adenocarcinoma, melanoma, fibroma, lipoma, leiomyoma, rhabdomyoma, mesothelioma, angioma, osteoma, chondroma, glioma, lymphoma/leukemia, squamous cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, large cell undifferentiated carcinomas, basal cell carcinoma and sinonasal undifferentiated carcinoma.
  • sarcomas include, but are not limited to, soft tissue sarcoma such as alveolar soft part sarcoma, angiosarcoma, dermatofibrosarcoma, desmoid tumor, desmoplastic small round cell tumor, extraskeletal chondrosarcoma, extraskeletal osteosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, hemangiopericytoma, hemangiosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, neurofibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, synovial sarcoma, and Askin's tumor, Ewing's sarcoma (primitive neuroectodermal tumor), malignant hemangioendothelioma, malignant schwannoma, osteosarcoma, and chondrosarcoma.
  • compositions and methods of the invention may be used to treat one or more types of cancer or cancer-related conditions that may include, but are not limited to colon cancer, renal cancer, breast cancer, malignant melanoma and glioblastomas (Schlingensiepen et al., 2008; Ouhtit et al., 2013.)
  • High-grade gliomas make up around 60% of malignant brain tumors.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 has been found to be overexpressed in over 90% of such gliomas and expression levels correlate with tumor progression.
  • studies using TGF- ⁇ 2 reduction at the mRNA level in cancer patients showed significant improvement in tumor outcome (Bogdahn et al., 2010.)
  • some compositions of the present invention may be used therapeutically to treat individuals with high-grade gliomas. Such compositions may act to lower the levels of free TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or the levels of TGF- ⁇ 2 activity.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 activity may contribute to tumor development through modulation of metastasis, angiogenesis, proliferation and/or immunosuppressive functions that impair immunological tumor surveillance (Schlingensiepen et al., 2008.)
  • a study by Reed et al (Reed et al., 1994) demonstrated TGF- ⁇ 2 mRNA expression in a large percentage of melanocytic lesions including primary invasive melanomas and metastatic melanomas.
  • Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to modulate TGF- ⁇ 2 activity and/or levels in such lesions and or prevent lesion formation.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 activity Melanoma cell growth in the brain parenchyma has also been shown to be influenced by TGF- ⁇ 2 activity (Zhang et al., 2009.) Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to prevent or control such cell growth through modulation of TGF- ⁇ 2 activity and/or levels.
  • HA hyaluronic acid
  • CD44 has been shown to be the major receptor for HA on cancer cells (Ouhtit et al., 2013.)
  • the interaction between CD44 and HA leads to modulation of cell motility, survival adhesion and proliferation.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 transcription is also upregulated by CD44 signaling activity and is believe to contribute to resulting changes in cell motility.
  • current therapies have limited efficacy and many carry adverse effects due to a lack of specificity.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to alter cellular activities induced by TGF- ⁇ 2 upregulation.
  • the invention further relates to the use of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention for treating one or more forms of cancer, in combination with other pharmaceuticals and/or other therapeutic methods, e.g., with known pharmaceuticals and/or known therapeutic methods, such as, for example, those which are currently employed for treating these disorders.
  • the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention can also be administered in conjunction with one or more additional anti-cancer treatments, such as biological, chemotherapy and radiotherapy.
  • a treatment can include, for example, imatinib (Gleevac), all-trans-retinoic acid, a monoclonal antibody treatment (gemtuzumab, ozogamicin), chemotherapy (for example, chlorambucil, prednisone, prednisolone, vincristine, cytarabine, clofarabine, farnesyl transferase inhibitors, decitabine, inhibitors of MDR1), rituximab, interferon- ⁇ , anthracycline drugs (such as daunorubicin or idarubicin), L-asparaginase, doxorubicin, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, bleomycin, fludarabine, etoposide, pentostatin, or cladribine), bone marrow transplant, stem cell transplant, radiation therapy, anti-metabolite drugs (methotrexate and 6-mercaptopurine), or any combination thereof.
  • Radiation therapy is the use of ionizing radiation to kill cancer cells and shrink tumors. Radiation therapy can be administered externally via external beam radiotherapy (EBRT) or internally via brachytherapy. The effects of radiation therapy are localized and confined to the region being treated. Radiation therapy may be used to treat almost every type of solid tumor, including cancers of the brain, breast, cervix, larynx, lung, pancreas, prostate, skin, stomach, uterus, or soft tissue sarcomas. Radiation is also used to treat leukemia and lymphoma.
  • Chemotherapy is the treatment of cancer with drugs that can destroy cancer cells.
  • chemotherapy usually refers to cytotoxic drugs which affect rapidly dividing cells in general, in contrast with targeted therapy.
  • Chemotherapy drugs interfere with cell division in various possible ways, e.g. with the duplication of DNA or the separation of newly formed chromosomes.
  • Most forms of chemotherapy target all rapidly dividing cells and are not specific to cancer cells, although some degree of specificity may come from the inability of many cancer cells to repair DNA damage, while normal cells generally can.
  • chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, 5-FU Enhancer, 9-AC, AG2037, AG3340, Aggrecanase Inhibitor, Aminoglutethimide, Amsacrine (m-AMSA), Asparaginase, Azacitidine, Batimastat (BB94), BAY 12-9566, BCH-4556, Bis-Naphtalimide, Busulfan, Capecitabine, Carboplatin, Carmustaine+Polifepr Osan, cdk4/cdk2 inhibitors, Chlorombucil, CI-994, Cisplatin, Cladribine, CS-682, Cytarabine HCl, D2163, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin HCl, DepoCyt, Dexifosamide, Docetaxel, Dolastain, Doxifluridine, Doxorubicin, DX8951f, E 7070,
  • Biological therapies use the body's immune system, either directly or indirectly, to fight cancer or to lessen the side effects that may be caused by some cancer treatments.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be considered biological therapies in that they may stimulate immune system action against one or more tumor, for example.
  • this approach may also be considered with other such biological approaches, e.g., immune response modifying therapies such as the administration of interferons, interleukins, colony-stimulating factors, other monoclonal antibodies, vaccines, gene therapy, and nonspecific immunomodulating agents are also envisioned as anti-cancer therapies to be combined with the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • Small molecule targeted therapy drugs are generally inhibitors of enzymatic domains on mutated, overexpressed, or otherwise critical proteins within the cancer cell, such as tyrosine kinase inhibitors imatinib (Gleevec/Glivec) and gefitinib (Iressa).
  • monoclonal antibody therapies that can be used with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the anti-HER2/neu antibody trastuzumab (Herceptin) used in breast cancer, and the anti-CD20 antibody rituximab, used in a variety of B-cell malignancies.
  • the growth of some cancers can be inhibited by providing or blocking certain hormones. Common examples of hormone-sensitive tumors include certain types of breast and prostate cancers. Removing or blocking estrogen or testosterone is often an important additional treatment.
  • administration of hormone agonists such as progestogens may be therapeutically beneficial.
  • Cancer immunotherapy refers to a diverse set of therapeutic strategies designed to induce the patient's own immune system to fight the tumor, and include, but are not limited to, intravesical BCG immunotherapy for superficial bladder cancer, vaccines to generate specific immune responses, such as for malignant melanoma and renal cell carcinoma, and the use of Sipuleucel-T for prostate cancer, in which dendritic cells from the patient are loaded with prostatic acid phosphatase peptides to induce a specific immune response against prostate-derived cells.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to prevent T cell inhibition.
  • Such compounds and/or compositions may prevent the dissociation of growth factors from the prodomain of the GPC or from extracellular matrix and/or cellular matrix components including, but not limited to GARPs, fibrillins or LTBPs.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat bone disorders and/or improve bone healing or repair.
  • Cellular remodeling of bone is a lifelong process that helps to maintain skeletal integrity. This process involves cycles of osteoclastic bone resorption and new bone formation that function to repair defects and areas of weakness in bone.
  • TGF-beta family members preferably BMPs, are thought to be important factors in coupling the processes of resorption and formation by osteoclasts.
  • TGF-beta family members are prevalent in the bone matrix and upregulated by bone injury. TGF-beta family members are also believed to impart strength to the fully formed bone matrix, imparting resistance to fracture. The role of TGF-beta family members in bone remodeling makes them attractive targets for potential therapeutics to treat bone disorder and disease.
  • diseases and/or disorders affect bones and joints.
  • diseases and/or disorders may be congenital, genetic and/or acquired.
  • diseases and/or disorders include, but are not limited to, bone cysts, infectious arthritis, Paget's disease of the bone, Osgood-Schlatter disease, Kohler's bone disease, bone spurs (osteophytes), bone tumors, craniosynostosis, fibrodysplasia ossificans progressive, fibrous dysplasia, giant cell tumor of bone, hypophosphatasia, Klippel-Feil syndrome, metabolic bone disease, osteoarthritis, osteitis deformans, osteitis fibrosa cystica, osteitis pubis, condensing osteitis, osteitis condensans osteochondritis dissecans, osteochondroma, osteogenesis imperfecta, osteomalacia, osteomyelitis, osteopenia, osteopetrosis, osteoporosis, osteosarcoma, porotic hyperostos
  • BMD bone mineral density
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful as therapies for simple or complex bone fractures and/or bone repair.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be introduced to the site of injury directly or through the incorporation into implantation devices and coated biomatrices.
  • treatments are contemplated in which compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are supplied together with one or more GPC in a treatment area, facilitating the slow release of one or more growth factors from such GPCs.
  • the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat angiogenic and endothelial proliferation syndromes, diseases or disorders.
  • angiogenesis refers to the formation and/or reorganization of new blood vessels. Angiogenic disease involves the loss of control over angiogenesis in the body. In such cases, blood vessel growth, formation or reorganization may be overactive (including during tumor growth and cancer where uncontrolled cell growth requires increased blood supply) or insufficient to sustain healthy tissues.
  • Such conditions may include, but are not limited to angiomas, angiosarcomas, telangiectasia, lymphangioma, congenital vascular anomalies, tumor angiogenesis and vascular structures after surgery.
  • Excessive angiogenesis is noted in cancer, macular degeneration, diabetic blindness, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis as well as many other conditions. Excessive angiogenesis is often promoted by excessive angiogenic growth factor expression.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may act to block growth factors involved in excessive angiogenesis.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be utilized to promote growth factor signaling to enhance angiogenesis in conditions where angiogenesis is inhibited. Such conditions include, but are not limited to coronary artery disease, stroke, diabetes and chronic wounds.
  • the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat orphan indications and/or diseases.
  • diseases include Marfan's syndrome.
  • This syndrome is a connective tissue disorder, effecting bodily growth and development. Tissues and organs that are most severely compromised include the heart, blood vessels, bones, eyes, lungs and connective tissue surrounding the spinal cord. Unfortunately, the effects can be life threatening.
  • Marfan's syndrome is caused by a genetic mutation in the gene that produces fibrillin, a major component of bodily connective tissue.
  • Latent TGF- ⁇ binding protein (LTBP) is an important regulator of TGF- ⁇ signaling that exhibits close identity to fibrillin protein family members. Functional LTBP is required for controlling the release of active TGF- ⁇ (Oklu, R.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to alter the release profile of TGF- ⁇ .
  • compounds and/or compositions may comprise antibodies characterized as inhibitory antibodies.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of Camurati-Engelmann disease (CED).
  • CED Camurati-Engelmann disease
  • This disease primarily affects the bones, resulting in increased bone density. Especially affected are the long bones of the legs and arms; however, the bones of the skill and hips can also be affected. The disease results in leg and arm pain as well as a variety of other symptoms.
  • CED is very rare, reported in approximately 200 individuals worldwide and is caused by a mutation in the TGF- ⁇ gene. TGF- ⁇ produced in the bodies of these individuals has a defective prodomain, leading to overactive TGF- ⁇ signaling (Janssens, K.
  • the charge-reversal E169K and H222D mutations disrupt a pH-regulated salt bridge between Glu 169 and His 222 in the dimerization interface of the prodomain.
  • Residue Arg 218 is substantially buried: it forms a cation-7c bond with Tyr 171 and salt bridges across the dimer interface with residue Asp 226 of the ‘bowtie’ region of the growth factor prodomain complex (GPC).
  • GPC growth factor prodomain complex
  • CED mutations in Cys 223 and Cys 225 demonstrate the importance of disulphide bonds in the bowtie region for holding TGF- ⁇ in inactive form.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention comprising one or more inhibitory antibodies would serve to alleviate symptoms. In some embodiments, administration would be to the neonate subject.
  • Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis Acute necrotizing hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, Addison's disease, Agammaglobulinemia, Alopecia areata, Amyloidosis, Ankylosing spondylitis, Anti-GBM/Anti-TBM nephritis, Antiphospholipid syndrome (APS), Autoimmune angioedema, Autoimmune aplastic anemia, Autoimmune dysautonomia, Autoimmune hepatitis, Autoimmune hyperlipidemia, Autoimmune immunodeficiency, Autoimmune inner ear disease (AIED), Autoimmune myocarditis, Autoimmune pancreatitis, Autoimmune retinopathy, Autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura (ATP), Autoimmune thyroid disease, Autoimm
  • TGF- ⁇ plays an active role in leukocyte differentiation, proliferation and activation making it an important factor in immune and autoimmune diseases. Additionally, TGF- ⁇ promotes chemotaxis of leukocytes and influences adhesion molecule-mediated localization. A role for TGF- ⁇ in cardiac, pulmonary and gastric inflammation has been demonstrated. Furthermore, SMAD3-deficient mice are prone to chronic mucosal infections as a result of T-cell activation impairment and reduced mucosal immunity (Blobe, G. C. et al., Role of transforming growth factor beta in human disease. N Engl J Med. 2000 May 4; 342(18):1350-8).
  • TGF- ⁇ As an immunosuppressant, TGF- ⁇ has been shown to both inhibit the function of inflammatory cells as well as enhance the function of regulatory T cells.
  • GPC latent TGF- ⁇ growth factor prodomain complex
  • GARP Glycoprotein-A repetitions anonymous protein
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention modulate the interaction between GARP and TGF- ⁇ . Such modulation may selectively modulate T cell activity for treatment of disease (e.g. autoimmune disease and/or cancer.)
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used for the treatment of immune and/or autoimmune disorders.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may specifically target GARP-bound GPC, GARP or the interaction site between GARP and the GPC.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention comprising antibodies are designed to promote release of growth factors (including, but not limited to TGF- ⁇ ) from GARP-bound GPCs while not affecting growth factor release from LTBP-bound GPCs.
  • Treatment of immune and autoimmune disorders with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be in combination with standard of care (SOC) or synergistic combinations or with companion diagnostics.
  • SOC standard of care
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful for treatment of infectious diseases and/or disorders, for example, in subjects with one or more infections.
  • subjects have one or more infection or are at risk of developing one or more infection.
  • infection refers to a disease or condition in a host attributable to the presence of one or more foreign organism or agent capable of reproduction within the host. Infections typically comprise breaching of one or more normal mucosal or other tissue barriers by one or more infectious organisms or agents.
  • Subjects having one or more infection are subjects that comprise one or more objectively measurable infectious organisms or agents present in their body.
  • Subjects at risk of having one or more infection are subjects that are predisposed to developing one or more infection.
  • Such subjects may include, for example, subjects with known or suspected exposure to one or more infectious organisms or agents.
  • subjects at risk of having infections may also include subjects with conditions associated with impaired abilities to mount immune responses to infectious organisms and/or agents, e.g., subjects with congenital and/or acquired immunodeficiency, subjects undergoing radiation therapy and/or chemotherapy, subjects with burn injuries, subjects with traumatic injuries and subjects undergoing surgery or other invasive medical or dental procedures.
  • Infections are broadly classified as bacterial, viral, fungal, and/or parasitic based on the category of infectious organisms and/or agents involved.
  • Other less common types of infection are also known in the art, including, e.g., infections involving rickettsiae, mycoplasmas, and agents causing scrapie, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), and prion diseases (e.g., kuru and Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease).
  • BSE bovine spongiform encephalopathy
  • prion diseases e.g., kuru and Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease
  • An infection can be acute, subacute, chronic, or latent, and it can be localized or systemic.
  • chronic infection refers to those infections that are not cleared by the normal actions of the innate or adaptive immune responses and persist in the subject for a long duration of time, on the order of weeks, months, and years.
  • a chronic infection may reflect latency of the infectious agent, and may include periods in which no infectious symptoms are present, i.e., asymptomatic periods. Examples of chronic infections include, but are not limited to, HIV infection and herpesvirus infections.
  • an infection can be predominantly intracellular or extracellular during at least one phase of the infectious organism's or agent's life cycle in the host.
  • compositions of the present invention and additional therapeutic agents may be administered in combination in the same composition (e.g., parenterally), as part of a separate composition or by another method described herein.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of diseases, disorders and/or conditions related to eyes. These may include, but are not limited to glaucoma, dry eye and/or corneal wound healing. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions may be useful in the treatment of glaucoma.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 is upregulated in glaucoma (Picht, G. et al., Transforming growth factor beta 2 levels in the aqueous humor in different types of glaucoma and the relation to filtering bleb development. Graefes Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol. 2001 March 239(3):199-207; Tripathi, R. C.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 may induce senescence-like effects in human trabecular meshwork cells, which control intraocular pressure (often dysfunctional in glaucoma) (Yu, A. L. et al., TGF- ⁇ 2 induces senescence-associated changes in human trabecular meshwork cells. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to decrease the ratio of free TGF- ⁇ 2 to GPC-bound (inactive) TGF- ⁇ 2 in or around eye tissues affected by or related to glaucoma.
  • TGF- ⁇ -related proteins may also impact on corneal wound healing (e.g. after surgical repair and/or LASIK treatment) (Huh, M. I. et al., Distribution of TGF- ⁇ isoforms and signaling intermediates in corneal fibrotic wound repair. J Cell Biochem. 2009 Oct. 1. 108(2): 476-88; Sumioka, T.
  • compositions of the present invention may be used to modulate TGF- ⁇ 2 levels (free versus GPC-bound) thereby providing an alternate method of approaching anti-scarring therapy.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat one or more cardiovascular indications, including, but not limited to cardiac hypertrophy.
  • Cardiac hypertrophy comprises enlargement of the heart due, typically due to increased cell volume of cardiac cells (Aurigemma 2006. N Engl J Med. 355(3):308-10.)
  • Age-related cardiac hypertrophy may be due, in part, to reduced circulating levels of GDF-11.
  • Lloiso et al found that fusion of the circulatory system between young and old mice had a protective effect with regard to cardiac hypertrophy.
  • GDF-11 as a circulating factor that decreased with age in mice and was able to show that its administration could also reduce cardiac hypertrophy.
  • Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat and/or prevent cardiac atrophy.
  • Such compounds and/or compositions may comprise GDF-11 agonists that elevate levels of circulating GDF-11, in some cases through enhancing the dissociation of GDF-11 growth factor from latent GPCs.
  • compositions and methods of the invention may be used to treat one or more types of arterial disorders.
  • Such disorders may include, but are not limited to the development of aortic aneurysms.
  • Aortic aneurysms may arise from a variety of causes, but most result ultimately in the overexpression of TGF- ⁇ 2.
  • Boileau et al Boileau et al., Nature Genetics Letters. 2012. 44(8):916-23, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety
  • compositions of the present invention may be used to reduce or prevent elevated TGF- ⁇ 2 signaling in such instances thereby limiting aneurysm development and/or progression.
  • animal models may be used to develop and test compounds and/or compositions of the present invention for use in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, disorders and/or conditions.
  • vascular injury models may be used. Such models may include balloon injury models. In some cases, these may be carried out as described in Smith et al., 1999. Circ Res. 84(10):1212-22, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat one or more muscle disorders and/or injuries.
  • such compounds and/or composition may include, but are not limited to antibodies that modulate GDF-8, GDF-11 and/or activin activity.
  • Muscle comprises about 40-50% of total body weight, making it the largest organ in the body.
  • Muscle disorders may include cachexia (e.g. muscle wasting.) Muscle wasting may be associated with a variety of diseases and catabolic disorders (e.g.
  • GDF-8 and/or activin signaling activity may contribute to muscle catabolism (Han et al., 2013. Int J Biochem Cell Biol. 45(10):2333-47; Lee., 2010. Immunol Endocr Metab Agents Med Chem. 10:183-94, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • Other muscle disorders may comprise sarcopenia. Sarcopenia is the progressive loss of muscle and function associated with aging.
  • sarcopenia can cause frailty, weakness, fatigue and loss of mobility (Morely. 2012. Family Practice. 29:i44-i48.) With the aged population increasing in numbers, sarcopenia is progressively becoming a more serious public health concern.
  • a study by Hamrick et al (Hamrick et al., 2010. 69(3):579-83) demonstrated that GDF-8 inhibition could repair muscle in a mouse model of fibula osteotomoy comprising lateral compartment muscle damage. Administration of GDF-8 propeptides was sufficient to increase muscle mass by nearly 20% as well as improve fracture healing.
  • Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat muscle diseases, disorders and/or injuries by modulating GDF-8 activity.
  • compounds of the present invention may be GDF-8 signaling antagonists, preventing or reducing GDF-8 signaling activity.
  • IBM Inclusion body myositis
  • Bimagrumab (BYM338; Novartis, Basel, Switzerland,) an antibody that targets type II activin receptors, preventing GDF-8 and/or activin signal transduction, thereby stimulating muscle production and strengthening [see clinical trial number NCT01925209 entitled Efficacy and Safety of Bimagrumab/BYM 338 at 52 Weeks on Physical Function, Muscle Strength, Mobility in sIBM Patients ( RESILIENT )]
  • Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat subjects with IBM. In some cases, such compounds and/or compositions may block GDF-8 activity (e.g.
  • BYM338 is being investigated for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD.)
  • COPD chronic obstructive pulmonary disease
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention utilized for IBM treatment may be used to treat COPD as well.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered in combination and/or coordination with BYM338.
  • Skeletal muscle uses and stores glucose for fuel. Due to this, skeletal muscle is an important regulator of circulating glucose levels. Uptake of glucose by muscle can be stimulated by either contraction or by insulin stimulation (McPherron et al., 2013. Adipocyte. 2(2):92-8, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety).
  • a recent study by Guo et al (Guo, et al., 2012. Diabetes 61(10):2414-23) found that when GDF-8 receptor-deficient mice were crossed with A-ZIP/F1 mice (a lipodistrophic mouse strain, used as a diabetic model,) hybrid off-spring showed reduced levels of blood glucose and improved sensitivity to insulin. Hyperphagia (excessive eating) was also reduced in these mice.
  • compound and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat diabetes and/or hyperphagia. Some such treatments may be used to reduce blood glucose and/or improve insulin sensitivity. In some cases, such treatments may comprise GDF-8 signaling antagosists, such as one or more antibodies that prevent dissociation of GDF-8 from its prodomain.
  • compositions and methods of the invention may be used to treat one or more types of gastro-intestinal (GI) disorders.
  • GI gastro-intestinal
  • disorders may include, but are not limited to inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) (e.g. Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis.)
  • IBD inflammatory bowel disease
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 may play a role in gut homeostasis and may have an anti-inflammatory role, protecting against GI-related disorders such as mucositis and certain forms of colitis.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 was shown to suppress macrophage inflammatory responses in the developing intestine and protect against inflammatory mucosal injury (Maheshwari et al., 2011.)
  • levels of TGF- ⁇ 2 are high in breast milk, suggesting that TGF- ⁇ 2 may function, in some cases, topically.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 in breast milk may attenuate inflammatory responses (Rautava et al., 2011.)
  • Some compounds, compositions and/or methods of the present invention may be used to modulate GI TGF- ⁇ 2 levels and/or activity in the maintenance of homeostasis and/or in the management of GI-related disorders.
  • models of GI-related diseases, disorders and/or conditions may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of GI-related diseases, disorders and/or conditions.
  • GI injury models may be used. Such injury models may include, but are not limited to 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (TNBS) induced colitis models. Such models may be carried out as described in Scheiffele, F. et al., 2002. Curr Protoc Immunol. Chapter 15:Unit 15.19, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • TNBS 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid
  • compositions and methods of the invention will find utility in the area of veterinary care including the care and treatment of non-human vertebrates.
  • vertebrate includes all vertebrates including, but not limited to fish, amphibians, birds, reptiles and mammals (including, but not limited to alpaca, banteng, bison, camel, cat, cattle, deer, dog, donkey, gayal, goat, guinea pig, horse, llama, mice, monkeys, mule, pig, rabbit, rats, reindeer, sheep water buffalo, yak and humans.)
  • non-human vertebrate refers to any vertebrate with the exception of humans (i.e.
  • non-human vertebrates include wild and domesticated species such as companion animals and livestock.
  • Livestock include domesticated animals raised in an agricultural setting to produce materials such as food, labor, and derived products such as fiber and chemicals.
  • livestock includes all mammals, avians and fish having potential agricultural significance.
  • four-legged slaughter animals include steers, heifers, cows, calves, bulls, cattle, swine and sheep.
  • the present invention provides methods for producing one or more biological products in host cells by contacting such cells with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention capable of modulating expression of target genes, or altering the level of growth factor signaling molecules wherein such modulation or alteration enhances production of biological products.
  • bioprocessing methods may be improved by using one or more compounds and/or compositions of the present invention. They may also be improved by supplementing, replacing or adding one or more compounds and/or compositions.
  • compositions described herein may be characterized by one or more of bioavailability, therapeutic window and/or volume of distribution.
  • compositions comprise complexes of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention with GPCs.
  • complexes may be implanted at desired therapeutic sites where steady dissociation of growth factors from complexes may occur over a desired period of time.
  • implantation complexes may be carried out in association with sponge and/or bone-like matrices. Such implantations may include, but are not limited to dental implant sites and/or sites of bone repair.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are made in furin-deficient cells.
  • GPCs produced in such cells may be useful for treatment in areas where release is slowed due to the fact that furin cleavage in vivo is rate-limiting during GPC processing.
  • one or more tolloid and/or furin sites in GPCs are mutated, slowing the action of endogenous tolloid and/or furin proteases.
  • growth factor release may be slowed (e.g. at sites of implantation.)
  • Antibodies of the present invention when formulated into compositions with delivery/formulation agents or vehicles as described herein, may exhibit increased bioavailability as compared to compositions lacking delivery agents as described herein.
  • bioavailability refers to the systemic availability of a given amount of a particular agent administered to a subject. Bioavailability may be assessed by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) or the maximum serum or plasma concentration (C max ) of the unchanged form of a compound following administration of the compound to a mammal. AUC is a determination of the area under the curve plotting the serum or plasma concentration of a compound along the ordinate (Y-axis) against time along the abscissa (X-axis).
  • the AUC for a particular compound may be calculated using methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art and as described in G. S. Banker, Modern Pharmaceutics, Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences, v. 72, Marcel Dekker, New York, Inc., 1996, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • C max values are maximum concentrations of compounds achieved in serum or plasma of a subject following administration of compounds to the subject.
  • C max values of particular compounds may be measured using methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art.
  • the phrases “increasing bioavailability” or “improving the pharmacokinetics,” refer to actions that may increase the systemic availability of a compounds and/or compositions of the present invention (as measured by AUC, C max , or C min ) in a subject. In some embodiments, such actions may comprise co-administration with one or more delivery agents as described herein.
  • the bioavailability of compounds and/or compositions may increase by at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95% or about 100%.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention when formulated with one or more delivery agents as described herein, may exhibit increases in the therapeutic window of compound and/or composition administration as compared to the therapeutic window of compounds and/or compositions administered without one or more delivery agents as described herein.
  • therapeutic window refers to the range of plasma concentrations, or the range of levels of therapeutically active substance at the site of action, with a high probability of eliciting a therapeutic effect.
  • therapeutic windows of compounds and/or compositions when co-administered with one or more delivery agent as described herein may increase by at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95% or about 100%.
  • V dist relates the amount of an agent in the body to the concentration of the same agent in the blood or plasma.
  • volume of distribution refers to the fluid volume that would be required to contain the total amount of an agent in the body at the same concentration as in the blood or plasma: V dist equals the amount of an agent in the body/concentration of the agent in blood or plasma.
  • the volume of distribution would be 1 liter.
  • the volume of distribution reflects the extent to which an agent is present in the extravascular tissue. Large volumes of distribution reflect the tendency of agents to bind to the tissue components as compared with plasma proteins.
  • V dist may be used to determine loading doses to achieve steady state concentrations.
  • volumes of distribution of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention when co-administered with one or more delivery agents as described herein may decrease at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are pharmaceutical compositions.
  • pharmaceutical composition refers to a compound and/or composition of the present invention that has been formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.
  • pharmaceutical compositions may optionally comprise one or more additional active substances, e.g. therapeutically and/or prophylactically active substances.
  • additional active substances e.g. therapeutically and/or prophylactically active substances.
  • General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical agents may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 21 st ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference).
  • compositions may be administered to humans, human patients or subjects.
  • active ingredient generally refers to compounds and/or compositions of the present invention to be delivered as described herein.
  • compositions are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to other subjects, e.g., to non-human animals, e.g. non-human mammals. Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such modification with merely ordinary, if any, experimentation.
  • Subjects to which administration of pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated include, but are not limited to, humans and/or other primates; mammals, including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, cats, dogs, mice, and/or rats; and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as poultry, chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys.
  • formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology.
  • preparatory methods include the step of bringing active ingredients into association with excipients and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, dividing, shaping and/or packaging products into desired single- or multi-dose units.
  • compositions of the present invention may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as single unit doses, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses.
  • unit dose refers to a discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of active ingredient. Amounts of active ingredient are generally equal to the dosage of active ingredients which would be administered to subjects and/or convenient fractions of such a dosages such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosages.
  • compositions of the present invention may vary, depending upon identity, size, and/or condition of subjects to be treated and further depending upon routes by which compositions are to be administered.
  • compositions may comprise between about 0.1% and 100%, e.g., from about 0.5% to about 50%, from about 1% to about 30%, from about 5% to about 80% or at least 80% (w/w) active ingredient.
  • active ingredients are antibodies directed toward regulatory elements and/or GPCs.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated using one or more excipients to: (1) increase stability; (2) increase cell permeability; (3) permit the sustained or delayed release (e.g., of compounds and/or growth factors from such formulations); and/or (4) alter the biodistribution (e.g., target compounds to specific tissues or cell types).
  • formulations of the present invention may comprise, without limitation, liposomes, lipid nanoparticles, polymers, lipoplexes, core-shell nanoparticles, peptides, proteins, cells transfected with the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention (e.g., for transplantation into subjects) and combinations thereof.
  • any conventional excipient media may be incompatible with substances and/or their derivatives, such as by producing any undesirable biological effects or otherwise interacting in deleterious manners with any other component(s) of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Formulations of pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include steps of associating active ingredients with excipients and/or other accessory ingredients.
  • compositions in accordance with the present disclosure, may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as single unit doses, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable excipient are at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% pure.
  • excipients are approved for use in humans and/or for veterinary use.
  • excipients are approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration.
  • excipients are pharmaceutical grade.
  • excipients meet the standards of the United States Pharmacopoeia (USP), the European Pharmacopoeia (EP), the British Pharmacopoeia, and/or the International Pharmacopoeia.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable excipients of the present invention may include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, dispersing and/or granulating agents, surface active agents and/or emulsifiers, disintegrating agents, binding agents, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating agents, and/or oils. Such excipients may optionally be included in pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Exemplary diluents include, but are not limited to, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch, cornstarch, powdered sugar, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary granulating and/or dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium carbonate, cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate), carboxymethyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (croscarmellose), methylcellulose, pregelatinized starch (starch 1500), microcrystalline starch, water insoluble starch, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate)(VEEGUM®, sodium lauryl sulfate, quaternary ammonium compounds, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
  • crospovidone cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone)
  • Exemplary surface active agents and/or emulsifiers include, but are not limited to, natural emulsifiers (e.g. acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin), colloidal clays (e.g. bentonite [aluminum silicate] and VEEGUM® [magnesium aluminum silicate]), long chain amino acid derivatives, high molecular weight alcohols (e.g.
  • stearyl alcohol cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate, and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers (e.g. carboxy polymethylene, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid polymer, and carboxyvinyl polymer), carrageenan, cellulosic derivatives (e.g. carboxymethylcellulose sodium, powdered cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose), sorbitan fatty acid esters (e.g.
  • acacia sodium alginate, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose acetate, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), magnesium aluminum silicate)(Veegum®, and larch arabogalactan); alginates; polyethylene oxide; polyethylene glycol; inorganic calcium salts; silicic acid; polymethacrylates; waxes; water; alcohol; etc.; and combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid monohydrate, disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, edetic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, and/or trisodium edetate.
  • EDTA ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid
  • citric acid monohydrate disodium edetate
  • dipotassium edetate dipotassium edetate
  • edetic acid fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, and/or trisodium edetate.
  • antimicrobial preservatives include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin, hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and/or thimerosal.
  • Exemplary antifungal preservatives include, but are not limited to, butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and/or sorbic acid.
  • Exemplary alcohol preservatives include, but are not limited to, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, phenolic compounds, bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and/or phenylethyl alcohol.
  • Exemplary acidic preservatives include, but are not limited to, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric acid, acetic acid, dehydroacetic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid, and/or phytic acid.
  • preservatives include, but are not limited to, tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate, cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluened (BHT), ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, potassium sulfite, potassium metabisulfite, GLYDANT PLUS®, PHENONIP®, methylparaben, GERMALL® 115, GERMABEN® II, NEOLONETM KATHONTM, and/or EUXYL®.
  • Exemplary buffering agents include, but are not limited to, citrate buffer solutions, acetate buffer solutions, phosphate buffer solutions, ammonium chloride, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate, calcium gluconate, D-gluconic acid, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, propanoic acid, calcium levulinate, pentanoic acid, dibasic calcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium hydroxide phosphate, potassium acetate, potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, potassium mixtures, dibasic potassium phosphate, monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium phosphate mixtures, sodium acetate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium lactate, dibasic sodium phosphate, monobasic sodium phosphate, sodium phosphate mixtures, tromethamine, magnesium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, alginic acid, pyrogen-free water, isotonic
  • Exemplary lubricating agents include, but are not limited to, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica, talc, malt, glyceryl behanate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, etc., and combinations thereof.
  • oils include, but are not limited to, almond, apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, black current seed, borage, cade, camomile, canola, caraway, carnauba, castor, cinnamon, cocoa butter, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cotton seed, emu, eucalyptus , evening primrose, fish, flaxseed, geraniol, gourd, grape seed, hazel nut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba, kukui nut, lavandin, lavender, lemon, litsea cubeba , macademia nut, mallow, mango seed, meadowfoam seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange, orange roughy, palm, palm kernel, peach kernel, peanut, poppy seed, pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood, sasquana, s
  • oils include, but are not limited to, butyl stearate, caprylic triglyceride, capric triglyceride, cyclomethicone, diethyl sebacate, dimethicone 360, isopropyl myristate, mineral oil, octyldodecanol, oleyl alcohol, silicone oil, and/or combinations thereof.
  • Excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes, coloring agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming agents can be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the formulator.
  • Formulation Vehicles Liposomes, Lipoplexes, and Lipid Nanoparticles
  • compositions of the present invention may be formulated using one or more liposomes, lipoplexes and/or lipid nanoparticles.
  • pharmaceutical compositions comprise liposomes.
  • Liposomes are artificially-prepared vesicles which may primarily be composed of a lipid bilayer and may be used as delivery vehicles for the administration of nutrients and pharmaceutical formulations.
  • Liposomes may be of different sizes such as, but not limited to, multilamellar vesicles (MLVs) which may be hundreds of nanometers in diameter and may contain a series of concentric bilayers separated by narrow aqueous compartments, small unicellular vesicle (SUVs) which may be smaller than 50 nm in diameter and large unilamellar vesicle (LUVs) which may be between 50 and 500 nm in diameter.
  • SUVs small unicellular vesicle
  • LUVs large unilamellar vesicle
  • Liposome components may include, but are not limited to, opsonins or ligands in order to improve the attachment of liposomes to unhealthy tissue or to activate events such as, but not limited to, endocytosis.
  • Liposomes may comprise low or high pH. In some embodiments, liposome pH may be varied in order to improve delivery of pharmaceutical formulations.
  • liposome formation may depend on physicochemical characteristics such as, but not limited to, the pharmaceutical formulation entrapped, liposomal ingredients, the nature of the medium in which lipid vesicles are dispersed, the effective concentration of entrapped substances, potential toxicity of entrapped substances, additional processes involved during the application and/or delivery of vesicles, optimization size, polydispersity, shelf-life of vesicles for the intended application, batch-to-batch reproducibility and possibility of large-scale production of safe and efficient liposomal products.
  • physicochemical characteristics such as, but not limited to, the pharmaceutical formulation entrapped, liposomal ingredients, the nature of the medium in which lipid vesicles are dispersed, the effective concentration of entrapped substances, potential toxicity of entrapped substances, additional processes involved during the application and/or delivery of vesicles, optimization size, polydispersity, shelf-life of vesicles for the intended application, batch-to-batch reproducibility
  • formulations may be assembled or compositions altered such that they are passively or actively directed to different cell types in vivo.
  • formulations may be selectively targeted through expression of different ligands on formulation surfaces as exemplified by, but not limited by, folate, transferrin, N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc), and antibody targeted approaches.
  • folate transferrin
  • GalNAc N-acetylgalactosamine
  • compositions of the present invention may be formulated with liposomes, lipoplexes and/or lipid nanoparticles to improve efficacy of function. Such formulations may be able to increase cell transfection by pharmaceutical compositions.
  • liposomes, lipoplexes, or lipid nanoparticles may be used to increase pharmaceutical composition stability.
  • liposomes are specifically formulated for pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more antibodies.
  • Such liposomes may be prepared according to techniques known in the art, such as those described by Eppstein et al. (Eppstein, D. A. et al., Biological activity of liposome-encapsulated murine interferon gamma is mediated by a cell membrane receptor. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1985 June; 82(11):3688-92); Hwang et al. (Hwang, K. J. et al., Hepatic uptake and degradation of unilamellar sphingomyelin/cholesterol liposomes: a kinetic study. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA.
  • liposomes of the present invention comprising antibodies may be generated using reverse phase evaporation utilizing lipids such as phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol as well as phosphatidylethanolamine that have been polyethylene glycol-derivatized. Filters with defined pore size are used to extrude liposomes of the desired diameter.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be conjugated to external surfaces of liposomes by disulfide interchange reactions as is described by Martin et al. (Martin, F. J. et al., Irreversible coupling of immunoglobulin fragments to preformed vesicles. An improved method for liposome targeting. J Biol Chem. 1982 Jan. 10; 257(1):286-8).
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated using natural and/or synthetic polymers.
  • Non-limiting examples of polymers which may be used for delivery include, but are not limited to DMRI/DOPE, poloxamer, chitosan, cyclodextrin, and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) polymers.
  • polymers may be biodegradable.
  • polymer formulation may permit sustained and/or delayed release of compounds and/or compositions (e.g., following intramuscular and/or subcutaneous injection). Altered release profile for compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may result in, for example, compound release over an extended period of time. Polymer formulations may also be used to increase the stability of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • polymer formulations may be selectively targeted through expression of different ligands as exemplified by, but not limited by, folate, transferrin, and N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc)
  • GalNAc N-acetylgalactosamine
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated as nanoparticles using combinations of polymers, lipids, and/or other biodegradable agents, such as, but not limited to, calcium phosphates.
  • components may be combined in core-shells, hybrids, and/or layer-by-layer architectures, to allow for fine-tuning of nanoparticle structure, so delivery may be enhanced.
  • systems based on poly(2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl phosphorylcholine)-block-(2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl methacrylate), (PMPC-PDPA), a pH sensitive diblock copolymer that self-assembles to form nanometer-sized vesicles, also known as polymersomes, at physiological pH may be used.
  • PMPC-PDPA poly(2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl phosphorylcholine)-block-(2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl methacrylate),
  • PMPC-PDPA pH sensitive diblock copolymer that self-assembles to form nanometer-sized vesicles, also known as polymersomes, at physiological pH
  • PEG-charge-conversional polymers (Pitella, F. et al., Enhanced endosomal escape of siRNA-incorporating hybrid nanoparticles from calcium phosphate and PEG-block charge-conversional polymer for efficient gene knockdown with negligible cytotoxicity. Biomaterials. 2011 32:3106-14) may be used to form nanoparticles for delivery of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • PEG-charge-conversional polymers may improve upon PEG-polyanion block copolymers by being cleaved into polycations at acidic pH, thus enhancing endosomal escape.
  • complexation, delivery and/or internalization of polymeric nanoparticles may be precisely controlled by altering chemical compositions in both core and shell nanoparticle components (Siegwart, D. J. et al., Combinatorial synthesis of chemically diverse core-shell nanoparticles for intracellular delivery. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2011 108:12996-3001).
  • matrices of poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), are used to deliver compounds and/or compositions of the invention.
  • Such matrices have bee described by others (Sherwood, J. K. et al., Controlled antibody delivery systems. Nature Biotechnology. 1992. 10:1446-9.)
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be formulated for intravenous administration or extravascular administration (Daugherty, et al., Formulation and delivery issues for monoclonal antibody therapeutics. Adv Drug Deliv Rev. 2006 Aug. 7; 58(5-6):686-706 and US patent application publication number US2011/0135570, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety).
  • Extravascular administration routes may include, but are not limited to subcutaneous administration, intraperitoneal administration, intracerebral administration, intraocular administration, intralesional administration, topical administration and intramuscular administration.
  • antibody structures may be modified to improve effectiveness as therapeutics.
  • Improvements may include, but are not limited to improved thermodynamic stability, reduced Fc receptor binding properties and/or imporved folding efficiency.
  • Modifications may include, but are not limited to amino acid substitutions, glycosylation, palmitoylation and/or protein conjugation.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be formulated with antioxidants to reduce antibody oxidation.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may also be formulated with additives to reduce protein aggregation.
  • additives may include, but are not limited to albumin, amino acids, sugars, urea, guanidinium chloride, polyalchohols, polymers (such as polyethylene glycol and dextrans), surfactants (including, but not limited to polysorbate 20 and polysorbate 80) or even other antibodies.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be formulated to reduce the impact of water on antibody structure and function.
  • Antibody preparartions in such formulations may be may be lyophilized.
  • Formulations subject to lyophilization may include carbohydrates or polyol compounds to protect and/or stabilize antibody structure.
  • Such compounds may include, but are not limited to sucrose, trehalose and mannitol.
  • antibodies of the present invention may be formulated with polymers.
  • polymer formulations may comprise hydrophobic polymers.
  • Such polymers may be microspheres formulated with polylactide-co-glycolide through solid-in-oil-in-water encapsulation methods.
  • microspheres comprising ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer may also be used for antibody delivery and/or to extend the time course of antibody release at sites of delivery.
  • polymers may be aqueous gels. Such gels may, for example, comprise carboxymethylcellulose.
  • aqueous gels may also comprise hyaluronic acid hydrogels.
  • antibodies may be covalently linked to such gels through hydrazone linkages that allow for sustained delivery in tissues, including but not limited to tissues of the central nervous system.
  • peptides and/or proteins may be used to deliver pharmaceutical formulations.
  • peptides such as, but not limited to, cell penetrating peptides and/or proteins/peptides that enable intracellular delivery may be used to deliver pharmaceutical formulations.
  • Non-limiting examples of a cell penetrating peptides which may be used with pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention include cell-penetrating peptide sequences attached to polycations that facilitates delivery to the intracellular space, e.g., HIV-derived TAT peptide, penetratins, transportans, or hCT derived cell-penetrating peptides (see, e.g. Caron, N.J.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may also be formulated to include cell penetrating agents, e.g., liposomes, which enhance delivery of the compositions to intracellular spaces.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be complexed with peptides and/or proteins such as, but not limited to, peptides and/or proteins from Aileron Therapeutics (Cambridge, Mass.) and Permeon Biologics (Cambridge, Mass.) in order to enable intracellular delivery (Cronican, J. J.
  • the cell-penetrating polypeptides may comprise first and second domains.
  • First domains may comprise supercharged polypeptides.
  • Second domains may comprise protein-binding partner.
  • protein-binding partners may include, but are not limited to, antibodies and functional fragments thereof, scaffold proteins and/or peptides.
  • Cell-penetrating polypeptides may further comprise intracellular binding partners for protein-binding partners.
  • cell-penetrating polypeptides may be capable of being secreted from cells where compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be introduced.
  • compositions of the present invention comprising peptides and/or proteins may be used to increase cell transfection and/or alter compound/composition biodistribution (e.g., by targeting specific tissues or cell types).
  • Cell-based formulations of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to ensure cell transfection (e.g., in cellular carriers) or to alter biodistribution (e.g., by targeting cell carriers to specific tissues or cell types.)
  • nucleic acids or proteins are known in the art and suitable for introduction of nucleic acids or proteins into cells, including viral and non-viral mediated techniques.
  • typical non-viral mediated techniques include, but are not limited to, electroporation, calcium phosphate mediated transfer, nucleofection, sonoporation, heat shock, magnetofection, liposome mediated transfer, microinjection, microproj ectile mediated transfer (nanoparticles), cationic polymer mediated transfer (DEAE-dextran, polyethylenimine, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and the like) or cell fusion.
  • electroporation calcium phosphate mediated transfer
  • nucleofection sonoporation
  • heat shock magnetofection
  • liposome mediated transfer microinjection
  • microproj ectile mediated transfer nanoparticles
  • cationic polymer mediated transfer DEAE-dextran, polyethylenimine, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and the like
  • Sonoporation or cellular sonication
  • sound e.g., ultrasonic frequencies
  • Sonoporation methods are known to those in the art and are used to deliver nucleic acids in vivo (Yoon, C. S. et al., Ultrasound-mediated gene delivery. Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2010 7:321-30; Postema, M. et al., Ultrasound-directed drug delivery. Curr Pharm Biotechnol. 2007 8:355-61; Newman, C. M. et al., Gene therapy progress and prospects: ultrasound for gene transfer. Gene Ther. 2007.
  • Electroporation techniques are also well known in the art and are used to deliver nucleic acids in vivo and clinically (Andre, F. M. et al., Nucleic acids electrotransfer in vivo: mechanisms and practical aspects. Curr Gene Ther. 2010 10:267-80; Chiarella, P. et al., Application of electroporation in DNA vaccination protocols. Curr Gene Ther. 2010. 10:281-6; Hojman, P., Basic principles and clinical advancements of muscle electrotransfer. Curr Gene Ther. 2010 10:128-38; the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety). In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be delivered by electroporation.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered by any of the standard methods or routes known in the art. Such methods may include any route which results in a therapeutically effective outcome. These include, but are not limited to enteral, gastroenteral, epidural, oral, transdermal, epidural (peridural), intracerebral (into the cerebrum), intracerebroventricular (into the cerebral ventricles), epicutaneous (application onto the skin), intradermal, (into the skin itself), subcutaneous (under the skin), nasal administration (through the nose), intravenous (into a vein), intraarterial (into an artery), intramuscular (into a muscle), intracardiac (into the heart), intraosseous infusion (into the bone marrow), intrathecal (into the spinal canal), intraperitoneal, (infusion or injection into the peritoneum), intravesical infusion, intravitreal, (through the eye), intracavernous injection, (into the base of the penis), intravagina
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered in ways which allow them to cross the blood-brain barrier, vascular barriers, or other epithelial barriers.
  • Methods of formulation and administration may include any of those disclosed in US Pub. No. 2013/0122007, U.S. Pat. No. 8,415,459 or International Pub. No. WO 2011/151432, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Non-limiting routes of administration for compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are described below.
  • compositions of the present invention may be administered parenterally.
  • Liquid dosage forms for oral and parenteral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and/or elixirs.
  • liquid dosage forms may comprise inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof.
  • inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl
  • oral compositions can include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming agents.
  • adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming agents.
  • compositions are mixed with solubilizing agents such as CREMOPHOR, alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols, polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and/or combinations thereof.
  • surfactants are included such as hydroxypropylcellulose.
  • Injectable preparations for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing agents, wetting agents, and/or suspending agents.
  • Sterile injectable preparations may be sterile injectable solutions, suspensions, and/or emulsions in nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluents and/or solvents, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol.
  • the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P., and isotonic sodium chloride solution.
  • Sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium.
  • any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides.
  • Fatty acids such as oleic acid can be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • Injectable formulations may be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, and/or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues.
  • compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are typically suppositories which can be prepared by mixing compositions with suitable non-irritating excipients such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active ingredient.
  • suitable non-irritating excipients such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active ingredient.
  • Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules.
  • an active ingredient is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or fillers or extenders (e.g. starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid), binders (e.g. carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia), humectants (e.g. glycerol), disintegrating agents (e.g.
  • the dosage form may comprise buffering agents.
  • solution retarding agents e.g. paraffin
  • absorption accelerators e.g. quaternary ammonium compounds
  • wetting agents e.g. cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate
  • absorbents e.g. kaolin and bentonite clay
  • lubricants e.g. talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate
  • the dosage form may comprise buffering agents.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated for administration topically.
  • the skin may be an ideal target site for delivery as it is readily accessible.
  • Three routes are commonly considered to deliver compounds and/or compositions of the present invention to the skin: (i) topical application (e.g. for local/regional treatment and/or cosmetic applications); (ii) intradermal injection (e.g. for local/regional treatment and/or cosmetic applications); and (iii) systemic delivery (e.g. for treatment of dermatologic diseases that affect both cutaneous and extracutaneous regions).
  • topical application e.g. for local/regional treatment and/or cosmetic applications
  • intradermal injection e.g. for local/regional treatment and/or cosmetic applications
  • systemic delivery e.g. for treatment of dermatologic diseases that affect both cutaneous and extracutaneous regions.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention can be delivered to the skin by several different approaches known in the art.
  • the invention provides for a variety of dressings (e.g., wound dressings) or bandages (e.g., adhesive bandages) for conveniently and/or effectively carrying out methods of the present invention.
  • dressing or bandages may comprise sufficient amounts of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention described herein to allow users to perform multiple treatments.
  • Dosage forms for topical and/or transdermal administration may include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants and/or patches.
  • active ingredients are admixed under sterile conditions with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and/or any needed preservatives and/or buffers.
  • the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which often have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention to the body.
  • dosage forms may be prepared, for example, by dissolving and/or dispensing compounds and/or compositions in the proper medium. Alternatively or additionally, rates may be controlled by either providing rate controlling membranes and/or by dispersing compounds and/or compositions in a polymer matrix and/or gel.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include, but are not limited to, liquid and/or semi liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil in water and/or water in oil emulsions such as creams, ointments and/or pastes, and/or solutions and/or suspensions.
  • liquid and/or semi liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil in water and/or water in oil emulsions such as creams, ointments and/or pastes, and/or solutions and/or suspensions.
  • Topically-administrable formulations may, for example, comprise from about 1% to about 10% (w/w) active ingredient, although the concentration of active ingredient may be as high as the solubility limit of the active ingredient in the solvent.
  • Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are formulated in depots for extended release.
  • specific organs or tissues (“target tissues”) are targeted for administration.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are spatially retained within or proximal to target tissues.
  • method of providing compounds and/or compositions to target tissues of mammalian subjects by contacting target tissues (which comprise one or more target cells) with compounds and/or compositions under conditions such that they are substantially retained in target tissues, meaning that at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.9, 99.99 or greater than 99.99% of the composition is retained in the target tissues.
  • retention is determined by measuring the amount of compounds and/or compositions that enter one or more target cells.
  • At least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.9%, 99.99% or greater than 99.99% of compounds and/or compositions administered to subjects are present intracellularly at a period of time following administration.
  • intramuscular injection to mammalian subjects may be performed using aqueous compositions comprising compounds and/or compositions of the present invention and one or more transfection reagent, and retention is determined by measuring the amount of compounds and/or compositions present in muscle cells.
  • Certain aspects of the invention are directed to methods of providing compounds and/or compositions of the present invention to a target tissues of mammalian subjects, by contacting target tissues (comprising one or more target cells) with compounds and/or compositions under conditions such that they are substantially retained in such target tissues.
  • Target tissues comprising one or more target cells
  • Compounds and/or compositions comprise enough active ingredient such that the effect of interest is produced in at least one target cell.
  • compounds and/or compositions generally comprise one or more cell penetration agents, although “naked” formulations (such as without cell penetration agents or other agents) are also contemplated, with or without pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • the amount of a growth factor present in cells in a tissue is desirably increased. Preferably, this increase in growth factor is spatially restricted to cells within the target tissue.
  • formulations comprising compounds and/or compositions characterized in that the unit quantity provided has been determined to produce a desired level of growth factor of interest in a substantial percentage of cells contained within predetermined volumes of target tissue.
  • formulations comprise a plurality of different compounds and/or compositions, where one or more than one targets biomolecules of interest.
  • formulations may also comprise cell penetration agents to assist in the intracellular delivery of compounds and/or compositions.
  • determinations are made of compound and/or composition dose required to target biomolecules of interest in substantial percentages of cells contained within predetermined volumes of the target tissue (generally, without targeting biomolecules of interest in adjacent or distal tissues.) Determined doses are then introduced directly into subject tissues.
  • the invention provides for compounds and/or compositions to be delivered in more than one administration or by split dose administration.
  • compositions of the present invention may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in formulations suitable for pulmonary administration. In some embodiments, such administration is via the buccal cavity.
  • formulations may comprise dry particles comprising active ingredients. In such embodiments, dry particles may have a diameter in the range from about 0.5 nm to about 7 nm or from about 1 nm to about 6 nm.
  • formulations may be in the form of dry powders for administration using devices comprising dry powder reservoirs to which streams of propellant may be directed to disperse such powder. In some embodiments, self propelling solvent/powder dispensing containers may be used.
  • active ingredients may be dissolved and/or suspended in low-boiling propellant in sealed containers.
  • Such powders may comprise particles wherein at least 98% of the particles by weight have diameters greater than 0.5 nm and at least 95% of the particles by number have diameters less than 7 nm. Alternatively, at least 95% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 1 nm and at least 90% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 6 nm.
  • Dry powder compositions may include a solid fine powder diluent such as sugar and are conveniently provided in a unit dose form.
  • Low boiling propellants generally include liquid propellants having a boiling point of below 65° F. at atmospheric pressure. Generally propellants may constitute 50% to 99.9% (w/w) of the composition, and active ingredient may constitute 0.1% to 20% (w/w) of the composition. Propellants may further comprise additional ingredients such as liquid non-ionic and/or solid anionic surfactant and/or solid diluent (which may have particle sizes of the same order as particles comprising active ingredients).
  • compositions formulated for pulmonary delivery may provide active ingredients in the form of droplets of solution and/or suspension.
  • Such formulations may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold as aqueous and/or dilute alcoholic solutions and/or suspensions, optionally sterile, comprising active ingredients, and may conveniently be administered using any nebulization and/or atomization device.
  • Such formulations may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, a flavoring agent such as saccharin sodium, a volatile oil, a buffering agent, a surface active agent, and/or a preservative such as methylhydroxybenzoate.
  • Droplets provided by this route of administration may have an average diameter in the range from about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered nasaly and/or intranasaly.
  • formulations described herein as being useful for pulmonary delivery may also be useful for intranasal delivery.
  • formulations for intranasal administration comprise a coarse powder comprising the active ingredient and having an average particle from about 0.2 ⁇ m to 500 ⁇ m. Such formulations are administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close to the nose.
  • Formulations suitable for nasal administration may, for example, comprise from about as little as 0.1% (w/w) and as much as 100% (w/w) of active ingredient, and may comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation suitable for buccal administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of tablets and/or lozenges made using conventional methods, and may, for example, 0.1% to 20% (w/w) active ingredient, the balance comprising an orally dissolvable and/or degradable composition and, optionally, one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
  • formulations suitable for buccal administration may comprise powders and/or an aerosolized and/or atomized solutions and/or suspensions comprising active ingredients.
  • Such powdered, aerosolized, and/or aerosolized formulations when dispersed, may comprise average particle and/or droplet sizes in the range of from about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm, and may further comprise one or more of any additional ingredients described herein.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in formulations suitable for ophthalmic and/or otic administration.
  • formulations may, for example, be in the form of eye and/or ear drops including, for example, a 0.1/1.0% (w/w) solution and/or suspension of the active ingredient in aqueous and/or oily liquid excipients.
  • drops may further comprise buffering agents, salts, and/or one or more other of any additional ingredients described herein.
  • Other ophthalmically-administrable formulations which are useful include those which comprise active ingredients in microcrystalline form and/or in liposomal preparations. Subretinal inserts may also be used as forms of administration.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in a number of different scenarios in which delivery of a substance (the “payload”) to a biological target is desired, for example delivery of detectable substances for detection of the target, or delivery of therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents.
  • Detection methods may include, but are not limited to, both in vitro and in vivo imaging methods, e.g., immunohistochemistry, bioluminescence imaging (BLI), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MM), positron emission tomography (PET), electron microscopy, X-ray computed tomography, Raman imaging, optical coherence tomography, absorption imaging, thermal imaging, fluorescence reflectance imaging, fluorescence microscopy, fluorescence molecular tomographic imaging, nuclear magnetic resonance imaging, X-ray imaging, ultrasound imaging, photoacoustic imaging, lab assays, or in any situation where tagging/staining/imaging is required.
  • immunohistochemistry e.g., immunohistochemistry, bioluminescence imaging (BLI), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MM), positron emission tomography (PET), electron microscopy, X-ray computed tomography, Raman imaging, optical coherence tomography, absorption imaging, thermal imaging, fluorescence reflectance imaging,
  • compounds and/or compositions may be designed to include both linkers and payloads in any useful orientation.
  • linkers having two ends may be used to attach one end to the payload and the other end to compounds and/or compositions.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may include more than one payload.
  • compounds and/or compositions may comprise one or more cleavable linker.
  • payloads may be attached to compounds and/or compositions via a linker and may be fluorescently labeled for in vivo tracking, e.g. intracellularly.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in reversible drug delivery into cells.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in intracellular targeting of payloads, e.g., detectable or therapeutic agents, to specific organelles.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to deliver therapeutic agents to cells or tissues, e.g., in living animals.
  • the compounds and/or compositions described herein may be used to deliver chemotherapeutic agents to kill cancer cells.
  • Compounds and/or compositions may be attached to therapeutic agents through one or more linkers may facilitate membrane permeation allowing therapeutic agents to travel into cells to reach intracellular targets.
  • payloads may be a therapeutic agent such as a cytotoxins, radioactive ions, chemotherapeutics, or other therapeutic agents.
  • Cytotoxins and/or cytotoxic agents may include any agents that may be detrimental to cells. Examples include, but are not limited to, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, teniposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicine, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxyanthracinedione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol (see U.S.
  • Radioactive ions include, but are not limited to iodine (e.g., 125 iodine or 131 iodine), 89 strontium, phosphorous, palladium, cesium, iridium, phosphate, cobalt, 90 yttrium, 153 samarium, and praseodymium.
  • iodine e.g., 125 iodine or 131 iodine
  • 89 strontium phosphorous, palladium, cesium, iridium, phosphate, cobalt, 90 yttrium, 153 samarium, and praseodymium.
  • therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thiotepa chlorambucil, rachelmycin (CC-1065), melphalan, carmustine (BSNU), lomustine (CCNU), cyclophosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and
  • payloads may be detectable agents, such as various organic small molecules, inorganic compounds, nanoparticles, enzymes or enzyme substrates, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials (e.g., luminol), bioluminescent materials (e.g., luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin), chemiluminescent materials, radioactive materials (e.g., 18 F, 67 Ga, 81m Kr, 82 Rb, 111 In, 123 I, 133 Xe, 201 Tl, 125 I, 35 S, 14 C, 3 H, or 99m Tc (e.g., as pertechnetate (technetate(VII), TcO 4 ⁇ )), and contrast agents (e.g., gold (e.g., gold nanoparticles), gadolinium (e.g., chelated Gd), iron oxides (e.g., superparamagnetic iron oxide (SPIO), monocrystalline iron oxide nanoparticles (M
  • optically-detectable labels include for example, without limitation, 4-acetamido-4′-isothiocyanatostilbene-2,2′disulfonic acid; acridine and derivatives (e.g., acridine and acridine isothiocyanate); 5-(2′-aminoethyl)aminonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid (EDANS); 4-amino-N-[3-vinylsulfonyl)phenyl]naphthalimide-3,5 disulfonate; N-(4-anilino-1-naphthyl)maleimide; anthranilamide; BODIPY; Brilliant Yellow; coumarin and derivatives (e.g., coumarin, 7-amino-4-methylcoumarin (AMC, Coumarin 120), and 7-amino-4-trifluoromethylcoumarin (Coumarin 151)); cyanine dyes; cyanosine; 4′,6-
  • the detectable agent may be a non-detectable precursor that becomes detectable upon activation (e.g., fluorogenic tetrazine-fluorophore constructs (e.g., tetrazine-BODIPY FL, tetrazine-Oregon Green 488, or tetrazine-BODIPY TMR-X) or enzyme activatable fluorogenic agents (e.g., PROSENSE® (VisEn Medical))).
  • fluorogenic tetrazine-fluorophore constructs e.g., tetrazine-BODIPY FL, tetrazine-Oregon Green 488, or tetrazine-BODIPY TMR-X
  • enzyme activatable fluorogenic agents e.g., PROSENSE® (VisEn Medical)
  • In vitro assays in which the enzyme labeled compositions can be used include, but are not limited to, enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitation assays, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassays (EIA), radioimmunoassays (MA), and Western blot analysis.
  • ELISAs enzyme linked immunosorbent assays
  • IA enzyme immunoassays
  • MA radioimmunoassays
  • Western blot analysis Western blot analysis.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in combination with one or more other therapeutic, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging agents.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical procedures. In general, each agent will be administered at a dose and/or on a time schedule determined for that agent.
  • the present disclosure encompasses the delivery of pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions in combination with agents that may improve their bioavailability, reduce and/or modify their metabolism, inhibit their excretion, and/or modify their distribution within the body.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be combined with one or more therapeutic agents known in the art.
  • agents may include BYM338 (Novartis, Basel, Switzerland,) wherein administration may comprise any of the methods disclosed in clinical trial number NCT01925209 entitled Efficacy and Safety of Bimagrumab/BYM 338 at 52 Weeks on Physical Function, Muscle Strength, Mobility in sIBM Patients ( RESILIENT ).
  • Other agents that may be used in combination with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may include any of those disclosed in US Pub. No. 2013/0122007, U.S. Pat. No. 8,415,459 or International Pub. No. WO 2011/151432, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • the present disclosure encompasses delivery of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention for any of therapeutic, pharmaceutical, diagnostic or imaging by any appropriate route taking into consideration likely advances in the sciences of drug delivery. Delivery may be naked or formulated.
  • naked compositions of the present invention may be delivered to cells, tissues, organs and/or organisms in naked form.
  • naked refers to compounds and/or compositions delivered free from agents or modifications which promote transfection or permeability.
  • the naked compounds and/or compositions may be delivered to the cells, tissues, organs and/or organisms using routes of administration known in the art and described herein.
  • naked delivery may include formulation in a simple buffer such as saline or PBS.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated, using methods described herein.
  • Formulations may comprise compounds and/or compositions which may be modified and/or unmodified.
  • Formulations may further include, but are not limited to, cell penetration agents, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, delivery agents, bioerodible or biocompatible polymers, solvents, and/or sustained-release delivery depots.
  • Formulations of the present invention may be delivered to cells using routes of administration known in the art and described herein.
  • compositions may also be formulated for direct delivery to organs or tissues in any of several ways in the art including, but not limited to, direct soaking or bathing, via a catheter, by gels, powder, ointments, creams, gels, lotions, and/or drops, by using substrates such as fabric or biodegradable materials coated or impregnated with compositions, and the like.
  • the present invention provides methods comprising administering one or more compounds and/or compositions to subjects in need thereof.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, or prophylactic compositions thereof may be administered to subjects using any amount and any route of administration effective for preventing, treating, diagnosing, or imaging diseases, disorders and/or conditions.
  • the exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on species, age and/or general subject condition, severity of disease, particular composition, mode of administration, mode of activity, and the like.
  • Compositions in accordance with the invention are typically formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment.
  • the specific therapeutically effective, prophylactically effective, or appropriate imaging dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • compositions in accordance with the present invention may be administered at dosage levels sufficient to deliver from about 0.0001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, or imaging effect.
  • the desired dosage may be delivered three times a day, two times a day, once a day, every other day, every third day, every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, or every four weeks.
  • the desired dosage may be delivered using multiple administrations (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or more administrations).
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered in split-dose regimens.
  • a “split dose” is the division of single unit dose or total daily dose into two or more doses, e.g., two or more administrations of the single unit dose.
  • a “single unit dose” is a dose of any therapeutic administered in one dose/at one time/single route/single point of contact, i.e., single administration event.
  • a “total daily dose” is an amount given or prescribed in a 24 hour period.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered as a single unit dose.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered to subjects in split doses.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated in buffer only or in formulations described herein.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be formulated into dosage forms described herein, such as a topical, intranasal, intratracheal, or injectable (e.g., intravenous, intraocular, intravitreal, intramuscular, intracardiac, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous).
  • injectable e.g., intravenous, intraocular, intravitreal, intramuscular, intracardiac, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous.
  • General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical agents may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 21 st ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference).
  • Solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose and/or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
  • recombinant proteins including, but not limited to chimeric proteins disclosed herein and/or antibodies directed to such proteins may be developed using assays described herein. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins (including, but not limited to chimeric proteins) disclosed herein and/or antibodies directed to such proteins may be used in assays to develop other recombinant proteins and/or antibodies of the present invention.
  • the present invention provides binding assays.
  • binding assay refers to an assay used to assess the ability of two or more factors to associate. Such assays may assess the ability of a desired antigen to bind a desired antibody and then use one or more detection methods to detect binding.
  • Binding assays of the invention may include, but are not limited to surface Plasmon resonance-based assays, ELISAs and FACS-based assays. Binding assays of the invention may comprise the use of one or more recombinant proteins described herein, including, but not limited to any TGF- ⁇ family member proteins, any chimeric proteins, any cofactors and any modules, combinations or fragments thereof.
  • the present invention provides cell-based assays.
  • the term “cell-based assay” refers to an assay comprising at least one aspect that involves the use of a living cell or cell culture. In some embodiments, these may be useful for assessing the modulation of growth factor release from GPCs, referred to herein as “growth factor release assays”. In some embodiments, cell-based assays may be useful for assessing the modulation of growth factor activity, referred to herein as “growth factor activity assays”.
  • Cell-based assays of the present invention may comprise expression cells and/or responsive cells. Expression cells, as referred to herein, are cells that express one or more factors being analyzed in a particular assay.
  • expression cells may comprise cell lines (e.g. HEK293 cells, CHO cells, TMLC cells, 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts or Sw-480 cells.)
  • cell lines comprising expression cells may express one or more recombinant proteins of the present invention (e.g. naturally and/or through transfection, stable transfection, and/or transduction).
  • growth factor release/activity assays may comprise expression cells that express GPCs.
  • additional factors may be co-expressed in and/or combined with expression cells to determine their effect on growth factor release from such GPCs.
  • integrins including, but not limited to ⁇ v ⁇ 6 integrin, ⁇ v ⁇ 8 integrin and/or ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 integrin
  • LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARPs and/or variants thereof are coexpressed and/or otherwise introduced into expression cells.
  • one or more genes may be knocked out, knocked down and/or otherwise modulated in expression cells depending on the focus of a particular assay.
  • one or more gene products may be modulated at the RNA and/or protein level.
  • gene products may be reduced through the introduction of siRNA molecules to expression cells.
  • gene products from LTBP, fibrillin and/or GARP genes may be reduced and/or eliminated from expression cells of the present invention.
  • Cell-based assays of the present invention may comprise responsive cells.
  • responsive cell refers to a cell that undergoes a response to one or more factors introduced into an assay.
  • responses may include a change in gene expression, wherein such cells modulate transcription of one or more genes upon contact with one or more factors introduced.
  • responsive cells may undergo a change in phenotype, behavior and/or viability.
  • responsive cells comprise one or more reporter genes.
  • reporter gene refers to a synthetic gene typically comprising a promoter and a protein coding region encoding one or more detectable gene products. Reporter genes are typically designed in a way such that their expression may be modulated in response to one or more factors being analyzed by a particular assay. This may be carried out by manipulating the promoter of reporter genes.
  • promoter refers to part of a gene that initiates transcription of that gene. Promoters typically comprise nucleotides at the 3′ end of the antisense strand of a given gene and are not transcribed during gene expression.
  • Promoters typically function through interaction with one or more transcription factors as well as RNA polymerase enzymes to initiate transcription of the protein encoding portion of the gene. Segments of the promoter that physically interact with one or more transcription factors and/or polymerase enzymes are referred to herein as response elements.
  • reporter genes are designed to comprise promoters and/or response elements known to be responsive to one or more factors (including, but not limited to growth factors) being analyzed in a given assay. Changes in responsive cell gene expression may be measured according to any methods available in the art to yield gene expression data. Such gene expression data may be obtained in the form of luciferase activity data [often measured in terms of relative light units (RLUs.)]
  • responsive cells undergo a change in viability in response to one or more factors introduced in an assay.
  • Such responsive cells may be used in proliferation assays as described herein. Changes in responsive cell viability may be detected by cell counting and/or other methods known to those skilled the art to yield responsive cell viability data.
  • Protein encoding regions of reporter genes typically encode one or more detectable proteins.
  • Detectable proteins refer to any proteins capable of detection through one or more methods known in the art. Such detection methods may include, but are not limited to Western blotting, ELISA, assaying for enzymatic activity of detectable proteins (e.g. catalase activity, ⁇ -galactosidase activity and/or luciferase activity,) immunocytochemical detection, surface plasmon resonance detection and/or detection of fluorescent detectable proteins.
  • detectable proteins e.g. catalase activity, ⁇ -galactosidase activity and/or luciferase activity,
  • immunocytochemical detection e.g. catalase activity, ⁇ -galactosidase activity and/or luciferase activity
  • surface plasmon resonance detection e.g., surface plasmon resonance detection and/or detection of fluorescent detectable proteins.
  • reporter gene promoters typically respond to growth factor signaling.
  • reporter genes encode luciferase enzymes. Chemical reactions between luciferase enzymes and substrate molecules are light-emitting reactions. Due to such light-emitting reactions, luciferase enzyme levels can be quantified through the addition of substrate molecules and subsequent photodetection of the emitted light.
  • reporter genes of the present invention encode firefly luciferase, the sequence of which was cloned from Photinus pyralis .
  • responsive cells of the present invention comprise reporter genes that express luciferase with promoters that are responsive to growth factors. In such embodiments, luciferase activity may correlate with growth factor activity levels allowing for growth factor activity and/or release from GPCs to be determined.
  • reporter genes are inserted into bacterial plasmids to enable replication and/or facilitate introduction into cells.
  • such plasmids are designed to comprise sequences encoding detectable gene products and may be manipulated to insert promoter sequences that may be responsive to one or more factors of interest. These plasmids are referred to herein as reporter plasmids.
  • promoters that may be responsive to one or more factors of interest may be inserted into reporter plasmids, upstream of sequences encoding detectable gene products to form functional reporter genes within such reporter plasmids. Reporter plasmids that comprise at least one functional reporter gene are referred to herein as reporter constructs.
  • reporter constructs of the present invention may comprise pGL2 reporter plasmids (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.), pGL3 reporter plasmids (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.), pGL4 reporter plasmids (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.) or variants thereof.
  • Such reporter constructs express firefly luciferase in response to promoter activation.
  • reporter constructs may be introduced directly into expression cells or may be introduced into one or more responsive cells. Responsive cells of the present invention comprising one or more reporter genes are referred to herein as reporter cells.
  • reporter cells may be transiently transfected with reporter constructs or may comprise stable expression of such constructs (e.g. reporter constructs are successfully replicated along with genomic DNA during each round of cell division). Cell lines that stably comprise reporter constructs are referred to herein as reporter cell lines.
  • reporter cells are mammalian.
  • reporter cells may comprise mouse cells, rabbit cells, rat cells, monkey cells, hamster cells and human cells.
  • cell lines useful for transient and/or stable expression of reporter genes may include, but are not limited to HEK293 cells, HeLa cells, Sw-480 cells, TMLC cells [as disclosed by Abe et al (Abe, M. et al., An assay for transforming growth factor- ⁇ using cells transfected with a plasminogen activator inhibitor-1 promoter-luciferase construct. Analytical Biochemistry. 1994. 216:276-84)] 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts, A204 cells, L17 RIB cells [as disclosed by Cash et al (Cash, J.
  • reporter cells and/or reporter cell lines may be cultured with expression cells as part of a co-culture system.
  • reporter cells/reporter cell lines may be cultured separately from expression cells.
  • lysates and/or media from expression cells may be combined with reporter cell/reporter cell line cultures to assess expressed factors (including, but not limited to growth factors).
  • cell-based assays of the present invention may only comprise expression cells and not responsive cells.
  • expressed proteins including but not limited to GPCs and/or growth factors, may be detected by one or more methods that are not cell based. Such methods may include, but are not limited to Western Blotting, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA,) immunocytochemistry, surface plasmon resonance and other methods known in the art for protein detection.
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • TGF- ⁇ release in expression cell cultures and/or culture medium may be detected by ELISA.
  • such assays may utilize anti-TGF- ⁇ antibody, clone 1D11 antibody (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) as a capture antibody, capable of recognizing TGF- ⁇ isoforms 1, 2 and 3 in multiple species, including, but not limited to cows, chickens, mice and humans.
  • biotinylated anti-TGF- ⁇ 1 chicken IgY BAF240; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.
  • GDF-8/myostatin release in expression cell cultures and/or culture medium may be detected by ELISA.
  • the GDF-8/myostatin quantikine ELISA kit may be used.
  • anti-GDF-8/myostatin antibodies that may be used for detection include AF1539, MAB788 and AF788 (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.)
  • reporter genes of the present invention comprise growth factor-responsive promoters.
  • growth factor-responsive promoter refers to a gene promoter that facilitates transcription of a downstream gene in response to growth factor cell signaling induced by one or more growth factors.
  • growth factor-responsive promoters are responsive to TGF- ⁇ family member growth factor signaling.
  • growth factor-responsive promoters of the present invention comprise one or more sequences listed in Table 16 or fragments or variants thereof. These include two versions of the plasminogen activator inhibitor type 1 (PAI-1) promoter [V1 as disclosed by Abe et al (Abe, M.
  • PAI-1 plasminogen activator inhibitor type 1
  • Mink lung epithelial/PAI reporter cell lines may be used.
  • Mink lung epithelial cells do not produce TGF- ⁇ , but do express high levels of TGF- ⁇ receptors (Munger et al.)
  • Mink lung epithelial/PAI reporter cell lines comprise reporter constructs comprising promoter elements from the TGF- ⁇ -responsive genes PAI and/or COL1A that modulate the expression of the protein coding portion of the luciferase gene.
  • other reporter constructs may be used with mink lung epithelial cells.
  • SMAD3-responsive reporter constructs may be used.
  • the present invention provides assays for detecting the release and/or activity of TGF- ⁇ 2.
  • Such assays may comprise cell lines (e.g. HEK293 cells, 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts or Sw-480 cells) that express GPCs comprising TGF- ⁇ 2 (e.g. naturally and/or through transfection, stable transfection, and/or transduction) and/or recombinant and/or chimeric protein derivatives thereof.
  • additional factors are expressed in and/or combined with TGF- ⁇ 2-expressing cells to determine their effect on TGF- ⁇ 2 growth factor release.
  • integrins may be expressed.
  • ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 integrin may be expressed.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 release may be detected by one or more growth factor release assays according to those described herein.
  • such assays may comprise the use of mink lung epithelial/PAI reporter cell lines to measure TGF- ⁇ 2 release and/or activity.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 release assays may be used to screen antibodies for inhibitory and/or activating properties with regard to TGF- ⁇ 2 release from GPCs and/or activity
  • T reg cells are immune cells that comprise a suppressor cell function important in regulating autoimmunity. Such cells are derived from precursor cells after the induction of the FoxP3 gene (Wood and Sakaguchi, Nature Reviews, 2003). FoxP3 is a transcription factor, the expression of which may be regulated to some degree by TGF- ⁇ -related proteins. Wan and Flavell (2005) demonstrated that in response to exogenous TGF- ⁇ , activated primary T cells show de novo FoxP3 and “knocked-in” fluorescent protein expression and induction of suppressor cell function. Tone et al (2008) demonstrated that key TGF- ⁇ responsive enhancer elements that drive FoxP3 expression in primary T cells are present in the EL4 T lymphoma line.
  • the present invention provides reporter constructs comprising promoter elements from the FoxP3 gene that modulate expression of such reporter constructs (referred to herein as FoxP3-driven reporter constructs).
  • FoxP3-driven reporter constructs comprise promoter elements responsive to TGF- ⁇ -related protein cell signaling activity.
  • FoxP3-driven reporter constructs are introduced (transiently and/or stably) to one or more cells and/or cell lines. Such cells are referred to herein as FoxP3-driven reporter cells.
  • such cells are mammalian.
  • such mammalian cells may include, but are not limited to mouse cells, rabbit cells, rat cells, monkey cells, hamster cells and human cells.
  • Such cells may be derived from a cell line.
  • human cells may be used.
  • cell lines may include, but are not limited to HEK293 cells, HeLa cells, Sw-480 cells, EL4 T lymphoma cells, TMLC cells, 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts, A204 cells, L17 RIB cells and C 2 C 12 cells.
  • EL4 T lymphoma cells may be used.
  • EL4 T lymphoma cells are known to comprise transcriptional enhancer elements that are responsive to TGF- ⁇ -related protein signaling.
  • FoxP3-driven reporter cells may be used to screen antibodies for their ability to activate and/or inhibit FoxP3-dependent gene expression.
  • cell-based assays of the present invention may comprise proliferation assays.
  • proliferation assay refers to an assay that determines the effect on one or more agents on cell proliferation.
  • proliferation assays may comprise HT2 proliferation assays.
  • Such assays may be carried out, for example, according to the methods described in Tsang, M. et al., 1995. Cytokine 7(5):389-97, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • HT2 cells (ATCC CRL-1841) are grown in the presence of IL-2, in which they are insensitive to TGF- ⁇ 1 in the culture media. When HT2 cells are switched into IL-4-containing media they will continue to proliferate, but will respond to TGF- ⁇ 1 in the culture media by induction of apoptosis.
  • IL-4 containing media cell death due to TGF- ⁇ 1 in culture media occurs in a dose dependent manner, which can be blocked by numerous reagents interfering with the TGF- ⁇ signaling pathway. This enables the use of this assay to screen reagents to modulate TGF- ⁇ 1 activation.
  • Detection of changes in cell number may be carried out, in some embodiments, through the detection and/or quantification of ATP levels in cells.
  • ATP levels typically correlate with the number of cells present in a given test sample, well, plate or dish.
  • ATP levels may be determined using a CELLTITER-GLO® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.).
  • kits may further include reagents and/or instructions for creating and/or synthesizing compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • kits may also include one or more buffers.
  • kits of the invention may include components for making protein or nucleic acid arrays or libraries and thus, may include, for example, solid supports.
  • kit components may be packaged either in aqueous media or in lyophilized form.
  • the container means of the kits will generally include at least one vial, test tube, flask, bottle, syringe or other container means, into which a component may be placed, and preferably, suitably aliquoted.
  • kits may also generally contain second, third or other additional containers into which additional components may be separately placed.
  • kits may also comprise second container means for containing sterile, pharmaceutically acceptable buffers and/or other diluents.
  • various combinations of components may be comprised in one or more vial.
  • Kits of the present invention may also typically include means for containing compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, e.g., proteins, nucleic acids, and any other reagent containers in close confinement for commercial sale.
  • Such containers may include injection or blow-molded plastic containers into which desired vials are retained.
  • kit components are provided in one and/or more liquid solutions.
  • liquid solutions are aqueous solutions, with sterile aqueous solutions being particularly preferred.
  • kit components may be provided as dried powder(s). When reagents and/or components are provided as dry powders, such powders may be reconstituted by the addition of suitable volumes of solvent. In some embodiments, it is envisioned that solvents may also be provided in another container means. In some embodiments, labeling dyes are provided as dried powders.
  • kits of the invention it is contemplated that 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 micrograms or at least or at most those amounts of dried dye are provided in kits of the invention.
  • dye may then be resuspended in any suitable solvent, such as DMSO.
  • kits may include instructions for employing kit components as well the use of any other reagent not included in the kit. Instructions may include variations that may be implemented.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be combined with, coated onto or embedded in a device.
  • Devices may include, but are not limited to, dental implants, stents, bone replacements, artificial joints, valves, pacemakers and/or other implantable therapeutic device.
  • compositions of the invention may have activity and this activity may involve one or more biological events.
  • biological event may involve growth factors and/or growth factor signaling.
  • biological events may include cell signaling events associated with growth factor and receptor interactions.
  • biological events may include cell signaling events associated with TGF- ⁇ or TGF- ⁇ -related protein interactions with one or more corresponding receptors.
  • Administered in combination refers to simultaneous exposure of one or more subjects to two or more agents administered at the same time or within an interval such that the subject is at some point in time simultaneously exposed to both and/or such that there may be an overlap in the effect of each agent on the patient.
  • at least one dose of one or more agents is administered within about 24 hours, 12 hours, 6 hours, 3 hours, 1 hour, 30 minutes, 15 minutes, 10 minutes, 5 minutes, or 1 minute of at least one dose of one or more other agents.
  • administration occurs in overlapping dosage regimens.
  • the term “dosage regimen” refers to a plurality of doses spaced apart in time.
  • Such doses may occur at regular intervals or may include one or more hiatus in administration.
  • the administration of individual doses of one or more compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, as described herein, are spaced sufficiently closely together such that a combinatorial (e.g., a synergistic) effect is achieved.
  • animal refers to any member of the animal kingdom. In some embodiments, “animal” refers to humans at any stage of development. In some embodiments, “animal” refers to non-human animals at any stage of development. In certain embodiments, the non-human animal is a mammal (e.g., a rodent, a mouse, a rat, a rabbit, a monkey, a dog, a cat, a sheep, cattle, a primate, or a pig). In some embodiments, animals include, but are not limited to, mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish, and worms. In some embodiments, the animal is a transgenic animal, genetically-engineered animal, or a clone.
  • mammal e.g., a rodent, a mouse, a rat, a rabbit, a monkey, a dog, a cat, a sheep, cattle, a primate, or a pig.
  • animals include, but are not limited to, mammals,
  • Antigens of interest or desired antigens refers to those proteins and/or other biomolecules provided herein that are immunospecifically bound or interact with antibodies of the present invention and/or fragments, mutants, variants, and/or alterations thereof described herein.
  • antigens of interest may comprise TGF- ⁇ -related proteins, growth factors, prodomains, GPCs, protein modules or regions of overlap between them.
  • association means that the moieties are physically associated or connected with one another, either directly or via one or more additional moieties that serve as linking agents, to form a structure that is sufficiently stable so that the moieties remain physically associated under the conditions in which the structure is used, e.g., physiological conditions.
  • An “association” need not be strictly through direct covalent chemical bonding. It may also suggest ionic or hydrogen bonding or a hybridization based connectivity sufficiently stable such that the “associated” entities remain physically associated.
  • Biomolecule As used herein, the term “biomolecule” is any natural molecule which is amino acid-based, nucleic acid-based, carbohydrate-based or lipid-based, and the like.
  • biologically active refers to a characteristic of any substance that has activity in a biological system and/or organism. For instance, a substance that, when administered to an organism, has a biological effect on that organism, is considered to be biologically active.
  • a compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be considered biologically active if even a portion of is biologically active or mimics an activity considered to biologically relevant.
  • biological system refers to a group of organs, tissues, cells, intracellular components, proteins, nucleic acids, molecules (including, but not limited to biomolecules) that function together to perform a certain biological task within cellular membranes, cellular compartments, cells, tissues, organs, organ systems, multicellular organisms, or any biological entity.
  • biological systems are cell signaling pathways comprising intracellular and/or extracellular cell signaling biomolecules.
  • biological systems comprise growth factor signaling events within the extracellular matrix, cellular matrix and/or cellular niches.
  • Candidate antibody refers to an antibody from a pool of one or more antibody from which one or more desired antibodies may be selected.
  • Cellular matrix refers to the biochemical and structural environment associated with the outer portion of the cell membrane. Such cell membranes may also include platelet membranes. Components of the cellular matrix may include, but are not limited to proteoglycans, carbohydrate molecules, integral membrane proteins, glycolipids and the like. In some cases, cellular matrix components may include growth factors and/or modulators of growth factor activity. Some cellular matrix proteins include integrins, GARP and LRRC33.
  • Compound refers to a distinct chemical entity.
  • the term may be used herein to refer to peptides, proteins, protein complexes or antibodies of the invention.
  • a particular compound may exist in one or more isomeric or isotopic forms (including, but not limited to stereoisomers, geometric isomers and isotopes).
  • a compound is provided or utilized in only a single such form.
  • a compound is provided or utilized as a mixture of two or more such forms (including, but not limited to a racemic mixture of stereoisomers).
  • Those of skill in the art appreciate that some compounds exist in different such forms, show different properties and/or activities (including, but not limited to biological activities).
  • compounds that contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms.
  • Methods on how to prepare optically active forms from optically active starting materials are known in the art, such as by resolution of racemic mixtures or by stereoselective synthesis.
  • conserved refers to nucleotides or amino acid residues of polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences, respectively, that are those that occur unaltered in the same position of two or more sequences being compared. Nucleotides or amino acids that are relatively conserved are those that are conserved among more related sequences than nucleotides or amino acids appearing elsewhere in the sequences.
  • two or more sequences are said to be “completely conserved” if they are 100% identical to one another. In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be “highly conserved” if they are at least 70% identical, at least 80% identical, at least 90% identical, or at least 95% identical to one another. In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be “highly conserved” if they are about 70% identical, about 80% identical, about 90% identical, about 95%, about 98%, or about 99% identical to one another.
  • two or more sequences are said to be “conserved” if they are at least 30% identical, at least 40% identical, at least 50% identical, at least 60% identical, at least 70% identical, at least 80% identical, at least 90% identical, or at least 95% identical to one another. In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be “conserved” if they are about 30% identical, about 40% identical, about 50% identical, about 60% identical, about 70% identical, about 80% identical, about 90% identical, about 95% identical, about 98% identical, or about 99% identical to one another. Conservation of sequence may apply to the entire length of an oligonucleotide or polypeptide or may apply to a portion, region or feature thereof.
  • conserved sequences are not contiguous. Those skilled in the art are able to appreciate how to achieve alignment when gaps in contiguous alignment are present between sequences, and to align corresponding residues not withstanding insertions or deletions present.
  • delivery refers to the act or manner of delivering a compound, substance, entity, moiety, cargo or payload.
  • delivery agent refers to any agent which facilitates, at least in part, the in vivo delivery of one or more substances (including, but not limited to a compounds and/or compositions of the present invention) to a cell, subject or other biological system cells.
  • Desired antibody refers to an antibody that is sought after, in some cases from a pool of candidate antibodies.
  • Destabilized As used herein, the term “destable,” “destabilize,” or “destabilizing region” means a region or molecule that is less stable than a starting, reference, wild-type or native form of the same region or molecule.
  • Detectable label refers to one or more markers, signals, or moieties which are attached, incorporated or associated with another entity, which markers, signals or moieties are readily detected by methods known in the art including radiography, fluorescence, chemiluminescence, enzymatic activity, absorbance, immunological detection and the like. Detectable labels may include radioisotopes, fluorophores, chromophores, enzymes, dyes, metal ions, ligands, biotin, avidin, streptavidin and haptens, quantum dots, polyhistidine tags, myc tags, flag tags, human influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags and the like.
  • Detectable labels may be located at any position in the entity with which they are attached, incorporated or associated. For example, when attached, incorporated in or associated with a peptide or protein, they may be within the amino acids, the peptides, or proteins, or located at the N- or C-termini.
  • distal As used herein, the term “distal” means situated away from the center or away from a point or region of interest.
  • engineered when they are designed to have a feature or property, whether structural or chemical, that varies from a starting point, wild type or native molecule.
  • engineered agents or entities are those whose design and/or production include an act of the hand of man.
  • an “epitope” refers to a surface or region on a molecule that is capable of interacting with components of the immune system, including, but not limited to antibodies.
  • an epitope when referring to a protein or protein module, an epitope may comprise a linear stretch of amino acids or a three dimensional structure formed by folded amino acid chains.
  • expression of a nucleic acid sequence refers to one or more of the following events: (1) production of an RNA template from a DNA sequence (e.g., by transcription); (2) processing of an RNA transcript (e.g., by splicing, editing, 5′ cap formation, and/or 3′ end processing); (3) translation of an RNA into a polypeptide or protein; (4) folding of a polypeptide or protein; and (5) post-translational modification of a polypeptide or protein.
  • Extracellular matrix refers to the area surrounding cells and/or the area between cells that typically comprises structural proteins as well as cell signaling molecules.
  • Components of the extracellular matrix may include, but are not limited to proteins, nucleic acids, membranes, lipids and sugars that may be directly or indirectly associated with structural components of the extracellular environments.
  • Structural components of the extracellular matrix may include, but are not limited to proteins, polysaccharides (e.g. hyaluronic acid,) glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans (e.g.
  • Such structural components may include, but are not limited to fibrous components (e.g. collagens and elastins,) fibrillins, fibronectin, laminins, agrin, perlecan, decorin and the like.
  • fibrous components e.g. collagens and elastins,
  • fibrillins e.g. collagens and elastins,
  • fibronectin e.g. fibronectin
  • laminins e.g., laminins, agrin, perlecan, decorin and the like.
  • Other proteins that may be components of the extracellular matrix include and LTBPs.
  • Extracellular matrix components may also include growth factors and/or modulators of growth factor activity.
  • Feature refers to a characteristic, a property, or a distinctive element.
  • a “formulation” includes at least a compound and/or composition of the present invention and a delivery agent.
  • fragments of proteins may comprise polypeptides obtained by digesting full-length protein isolated from cultured cells.
  • a fragment of a protein includes at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250 or more amino acids.
  • fragments of an antibody include portions of an antibody subjected to enzymatic digestion or synthesized as such.
  • a “functional” biological molecule is a biological entity with a structure and in a form in which it exhibits a property and/or activity by which it is characterized.
  • homology refers to the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g. between nucleic acid molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or between polypeptide molecules.
  • polymeric molecules are considered to be “homologous” to one another if their sequences are at least 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% identical or similar.
  • the term “homologous” necessarily refers to a comparison between at least two sequences (polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences).
  • two polynucleotide sequences are considered to be homologous if the polypeptides they encode are at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or even 99% for at least one stretch of at least about 20 amino acids.
  • homologous polynucleotide sequences are characterized by the ability to encode a stretch of at least 4-5 uniquely specified amino acids. For polynucleotide sequences less than 60 nucleotides in length, homology is typically determined by the ability to encode a stretch of at least 4-5 uniquely specified amino acids.
  • two protein sequences are considered to be homologous if the proteins are at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% identical for at least one stretch of at least about 20 amino acids.
  • homologous protein may show a large overall degree of homology and a high degree of homology over at least one short stretch of at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more amino acids.
  • homologous proteins share one or more characteristic sequence elements.
  • characteristic sequence element refers to a motif present in related proteins. In some embodiments, the presence of such motifs correlates with a particular activity (such as biological activity).
  • identity refers to the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g., between oligonucleotide molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or between polypeptide molecules. Calculation of the percent identity of two polynucleotide sequences, for example, may be performed by aligning the two sequences for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second nucleic acid sequences for optimal alignment and non-identical sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes).
  • the length of a sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or 100% of the length of the reference sequence.
  • the nucleotides at corresponding nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position.
  • the percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which needs to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences.
  • the comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm.
  • the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences can be determined using methods such as those described in Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A. M., ed., Oxford University Press, New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects, Smith, D. W., ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, 1987; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I, Griffin, A. M., and Griffin, H. G., eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; and Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M.
  • the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences can be determined, for example using the algorithm of Meyers and Miller (CABIOS, 1989, 4:11-17), which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4.
  • the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences can, alternatively, be determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package using an NWSgapdna.CMP matrix.
  • Methods commonly employed to determine percent identity between sequences include, but are not limited to those disclosed in Carillo, H., and Lipman, D., SIAM J Applied Math., 48:1073 (1988); incorporated herein by reference. Techniques for determining identity are codified in publicly available computer programs. Exemplary computer software to determine homology between two sequences include, but are not limited to, GCG program package, Devereux, J., et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 12(1), 387 (1984)), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA Altschul, S. F. et al., J. Molec. Biol., 215, 403 (1990)).
  • Inhibit expression of a gene means to cause a reduction in the amount of an expression product of the gene.
  • the expression product may be RNA transcribed from the gene (e.g. mRNA) or a polypeptide translated from mRNA transcribed from the gene.
  • mRNA RNA transcribed from the gene
  • polypeptide translated from mRNA transcribed from the gene e.g. a polypeptide translated from the gene.
  • a reduction in the level of mRNA results in a reduction in the level of a polypeptide translated therefrom.
  • the level of expression may be determined using standard techniques for measuring mRNA or protein.
  • in vitro refers to events that occur in an artificial environment, e.g., in a test tube or reaction vessel, in cell culture, in a Petri dish, etc., rather than within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe).
  • an artificial environment e.g., in a test tube or reaction vessel, in cell culture, in a Petri dish, etc., rather than within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe).
  • in vivo refers to events that occur within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe or cell or tissue thereof).
  • Isolated As used herein, the term “isolated” is synonymous with “separated”, but carries with it the inference separation was carried out by the hand of man.
  • an isolated substance or entity is one that has been separated from at least some of the components with which it was previously associated (whether in nature or in an experimental setting). Isolated substances may have varying levels of purity in reference to the substances from which they have been associated. Isolated substances and/or entities may be separated from at least about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or more of the other components with which they were initially associated.
  • isolated agents are more than about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about 99% pure.
  • a substance is “pure” if it is substantially free of other components.
  • substantially isolated By “substantially isolated” is meant that the compound is substantially separated from the environment in which it was formed or detected. Partial separation can include, for example, a composition enriched in the compound of the present disclosure. Substantial separation can include compositions containing at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 97%, or at least about 99% by weight of the compound of the present disclosure, or salt thereof. Methods for isolating compounds and their salts are routine in the art. In some embodiments, isolation of a substance or entity includes disruption of chemical associations and/or bonds. In some embodiments, isolation includes only the separation from components with which the isolated substance or entity was previously combined and does not include such disruption.
  • a linker refers to a moiety that connects two or more domains, moieties or entities.
  • a linker may comprise 10 or more atoms.
  • a linker may comprise a group of atoms, e.g., 10-1,000 atoms, and can be comprised of the atoms or groups such as, but not limited to, carbon, amino, alkylamino, oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, carbonyl, and imine.
  • a linker may comprise one or more nucleic acids comprising one or more nucleotides.
  • the linker may comprise an amino acid, peptide, polypeptide or protein.
  • a moiety bound by a linker may include, but is not limited to an atom, a chemical group, a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleobase, a sugar, a nucleic acid, an amino acid, a peptide, a polypeptide, a protein, a protein complex, a payload (e.g., a therapeutic agent), or a marker (including, but not limited to a chemical, fluorescent, radioactive or bioluminescent marker).
  • the linker can be used for any useful purpose, such as to form multimers or conjugates, as well as to administer a payload, as described herein.
  • linker examples include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amido, amino, ether, thioether, ester, alkylene, heteroalkylene, aryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which can be optionally substituted, as described herein.
  • linkers include, but are not limited to, unsaturated alkanes, polyethylene glycols (e.g., ethylene or propylene glycol monomeric units, e.g., diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, or tetraethylene glycol), and dextran polymers, Other examples include, but are not limited to, cleavable moieties within the linker, such as, for example, a disulfide bond (—S—S—) or an azo bond (—N ⁇ N—), which can be cleaved using a reducing agent or photolysis.
  • a disulfide bond —S—S—
  • azo bond —N ⁇ N—
  • Non-limiting examples of a selectively cleavable bonds include an amido bond which may be cleaved for example by the use of tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine (TCEP), or other reducing agents, and/or photolysis, as well as an ester bond which may be cleaved for example by acidic or basic hydrolysis.
  • TCEP tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine
  • Modified refers to a changed state or structure of a molecule or entity as compared with a parent or reference molecule or entity.
  • Molecules may be modified in many ways including chemically, structurally, and functionally.
  • compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are modified by the introduction of non-natural amino acids.
  • mutations refers to a change and/or alteration.
  • mutations may be changes and/or alterations to proteins (including peptides and polypeptides) and/or nucleic acids (including polynucleic acids).
  • mutations comprise changes and/or alterations to a protein and/or nucleic acid sequence. Such changes and/or alterations may comprise the addition, substitution and or deletion of one or more amino acids (in the case of proteins and/or peptides) and/or nucleotides (in the case of nucleic acids and or polynucleic acids).
  • mutations comprise the addition and/or substitution of amino acids and/or nucleotides
  • such additions and/or substitutions may comprise 1 or more amino acid and/or nucleotide residues and may include modified amino acids and/or nucleotides.
  • Naturally occurring means existing in nature without artificial aid, or involvement of the hand of man.
  • Niche refers to a place, zone and/or habbitat.
  • niches comprise cellular niches.
  • the term “cell niche” refers to a unique set of physiologic conditions in a cellular system within a tissue, organ or organ system within or derived from a mammalian organism. A cell niche may occur in vivo, in vitro, ex vivo, or in situ. Given the complex nature and the dynamic processes involved in growth factor signaling, a cell niche may be characterized functionally, spatially or temporally or may be used to refer to any environment that encompasses one or more cells.
  • a cell niche includes the environment of any cell adjacent to another cell that provides support, such as for example a nurse cell.
  • niches may include those described in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • Non-human vertebrate includes all vertebrates except Homo sapiens , including wild and domesticated species.
  • non-human vertebrates include, but are not limited to, mammals, such as alpaca, banteng, bison, camel, cat, cattle, deer, dog, donkey, gayal, goat, guinea pig, horse, llama, mule, pig, rabbit, reindeer, sheep water buffalo, and yak.
  • Off-target refers to any unintended effect on any one or more target, gene and/or cellular transcript.
  • operably linked refers to a functional connection between two or more molecules, constructs, transcripts, entities, moieties or the like.
  • Paratope As used herein, a “paratope” refers to the antigen-binding site of an antibody.
  • Passive adsorption refers to a method of immobilizing solid-phase reactants on one or more surfaces (e.g. membranes, dishes, culture dishes, assay plates, etc.) Immobilization typically occurs due to affinity between such reactants and surface components.
  • patient refers to a subject who may seek or be in need of treatment, requires treatment, is receiving treatment, will receive treatment, or a subject who is under care by a trained (e.g., licensed) professional for a particular disease or condition.
  • Peptide refers to a chain of amino acids that is less than or equal to about 50 amino acids long, e.g., about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 amino acids long.
  • compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • compositions As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” as used herein, refers to any ingredient other than active agents (e.g., as described herein) present in pharmaceutical compositions and having the properties of being substantially nontoxic and non-inflammatory in subjects. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are vehicles capable of suspending and/or dissolving active agents.
  • Excipients may include, for example: antiadherents, antioxidants, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes (colors), emollients, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, preservatives, printing inks, sorbents, suspending or dispersing agents, sweeteners, and waters of hydration.
  • antiadherents antioxidants, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes (colors), emollients, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, preservatives, printing inks, sorbents, suspending or dispersing agents, sweeteners, and waters of hydration.
  • excipients include, but are not limited to: butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate (dibasic), calcium stearate, croscarmellose, crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, citric acid, crospovidone, cysteine, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol, methionine, methylcellulose, methyl paraben, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, povidone, pregelatinized starch, propyl paraben, retinyl palmitate, shellac, silicon dioxide, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium citrate, sodium starch glycolate, sorbitol, starch (corn), stearic acid, sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin C,
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein are forms of the disclosed compounds wherein the acid or base moiety is in its salt form (e.g., as generated by reacting a free base group with a suitable organic acid).
  • Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like.
  • Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pe
  • alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable salt is prepared from a parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods.
  • such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17 th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418 , Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use , P. H. Stahl and C. G.
  • solvates refers to a crystalline form of a compound wherein molecules of a suitable solvent are incorporated in the crystal lattice.
  • solvates may be prepared by crystallization, recrystallization, or precipitation from a solution that includes organic solvents, water, or a mixture thereof.
  • solvents examples include ethanol, water (for example, mono-, di-, and tri-hydrates), N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), N,N′-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N′-dimethylacetamide (DMAC), 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone (DMEU), 1,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-(1H)-pyrimidinone (DMPU), acetonitrile (ACN), propylene glycol, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, 2-pyrrolidone, benzyl benzoate, and the like.
  • NMP N-methylpyrrolidinone
  • DMSO dimethyl sulfoxide
  • DMF N,N′-dimethylformamide
  • DMAC N,N′-dimethylacetamide
  • DMEU 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone
  • DMPU 1,
  • the solvate When water is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a “hydrate.”
  • the solvent incorporated into a solvate is of a type or at a level that is physiologically tolerable to an organism to which the solvate is administered (e.g., in a unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition).
  • Pharmacokinetic refers to any one or more properties of a molecule or compound as it relates to the determination of the fate of substances administered to living organisms. Pharmacokinetics are divided into several areas including the extent and rate of absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion. This is commonly referred to as ADME where: (A) Absorption is the process of a substance entering the blood circulation; (D) Distribution is the dispersion or dissemination of substances throughout the fluids and tissues of the body; (M) Metabolism (or Biotransformation) is the irreversible transformation of parent compounds into daughter metabolites; and (E) Excretion (or Elimination) refers to the elimination of the substances from the body. In rare cases, some drugs irreversibly accumulate in body tissue.
  • Physicochemical means of or relating to a physical and/or chemical property.
  • the term “preventing” refers to partially or completely delaying onset of an infection, disease, disorder and/or condition; partially or completely delaying onset of one or more symptoms, features, or clinical manifestations of a particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition; partially or completely delaying onset of one or more symptoms, features, or manifestations of a particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition; partially or completely delaying progression from an infection, a particular disease, disorder and/or condition; and/or decreasing the risk of developing pathology associated with the infection, the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Prodrug The present disclosure also includes prodrugs of the compounds described herein.
  • prodrugs refer to any substance, molecule or entity which is in a form predicate for that substance, molecule or entity to act as a therapeutic upon chemical or physical alteration.
  • Prodrugs may be covalently bonded or sequestered in some way until converted into the active drug moiety prior to, upon or after administration to a mammalian subject.
  • Prodrugs can be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds.
  • Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group respectively.
  • Preparation and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design , ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Proliferate As used herein, the term “proliferate” means to grow, expand, replicate or increase or cause to grow, expand, replicate or increase. “Proliferative” means having the ability to proliferate. “Anti-proliferative” means having properties counter to or in opposition to proliferative properties.
  • Protein of interest As used herein, the terms “proteins of interest” or “desired proteins” include those provided herein and fragments, mutants, variants, and alterations thereof.
  • Proximal As used herein, the term “proximal” means situated nearer to the center or to a point or region of interest.
  • purify means to make substantially pure or clear from unwanted components, material defilement, admixture or imperfection. “Purified” refers to the state of being pure. “Purification” refers to the process of making pure.
  • region refers to a zone or general area.
  • a region when referring to a protein or protein module, a region may comprise a linear sequence of amino acids along the protein or protein module or may comprise a three dimensional area, an epitope and/or a cluster of eptiopes.
  • regions comprise terminal regions.
  • terminal region refers to regions located at the ends or termini of a given agent.
  • terminal regions may comprise N- and/or C-termini. N-termini refer to the end of a protein comprising an amino acid with a free amino group.
  • N- and/or C-terminal regions refer to the end of a protein comprising an amino acid with a free carboxyl group.
  • N- and/or C-terminal regions may there for comprise the N- and/or C-termini as well as surrounding amino acids.
  • N- and/or C-terminal regions comprise from about 3 amino acid to about 30 amino acids, from about 5 amino acids to about 40 amino acids, from about 10 amino acids to about 50 amino acids, from about 20 amino acids to about 100 amino acids and/or at least 100 amino acids.
  • N-terminal regions may comprise any length of amino acids that includes the N-terminus, but does not include the C-terminus.
  • C-terminal regions may comprise any length of amino acids, that include the C-terminus, but do not comprise the N-terminus.
  • Region of antibody recognition refers to one or more regions on one or more antigens or between two or more antigens that are specifically recognized and bound by corresponding antibodies.
  • regions of antibody recognition may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or at least 10 amino acid residues.
  • regions of antibody recognition comprise a junction between two proteins or between two domains of the same protein that are in close proximity to one another.
  • sample refers to an aliquot or portion taken from a source and/or provided for analysis or processing.
  • a sample is from a biological source such as a tissue, cell or component part (e.g. a body fluid, including but not limited to blood, mucus, lymphatic fluid, synovial fluid, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva, amniotic fluid, amniotic cord blood, urine, vaginal fluid and semen).
  • a biological source such as a tissue, cell or component part (e.g. a body fluid, including but not limited to blood, mucus, lymphatic fluid, synovial fluid, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva, amniotic fluid, amniotic cord blood, urine, vaginal fluid and semen).
  • a sample may be or comprise a homogenate, lysate or extract prepared from a whole organism or a subset of its tissues, cells or component parts, or a fraction or portion thereof, including but not limited to, for example, plasma, serum, spinal fluid, lymph fluid, the external sections of the skin, respiratory, intestinal, and genitourinary tracts, tears, saliva, milk, blood cells, tumors, organs.
  • a sample is or comprises a medium, such as a nutrient broth or gel, which may contain cellular components, such as proteins or nucleic acid molecule.
  • a “primary” sample is an aliquot of the source.
  • a primary sample is subjected to one or more processing (e.g., separation, purification, etc.) steps to prepare a sample for analysis or other use.
  • Signal Sequences refers to a sequence which can direct the transport or localization of a protein.
  • a “single unit dose” is a dose of any therapeutic administered in one dose/at one time/single route/single point of contact, i.e., single administration event.
  • a single unit dose is provided as a discrete dosage form (e.g., a tablet, capsule, patch, loaded syringe, vial, etc.).
  • Similarity refers to the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g. between polynucleotide molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or between polypeptide molecules. Calculation of percent similarity of polymeric molecules to one another can be performed in the same manner as a calculation of percent identity, except that calculation of percent similarity takes into account conservative substitutions as is understood in the art.
  • split dose As used herein, a “split dose” is the division of single unit dose or total daily dose into two or more doses.
  • Stable refers to a compound or entity that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and preferably capable of formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • Stabilized As used herein, the term “stabilize”, “stabilized,” “stabilized region” means to make or become stable. In some embodiments, stability is measured relative to an absolute value. In some embodiments, stability is measured relative to a reference compound or entity.
  • subject refers to any organism to which a composition in accordance with the invention may be administered, e.g., for experimental, diagnostic, prophylactic, and/or therapeutic purposes.
  • Typical subjects include animals (e.g., mammals such as mice, rats, rabbits, non-human primates, and humans) and/or plants.
  • the term “substantially” refers to the qualitative condition of exhibiting total or near-total extent or degree of a characteristic or property of interest.
  • One of ordinary skill in the biological arts will understand that biological and chemical phenomena rarely, if ever, go to completion and/or proceed to completeness or achieve or avoid an absolute result.
  • the term “substantially” is therefore used herein to capture the potential lack of completeness inherent in many biological and chemical phenomena.
  • Substantially equal As used herein as it relates to time differences between doses, the term means plus/minus 2%.
  • Substantially simultaneously As used herein and as it relates to plurality of doses, the term typically means within about 2 seconds.
  • Susceptible to An individual who is “susceptible to” a disease, disorder, and/or condition has not been diagnosed with and/or may not exhibit symptoms of the disease, disorder, and/or condition but harbors a propensity to develop a disease or its symptoms.
  • an individual who is susceptible to a disease, disorder, and/or condition may be characterized by one or more of the following: (1) a genetic mutation associated with development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (2) a genetic polymorphism associated with development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (3) increased and/or decreased expression and/or activity of a protein and/or nucleic acid associated with the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (4) habits and/or lifestyles associated with development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (5) a family history of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; and (6) exposure to and/or infection with a microbe associated with development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • an individual who is susceptible to a disease, disorder, and/or condition will develop the disease, disorder, and/or condition. In some embodiments, an individual who is susceptible to a disease, disorder, and/or condition will not develop the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Synthetic means produced, prepared, and/or manufactured by the hand of man. Synthesis of polynucleotides or polypeptides or other molecules of the present invention may be chemical or enzymatic.
  • Targeted cells refers to any one or more cells of interest.
  • the cells may be found in vitro, in vivo, in situ or in the tissue or organ of an organism.
  • the organism may be an animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human and most preferably a patient.
  • Target site refers to a region or area targeted by a given compound, composition or method of the invention. Target sites may include, but are not limited to cells, tissues, organs, organ systems, niches and the like.
  • therapeutic agent refers to any agent that, when administered to a subject, has a therapeutic, diagnostic, and/or prophylactic effect and/or elicits a desired biological and/or pharmacological effect.
  • therapeutically effective amount means an amount of an agent to be delivered (e.g., nucleic acid, drug, therapeutic agent, diagnostic agent, prophylactic agent, etc.) that is sufficient, when administered to a subject suffering from or susceptible to an infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition, to treat, improve symptoms of, diagnose, prevent, and/or delay the onset of the infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is provided in a single dose.
  • a therapeutically effective amount is administered in a dosage regimen comprising a plurality of doses.
  • a unit dosage form may be considered to comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a particular agent or entity if it comprises an amount that is effective when administered as part of such a dosage regimen.
  • therapeutically effective outcome means an outcome that is sufficient in a subject suffering from or susceptible to an infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition, to treat, improve symptoms of, diagnose, prevent, and/or delay the onset of the infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Total daily dose As used herein, a “total daily dose” is an amount given or prescribed in a 24 hr period. It may be administered as a single unit dose.
  • transcription factor refers to a DNA-binding protein that regulates transcription of DNA into RNA, for example, by activation or repression of transcription. Some transcription factors effect regulation of transcription alone, while others act in concert with other proteins. Some transcription factor can both activate and repress transcription under certain conditions. In general, transcription factors bind a specific target sequence or sequences highly similar to a specific consensus sequence in a regulatory region of a target gene. Transcription factors may regulate transcription of a target gene alone or in a complex with other molecules.
  • treating refers to partially or completely alleviating, ameliorating, improving, relieving, delaying onset of, inhibiting progression of, reducing severity of, and/or reducing incidence of one or more symptoms or features of a particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • “treating” cancer may refer to inhibiting survival, growth, and/or spread of a tumor.
  • Treatment may be administered to a subject who does not exhibit signs of a disease, disorder, and/or condition and/or to a subject who exhibits only early signs of a disease, disorder, and/or condition for the purpose of decreasing the risk of developing pathology associated with the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Unmodified refers to any substance, compound or molecule prior to being changed in any way. Unmodified may, but does not always, refer to the wild type or native form of a biomolecule or entity. Molecules or entities may undergo a series of modifications whereby each modified product may serve as the “unmodified” starting molecule or entity for a subsequent modification.
  • articles such as “a,” “an,” and “the” may mean one or more than one unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. Claims or descriptions that include “or” between one or more members of a group are considered satisfied if one, more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context.
  • the invention includes embodiments in which exactly one member of the group is present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process.
  • the invention includes embodiments in which more than one, or the entire group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process.
  • any particular embodiment of the present invention that falls within the prior art may be explicitly excluded from any one or more of the claims. Since such embodiments are deemed to be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, they may be excluded even if the exclusion is not set forth explicitly herein. Any particular embodiment of the compositions of the invention (e.g., any nucleic acid or protein encoded thereby; any method of production; any method of use; etc.) can be excluded from any one or more claims, for any reason, whether or not related to the existence of prior art.
  • Protein expression is carried out using 293E cells.
  • 293E cells are HEK293 cells stably expressing EBNA1 (Epstein-Barr virus nuclear antigen-1). These cells are human cells that post-translationally modify proteins with human-like structures (e.g. glycans). Such cells are easily transfectable and scalable and are able to grow to high densities in suspension culture.
  • 293E cells are grown in serum-free medium to facilitate down-stream purification.
  • Some of the proteins produced comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more detectable labels for purification [e.g. polyhistidine tag, flag tag (DYKDDDDK; SEQ ID NO: 265), etc.] Proteins are N-terminally labeled, C-terminally labeled and/or biotinylated.
  • Some of the proteins produced comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site (LEVLFQGP; SEQ ID NO: 266) Such sites allow for cleavage between residues Q and G of the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including with rhinovirus 3C protease. Cleavage sites are introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • Sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention are cloned into pTT5 vectors (NRC Biotechnology Research Institute, Quebec, Québec.) for transfection into cells.
  • pTT5 vectors NEC Biotechnology Research Institute, Quebec, Québec.
  • Such vectors are small ( ⁇ 4.4 kb), facilitate transient transfection, comprise a strong CMV promoter for robust protein synthesis and comprise an oriP for episomal replication in EBNA1-expressing cells.
  • Antibodies are generated in knockout mice, lacking the gene that encodes for desired target antigens. Such mice are not tolerized to target antigens and therefore generate antibodies against such antigens that may cross react with human and mouse forms of the antigen.
  • host mice are immunized with recombinant proteins to elicit lymphocytes that specifically bind to these proteins. Lymphocytes are collected and fused with immortalized cell lines. The resulting hybridoma cells are cultured in a suitable culture medium with selection agents to support the growth of only fused cells.
  • Desired hybridoma cell lines are then identified through binding specificity analysis of the secreted antibodies for the target peptide and clones of these cells are subcloned through limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods. Antibodies produced by these cells are isolated and purified from the culture medium by standard immunoglobulin purification procedures
  • Recombinant antibodies are produced using the hybridoma cells produced above. Heavy and light chain variable region cDNA sequences of the antibodies are determined using standard biochemical techniques. Total RNA are extracted from antibody-producing hybridoma cells and converted to cDNA by reverse transcriptase (RT) polymerase chain reaction (PCR). PCR amplification is carried out on the resulting cDNA using primers specific for amplification of the heavy and light chain sequences. PCR products are then subcloned into plasmids for sequence analysis. Once sequenced, antibody coding sequences are placed into expression vectors. For humanization, coding sequences for human heavy and light chain constant domains are used to substitute for homologous murine sequences. The resulting constructs are transfected into mammalian cells capable of large scale translation.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be produced using high throughput methods of discovery.
  • Synthetic antibodies are designed by screening target antigens using a phage display library.
  • the phage display libraries are composed of millions to billions of phage particles, each expressing a unique Fab antibody fragment or single chain variable fragment (scFv) on their viral coat.
  • scFv single chain variable fragment
  • the cDNA encoding each fragment contains the same sequence with the exception of a unique sequence encoding the variable loops of the complementarity determining regions (CDRs).
  • the V H chains of the CDR are expressed as a fusion protein, linked to the N-terminus of the viral pIII coat protein.
  • V L chain is expressed separately and assembles with the V H chain in the periplasm prior to incorporation of the complex into the viral coat.
  • Target antigens are incubated, in vitro, with members of phage display libraries and bound phage particles are precipitated.
  • the cDNA encoding the CDRs of the bound Fab subunits is sequenced from the bound phage.
  • the cDNA sequence is directly incorporated into antibody sequences for recombinant antibody production, or mutated and utilized for further optimization through in vitro affinity maturation.
  • Fabs capable of binding target antigens are identified using the libraries described above and high affinity mutants are derived from these through the process of affinity maturation.
  • Affinity maturation technology is used to identify sequences encoding CDRs that have the highest affinity for the target antigen.
  • the CDR sequences isolated using the phage display library selection process described above are mutated randomly as a whole or at specific residues to create a millions to billions of variants. These variants are expressed in Fab antibody fragment fusion proteins in a phage display library and screened for their ability to bind the target antigen.
  • Several rounds of selection, mutation and expression are carried out to identify antibody fragment sequences with the highest affinity for the target antigen. These sequences can be directly incorporated into antibody sequences for recombinant antibody production.
  • Recombinant proteins are synthesized according to the method of Example 1 or obtained from commercial sources. Recombinant proteins expressed include those listed in Table 17.
  • Antibodies are generated according to the methods described in Example 2, which bind to recombinant proteins expressed and are subjected to screening to identify antibodies with desired binding properties. ELISA assays are used initially to identify antibody candidates that demonstrate affinity for desired antigens, while showing reduced or no affinity for undesired antigens.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with prodomains (with or without ligand) and decrease TGF- ⁇ signaling.
  • ELISA plates are coated with neutravidin and incubated with biotinylated proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S recombinant proteins.
  • miscellaneous elements e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements.
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with human TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP C4S and/or TGF- ⁇ 1 growth factor.
  • Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with biotinylated muproTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S.
  • Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for detection (e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins.
  • Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S are further assessed for their ability to stabilize TGF- ⁇ 1 GPCs.
  • Cells expressing GPCs and/or ⁇ v ⁇ 6 integrin are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF- ⁇ -responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity.
  • Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells).
  • affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments.
  • Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to stabilize alternative TGF- ⁇ GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3) and TGF- ⁇ 1 GPCs from other
  • antibodies directed to proTGF- ⁇ 1 LAP C4S are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with LAP and increase TGF- ⁇ 1 free growth factor levels and/or signaling. ELISA plates are coated with neutravidin and incubated with biotinylated proTGF- ⁇ 1 LAP C4S recombinant proteins. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g.
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements.
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with human TGF- ⁇ 1 growth factor.
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with human TGF- ⁇ 1 C4S.
  • Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with biotinylated muTGF- ⁇ 1 LAP C4S.
  • Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for detection (e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins.
  • enzymes for detection e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric
  • Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF- ⁇ 1 LAP C4S are further assessed for their ability to release TGF- ⁇ 1 from GPCs.
  • Cells expressing GPCs and/or ⁇ v ⁇ 6 integrin are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF- ⁇ -responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity. Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells).
  • affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments.
  • Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to elevate free growth factor relative to latent growth factor with alternative TGF- ⁇ GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3) and TGF- ⁇ 1 GPCs from other species.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with LTBP are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with prodomains and decrease TGF- ⁇ signaling. ELISA plates are coated with neutravidin and incubated with biotinylated proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with LTBP1S antibody pools and incubated with recombinant proteins comprising one or more detectable labels. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites), coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements.
  • miscellaneous elements e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with human TGF- ⁇ 1 growth factor.
  • Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with muproTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with LTBP1S.
  • Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for detection (e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins.
  • Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with LTBP are further assessed for their ability to stabilize TGF- ⁇ 1 GPCs against activation by ⁇ v ⁇ 6 expressed on cells.
  • Cells expressing GPCs and/or ⁇ v ⁇ 6 integrin are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF- ⁇ -responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity. Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells).
  • affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments.
  • Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to stabilize alternative TGF- ⁇ GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3) and TGF- ⁇ 1 GPCs from other species.
  • Antibodies directed to TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP complexed with sGARP are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with LAP, but not with free GARP and for their ability to increase TGF- ⁇ 1 free growth factor levels and/or signaling. ELISA plates are coated neutravidin followed by incubation with biotinylated TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP complexed with sGARP antibody pools and incubated with recombinant proteins comprising one or more detectable labels. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g.
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements.
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with sGARP.
  • Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with muTGF- ⁇ 1 LAP complexed with sGARP.
  • Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for detection (e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins.
  • Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP complexed with sGARP are further assessed for their ability to release TGF- ⁇ 1 from GPCs.
  • Cells expressing GPCs and/or ⁇ v ⁇ 6 integrin are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF- ⁇ -responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity.
  • Antibodies are also tested for the ability to activate T-cell specific TGF- ⁇ -dependent gene expression.
  • FoxP3 is a transcription factor expressed in T-cells, known to be immunomodulatory. It is known to be regulated by TGF- ⁇ associated with T-cell surface GARP. Cells expressing GPCs as well as GARP are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of EL4 cells comprising FoxP3 reporter constructs.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with sGARP are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with prodomains and decrease TGF- ⁇ signaling. ELISA plates are coated neutravidin, followed by incubation with biotinylated proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with sGARP antibody pools and incubated with recombinant proteins comprising one or more detectable labels. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites), coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements.
  • miscellaneous elements e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites
  • coated ELISA plates are incubated with human sGARP.
  • Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with muproTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with sGARP.
  • Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for colorimetric detection (e.g. horseradish peroxidase) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins.
  • Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with sGARP are further assessed for their ability to stabilize TGF- ⁇ 1 GPCs.
  • Cells expressing GPCs are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF- ⁇ -responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity.
  • Antibodies are also tested for the ability to reduce T-cell specific TGF- ⁇ -dependent gene expression.
  • Cells expressing GPCs as well as GARP are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of EL4 cells comprising FoxP3 reporter constructs.
  • Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells).
  • affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments.
  • Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to stabilize alternative TGF- ⁇ GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3) and TGF- ⁇ 1 GPCs from other species.
  • TGF- ⁇ family members For chimeric protein design, the alignment of TGF- ⁇ family members was constructed to identify conserved structural features and the degree of conservation of these features ( FIGS. 8A-8G .) Comparison between N-terminal region sequences revealed higher levels of conservation among N-terminal regions of the prodomain. Based on this sequence alignment and structural features of these protein modules, a generic chimeric design strategy for TGF- ⁇ family members was adopted, such that chimeras were designed where the ARM domains are swapped (either the entire ARM domain, or subsets of the ARM domain as indicated) among family members.
  • chimeras comprising protein modules of TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2 and/or TGF- ⁇ 3
  • alignment of the three was carried out using standard approaches, and these sequence alignments were used to create a homology model comparing TGF- ⁇ 2 and TGF- ⁇ 3 to the crystal structure of porcine TGF- ⁇ 1 (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF-beta structure and activation. Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9.)
  • the sequence of TGF- ⁇ 2 or TGF- ⁇ 3 was modeled based on the template structure and sequence alignment along with the satisfaction of standard spatial restraints using standard procedures.
  • steric clash refers to an interaction between two or more entities and/or moieties that is disruptive to the shape and/or conformation of each entity, each moiety or an entity comprising the two or more moieties participating in the interaction.
  • Three dimensional modeling revealed possible steric clashes between the latency loop of TGF- ⁇ 2 and the mature growth factor of TGF- ⁇ 1.
  • the TGF- ⁇ 2 latency loop comprises a D-Y-P amino acid sequence, the side chains of which may overlap with regions of the TGF- ⁇ 1 growth factor.
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 The activation mechanism for TGF- ⁇ 2 remains to be fully understood. Activation may be dependent upon one or more associations between the TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loop and ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 integrin.
  • chimeric proteins are synthesized comprising GPCs comprising TGF- ⁇ 1 wherein protein modules comprising the sequence SGRRGDLATI (SEQ ID NO:242) are substituted with protein modules comprising TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loops comprising the sequence GTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKK (SEQ ID NO:180)
  • SGRRGDLATI SGRRGDLATI
  • TGF- ⁇ 2 trigger loops comprising the sequence GTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKK
  • HEK293 or Sw-480 cells are transfected with or without ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 integrin in addition to either GPCs comprising TGF- ⁇ 2, GPCs comprising TGF- ⁇ 1 Trigger Loop (short) ⁇ 2 and/or GPCs comprising mutant TGF- ⁇ 2 (as non-active controls) wherein trigger loops comprise the mutations Y240A, D245A and/or Q246A. Reporter cell lines are used to detect growth factor release.
  • Binding between ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 and TGF- ⁇ 2 as well as subsequent growth factor release is not well understood in the art. If the residues involved in this association can be elucidated, antibodies designed to disrupt ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 -TGF- ⁇ 2 association may be developed and used to specifically target TGF- ⁇ 2 growth factor release.
  • Mutant constructs as well as chimeras comprising altered forms of TGF- ⁇ 2 are tested by activation assay so that the ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 binding site on TGF- ⁇ 2 may be mapped. This is done by generating TGF- ⁇ 1/TGF- ⁇ 2 chimeras with deletion and/or mutation of amino acid residues in or around the trigger loop (in some embodiments, comprising the amino acid sequence FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTP; SEQ ID NO: 65) or with residue-specific mutations to alanine. In some cases, TGF- ⁇ 1 or TGF- ⁇ 3 may or may not serve as negative controls for ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 binding.
  • recombinant proteins used for ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 binding site mapping may include those listed in Table 18. These include proTGF- ⁇ 2-M1, proTGF- ⁇ 2-M2, proTGF- ⁇ 2-M3, proTGF- ⁇ 2-M4 and proTGF- ⁇ 2-M5 comprising amino acid deletions within the trigger loop. Also included is proTGF- ⁇ 2-M6 comprising mutation of two residues, Ile-Asp, to Phe-Thr. Finally, a chimeric protein is included which comprises TGF- ⁇ 2 wherein a portion of the trigger loop has been substituted with a portion of the trigger loop from TGF- ⁇ 1.
  • Cells HEK293 or Sw-480 cells
  • GPCs comprising TGF- ⁇ 2
  • GPCs comprising alanine substitution mutations for each residue in the trigger loop (wherein each GPC tested comprises a single substitution,) one of the recombinant proteins listed in Table 18 and/or GPCs comprising inactive mutants of TGF- ⁇ 2 (as non-active controls).
  • Reporter cell lines are used to detect growth factor release in media samples taken from the transfected cells. Results are used to determine which residues within the trigger loop are necessary for ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 -dependent TGF- ⁇ 2 growth factor release.
  • TGF- ⁇ family members A multiple sequence alignment of TGF- ⁇ family members was adapted from Shi et. al. 2011 (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF-beta structure and activation. Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9.)
  • the sequences of human TGF- ⁇ 1, TGF- ⁇ 2, TGF- ⁇ 3, GDF-11, Inhibin Beta A, Inhibin Alpha A, BMP9, BMP2, BMP4, BMP7, BMP6, BMP8A, Lefty1, and murine TGF- ⁇ 1, GDF11, GDF8 and cynomolgous monkey TGF- ⁇ 1, and GDF8 were added to the alignment using standard methods, and the sequences included the full-length proteins (excluding signal peptide sequences) ( FIGS. 8A-8G .)
  • C 2 C 12 murine myoblasts (ATCC, Manassas, Va.) are cultured in Dulbecco's modified essential medium (DMEM; Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) prior to carrying out the assay. The percentage of FBS is varied and/or replaced with bovine serum albumin (BSA) at varying concentrations.
  • DMEM Dulbecco's modified essential medium
  • FBS fetal bovine serum
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • Cell proliferation assays are conducted in uncoated 96-well plates. C 2 C 12 cultures are seeded at 1000 cells per well. After allowing the cells to attach for 16 hours, myostatin test media is added. Recombinant human myostatin (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) is used for standard curve generation.
  • the supernatant from 293E cells overexpressing myostatin is added, following treatment with experimental antibodies. All samples are run in replicates of 8. Plates are incubated for 72 hours in an atmosphere of 37° C. and 5% CO 2 . Proliferation is assessed using a CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.) whereby cell lysis generates a luminescent signal proportional to the amount of ATP present, which is directly proportional to the number of cells present in culture (Thomas, M. et al., Myostatin, a negative regulator of muscle growth, functions by inhibiting myoblast proliferation. 2000. 275(51):40235-43.)
  • Recombinant GPCs of the present invention are N-terminally biotinylated and incubated on streptavidin/avidin-coated culture surfaces. Cells expressing various integrins are added to the cell culture surfaces and cultured for 24 hours. Media are removed and added to growth factor reporter cell cultures that express luciferase in response to growth factor activity. After 24 hours, cells are washed, lysed and analyzed for luciferase activity.
  • Cells (293-6E cells) expressing His-tagged proteins are cultured in serum-free medium (FreeStyle F17 medium, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 4 mM glutamine, 0.1% Pluronic F68 and 25 ⁇ g/ml G418. Once their viability drops below 50%, tissue culture supernatant is collected and cleared by centrifugation for 10 minutes at 200 ⁇ gravity at 4° C. Supernatant is then filtered by passing it through a 0.22 or 0.45 ⁇ m pore filter. Filtered supernatant is combined with Tris, NaCl and NiCl 2 for a final concentration of 50 mM Tris pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl and 0.5 mM NiCl 2 .
  • Ni-NTA resin Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.
  • This combined solution is then stirred at 4° C. using a suspended magnetic stir bar (to prevent grinding of Ni-NTA agarose.)
  • Ni-NTA resin is next collected by centrifugation at 200 ⁇ gravity at 4° C. for 10 minutes.
  • the column is washed with 15 column volumes (CV) of wash buffer (20 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl and 20 mM imidazole.) An aliquot of the last wash is collected for analysis. The column is then eluted with 3 CV of elution buffer (20 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl and 300 mM imidazole) and 1/3 column volume fractions are collected for analysis.
  • CV column volumes
  • the absorbance at 280 nm is measured in each of the eluted fractions collected and compared to the absorbance at 280 nm of blank elution buffer. Earlier fractions typically have negative absorption due to the imidazole gradient; however, fractions containing higher amounts of protein have positive values. Collected fractions are then run on SDS-PAGE for analysis and relevant fractions are pooled for further purification.
  • TGF- ⁇ family members The structure-based alignment of TGF- ⁇ family members was used to construct three-dimensional models of potential chimeric proteins comprising combinations of modules from GDF-8 and GDF-11 using the Schrodinger Bioluminate software.
  • a chimeric model of GDF-8 comprising an arm region of GDF-11 (SEQ ID NO:216) revealed a region of potential steric clash involving GDF-11 residue F95.
  • F95 from the GDF-11 arm causes destabilization of the ⁇ 2 helix of the chimeric GPC. Therefore, GDF8/GDF11/Activin chimeras were designed so that the ARM region of the chimera contains the ⁇ 2 helix.
  • Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) analysis is carried out to assess antibody binding.
  • 96-well ELISA assay plates are coated with neutravidin, a deglycosylated version of streptavidin with a more neutral pI.
  • Target proteins are expressed with or without histidine (His) tags and subjected to biotinylation.
  • Biotinylated target proteins are incubated with neutravidin-coated ELISA assay plates for two hours at room temperature and unbound proteins are removed by washing three times with wash buffer (25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA, 0.05% TWEEN®-20.) Primary antibodies being tested are added to each well and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 1 hour or more.
  • Unbound antibody is then removed by washing three times with wash buffer. Secondary antibodies capable of binding to primary antibodies being tested and conjugated with detectable labels are then incubated in each well for 30 minutes at room temperature. Unbound secondary antibodies are removed by washing three times with wash buffer. Finally, bound secondary antibodies are detected by enzymatic reaction, fluorescence detection and/or luminescence detection, depending on the detectable label present on secondary antibodies being detected.
  • Antibody panel diversity is measured by epitope diversity as opposed to diversity of antibody sequences. Both solid-phase phage enrichment strategies as well as solution-phase enrichment strategies are employed.
  • Target antigens are subjected to biophysical characterization prior to use, including reducing and non-reducing SDS-PAGE to establish purity and size exclusion chromatography (SEC) to establish acceptable aggregation levels. Additionally, functional assays are carried out to verify target antigen bioactivity.
  • SEC size exclusion chromatography
  • Final candidates are expressed as bivalent antibody constructs, purified and k off for each are determined.
  • Cell-based functional assays are used to characterize purified bivalent antibodies.
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind proGDF-8 and block release of mature growth factor.
  • Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant proGDF-8 is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated proGDF-8 is used for solution-phase enrichment.
  • Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% are dimeric species.
  • binding to six antigens is assessed (proGDF-8, GDF-8 prodomain, GDF-8 growth factor, murine proGDF-8, proGDF-11 and proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S.)
  • Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind the prodomain of GDF-11 and activate the release of mature growth factor.
  • Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant GDF-11 prodomain is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated GDF-11 prodomain is used for solution-phase enrichment.
  • Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% are monomeric species.
  • TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-sGARP TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-sGARP
  • Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant biotinylated TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-sGARP is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-sGARP is used for solution-phase enrichment.
  • Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% of the species comprise dimeric TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP complexed with monomeric sGARP.
  • binding to eight antigens is assessed (TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-sGARP, proTGFb1-sGARP, sGARP, TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP C4S, proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S, LTBP1-proTGFb1, ICAM-1 N-His, ICAM-1 C-His.)
  • Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind to the complex formed by proTGF- ⁇ 1 and GARP (proTGF- ⁇ 1-GARP) and inhibit release of mature growth factor.
  • Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant biotinylated proTGF- ⁇ 1-sGARP is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated proTGF- ⁇ 1-GARP is used for solution-phase enrichment.
  • Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% of the species comprise dimeric proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with monomeric sGARP.
  • binding to eight antigens is assessed (proTGF- ⁇ 1-GARP, TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP, proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S, proTGF- ⁇ 1/LTBP1S complex, TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-sGARP, sGARP, ICAM-1 C-His, ICAM-1 N-His.)
  • Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with LTBP1S (proTGF- ⁇ 1-LTBP1S) and inhibit release of mature growth factor.
  • Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant proTGF- ⁇ 1-LTBP1S is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated proTGF- ⁇ 1-LTBP1S is used for solution-phase enrichment.
  • Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% of the species comprise dimeric proTGF- ⁇ 1 complexed with monomeric LTBP1S.
  • ELISA analysis of enriched clones binding to eight antigens is assessed (proTGF- ⁇ 1-LTBP1S, TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP, TGF- ⁇ 1 growth factor, proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S, murine proTGF- ⁇ 1-LTBP1S, LTBP1S, GDF-8 prodomain and proTGF- ⁇ 2.)
  • Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind proTGF- ⁇ 1 and inhibit the release of mature growth factor.
  • Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant proTGF- ⁇ 1 is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated proTGF- ⁇ 1 is used for solution-phase enrichment. Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% are dimeric species.
  • TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP TGF- ⁇ 1 growth factor
  • proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S murine proTGF- ⁇ 1 C4S
  • Example 20 Identification of Pan-Specific Antibodies that Activate the Release of TGF- ⁇ 1 from proTGF- ⁇ 1
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP and activate the release of mature growth factor.
  • Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP C4S is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP C4S is used for solution-phase enrichment.
  • Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% are dimeric species.
  • Neonatal mice are immunized according to the methods of Oida et al (Oida, T. et al., TGF- ⁇ induces surface LAP expression on Murine CD4 T cells independent of FoxP3 induction. PLOS One. 2010. 5(11):e15523, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) TGF- ⁇ -deficient neonatal mice receive galectin-1 injections to prolong survival (typically 3-4 weeks after birth in these mice.) Cells stably producing antigenic proteins (e.g.
  • proTGF- ⁇ 1-GARP or TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-GARP 1-4 ⁇ 106 cells in 10-25 ⁇ l PBS) or purified antigenic proteins are used to immunize the mice every other day by intraperitoneal injection for 10 days beginning on the 8 th day after birth.
  • Spleen cells are harvested on day 22 after birth.
  • Harvested spleen cells are fused with SP 2/0 myeloma cells.
  • Resulting hybridoma cells are assessed for successful production of anti-proTGF- ⁇ 1 antibodies.
  • proTGF- ⁇ 1 expression was carried out with or without His-tagged LTBP1S or sGARP according to the methods of Example 10.
  • proTGF- ⁇ 1 expressed without LTBP1S or sGARP comprised C4S mutation to prevent prodomain association with these factors and an N-terminal His tag.
  • Purified proteins were analyzed by SDS-PAGE under either reducing or non-reducing conditions (to maintain protein dimers or complexes).
  • FIG. 11 depicts the results indicating successful expression of these proteins and protein complexes.
  • Pro B-cell lymphoma cell lines were developed that stably express both (membrane-bound) GARP and proTGF- ⁇ 1 or TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP.
  • Membrane-associated GARP was cloned into pYD7 vector (NRC Canada, Ottawa, Calif.) while proTGF- ⁇ 1 and TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP were cloned into pcDNA3.1 vectors (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) These vectors allow for blasticidin and G418-based selection, respectively.
  • Pre-B-cell lymphoma-derived cells from BALB/c swiss mice (referred to herein as 300.19 cells) were transfected with empty vector control or GARP with coexpression of either proTGF- ⁇ 1 or TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP and selected with G418 plus blasticidin. Resistant cells were subcloned and single colonies were selected. Cells cultured from resulting cell lines were probed with antibodies (conjugated with fluorescent particles) directed to expressed proteins and examined by flow cytometry for fluorescence intensity.
  • FIG. 12 displays fluorescence intensity data collected from resulting cells. Baseline values associated with cells transfected with empty vector control are shown in FIG. 12A , while elevated fluorescence intensity in FIGS.
  • 12B and 12C indicate cell surface expression of GARP complexes. Quantification of surface-expressed proteins was carried out through additional analyses in which the same fluorescently labeled cells used to generate the data depicted in FIG. 12 , were examined by flow cytometry alongside beads with defined antibody binding capacity for the generation of a standard curve. These beads were labeled with the same antibodies used for labeling cells and fluorescence values obtained were used to extrapolate the number of antibodies bound to surface expressed proteins. 300.19 cells expressing proTGF- ⁇ 1-GARP were determined to express about 83,000 copies/cell, while 300.19 cells expressing TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-GARP were determined to express about 66,000 copies/cell.
  • TGF- ⁇ 1 activity was assessed by luminometry.
  • Results indicate that conditioned media from cells expressing empty vectors and TGF- ⁇ 1 LAP-GARP complexes were unable to induce luciferase expression when compared to baseline values, while conditioned media from cells expressing proTGF- ⁇ 1-GARP displayed an enhanced ability to induce luciferase expression (see FIG. 12D .)
  • NIH 3T3 mouse fibroblasts are developed that stably express proTGF- ⁇ 1-LTBP1. These secreted proteins bind to the cell surface or are deposited in the extracellular matrix.
  • Recombinant LTBP3 proteins are expressed with or without various modules, fragments, N-terminal secretion signal sequences (e.g. SEQ ID NO: 257) and/or N- or C-terminal histidine tags. Modules included in some expressed proteins include those listed in Table 19.
  • LTBP3 modules SEQ ID Protein Sequence NO LTBP3 EGF-like DIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLL 274 domain, module 1 ECVDVDECLDESNCRNGVCENTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQ RQCLSP LTBP3 EGF-like DVDECQDPAACRPGRCVNLPGSYRCECRPPWVPGPSGRDC 275 domain, module 2 QLP LTBP3 EGF-like DIDECSQDPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQH 276 domain, module 3 GCE LTBP3 EGF-like DIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLL 277 domain, module 4 ECV TB domain, module 1 KKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHC 278 EIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCP TB domain, module 2 DVCWSQRGEDGMCAGPLAGPLAGP
  • LTBP3 fragments included in some expressed proteins include those listed in Table 20.
  • L3-TB3TB4 isoform 1 KKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHC 280 EIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDE CMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVD VDECLDESNCRNGVCENTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQRQCL SPEEMDVDECQDPAACRPGRCVNLPGSYRCECRPPWVPGP SGRDCQLPESPAERAPERRDVCWSQRGEDGMCAGPLAGP ALTFDDCCCRQGRGWGAQCRPCPPRGAGSHCPTSQSE L3-TB3TB4 isoform 2 KKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQECCCSLGAGWGDHC 281 EIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDE CMLFGSEICKEGKCV
  • L3-TB3TB4 isoform 1 MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLGKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSV 286 LATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCP DGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNT QPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVDVDECLDESNCRNGVCE NTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQRQCLSPEEMDVDECQDPAAC RPGRCVNLPGSYRCECRPPWVPGPSGRDCQLPESPAERAPE RRDVCWSQRGEDGMCAGPLAGPALTFDDCCCRQGRGWG AQCRPCPPRGAGSHCPTSQSEHHHHHH L3-TB3TB4 isoform 2 MDMRVPAQLLGLLWFSGVLGKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSV 287 LATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDH
  • CAGA-luciferase assays are carried out to test antibodies that modulate GDF-8 activity.
  • a 50 ⁇ g/ml solution of fibronectin is prepared and 100 ⁇ l are added to each well of a 96-well plate. Plates are incubated for 30 min at room temperature before free fibronectin is washed away using PBS.
  • 293T cells comprising transient or stable expression of pGL4 (Promega, Madison, Wis.) under the control of a control promoter or promoter comprising smad1/2 responsive CAGA sequences are then used to seed fibronectin-coated wells (2 ⁇ 10 4 cell/well in complete growth medium.) The next day, cells are washed with 150 ⁇ l/well of cell culture medium with 0.1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) before treatment with GDF-8 with or without test antibody. Cells are incubated at 37° for 6 hours before detection of luciferase expression using BRIGHT-GLOTM reagent (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturer's instructions.
  • BSA bovine serum albumin
  • Lonza cells (Lonza, Basel, Switzerland) are plated in 24-well plates at 4 ⁇ 10 4 cells/well. The next day, cell media is replaced with differentiation media [dulbecco's modified eagle medium (DMEM)/F12 with 2% horse serum.] Varying concentrations of GDF-8 are also included in differentiation media in the presence or absence of test antibodies. Cells are then allowed to differentiate for 3 days.
  • differentiation media dulbecco's modified eagle medium (DMEM)/F12 with 2% horse serum.
  • Varying concentrations of GDF-8 are also included in differentiation media in the presence or absence of test antibodies. Cells are then allowed to differentiate for 3 days.
  • differentiation status of each well is analyzed through analysis of myogenin expression levels.
  • Cells from each treatment group are pooled and subjected to treatment using the Transcription Factor Buffer Set from BD Pharmingen (BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, N.J.), product number 562574 according to manufacturers instructions.
  • 5 ⁇ l of phycoerythrin (PE)-myogenin or 1.25 ⁇ l of PE-control are added to the cells and incubated at 4° C. for 50 mins. Cells are then washed and resuspended in FACS buffer before analysis of cellular fluorescence by FACS.
  • PE phycoerythrin
  • Antibodies are tested for the ability to modulate TGF- ⁇ activity using an HT2 cell proliferation assay.
  • HT2 cell proliferation in IL-4-containing medium is reduced in the presence of free TGF- ⁇ growth factor.
  • Antibodies with the ability to modulate free growth factor levels by stabilizing TGF- ⁇ GPCs or by promoting the release and/or accumulation of free growth factor may be tested using the HT2 culture system described here.
  • Cells expressing proTGF- ⁇ are co-cultured with cells expressing ⁇ v ⁇ 6 integrins. Cultures are treated with various concentrations of test antibody, purified TGF- ⁇ 1 (as a positive control) or anti-TGF- ⁇ antibody 1D11 (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) as a negative control.
  • HT2 cells are cultured in growth media (RPMI 1640, 10% FBS, 1% P/S, 4 mM Gln, 50 ⁇ M beta-mercaptoethanol and 10 ng/mL IL-2) at 1.5 ⁇ 10 5 cells/ml to ensure that cells are in log growth phase on the following day.
  • growth media RPMI 1640, 10% FBS, 1% P/S, 4 mM Gln, 50 ⁇ M beta-mercaptoethanol and 10 ng/mL IL-4.
  • growth media is removed from HT2 cell cultures and cells are washed with cytokine free media.
  • Diluted supernatants are added to each HT2 cell culture well and HT2 cells are cultured for 48 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO 2 .
  • Cell viability in the HT2 cell cultures is then determined using CELL-TITER GLO® reagent (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturers instructions. Results are obtained as relative light units (RLUs) which correlate with cell viability.
  • Histidine-tagged proGDF-8 was expressed according to the methods of Example 10. Purified proteins were analyzed by SDS-PAGE under either reducing or non-reducing conditions (to maintain protein dimers). FIG. 13 depicts the results indicating successful expression of these proteins and protein complexes.
  • Chimeric proteins are synthesized that comprise TGF- ⁇ 2 with arm region substitutions from TGF- ⁇ 1 and TGF- ⁇ 3.
  • the chimeric proteins also comprise N-terminal C5S mutations. These expressed chimeric proteins (listed in Table 22) have improved stability over some other chimeric proteins.
  • Protein Protein SEQ ID module 1 module 2 Chimeric Sequence NO TGF- ⁇ 2 TGF- ⁇ 1 SLSTSSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPE 293 LAP arm DYPEPEEVPPEVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPE region ADYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMF FNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVE LYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGV VRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDIN GFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHL QSSRHRR TGF- ⁇ 2 TGF- ⁇ 3 SLSTSSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPE 294 LAP arm DYPEPEEVPPEVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCT region QENTESEYYAKEIHKFDMIQGLAEHNE

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)

Abstract

Provided herein are proteins, antibodies, assays and methods useful for modulating growth factor levels and/or activities. In some embodiments, such growth factors are members of the TGF-β superfamily of proteins.

Description

    CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
  • This application is a divisional application of U.S. Utility application Ser. No. 14/795,033, filed Jul. 9, 2015 entitled Compositions and Methods for Growth Factor Modulation, which is a continuation of International Application No. PCT/US2014/036933, filed May 6, 2014 entitled Compositions and Methods for Growth Factor Modulation, which claims priority to U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/819,840 filed May 6, 2013, entitled Compositions and Methods for Growth Factor Modulation, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/823,552 filed May 15, 2013, entitled Compositions and Methods for Growth Factor Modulation and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/900,438 filed Nov. 6, 2013, entitled Compositions and Methods for Growth Factor Modulation, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
    • SEQUENCE LISTING
  • The instant application contains a Sequence Listing which has been submitted electronically in ASCII format and is hereby incorporated by reference in its entirety. Said ASCII copy, created on Jun. 17, 2016, is named 2035_1001USDIV_SL.txt and is 705,464 bytes in size.
    • FIELD OF THE INVENTION
  • Embodiments of the present invention may include recombinant proteins as well as antibodies directed to such proteins. In some embodiments, such proteins and antibodies may be related to the field of TGF-β family member biology.
    • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
  • Cell signaling molecules stimulate a variety of cellular activities. Such signaling is often tightly regulated, often through interactions with other biomolecules, the extracellular and/or cellular matrix or within a particular cell environment or niche. Such interactions may be direct or indirect.
  • Cell signaling cascades are involved in a number of diverse biological pathways including, but not limited to modulation of cell growth, modulation of tissue homeostasis, extracellular matrix (ECM) dynamics, modulation of cell migration, invasion and immune modulation/suppression. In some cases, proteins involved in cell signaling are synthesized and/or are sequestered in latent form, requiring stimulus of some kind to participate in signaling events. There remains a need in the art for agents, tools and methods for modulating cell signaling and/or cellular activities.
    • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides recombinant proteins comprising one or more TGF-β-related proteins comprising one or more protein modules selected from the group consisting of growth factor prodomain complexes (GPCs), latency associated peptides (LAPs), LAP-like domains, straight jacket regions, growth factor domains, fastener regions, furin cleavage site regions, arm regions, fingers regions, N-terminal regions for extracellular associations, latency loops, alpha 1 helical regions, alpha 2 helical regions, RGD sequence regions, trigger loop regions and bowtie regions. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules from a vertebrate species. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules comprising one or more mutations. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising one or more furin cleavage site regions. In some embodiments, such mutations may prevent enzymatic cleavage of recombinant proteins of the present invention. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising a mutation of the amino acid sequence RXXR to the amino acid sequence RXG. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising a mutation of the amino acid sequence RXXR to the amino acid sequence AXXA. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising N-terminal regions for extracellular associations. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more mutations comprising substitution and/or deletion of at least one cysteine residue present within about the first 4, 5, 6 or 7 N-terminal amino acid residues. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more substitution of at least one cysteine residue with at least one serine residue.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may be complexed with a protein selected from the group consisting of LTBP1, LTBP1S, LTBP2, LTBP3, LTBP4, fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3, fibrillin-4, GARP, LRRC33 and a combination or fragment thereof. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more detectable labels. Such detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides chimeric proteins comprising one or more protein modules from at least two TGF-β-related proteins wherein said protein modules may be selected from the group consisting of growth factor prodomain complexes (GPCs), latency associated peptides (LAPs), LAP-like domains, straight jacket regions, growth factor domains, fastener regions, furin cleavage site regions, arm regions, fingers regions, N-terminal regions for extracellular associations, latency loops, alpha 1 helical regions, RGD sequence regions, trigger loop regions, bowtie regions and any of those listed in Tables 2, 3 and 11. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules selected from one or more vertebrate species. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise GPCs. In some embodiments, such GPCs may comprise at least one LAP or LAP-like domain from a TGF-β family member and at least one growth factor domain from a TGF-β family member wherein the LAP or LAP-like domain and the growth factor domain are from different TGF-β family members. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise at least one LAP or LAP-like domain and at least one growth factor domain, each of which is selected from the group consisting of TGF-β1, TGF-β2, TGF-β3, GDF-8, GDF-11 and inhibin beta A. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more GPC wherein at least one N-terminal region is from a TGF-β family member, at least one C-terminal region is from a TGF-β family member and wherein the N-terminal region and C-terminal region are from different TGF-β family members. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise at least one N-terminal region and at least one C-terminal region selected from TGF-β1 terminal regions, TGF-β2 terminal regions, TGF-β3 terminal regions, GDF-8 terminal regions, GDF-11 terminal regions and inhibin beta A terminal regions. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise a GPC from at least one TGF-β family member comprising at least one arm region from a different TGF-β family member. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise a GPC comprising at least one TGF-β family member comprising at least one trigger loop region from a different TGF-β family member. In some embodiments, chimeric protein of the present invention may comprise any of the protein module combinations listed in Table 12.
  • In some embodiments, chimeric protein of the present invention may be complexed with a protein selected from the group consisting of LTBP1, LTBP1S, LTBP2, LTBP3, LTBP4, fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3, fibrillin-4, GARP and LRRC33 and a combination or fragment thereof. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more detectable labels. In some embodiments, such detectable labels may comprise at least one biotin label, polyhistidine tag and/or flag tag.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides an antibody directed to any of the recombinant proteins and/or chimeric proteins disclosed herein. In some embodiments, such antibodies comprise monoclonal antibodies. In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention are substantially isolated. In some embodiments, monoclonal antibodies of the present invention are stabilizing antibodies. In some embodiments, stabilizing antibodies of the present invention reduce the level of free growth factor relative to the level of growth factor associated with one or more GPC. In some embodiments, stabilizing antibodies may reduce growth factor-dependent cellular signaling. In some embodiments, monoclonal antibodies of the present invention may comprise releasing antibodies. Such antibodies may increase the level of free growth factor relative to the level of growth factor associated with one or more GPC. In some embodiments, releasing antibodies of the present invention may increase growth factor-dependent cellular signaling.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides compositions comprising one or more of any of the recombinant proteins, one or more of any of the chimeric proteins and/or one or more of any of the antibodies described herein combined with at least one excipient.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods of modulating the level of free growth factor in a subject or cell niche comprising the use of one or more compositions described herein. In some such methods, the level of growth factor signaling is modulated.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for selecting a desired antibody comprising the use of one or more assays, wherein such assays comprise one or more recombinant protein of the invention. Some such methods comprise the steps of 1) providing an antibody binding assay, 2) contacting the binding assay with one or more candidate antibodies, 3) obtaining binding data related to candidate antibody affinity for the one or more recombinant protein and 4) selecting a desired antibody based on the binding data. Binding assays according to such methods may include an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) and/or a fluorescence-associated cell sorting (FACS)-based assay. In some cases, recombinant proteins of such assays may be complexed with a protein selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 153-161 and 286-292 or complexed with a protein selected from the group consisting of LTBP1, LTBP1S, LTBP2, LTBP3, LTBP4, fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3, fibrillin-4, GARP, LRRC33, perlecan, decorin, elastin and collagen. In some cases, recombinant proteins may comprise a chimeric protein comprising an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 199-236 and 273.
  • Other methods of selecting a desired antibody may comprise the steps of 1) providing a growth factor activity assay, 2) contacting the growth factor activity assay with one or more candidate antibodies, 3) obtaining growth factor activity data and 4) selecting a desired antibody based on the growth factor activity data. Growth factor activity assays according to such methods may comprise cell-based assays selected from the group consisting of luciferase-based assays and proliferation assays. Such cell-based assays may comprise one or more expression cells that express one or more recombinant protein of the invention or a complex thereof. Such assays may further comprise one or more responsive cells that yield gene expression data and/or viability data.
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more of any of the recombinant proteins described herein, one or more of any of the chimeric proteins described herein and/or one or more of any of the antibodies described herein and at least one pharmaceutically excipient.
  • Some methods of the invention comprise treatment of a TGF-β-related indication in a subject comprising contacting said subject with a composition of the invention. TGF-β-related indications may include fibrotic indications (e.g. lung fibrosis, kidney fibrosis, liver fibrosis, cardiovascular fibrosis, skin fibrosis, and bone marrow fibrosis), myelofibrosis, cancer or cancer-related conditions (e.g. colon cancer, renal cancer, breast cancer, malignant melanoma and glioblastoma) and muscle disorders and/or injuries [e.g. cachexia, muscular dystrophy, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), motor neuron disease, trauma, neurodegenerative disease, infection, rheumatoid arthritis, immobilization, sarcopenia, inclusion body myositis and diabetes.]
  • In some embodiments, the invention provides a kit comprising a composition of the invention and instructions for use thereof.
    • BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
  • The foregoing and other objects, features and advantages will be apparent from the following description of particular embodiments of the invention, as illustrated in the accompanying drawings. The drawings are not necessarily to scale, emphasis instead being placed upon illustrating the principles of various embodiments of the invention.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram of the TGF-beta superfamily tree, where divergence is proportional to branch length.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic of one embodiment of a linear representation of a translated growth factor monomer. In such embodiments, translated growth factors may comprise secretion signal peptides, prodomains and growth factor domains. In embodiments according to embodiment depicted here, translated growth factors may also comprise a cleavage site between prodomain and growth factor regions.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic of one embodiment of a growth factor-prodomain complex (GPC) as well as an embodiment of a free growth factor dimer and a free latency associated peptide (LAP) dimer. The arrow indicates the ability of proteins according to this embodiment to alter between free and complexed forms.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic of one embodiment of a free LAP dimer and a free growth factor dimer with labeled features and/or protein modules.
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic of an embodiment of a recombinant GPC.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic of embodiments of mutant recombinant GPCs.
  • FIG. 7 depicts schematic representations of five recombinant proteins alone or in complex with LTBP or GARP.
  • FIGS. 8A-8G show structure-based alignment between TGF-β family member proteins (SEQ ID NOS 1, 117, 116, 296, 2-4, 137, 5, 131, 125, 6, 14, 21, 23-24, 27, 26, 28, and 10, respectively, in order of appearance) [adapted from Shi et al (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF-β structure and activation. Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)] Cysteine residues required for interaction with LTBPs and/or GARPs are boxed. Residues mutated in Camurati-Engelmann syndrome are indicated with a star. Protease cleavage sites are indicated with an up arrow. Protein modules and secondary structural elements are indicated with solid bars. Residues underlined at the N-terminus of GDF-8 correspond to alternatively predicted signal peptide processing sites. “Chimeric module breakpoints” indicate regions where structural features are conserved and provide modules for chimeric protein construction (swapping of modules between family members) in all family members. N-terminal regions are shown in FIGS. 8A and 8B, internal regions are shown in FIGS. 8C and 8D and C-terminal regions are shown in FIGS. 8E-8G.
  • FIGS. 9A-9C present 3 tables showing the percent identity between amino acid sequences found in the TGF-β family. FIG. 9A demonstrates percent identity among pro-proteins (prodomain and growth factor.) Percent identity among growth factor domains is presented in FIG. 9B while percent identity among prodomains is presented in FIG. 9C.
  • FIG. 10 presents an alignment conducted between GDF-8 (myostatin,) (SEQ ID NO: 5), GDF-11 (SEQ ID NO: 4), Inhibin A (SEQ ID NO: 6) and a GDF-8 dimer (SEQ ID NO: 297). Arrows indicate cleavage sites. Regions involved in internal interactions are boxed. Solid rectangles appear above residues predicted to be involved in steric clashes in chimeric constructs. Stars denote important break points in protein modules.
  • FIG. 11 depicts the expression and purification of recombinant antigens and antigen complexes (Coomassie Blue stained SDS-PAGE).
  • FIG. 12 presents results from analyses of cell lines stably expressing TGF-β1/GARP complexes. 300.19 cells stably transfected with empty vector control (A), proTGF-β1-GARP (B) or TGF-β1 LAP-GARP (C) were fluorescently labeled with antibodies directed to expressed proteins and examined for fluorescence intensity by flow cytometry. Luciferase assay data is presented in (D) showing TGF-β signaling activity resulting from co-culture of these cells with cells expressing αvβ6 integrin.
  • FIG. 13 depicts recombinant histidine-tagged proGDF-8, separated by SDS-PAGE under reducing and non-reducing conditions, as visualized by Coomassie staining.
    •  DETAILED DESCRIPTION
  • Growth factors are cell signaling molecules that stimulate a variety of cellular activities. Due to their broad-reaching influence within biological systems, growth factor signaling is tightly regulated, often through interactions with other biomolecules, the extracellular and/or cellular matrix or within a particular cell environment or niche. These interactions may be direct or indirect.
  • Growth factors of the transforming growth factor beta (TGF-β) family are involved in a variety of cellular processes. Growth factor binding to type II receptors leads to type I receptor phosphorylation and activation (Denicourt, C. et al., Another twist in the transforming growth factor β-induced cell-cycle arrest chronicle. PNAS. 2003. 100(26):15290-1.) Activated type I receptors may in turn phosphorylate receptor-associated SMADs (R-SMADs) promoting co-SMAD (e.g. SMAD4) dimer/trimer formation and nuclear translocation. SMAD complexes collaborate with cofactors to modulate expression of TGF-β family member target genes.
  • TGF-β family member signaling cascades are involved in a number of diverse biological pathways including, but not limited to inhibition of cell growth, tissue homeostasis, extracellular matrix (ECM) remodeling, endothelial to mesenchymal transition (EMT) in cell migration and invasion and immune modulation/suppression as well as in mesenchymal to epithelial transition. TGF-β signaling related to growth inhibition and tissue homeostasis may affect epithelial, endothelial, hematopoietic and immune cells through the activation of p21 and p15INK to mediate cell cycle arrest and repress myc. In relation to ECM remodeling, TGF-β signaling may increase fibroblast populations and ECM deposition (e.g. collagen). TGF-β signaling related to cell migration and invasion may affect epithelial and/or endothelial cells, inducing stem cell-like phenotypes. This aspect of signaling may play a role in smooth muscle cell proliferation following vascular surgery and/or stenting. In the immune system, TGF-β ligand is necessary for T regulatory cell function and maintenance of immune precursor cell growth and homeostasis. Nearly all immune cells comprise receptors for TGF-β and TGF-β knockout mice die postnataly due in part to inflammatory pathologies. Finally, TGF-β suppresses interferon gamma-induced activation of natural killer cells (Wi, J. et al., 2011. Hepatology. 53(4):1342-51, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • The recent solution of the crystal structure of the latent form of TGF-beta is a first for the entire TGF-beta family and offers deep insights into these complexes (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF-β structure and activation. Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9). Almost all signaling in the TGF-beta family goes through a common pathway whereby a dimeric ligand is recognized by a heterotetrameric receptor complex containing two type I and two type II receptors. Each receptor has a serine-threonine kinase domain. Type II receptors phosphorylate type I receptors, which in turn phosphorylate receptor-regulated Smads that translocate to and accumulate in the nucleus and regulate transcription.
  • There are 33 different members of the TGF-beta family in humans (FIG. 1). Members include the bone morphogenetic proteins (BMP), inhibin, activin, growth and differentiation factor (GDF), myostatin, nodal, anti-Mullerian hormone, and lefty proteins. A review of TGF-β family members, related signaling molecules as well as their relationships can be found in Massague, 2000. Nature Reviews Molecular Cell Biology. 1:169-78, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some embodiments, mature growth factors are synthesized along with their prodomains as single polypeptide chains (see FIG. 2). In some embodiments, such polypeptide chains may comprise cleavage sites for separation of prodomains from mature growth factors. In some embodiments, such cleavage sites are furin cleavage sites recognized and cleaved by proprotein convertases.
  • In general, homology among TGF-β family member growth factor domains is relatively high. Interestingly, prodomain homology is much lower. This lack of homology may be an important factor in altered growth factor regulation among family members. In some cases, prodomains may guide proper folding and/or dimerization of growth factor domains. Prodomains have very recently been recognized, in some cases, to have important functions in directing growth factors (after secretion) to specific locations in the extracellular matrix (ECM) and/or cellular matrix, until other signals are received that cause growth factor release from latency. Release from latency may occur in highly localized environments whereby growth factors may act over short distances (e.g. from about 1 cell diameter to about a few cell diameters, from about 2 cell diameters to about 100 cell diameters and/or from about 10 cell diameters to about 10,000 cell diameters) and cleared once they reach the circulation. Some growth factor-prodomain complexes are secreted as homodimers. In some embodiments, prodomain-growth factor complexes may be secreted as heterodimers.
  • As used herein, the term “TGF-β-related protein” refers to a TGF-β isoform, a TGF-β family member or a TGF-β family member-related protein. TGF-β family members may include, but are not limited to any of those shown in FIG. 1 and/or listed in Table 1. These include, but are not limited to TGF-β proteins, BMPs, myostatin, GDFs and inhibins. In some embodiments, the present invention provides tools and/or methods for isolating, characterizing and or modulating TGF-β-related proteins. Aspects of the present invention provide tools and/or methods for characterizing and/or modulating cellular activities related to TGF-β-related protein signaling. In other embodiments, tools of the present invention may comprise antigens comprising one or more components of one or more TGF-β-related proteins. Some tools may comprise antibodies directed toward antigens of the present invention. In additional embodiments, tools of the present invention may comprise assays for the detection and/or characterization of TGF-β-related proteins, the detection and/or characterization of antibodies directed toward TGF-β-related proteins and/or the detection and/or characterization of cellular activities and/or their cellular signaling related to TGF-β-related proteins.
    • Proteins of Interest
  • TGF-β-related proteins are involved in a number of cellular processes. In embryogenesis, the 33 members of the TGF-β family of proteins are involved in regulating major developmental processes and the details of the formation of many organs. Much of this regulation occurs before birth; however, the family continues to regulate many processes after birth, including, but not limited to immune responses, wound healing, bone growth, endocrine functions and muscle mass. TGF-β-related proteins are listed and described in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012; 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/823,552, filed May 15, 2013 the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • A list of exemplary TGF-β family pro-proteins, i.e. the protein after removal of the secretion signal sequence, is shown in Table 1. The pro-protein contains, and is the precursor of, the prodomain and the growth factor. Shown in the Table are the names of the originating TGF-β family member and the pro-protein sequence. Also identified in “bold” and “underlined” are proprotein convertase cleavage sites. Upon cleavage, the resulting prodomain retains this site, whereas the mature growth factor begins following the cleavage site. It is noted that Lefty1 and Lefty2 are not cleaved by proprotein convertases just prior to the start of the mature growth factor.
  • TABLE 1
    Pro-proteins of the TGF-beta family
    SEQ
    ID
    TGF Member Prodomain and growth factor Sequence NO
    TGF-β1 LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGPL 1
    PEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVLMV
    ETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRL
    LRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSF
    DVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFT
    TGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS RHRR ALD
    TNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFC
    LGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPL
    PIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β2 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEEV 2
    PPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVYKI
    DMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKAEF
    RVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVVKT
    RAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTFVP
    SNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSG
    KTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNR RKKR ALDAAYCFRNVQDN
    CCLRPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSSD
    TQHSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKIE
    QLSNMIVKSCKCS
    TGF-β3 SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPTVMTH 3
    VPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTESEYYAKEIH
    KFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRTNLFR
    AEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYIGGKNL
    PTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHCPCHTFQP
    NGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRLKKQKDHHN
    PHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQ RKKR ALDTNYCFRNLEENCC
    VRPLYIDFRQDLGWKWVHEPKGYYANFCSGPCPYLRSADTT
    HSTVLGLYNTLNPEASASPCCVPQDLEPLTILYYVGRTPKVE
    QLSNMVVKSCKCS
    GDF-11 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGE RSSR PAPSVAPEPDGCPV 4
    CVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKA
    PPLQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQET
    DPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRP
    ATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSG
    HWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLG
    PGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTK RSRR NLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYP
    LTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTH
    LVQQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGM
    VVDRCGCS
    GDF-8 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSKLRL 5
    (myostatin) ETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDD
    DYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKV
    VKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKL
    DMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGH
    DLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPK RSRR DFGLDCDEHST
    ESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQ
    KYPHTHLVHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIY
    GKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    Inhibin-beta A SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEMVEAVKKHI 6
    LNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLNAIRKLHVGKVGENGYVEI
    EDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFAESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSD
    LSVVERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLD
    TGEEAEEVGLKGERSELLLSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQR
    LLDQGKSSLDVRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGK
    KKGGGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHR RRRR
    GLECDGKVNICCKKQFFVSFKDIGWNDWIIAPSGYHANYCE
    GECPSHIAGTSGSSLSFHSTVINHYRMRGHSPFANLKSCCVPT
    KLRPMSMLYYDDGQNIIKKDIQNMIVEECGCS
    Inhibin-beta B SPTPPPTPAAPPPPPPPGSPGGSQDTCTSCGGFRRPEELGRVDG 7
    DFLEAVKRHILSRLQMRGRPNITHAVPKAAMVTALRKLHAG
    KVREDGRVEIPHLDGHASPGADGQERVSEIISFAETDGLASSR
    VRLYFFISNEGNQNLFVVQASLWLYLKLLPYVLEKGSRRKV
    RVKVYFQEQGHGDRWNMVEKRVDLKRSGWHTFPLTEAIQA
    LFERGERRLNLDVQCDSCQELAVVPVFVDPGEESHRPFVVV
    QARLGDSRHR IRKR GLECDGRTNLCCRQQFFIDFRLIGWND
    WIIAPTGYYGNYCEGSCPAYLAGVPGSASSFHTAVVNQYRM
    RGLNPGTVNSCCIPTKLSTMSMLYFDDEYNIVKRDVPNMIVE
    ECGCA
    Inhibin-beta C TPRAGGQCPACGGPTLELESQRELLLDLAKRSILDKLHLTQR 8
    PTLNRPVSRAALRTALQHLHGVPQGALLEDNREQECEIISFAE
    TGLSTINQTRLDFHFSSDRTAGDREVQQASLMFFVQLPSNTT
    WTLKVRVLVLGPHNTNLTLATQYLLEVDASGWHQLPLGPE
    AQAACSQGHLTLELVLEGQVAQSSVILGGAAHRPFVAARVR
    VGGKHQ IHRR GIDCQGGSRMCCRQEFFVDFREIGWHDWIIQ
    PEGYAMNFCIGQCPLHIAGMPGIAASFHTAVLNLLKANTAAG
    TTGGGSCCVPTARRPLSLLYYDRDSNIVKTDIPDMVVEACGCS
    Inhibin-beta E QGTGSVCPSCGGSKLAPQAERALVLELAKQQILDGLHLTSRP 9
    RITHPPPQAALTRALRRLQPGSVAPGNGEEVISFATVTDSTSA
    YSSLLTFHLSTPRSHHLYHARLWLHVLPTLPGTLCLRIFRWGP
    RRRRQGSRTLLAEHHITNLGWHTLTLPSSGLRGEKSGVLKLQ
    LDCRPLEGNSTVTGQPRRLLDTAGHQQPFLELKIRANEPGAG
    RARR RTPTCEPATPLCCRRDHYVDFQELGWRDWILQPEGYQ
    LNYCSGQCPPHLAGSPGIAASFHSAVFSLLKANNPWPASTSC
    CVPTARRPLSLLYLDHNGNVVKTDVPDMVVEACGCS
    Lefty1 LTGEQLLGSLLRQLQLKEVPTLDRADMEELVIPTHVRAQYV 10
    ALLQRSHGDRSRGKRFSQSFREVAGRFLALEASTHLLVFGM
    EQRLPPNSELVQAVLRLFQEPVPKAALHRHGRLSPRSARAR
    VTVEWLRVRDDGSNRTSLIDSRLVSVHESGWKAFDVTEAVN
    FWQQLSRPRQPLLLQVSVQREHLGPLASGAHKLVRFASQGA
    PAGLGEPQLELHTLDLGDYGAQGDCDPEAPMTEGTRCCRQE
    MYIDLQGMKWAENWVLEPPGFLAYECVGTCRQPPEALAFK
    WPFLGPRQCIASETDSLPMIVSIKEGGRTRPQVVSLPNMRVQ
    KCSCASDGALVPRRLQP
    Lefty2 LTEEQLLGSLLRQLQLSEVPVLDRADMEKLVIPAHVRAQYV 11
    VLLRRSHGDRSRGKRFSQSFREVAGRFLASEASTHLLVFGM
    EQRLPPNSELVQAVLRLFQEPVPKAALHRHGRLSPRSAQAR
    VTVEWLRVRDDGSNRTSLIDSRLVSVHESGWKAFDVTEAVN
    FWQQLSRPRQPLLLQVSVQREHLGPLASGAHKLVRFASQGA
    PAGLGEPQLELHTLDLRDYGAQGDCDPEAPMTEGTRCCRQE
    MYIDLQGMKWAKNWVLEPPGFLAYECVGTCQQPPEALAFN
    WPFLGPRQCIASETASLPMIVSIKEGGRTRPQVVSLPNMRVQ
    KCSCASDGALVPRRLQP
    GDF-15 LSLAEASRASFPGPSELHSEDSRFRELRKRYEDLLTRLRANQS 12
    WEDSNTDLVPAPAVRILTPEVRLGSGGHLHLRISRAALPEGLP
    EASRLHRALFRLSPTASRSWDVTRPLRRQLSLARPQAPALHL
    RLSPPPSQSDQLLAESSSARPQLELHLRPQAARGR RRAR ARN
    GDHCPLGPGRCCRLHTVRASLEDLGWADWVLSPREVQVTM
    CIGACPSQFRAANMHAQIKTSLHRLKPDTVPAPCCVPASYNP
    MVLIQKTDTGVSLQTYDDLLAKDCHCI
    Anti-Mullerian LLGTEALRAEEPAVGTSGLIFREDLDWPPGIPQEPLCLVALGG 13
    hormone DSNGSSSPLRVVGALSAYEQAFLGAVQRARWGPRDLATFGV
    CNTGDRQAALPSLRRLGAWLRDPGGQRLVVLHLEEVTWEPT
    PSLRFQEPPPGGAGPPELALLVLYPGPGPEVTVTRAGLPGAQS
    LCPSRDTRYLVLAVDRPAGAWRGSGLALTLQPRGEDSRLST
    ARLQALLFGDDHRCFTRMTPALLLLPRSEPAPLPAHGQLDTV
    PFPPPRPSAELEESPPSADPFLETLTRLVRALRVPPARASAPRL
    ALDPDALAGFPQGLVNLSDPAALERLLDGEEPLLLLLRPTAA
    TTGDPAPLHDPTSAPWATALARRVAAELQAAAAELRSLPGL
    PPATAPLLARLLALCPGGPGGLGDPLRALLLLKALQGLRVE
    WRGRDPRGPG RAQR SAGATAADGPCALRELSVDLRAERSV
    LIPETYQANNCQGVCGWPQSDRNPRYGNHVVLLLKMQVRG
    AALARPPCCVPTAYAGKLLISLSEERISAHHVPNMVATECGCR
    Inhibin-alpha CQGLELARELVLAKVRALFLDALGPPAVTREGGDPGVRRLP 14
    RRHALGGFTHRGSEPEEEEDVSQAILFPATDASCEDKSAARG
    LAQEAEEGLFRYMFRPSQHTRSRQVTSAQLWFHTGLDRQGT
    AASNSSEPLLGLLALSPGGPVAVPMSLGHAPPHWAVLHLATS
    ALSLLTHPVLVLLLRCPLCTCSARPEATPFLVAHTRTRPPSGG
    E RARR STPLMSWPWSPSALRLLQRPPEEPAAHANCHRVALN
    ISFQELGWERWIVYPPSFIFHYCHGGCGLHIPPNLSLPVPGAPP
    TPAQPYSLLPGAQPCCAALPGTMRPLHVRTTSDGGYSFKYET
    VPNLLTQHCACI
    GDF-1 PVPPGPAAALLQALGLRDEPQGAPRLRPVPPVMWRLFRRRD 15
    PQETRSGSRRTSPGVTLQPCHVEELGVAGNIVRHIPDRGAPTR
    ASEPASAAGHCPEWTVVFDLSAVEPAERPSRARLELRFAAAA
    AAAPEGGWELSVAQAGQGAGADPGPVLLRQLVPALGPPVR
    AELLGAAWARNASWPRSLRLALALRPRAPAACARLAEASLL
    LVTLDPRLCHPLA RPRR DAEPVLGGGPGGAC RARR LYVSFR
    EVGWHRWVIAPRGFLANYCQGQCALPVALSGSGGPPALNH
    AVLRALMHAAAPGAADLPCCVPARLSPISVLFFDNSDNVVL
    RQYEDMVVDECGCR
    GDF-3 QEYVFLQFLGLDKAPSPQKFQPVPYILKKIFQDREAAATTGV 16
    SRDLCYVKELGVRGNVLRFLPDQGFFLYPKKISQASSCLQKL
    LYFNLSAIKEREQLTLAQLGLDLGPNSYYNLGPELELALFLV
    QEPHVWGQTTPKPGKMFVLRSVPWPQGAVHFNLLDVAKD
    WNDNPRKNFGLFLEILVKEDRDSGVNFQPEDTCARLRCSLH
    ASLLVVTLNPDQCHPS RKRR AAIPVPKLSCKNLCHRHQLFIN
    FRDLGWHKWIIAPKGFMANYCHGECPFSLTISLNSSNYAFMQ
    ALMHAVDPEIPQAVCIPTKLSPISMLYQDNNDNVILRHYEDM
    VVDECGCG
    GDF-5 APDLGQRPQGTRPGLAKAEAKERPPLARNVFRPGGHSYGGG 17
    ATNANARAKGGTGQTGGLTQPKKDEPKKLPPRPGGPEPKPG
    HPPQTRQATARTVTPKGQLPGGKAPPKAGSVPSSFLLKKARE
    PGPPREPKEPFRPPPITPHEYMLSLYRTLSDADRKGGNSSVKL
    EAGLANTITSFIDKGQDDRGPVVRKQRYVFDISALEKDGLLG
    AELRILRKKPSDTAKPAAPGGGRAAQLKLSSCPSGRQPASLL
    DVRSVPGLDGSGWEVFDIWKLFRNFKNSAQLCLELEAWERG
    RAVDLRGLGFDRAARQVHEKALFLVFGRTKKRDLFFNEIKA
    RSGQDDKTVYEYLFSQR RKRR APLATRQGKRPSKNLKARCS
    RKALHVNFKDMGWDDWIIAPLEYEAFHCEGLCEFPLRSHLE
    PTNHAVIQTLMNSMDPESTPPTCCVPTRLSPISILFIDSANNVV
    YKQYEDMVVESCGCR
    GDF-6 FQQASISSSSSSAELGSTKGMRSRKEGKMQRAPRDSDAGREG 18
    QEPQPRPQDEPRAQQPRAQEPPGRGPRVVPHEYMLSIYRTYSI
    AEKLGINASFFQSSKSANTITSFVDRGLDDLSHTPLRRQKYLF
    DVSMLSDKEELVGAELRLFRQAPSAPWGPPAGPLHVQLFPCL
    SPLLLDARTLDPQGAPPAGWEVFDVWQGLRHQPWKQLCLE
    LRAAWGELDAGEAEARARGPQQPPPPDLRSLGFGRRVRPPQ
    ERALLVVFTRSQRKNLFAEMREQLGSAEAAGPGAGAEGSWP
    PPSGAPDARPWLPSPGR RRRR TAFASR HGKR HG KKSRL RCS
    KKPLHVNFKELGWDDWIIAPLEYEAYHCEGVCDFPLRSHLEP
    TNHAIIQTLMNSMDPGSTPPSCCVPTKLTPISILYIDAGNNVV
    YKQYEDMVVESCGCR
    GDF-7 RDGLEAAAVLRAAGAGPVRSPGGGGGGGGGGRTLAQAAGA 19
    AAVPAAAVPRARAARRAAGSGFRNGSVVPHHFMMSLYRSL
    AGRAPAGAAAVSASGHGRADTITGFTDQATQDESAAETGQS
    FLFDVSSLNDADEVVGAELRVLRRGSPESGPGSWTSPPLLLLS
    TCPGAARAPRLLYSRAAEPLVGQRWEAFDVADAMRRHRRE
    PRPPRAFCLLLRAVAGPVPSPLALRRLGFGWPGGGGSAAEER
    AVLVVSSRTQRKESLFREIRAQARALGAALASEPLPDPGTGT
    ASPRAVIGGR RRRR TALAGTRTAQGSGGGAGRGHG RRGR S
    RCSRKPLHVDFKELGWDDWIIAPLDYEAYHCEGLCDFPLRSH
    LEPTNHAIIQTLLNSMAPDAAPASCCVPARLSPISILYIDAANN
    VVYKQYEDMVVEACGCR
    BMP-10 SPIMNLEQSPLEEDMSLFGDVFSEQDGVDFNTLLQSMKDEFL 20
    KTLNLSDIPTQDSAKVDPPEYMLELYNKFATDRTSMPSANIIR
    SFKNEDLFSQPVSFNGLRKYPLLFNVSIPHHEEVIMAELRLYT
    LVQRDRMIYDGVDRKITIFEVLESKGDNEGERNMLVLVSGEI
    YGTNSEWETFDVTDAIRRWQKSGSSTHQLEVHIESKHDEAE
    DASSGRLEIDTSAQNKHNPLLIVFSDDQSSDKERKEELNEMIS
    HEQLPELDNLGLDSFSSGPGEEALLQMRSNIIYDSTA RIRR NA
    KGNYCKRTPLYIDFKEIGWDSWIIAPPGYEAYECRGVCNYPL
    AEHLTPTKHAIIQALVHLKNSQKASKACCVPTKLEPISILYLD
    KGVVTYKFKYEGMAVSECGCR
    BMP-9 (GDF-2) KPLQSWGRGSAGGNAHSPLGVPGGGLPEHTFNLKMFLENVK 21
    VDFLRSLNLSGVPSQDKTRVEPPQYMIDLYNRYTSDKSTTPA
    SNIVRSFSMEDAISITATEDFPFQKHILLFNISIPRHEQITRAELR
    LYVSCQNHVDPSHDLKGSVVIYDVLDGTDAWDSATETKTFL
    VSQDIQDEGWETLEVSSAVKRWVRSDSTKSKNKLEVTVESH
    RKGCDTLDISVPPGSRNLPFFVVFSNDHSSGTKETRLELREMI
    SHEQESVLKKLSKDGSTEAGESSHEEDTDGHVAAGSTLA RR
    KR SAGAGSHCQKTSLRVNFEDIGWDSWIIAPKEYEAYECKG
    GCFFPLADDVTPTKHAIVQTLVHLKFPTKVGKACCVPTKLSPI
    SVLYKDDMGVPTLKYHYEGMSVAECGCR
    Nodal TVATALLRTRGQPSSPSPLAYMLSLYRDPLPRADIIRSLQAED 22
    VAVDGQNWTFAFDFSFLSQQEDLAWAELRLQLSSPVDLPTE
    GSLAIEIFHQPKPDTEQASDSCLERFQMDLFTVTLSQVTFSLG
    SMVLEVTRPLSKWLKRPGALEKQMSRVAGECWPRPPTPPAT
    NVLLMLYSNLSQEQRQLGGSTLLWEAESSWRAQEGQLSWE
    WGK RHRR HHLPDRSQLCRKVKFQVDFNLIGWGSWIIYPKQ
    YNAYRCEGECPNPVGEEFHPTNHAYIQSLLKRYQPHRVPSTC
    CAPVKTKPLSMLYVDNGRVLLDHHKDMIVEECGCL
    BMP-2 LVPELGRRKFAAASSGRPSSQPSDEVLSEFELRLLSMFGLKQR 23
    PTPSRDAVVPPYMLDLYRRHSGQPGSPAPDHRLERAASRAN
    TVRSFHHEESLEELPETSGKTTRRFFFNLSSIPTEEFITSAELQV
    FREQMQDALGNNSSFHHRINIYEIIKPATANSKFPVTRLLDTR
    LVNQNASRWESFDVTPAVMRWTAQGHANHGFVVEVAHLE
    EKQGVSKRHV RISR SLHQDEHSWSQIRPLLVTFGHDGKGHPL
    HK REKR QAKHKQRKRLKSSCKRHPLYVDFSDVGWNDWIV
    APPGYHAFYCHGECPFPLADHLNSTNHAIVQTLVNSVNSKIP
    KACCVPTELSAISMLYLDENEKVVLKNYQDMVVEGCGCR
    BMP-4 GASHASLIPETGKKKVAEIQGHAGGRRSGQSHELLRDFEATL 24
    LQMFGLRRRPQPSKSAVIPDYMRDLYRLQSGEEEEEQIHSTG
    LEYPERPASRANTVRSFHHEEHLENIPGTSENSAFRFLFNLSSI
    PENEVISSAELRLFREQVDQGPDWERGFHRINIYEVMKPPAE
    VVPGHLITRLLDTRLVHHNVTRWETFDVSPAVLRWTREKQP
    NYGLAIEVTHLHQTRTHQGQHV RISR SLPQGSGNWAQLRPL
    LVTFGHDGRGHALTRRR RAKR SPKHHSQRARKKNKNCRRH
    SLYVDFSDVGWNDWIVAPPGYQAFYCHGDCPFPLADHLNST
    NHAIVQTLVNSVNSSIPKACCVPTELSAISMLYLDEYDKVVL
    KNYQEMVVEGCGCR
    BMP-5 DNHVHSSFIYRRLRNHERREIQREILSILGLPHRPRPFSPGKQA 25
    SSAPLFMLDLYNAMTNEENPEESEYSVRASLAEETRGARKG
    YPASPNGYPRRIQLSRTTPLTTQSPPLASLHDTNFLNDADMV
    MSFVNLVERDKDFSHQRRHYKEFRFDLTQIPHGEAVTAAEFR
    IYKDRSNNRFENETIKISIYQIIKEYTNRDADLFLLDTRKAQAL
    DVGWLVFDITVTSNHWVINPQNNLGLQLCAETGDGRSINVK
    SAGLVGRQGPQSKQPFMVAFFKASEVLL RSVR AANKRKNQ
    NRNKSSSHQDSSRMSSVGDYNTSEQKQACKKHELYVSFRDL
    GWQDWIIAPEGYAAFYCDGECSFPLNAHMNATNHAIVQTLV
    HLMFPDHVPKPCCAPTKLNAISVLYFDDSSNVILKKYRNMV
    VRSCGCH
    BMP-6 CCGPPPLRPPLPAAAAAAAGGQLLGDGGSPGRTEQPPPSPQS 26
    SSGFLYRRLKTQEKREMQKEILSVLGLPHRPRPLHGLQQPQP
    PALRQQEEQQQQQQLPRGEPPPGRLKSAPLFMLDLYNALSA
    DNDEDGASEGERQQSWPHEAASSSQRRQPPPGAAHPLNRKS
    LLAPGSGSGGASPLTSAQDSAFLNDADMVMSFVNLVEYDKE
    FSPRQRHHKEFKFNLSQIPEGEVVTAAEFRIYKDCVMGSFKN
    QTFLISIYQVLQEHQHRDSDLFLLDTRVVWASEEGWLEFDIT
    ATSNLWVVTPQHNMGLQLSVVTRDGVHVHPRAAGLVGRD
    GPYDKQPFMVAFFKVSEVHV RTTR SAS SRRR QQSRNRSTQS
    QDVARVSSASDYNSSELKTACRKHELYVSFQDLGWQDWIIA
    PKGYAANYCDGECSFPLNAHMNATNHAIVQTLVHLMNPEY
    VPKPCCAPTKLNAISVLYFDDNSNVILKKYRNMVVRACGCH
    BMP-7 DFSLDNEVHSSFIHRRLRSQERREMQREILSILGLPHRPRPHLQ 27
    GKHNSAPMFMLDLYNAMAVEEGGGPGGQGFSYPYKAVFST
    QGPPLASLQDSHFLTDADMVMSFVNLVEHDKEFFHPRYHHR
    EFRFDLSKIPEGEAVTAAEFRIYKDYIRERFDNETFRISVYQVL
    QEHLGRESDLFLLDSRTLWASEEGWLVFDITATSNHWVVNP
    RHNLGLQLSVETLDGQSINPKLAGLIGRHGPQNKQPFMVAFF
    KATEVHF RSIR STGSKQRSQNRSKTPKNQEALRMANVAENS
    SSDQRQACKKHELYVSFRDLGWQDWIIAPEGYAAYYCEGEC
    AFPLNSYMNATNHAIVQTLVHFINPETVPKPCCAPTQLNAISV
    LYFDDSSNVILKKYRNMVVRACGCH
    BMP-8A GGGPGLRPPPGCPQRRLGA RERR DVQREILAVLGLPGRPRPR 28
    APPAASRLPASAPLFMLDLYHAMAGDDDEDGAPAEQRLGR
    ADLVMSFVNMVERDRALGHQEPHWKEFRFDLTQIPAGEAVT
    AAEFRIYKVPSIHLLNRTLHVSMFQVVQEQSNRESDLFFLDL
    QTLRAGDEGWLVLDVTAASDCWLLKRHKDLGLRLYVETED
    GHSVDPGLAGLLGQRAPRSQQPFVVTFFRASPSPI RTPR AVR
    PLRRRQPKKSNELPQANRLPGIFDDVRGSHGRQVCRRHELYV
    SFQDLGWLDWVIAPQGYSAYYCEGECSFPLDSCMNATNHAI
    LQSLVHLMKPNAVPKACCAPTKLSATSVLYYDSSNNVILRK
    HRNMVVKACGCH
    BMP-8B GGGPGLRPPPGCPQRRLGA RERR DVQREILAVLGLPGRPRPR 29
    APPAASRLPASAPLFMLDLYHAMAGDDDEDGAPAERRLGRA
    DLVMSFVNMVERDRALGHQEPHWKEFRFDLTQIPAGEAVTA
    AEFRIYKVPSIHLLNRTLHVSMFQVVQEQSNRESDLFFLDLQT
    LRAGDEGWLVLDVTAASDCWLLKRHKDLGLRLYVETEDGH
    SVDPGLAGLLGQRAPRSQQPFVVTFFRASPSPI RTPR AVRPLR
    RRQPKKSNELPQANRLPGIFDDVHGSHGRQVCRRHELYVSF
    QDLGWLDWVIAPQGYSAYYCEGECSFPLDSCMNATNHAILQ
    SLVHLMMPDAVPKACCAPTKLSATSVLYYDSSNNVILRKHR
    NMVVKACGCH
    BMP-15 MEHRAQMAEGGQSSIALLAEAPTLPLIEELLEESPGEQPRKPR 30
    LLGHSLRYMLELYRRSADSHGHPRENRTIGATMVRLVKPLTS
    VARPHRGTWHIQILGFPLRPNRGLYQLVRATVVYRHHLQLT
    RFNLSCHVEPWVQKNPTNHFPSSEGDSSKPSLMSNAWKEMD
    ITQLVQQRFWNNKGHRILRLRFMCQQQKDSGGLELWHGTSS
    LDIAFLLLYFNDTHKSIRKAKFLPRGMEEFMERESLL RRTR Q
    ADGISAEVTASSSKHSGPENNQCSLHPFQISFRQLGWDHWIIA
    PPFYTPNYCKGTCLRVLRDGLNSPNHAIIQNLINQLVDQSVPR
    PSCVPYKYVPISVLMIEANGSILYKEYEGMIAESCTCR
    GDF-9 SQASGGEAQIAASAELESGAMPWSLLQHIDERDRAGLLPALF 31
    KVLSVGRGGSPRLQPDSRALHYMKKLYKTYATKEGIPKSNR
    SHLYNTVRLFTPCTRHKQAPGDQVTGILPSVELLFNLDRITTV
    EHLLKSVLLYNINNSVSFSSAVKCVCNLMIKEPKSSSRTLGRA
    PYSFTFNSQFEFGKKHKWIQIDVTSLLQPLVASNKRSIHMSIN
    FTCMKDQLEHPSAQNGLFNMTLVSPSLILYLNDTSAQAYHS
    WYSLHYKRRPSQGPDQERSLSAYPVGEEAAEDGRSSHH RHR
    R GQETVSSELKKPLGPASFNLSEYFRQFLLPQNECELHDFRLS
    FSQLKWDNWIVAPHRYNPRYCKGDCPRAVGHRYGSPVHTM
    VQNIIYEKLDSSVPRPSCVPAKYSPLSVLTIEPDGSIAYKEYED
    MIATKCTCR
    BMP-3 ERPKPPFPELRKAVPGDRTAGGGPDSELQPQDKVSEHMLRLY 32
    DRYSTVQAARTPGSLEGGSQPWRPRLLREGNTVRSFRAAAA
    ETLERKGLYIFNLTSLTKSENILSATLYFCIGELGNISLSCPVSG
    GCSHHAQRKHIQIDLSAWTLKFSRNQSQLLGHLSVDMAKSH
    RDIMSWLSKDITQLLRKAKENEEFLIGFNITSKGRQLPKRRLP
    FPEPYILVYANDAAISEPESVVSSLQGHRNFPTGTVPKWDSHI
    RAALSIERRKKRSTGVLLPLQNNELPGAEYQYKKDEVWEER
    KPYKTLQAQAPEKSKNK KKQR KGPHRKSQTLQFDEQTLK K
    ARR KQWIEPRNCARRYLKVDFADIGWSEWIISPKSFDAYYCS
    GACQFPMPKSLKPSNHATIQSIVRAVGVVPGIPEPCCVPEKMS
    SLSILFFDENKNVVLKVYPNMTVESCACR
    GDF-10 SHRAPAWSALPAAADGLQGDRDLQRHPGDAAATLGPSAQD 33
    MVAVHMHRLYEKYSRQGARPGGGNTVRSFRARLEVVDQK
    AVYFFNLTSMQDSEMILTATFHFYSEPPRWPRALEVLCKPRA
    KNASGRPLPLGPPTRQHLLFRSLSQNTATQGLLRGAMALAPP
    PRGLWQAKDISPIVKAARRDGELLLSAQLDSEERDPGVPRPS
    PYAPYILVYANDLAISEPNSVAVTLQRYDPFPAGDPEPRAAP
    NNSADPRVRRAAQATGPLQDNELPGLDERPPRAHAQHFHKH
    QLWPSPFRALKPRPGRKDRRKKGQEVFMAASQVLDFDEKT
    MQ KARR KQWDEPRVCSRRYLKVDFADIGWNEWIISPKSFDA
    YYCAGACEFPMPKIVRPSNHATIQSIVRAVGIIPGIPEPCCVPD
    KMNSLGVLFLDENRNVVLKVYPNMSVDTCACR
    GDNF FPLPAGKRPPEAPAEDRSLGRRRAPFALSSDSNMPEDYPDQF 34
    DDVMDFIQATIK RLKR SPDKQMAVLPRRERNRQAAAANPE
    NSRGKGRRGQRGKNRGCVLTAIHLNVTDLGLGYETKEELIFR
    YCSGSCDAAETTYDKILKNLSRNRRLVSDKVGQACCRPIAFD
    DDLSFLDDNLVYHILRKHSAKRCGCI
    NRTN IWMCREGLLLSHRLGPALVPLHRLPRTLDARIARLAQYRALL 35
    QGAPDAMELRELTPWAGRPPGPRRRAGP RRRR ARARLGAR
    PCGLRELEVRVSELGLGYASDETVLFRYCAGACEAAARVYD
    LGLRRLRQRRRLRRERVRAQPCCRPTAYEDEVSFLDAHSRY
    HTVHELSARECACV
    PSPN WGPDARGVPVADGEFSSEQVAKAGGTWLGTHRPLA RLRR A 36
    LSGPCQLWSLTLSVAELGLGYASEEKVIFRYCAGSCPRGART
    QHGLALARLQGQGRAHGGPCCRPTRYTDVAFLDDRHRWQR
    LPQLSAAACGCGG
    ARTN SLGSAPRSPAPREGPPPVLASPAGHLPGGRTARWCSG RARR P 37
    PPQPSRPAPPPPAPPSALP RGGRAAR AGGPGSRARAAGARGC
    RLRSQLVPVRALGLGHRSDELVRFRFCSGSCRRARSPHDLSL
    ASLLGAGALRPPPGSRPVSQPCCRPTRYEAVSFMDVNSTWRT
    VDRLSATACGCLG
  • It is noted that some prodomains may be cleaved by proprotein convertase enzymes. As used herein, the term “proprotein convertase” refers to an enzyme that cleaves a prodomain from a translated protein to facilitate protein maturation. Some proprotein convertases of the present invention include the subtilisin-like proprotein convertase (SPC) family member enzymes. The SPC family comprises calcium-dependent serine endoproteases that include, but are not limited to furin/PACE, PC1/3, PC2, PC4, PC5/6, PACE4 and PC7 (Fuller et al., 2009. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 50(12):5759-68, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) GDF-11 may in, in some cases, be cleaved by PC5/6. In some cases, proprotein convertases may cleave proproteins at additional sites, other than those indicated in Table 1. In some embodiments, pro-proteins may be cleaved at a first cleavage site (the first site being the site closest to the N-terminus). In other embodiments, pro-proteins may be cleaved at a cleavage site other than a first cleavage site. In some cases, proprotein convertase cleavage may occur intracellularly. In some cases, proprotein convertase cleavage may occur extracellularly.
  • Many TGF-β family member proteins are synthesized in conjunction with prodomains. Some prodomains may remain associated with growth factors after cleavage. Such associations may form latent growth factor-prodomain complexes (GPCs) that modulate the availability of growth factors for cell signaling. Growth factors may be released from latency in GPCs through associations with one or more extracellular proteins. In some cases, growth factor release may rely on force applied to GPCs through extracellular protein interactions. Such forces may pull from C-terminal and/or N-terminal regions of GPCs resulting in the release of associated growth factors.
  • In some TGF-β family members, the prodomain portion of the GPC is responsible for growth factor retention and blocking the interaction of retained growth factors with their receptors. Prodomain portions of GPCs that function in this regard are referred to as latency associated peptides (LAPs). TGF-β1, 2 and 3 are know to comprise LAPs. Some prodomains may comprise LAP-like domains. As used herein, the term “LAP-like domain” refers to prodomain portions of GPCs and/or free prodomains that may be structurally similar or synthesized in a similar manner to LAPs, but that may not function to prevent growth factor/receptor interactions. GDF-8 and GDF-11 prodomains comprise LAP-like domains.
  • Depending on a variety of factors, growth factors may be free or associated with one or more LAP or LAP-like domains. FIG. 3 is a schematic depicting an embodiment wherein a growth factor dimer may associate with a LAP dimer. In some embodiments, GPCs comprise protein modules necessary for different aspects of growth factor signaling, secretion, latency and/or release from latent GPCs. As used herein, the term “protein module” refers to any component, region and/or feature of a protein. Protein modules may vary in length, comprising one or more amino acids. Protein modules may be from about 2 amino acid residues in length to about 50 amino acid residues in length, from about 5 amino acid residues in length to about 75 amino acid residues in length, from about 10 amino acid residues in length to about 100 amino acid residues in length, from about 25 amino acid residues in length to about 150 amino acid residues in length, from about 125 amino acid residues in length to about 250 amino acid residues in length, from about 175 amino acid residues in length to about 400 amino acid residues in length, from about 200 amino acid residues in length to about 500 amino acid residues in length and/or at least 500 amino acid residues in length.
  • In some embodiments, protein modules comprise one or more regions with known functional features (e.g. protein binding domain, nucleic acid binding domain, hydrophobic pocket, etc.) Protein modules may comprise functional protein domains necessary for different aspects of growth factor signaling, secretion, latency and/or release from latent conformations.
  • In some embodiments, protein modules may be derived from TGF-β-related proteins. Such protein modules may include, but are not limited to latency-associated peptides (LAPs), LAP-like domains, growth factor domains, fastener regions, proprotein convertase cleavage sites (e.g. furin cleavage sites), B/TP cleavage sites, arm regions, finger regions, residues (such as cysteine residues for example) for extracellular protein [e.g. latent TGF-β binding protein (LTBP), fibrillin and/or glycoprotein A repetitions predominant (GARP) protein] associations, latency loops (also referred to herein as latency lassos,) alpha 1 helical regions, alpha 2 helical regions, RGD sequences and bowtie regions. FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of an embodiment depicting LAP and growth factor dimers comprising protein modules.
  • In some embodiments, protein modules may be derived from one or more TGF-β isoform (e.g. TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3). Such protein modules may comprise the protein modules and/or amino acid sequences listed in Table 2. Some protein modules of the present invention may comprise amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 2, but comprise additional or fewer amino acids than those listed. Such amino acid sequences may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • TABLE 2
    TGF-β protein modules
    TGF-β SEQ
    Family ID
    Member Protein Module Prodomain and growth factor Sequence NO
    TGF-β1 latency associated LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPP 38
    peptide SQGEVPPGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEP
    EPEPEADYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQS
    THSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRL
    KLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSD
    SPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHC
    SCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNR
    PFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRR
    TGF-β2 latency associated SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSP 39
    peptide PEDYPEPEEVPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAA
    ACERERSDEEYYAKEVYKIDMPPFFPSENAIPP
    TFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKAEFRVF
    RLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYI
    DSKVVKTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKD
    RNLGFKISLHCPCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEAR
    FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTPHLL
    LMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKR
    TGF-β3 latency associated SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLT 40
    peptide SPPEPTVMTHVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGE
    REEGCTQENTESEYYAKEIHKFDMIQGLAEHN
    ELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRTNLFRAEF
    RVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQR
    YIGGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRE
    SNLGLEISIHCPCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKF
    KGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRLKKQKDHHNPHLILM
    MIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKKR
    TGF-β1 straight jacket LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPP 41
    region SQGEVPPGPLP
    TGF-β2 straight jacket SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSP 42
    region PEDYPEPEEVP
    TGF-β3 straight jacket SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLT 43
    region SPPEPTVMTHVP
    TGF-β1 growth factor ALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWK 44
    domain WIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLA
    LYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRK
    PKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β2 growth factor ALDAAYCFRNVQDNCCLRPLYIDFKRDLGWK 45
    domain WIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSSDTQHSRVL
    SLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTP
    KIEQLSNMIVKSCKCS
    TGF-β3 growth factor ALDTNYCFRNLEENCCVRPLYIDFRQDLGWK 46
    domain WVHEPKGYYANFCSGPCPYLRSADTTHSTVLG
    LYNTLNPEASASPCCVPQDLEPLTILYYVGRTP
    KVEQLSNMVVKSCKCS
    TGF-β1 fastener region residues 74-76, YYA —
    TGF-β2 fastener region residues 79-81, YYA —
    TGF-β3 fastener region residues 80-82, YYA —
    TGF-β1 furin cleavage site RHRR 47
    region
    TGF-β2 furin cleavage site RKKR 48
    region
    TGF-β3 furin cleavage site RKKR 48
    region
    TGF-β1 arm region EAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAK 49
    EVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSE
    LREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELY
    QKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGV
    VRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVD
    INGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLER
    AQHLQSSRHRR
    TGF-β2 arm region PEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEE 50
    YYAKEVYKIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVR
    FDVSAMEKNASNLVKAEFRVFRLQNPKARVP
    EQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVVKTRAE
    GEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHC
    PCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYT
    SGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLES
    QQTNRRKKR
    TGF-β3 arm region YQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTES 51
    EYYAKEIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSK
    VFRFNVSSVEKNRTNLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKR
    NEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYIGGKNLPTRGT
    AEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHCPC
    HTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGR
    GDLGRLKKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQ
    GGQRKKR
    TGF-β1 fingers region 1 CVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFC 52
    TGF-β2 fingers region 1 CLRPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCA 53
    TGF-β3 fingers region 1 CVRPLYIDFRQDLGWKWVHEPKGYYANFCS 54
    TGF-β1 fingers region 2 CVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSC 55
    KCS
    TGF-β2 fingers region 2 CVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKIEQLSNMIVKSCKCS 56
    TGF-β3 fingers region 2 CVPQDLEPLTILYYVGRTPKVEQLSNMVVKSC 57
    KCS
    TGF-β1 residue for LTBP Cys 4 —
    association
    TGF-β2 residue for LTBP Cys 5 —
    association
    TGF-β3 residue for LTBP Cys 7 —
    association
    TGF-β1 residue for GARP Cys 4 —
    association
    TGF-β2 residue for GARP Cys 5 —
    association
    TGF-β3 residue for GARP Cys 7 —
    association
    TGF-β1 latency loop LASPPSQGEVPPGPL 58
    TGF-β2 latency loop LTSPPEDYPEPEE 59
    TGF-β3 latency loop LTSPPEPTVMTHV 60
    TGF-β1 alpha 1 helical LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLR 61
    region
    TGF-β2 alpha 1 helical LSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLK 62
    region
    TGF-β3 alpha 1 helical LSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLR 63
    region
    TGF-β1 trigger loop region NGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRP 64
    TGF-β2 trigger loop region FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTP 65
    (long)
    TGF-β3 trigger loop region GVDNEDDHGRGDLGRLKKQKDHHNP 66
    TGF-β1 RGD sequence residue 215-217, RGD —
    region
    TGF-β3 RGD sequence residue 241-243, RGD —
    region
    TGF-β1 bowtie region CSCDSRDNTLQVD 67
    TGF-β2 bowtie region CPCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEAR 68
    TGF-β3 bowtie region CPCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIK 69
  • In some embodiments, LAPs or LAP-like domains comprise the prodomain portion of a TGF-β-related protein and/or GPC. Some LAPs or LAP-like domains may associate with growth factors in GPCs. Some LAPs may sterically prevent growth factor association with one or more cellular receptors. LAPs or LAP-like domains may comprise arm regions and/or straight jacket regions. Some LAP or LAP-like domains may comprise C-terminal regions referred to herein as “bowtie regions.” In some LAP or LAP-like domain dimers, bowtie regions of each monomer may associate and/or interact. Such associations may comprise disulfide bond formation, as is found between monomers of TGF-β isoform LAPs.
  • In some embodiments, arm regions may comprise trigger loop regions. Trigger loops may comprise regions that associate with integrins. Such regions may comprise amino acid sequences comprising RGD (Arg-Gly-Asp). Regions comprising RGD sequences are referred to herein as RGD sequence regions. In some embodiments, LAPs or LAP-like domains comprise latency loops (also referred to herein as latency lassos). Some latency loops may maintain associations between LAPs or LAP-like domains and growth factors present within GPCs. LAPs or LAP-like domains may also comprise fastener regions. Such fastener regions may maintain associations between LAPs or LAP-like domains and growth factors present within GPCs. Some fastener regions may maintain LAP or LAP-like domain conformations that promote growth factor retention.
  • In some cases, GPCs may require enzymatic cleavage for dissociation of bound growth factors. Such cleavage may be carried out in some instances by members of the BMP-1/Tolloid-like proteinase (B/TP) family (Muir et al., 2011. J Biol Chem. 286(49):41905-11, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) These metaloproteinases may include, but are not limited to BMP-1, mammalian tolloid protein (mTLD,) mammalian tolloid-like 1 (mTLL1) and mammalian tolloid-like 2 (mTLL2.) Exemplary GPCs that may be cleaved by such metalloproteinases may include, but are not limited to GDF-8 and GDF-11. In some cases, GDF-8 may be cleaved by mTLL2. In some cases, tolloid cleavage may occur intracellularly. In some cases, tolloid cleavage may occur extracellularly.
  • Straight jacket regions may comprise alpha 1 helical regions. In some embodiments, alpha 1 helical regions may be positioned between growth factor monomers. Some alpha 1 helical regions comprise N-terminal regions of LAPs or LAP-like domains. Alpha 1 helical regions may also comprise N-terminal regions for extracellular associations. Such extracellular associations may comprise extracellular matrix proteins and/or proteins associated with the extracellular matrix. Some extracellular associations may comprise associations with proteins that may include, but are not limited to LTBPs (e.g. LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4), fibrillins (e.g. fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3 and/or fibrillin-4,) perlecan, decorin and/or GARPs (e.g. GARP and/or LRRC33). N-terminal extracellular associations may comprise disulfide bonds between cysteine residues. In some cases, extracellular matrix proteins and/or proteins associated with the extraceullar matrix may comprise bonds with one or more regions of LAPs/LAP-like domains other than N-terminal regions.
  • In some embodiments, growth factor domains comprise one or more growth factor monomers. Some growth factor domains comprise growth factor dimers. Such growth factor domains may comprise growth factor homodimers or heterodimers (comprising growth factor monomers from different TGF-β-related proteins.) Some growth factor domains may comprise fingers regions. Such fingers regions may comprise β-pleated sheets. Fingers regions may associate with LAPs or LAP-like domains. Some fingers regions may maintain association between growth factor domains and LAPs or LAP-like domains.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules from growth differentiation factor (GDF) proteins. Such GDF protein modules may comprise the protein modules and/or amino acid sequences listed in Table 3. In some embodiments, protein modules of the present invention may comprise amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 3, but comprise additional or fewer amino acids than those listed. Some such amino acid sequences may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • TABLE 3
    GDF protein modules
    TGF-β SEQ
    Family ID
    Member Protein Module Prodomain and growth factor Sequence NO
    GDF-8 prodomain NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEA 70
    IKIQILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLREL
    IDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPT
    ESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQ
    LWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTG
    IRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPE
    SNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFL
    EVKVTDTPKRSRR
    GDF-11 prodomain AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSV 71
    APEPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLR
    LKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLQQILDLHDFQG
    DALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPAV
    QTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYL
    RPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGR
    RHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFR
    QPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLH
    PFMELRVLENTKRSRR
    GDF-8 straight jacket NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEA 72
    region IKIQILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPL
    GDF-11 straight jacket AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSV 73
    region APEPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLR
    LKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPPL
    GDF-8 growth factor DFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWI 74
    domain IAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQA
    NPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGK
    IPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-11 growth factor NLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWI 75
    domain IAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQ
    ANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYG
    KIPGMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-8 fastener region residues 87-89, DYH —
    GDF-11 fastener region residues 110-112, EYH —
    GDF-8 furin cleavage site RSRR 76
    region
    GDF-11 furin cleavage site RSRR 76
    region
    GDF-8 BMP/Tolloid between residues R75 and D76 —
    cleavage site
    GDF-11 BMP/Tolloid between residues G97 and D98 —
    cleavage site
    GDF-8 arm region RELIDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIIT 77
    MPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVV
    KAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTR
    YTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLK
    QPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLN
    PFLEVKVTDTPKRSRR
    GDF-11 arm region QQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVI 78
    SMAQETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKV
    LKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEG
    TAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDF
    KQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVT
    SLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKRSRR
    GDF-8 fingers region 1 CRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCS 79
    GDF-11 fingers region 1 CRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCS 79
    GDF-8 fingers region 2 CTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRC 80
    GCS
    GDF-11 fingers region 2 CTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDR 81
    CGCS
    GDF-8 latency loop RLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPL 82
    GDF-11 latency loop RLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPP 83
    GDF-8 alpha 1 helical GLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSK 84
    region
    GDF-11 alpha 1 helical DGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKL 85
    region
    GDF-8 bowtie region DENGHDLAVTFPGP 86
    GDF-11 bowtie region DPSGTDLAVTSLG 87
  • Some recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise GDF-15, GDF-15 signaling pathway-related proteins and/or modules and/or portions thereof. GDF-15 is a TGF-β family protein that is highly expressed in liver. Expression of GDF-15 is dramatically upregulated following liver injury (Hsiao et al. 2000. Mol Cell Biol. 20(10):3742-51.) Additionally, its expression in macrophages may serve a protective function in the context of atherosclerosis, possibly through regulation of adhesion molecule expression (Preusch et al., 2013. Eur J Med Res. 18:19.) While a member of the TGF-β family, GDF-15 comprises less than 30% homology with other members, making it the most divergent member of the family (Tanno et al., 2010. Curr Opin Hematol. 17(3):184-90, the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.) The mature form is soluble and can be found in the blood stream. Interestingly, GDF-15 levels in circulation have been found to negatively correlate with hepcidin levels, suggesting a role for GDF-15 in iron load and/or metabolism (Finkenstedt et al., 2008. British Journal of Haematology. 144:789-93.) Elevated GDF-15 in the blood is also associated with ineffective and/or apoptotic erythropoiesis, such as in subjects suffering from beta-thalassemia or dyserythropoietic anemias.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules from activin subunits. Such protein modules may comprise the protein modules and/or amino acid sequences of the activin subunit inhibin beta A, listed in Table 4. In some embodiments, protein modules of the present invention may comprise amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 4, but comprise additional or fewer amino acids than those listed. Some such amino acid sequences may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • TABLE 4
    Inhibin beta A protein modules
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Module Prodomain and growth factor Sequence NO
    latency associated SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPE 88
    peptide (LAP) MVEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALL
    NAIRKLHVGKVGENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNEL
    MEQTSEIITFAESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSVV
    ERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHP
    QGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELLLSEKVVDAR
    KSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLDVRIACEQC
    QESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKGGGEGG
    AGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHRRRRR
    straight jacket SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPE 89
    region MVEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLN
    growth factor RGLECDGKVNICCKKQFFVSFKDIGWNDWIIA 90
    domain PSGYHANYCEGECPSHIAGTSGSSLSFHSTVIN
    HYRMRGHSPFANLKSCCVPTKLRPMSMLYYD
    DGQNIIKKDIQNMIVEECGCS
    fastener region residues 89-91, RRA —
    furin cleavage site RRRR 91
    region
    arm region LNAIRKLHVGKVGENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNE 92
    LMEQTSEIITFAESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSV
    VERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKH
    PQGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELLLSEKVVDA
    RKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLDVRIACEQ
    CQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKGGGEG
    GAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHRRR
    RR
    fingers region
    1 KKQFFVSFKDIGWNDWIIAPSGYHANYC 93
    fingers region 2 CVPTKLRPMSMLYYDDGQNIIKKDIQNMIVEE 94
    CGCS
    latency loop LKKRPDVTQPVPKAALL 95
    alpha 1 helical ALAALPKDVPNSQPEMVEAVKKHILNML 96
    region
    bowtie region QESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKGGGEGG 97
    AG
  • Growth factor domains among TGF-β family members are more highly conserved while prodomains comprise a much lower percent identity among family members (FIG. 9.) Table 5 demonstrates this trend among TGF-β isoforms.
  • TABLE 5
    Percent identity among TGF-β isoforms: LAP vs growth factor
    TGF-β1 TGF-β2 TGF-β3
    TGF-β1 — 31.2% vs 71.2% 31.9% vs 76.7%
    TGF-β2 31.2% vs 71.2% — 44.4% vs 79.4%
    TGF-β3 31.9% vs 76.7% 44.4% vs 79.4% —
  • Prodomains may vary in length from about 50 to about 200, from about 100 to about 400 or from about 300 to about 500 amino acids residues. In some embodiments, prodomains range from about 169 to about 433 residues. Prodomains may be unrelated in sequence and/or low in homology. Some prodomains may have similar folds and/or three dimensional structures. Prodomains of TGF-β family members may comprise latency loops. Such loops may be proline-rich. Latency loop length may determine the ability of such loops to encircle growth factor finger regions.
  • In some embodiments, protein modules from some TGF-β family members comprise low sequence identity with protein modules from other TGF-β family members. Such low sequence identity may indicate specialized roles for such family members with distinct protein modules.
  • Association of GPCs with extracellular proteins may strengthen prodomain-growth factor interactions. In some embodiments, such extracellular proteins may include, but are not limited to LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARP. In some cases, extracellular protein associations are required to keep growth factors latent in GPCs.
  • GARP expression has been shown to be required for surface expression of GPCs on the surface of cells of hematopoietic origin (Tran, D. Q. et al., GARP (LRRC32) is essential for the surface expression of latent TGF-β on platelets and activated FOXP3+ regulatory T cells. PNAS. 2009, Jun. 2. 106(32):13445-50.) GARP may act as a tether to hold GPCs in place on the surface of these cells, including, but not limited to regulatory T-cells and/or platelets.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise bone morphogenetic proteins (BMPs), a family of TGF-β-related proteins. Protein modules comprising sequences from BMPs may comprise sequences from any of those BMP modules disclosed in FIGS. 8A-8G. While related to other TGF-β family member proteins, BMPs generally signal through SMAD1, 5 and 8 proteins while TGF-β isoforms (e.g. TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and TGF-β3) signal through SMAD2 and SMAD3.
  • Some BMP receptors and/or co-receptors are also distinct from other TGF-β family member proteins. Among these is the repulsive guidance molecule (RGM) family of proteins. RGM proteins act as co-receptors for BMP signaling. There are three RGM family members, RGMA, RGMB and RGMC [also known as hemojuvelin (Hjv.)] Recombinant proteins of the present invention comprising one or more BMP protein module may be useful for the development of antibodies and/or assays to study, enhance and/or perturb BMP interactions with RGM proteins.
  • Another family of GDF/BMP interacting proteins is C-terminal cysteine knot-like (CTCK) domain-containing proteins. In some cases, CTCK domain-containing proteins may act antagonistically with regard to GDF/BMP signal transduction. CTCK domain-containing proteins include, but are not limited to Cerberus, Connective tissue growth factor (CTGF), DAN domain family member 5 (DAND5), Gremlin-1 (GREM1), Gremlin-2 (GREM2), Mucin-19 (MUC19), Mucin-2 (MUC2), Mucin-5AC (MUCSAC), Mucin-5B (MUCSB), Mucin-6 (MUC6), Neuroblastoma suppressor of tumorigenicity 1 (NBL1), Norrin (NDP), Otogelin (OTOG), Otogelin-like protein (OTOGL), Protein CYR61 (CYR61), Protein NOV homolog (NOV), Sclerostin (SOST), Sclerostin domain-containing protein 1 (SOSTDC1), SCO-spondin (SSPO), Slit homolog 1 protein (SLIT1), Slit homolog 2 protein (SLIT2), Slit homolog 3 protein (SLIT3), von Willebrand factor (VWF), WNT1-inducible-signaling pathway protein 1 (WISP1) and WNT1-inducible-signaling pathway protein 3 (WISP3).
    • Recombinant Proteins
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides recombinant proteins. As used herein, the term “recombinant protein” refers to a protein produced by an artificial gene and/or process (e.g. genetic engineering). Such recombinant proteins may comprise one or more protein modules from one or more TGF-β-related proteins. Some recombinant proteins disclosed herein may be useful as recombinant antigens. As used herein, the term “recombinant antigen” refers to a recombinant protein that may be used to immunize one or more hosts for the production of antibodies directed toward one or more epitopes present on such recombinant antigens. Some recombinant antigens may be cell-based antigens. As used herein, the term “cell-based antigen” refers to recombinant antigens that are expressed in cells for presentation of such antigens on the cell surface. Such cells may be used to immunize hosts for the production of antibodies directed to such cell-based antigens.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins disclosed herein may be used as therapeutics. Recombinant proteins disclosed herein may modulate growth factor (e.g. growth factors comprising TGF-β-related proteins) levels and/or activity (e.g. signaling) upon administration and/or introduction to one or more subjects and/or niches.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins disclosed herein may be used to assay growth factor (e.g. growth factors comprising TGF-β-related proteins) levels and/or activity (e.g. signaling). Some recombinant proteins disclosed herein may be used in the isolation of antibodies directed to TGF-β-related proteins. Recombinant proteins of the present invention may also be used as recombinant antigens in the development of stabilizing [reducing or preventing dissociation between two agents, (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] and/or releasing [enhancing the dissociation between two agents (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] antibodies. Recombinant proteins of the present invention may include TGF-β family member proteins as well as components and/or protein modules thereof. Some recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise prodomains without associated growth factors, furin cleavage-deficient mutants, mutants deficient in extracellular protein associations and/or combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins may comprise detectable labels. Detectable labels may be used to allow for detection and/or isolation of recombinant proteins. Some detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags. Such tags may be used to isolate tagged proteins. Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. Such cleavage sites are introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
    • Recombinant GPCs
  • FIG. 5 is a schematic depicting an embodiment of a recombinant GPC. Recombinant proteins according to FIG. 5 comprising TGF-β-family member proteins may comprise features including, but not limited to C-terminal regions of the mature growth factor, N-terminal regions of the prodomain and/or proprotein cleavage sites. The proprotein cleavage site of recombinant TGF-β GPCs may, for example, comprise the furin consensus sequence RXXR wherein R is arginine and X indicates amino acid residues that may vary among TGF-β family members. Furin cleavage site sequences (although not limited to cleavage by furin alone and may include cleavage by other proprotein convertase enzymes) for each TGF-β family member are indicated in Table 1. Recombinant GPCs according to the embodiment depicted in FIG. 5 may also comprise one or more cysteine residues within and/or near the N-terminal region of the prodomain. Such cysteine residues may be from about 1 to about 10 amino acids, from about 4 to about 15 amino acids, from about 5 to about 20 amino acids and/or from about 7 to about 50 amino acids from the N-terminus of the prodomain. Recombinant GPCs may also comprise detectable labels. Such detectable labels may be useful for detection and/or isolation of recombinant GPCs. Detectable labels may comprise 2 or more histidine (His) residues. Such detectable labels may also be referred to herein as polyhistidine tags. Polyhistidine tags may include hexa histidine tags (SEQ ID NO: 295) or HIS-TAG™ (EMD Biosciences, Darmstadt, Germany) comprising a chain of six histidine residues (SEQ ID NO: 295). Some polyhistidine tags may be present at the N-terminus of recombinant proteins disclosed herein. Some polyhistidine tags may be present at the C-terminus of recombinant proteins disclosed herein. Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. Some cleavage sites may be introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • In some embodiments of the present invention, recombinant GPCs may comprise mutations in one or more amino acids as compared to wild type sequences. In some cases, one or more regions of proteolytic processing may be mutated. Such regions may comprise proprotein convertase cleavage sites. Proprotein convertase (e.g. furin) cleavage site mutations prevent enzymatic cleavage at that site and/or prevent enzymatic cleavage of growth factors from their prodomains (see FIG. 6.) Some proprotein convertase cleavage sites comprising RXXR sequences may be mutated to RXG (wherein X indicates a site where amino acid residues may be variable). Such mutations are herein abbreviated as “D2G” mutations and may be resistant to enzymatic cleavage. In some embodiments, furin cleavage sites comprising RXXR sequences are mutated to AXXA. Such AXXA sequences may also be resistant to enzymatic cleavage.
  • In some embodiments, regions of proteolytic processing by tolloid and/or tolloid-like proteins may be mutated to prevent such proteolytic processing. In some embodiments, tolloid processing regions on GDF-8 and/or GDF-11 may be mutated. In some embodiments, mutation of aspartic acid residues to alanine residues within tolloid processing regions prevents tolloid processing. Mutation of aspartic acid residue 76 (D76) of the GDF-8 (myostatin) proprotein has been shown to prevent proteolytic activation of latent GDF-8 (Wolfman, N. M. et al., PNAS. 2003, Oct. 6. 100(26):15842-6.) In some embodiments, Asp 120 (D120, residue number counted from the translated protein, D98 from the proprotein of SEQ ID NO: 4) in GDF-11 may be mutated to prevent tolloid processing (Ge et al., 2005. Mol Cell Biol. 25(14):5846-58, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • In some embodiments, one or more amino acids may be mutated in order to form recombinant GPCs with reduced latency. Such mutations are referred to herein as “activating mutations.” These mutations may introduce one or more regions of steric clash between complex prodomains and growth factor domains. As used herein, the term “steric clash,” when referring to the interaction between two proteins or between two domains and/or epitopes within the same protein, refers to a repulsive interaction between such proteins, domains and/or epitopes due to overlapping position in three-dimensional space. Steric clash within GPCs may reduce the affinity between prodomains and growth factor domains, resulting in elevated ratios of free growth factor to latent growth factor. In some embodiments, one or more amino acids may be mutated in order to form recombinant GPCs with increased latency. Such mutations are referred to herein as “stabilizing mutations.” These mutations may increase the affinity between prodomains and growth factor domains, resulting in decreased ratios of free growth factor to latent growth factor.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise any of the sequences listed in Table 6 or fragments thereof.
  • TABLE 6
    Recombinant proteins
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    proTGF-β1 LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 1
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAP
    CCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 C4S LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 98
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAP
    CCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 C4S LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 99
    (LAP) LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRR
    proTGF-β1 D2G LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 100
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHGALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPK
    GYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPC
    CVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 C4S D2G LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 101
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHGALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPK
    GYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPC
    CVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 LAP LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 38
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRR
    proTGF-β2 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPE 2
    EVPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKE
    VYKIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNL
    VKAEFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYID
    SKVVKTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLH
    CPCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIK
    STRKKNSGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAY
    CFRNVQDNCCLRPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCA
    GACPYLWSSDTQHSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPL
    TILYYIGKTPKIEQLSNMIVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2 C5S SLSTSSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 102
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEV
    YKIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLV
    KAEFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDS
    KVVKTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHC
    PCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKS
    TRKKNSGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYC
    FRNVQDNCCLRPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAG
    ACPYLWSSDTQHSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTI
    LYYIGKTPKIEQLSNMIVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2 LAP C5S SLSTSSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 103
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEV
    YKIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLV
    KAEFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDS
    KVVKTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHC
    PCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKS
    TRKKNSGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKR
    proTGF-β2 C5S D2G SLSTSSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 104
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEV
    YKIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLV
    KAEFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDS
    KVVKTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHC
    PCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKS
    TRKKNSGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKGALDAAYCF
    RNVQDNCCLRPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGA
    CPYLWSSDTQHSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTIL
    YYIGKTPKIEQLSNMIVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2 D2G SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPE 105
    EVPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKE
    VYKIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNL
    VKAEFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYID
    SKVVKTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLH
    CPCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIK
    STRKKNSGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKGALDAAYC
    FRNVQDNCCLRPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAG
    ACPYLWSSDTQHSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTI
    LYYIGKTPKIEQLSNMIVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2 LAP SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPE 39
    EVPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKE
    VYKIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNL
    VKAEFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYID
    SKVVKTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLH
    CPCCTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIK
    STRKKNSGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKR
    proTGF-β3 SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPTVMT 3
    HVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTESEYYAK
    EIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRT
    NLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYI
    GGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHC
    PCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRL
    KKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKKRALDTNY
    CFRNLEENCCVRPLYIDFRQDLGWKWVHEPKGYYANFCS
    GPCPYLRSADTTHSTVLGLYNTLNPEASASPCCVPQDLEPL
    TILYYVGRTPKVEQLSNMVVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β3 C7S SLSLSTSTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPTVMT 106
    HVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTESEYYAK
    EIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRT
    NLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYI
    GGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHC
    PCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRL
    KKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKKRALDTNY
    CFRNLEENCCVRPLYIDFRQDLGWKWVHEPKGYYANFCS
    GPCPYLRSADTTHSTVLGLYNTLNPEASASPCCVPQDLEPL
    TILYYVGRTPKVEQLSNMVVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β3 LAP C7S SLSLSTSTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPTVMT 107
    HVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTESEYYAK
    EIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRT
    NLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYI
    GGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHC
    PCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRL
    KKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKKR
    proTGF-β3 C7S D2G SLSLSTSTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPTVMT 108
    HVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTESEYYAK
    EIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRT
    NLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYI
    GGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHC
    PCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRL
    KKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKGALDTNYC
    FRNLEENCCVRPLYIDFRQDLGWKWVHEPKGYYANFCSGP
    CPYLRSADTTHSTVLGLYNTLNPEASASPCCVPQDLEPLTIL
    YYVGRTPKVEQLSNMVVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β3 D2G SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPTVMT 109
    HVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTESEYYAK
    EIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRT
    NLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYI
    GGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHC
    PCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRL
    KKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKGALDTNYC
    FRNLEENCCVRPLYIDFRQDLGWKWVHEPKGYYANFCSGP
    CPYLRSADTTHSTVLGLYNTLNPEASASPCCVPQDLEPLTIL
    YYVGRTPKVEQLSNMVVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β3 LAP SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPTVMT 40
    HVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTESEYYAK
    EIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRT
    NLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYI
    GGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHC
    PCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRL
    KKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKKR
  • In some embodiments, activating mutations may comprise residues critical for LAP or LAP-like protein dimerization. Some activating mutations may comprise TGF-β isoforms (TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3). Mutant GPCs with activating mutations may comprise mutations that correspond to mutations identified in Camurati-Engelmann disease (CED). Subjects suffering from CED typically have genetic defects in TGF-β1. Mutations identified in such subjects include, but are not limited to mutations in residues Y81, R218, H222, C223 and C225. Residues C223 and C225 are necessary for disulfide bond formation in LAP dimerization. Mutations to R218, H222, C223 and/or C225 may lead to weakened or disrupted disulfide bond formation and LAP dimerization. In some embodiments, CED mutations lead to elevated release of TGF-β and/or increased TGF-β activity. In some embodiments, recombinant GPCs comprising TGF-β1 with CED mutations comprise sequences listed in Table 7. The amino acid substitutions indicated in these proteins reflect the residue number as counted from the start of the translated protein (before removal of the secretion signal sequence).
  • TABLE 7
    Recombinant GPCs with Camurati-Engelmann mutations
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    proTGF-β1 Y81H LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 110
    LPEAVLALHNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAP
    CCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 R218C LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 111
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFCLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAP
    CCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 H222D LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 112
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSADCSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAP
    CCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 C223R LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 113
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHRSCDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAP
    CCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 C225R LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 114
    LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSRDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAP
    CCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 C223R LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPPGP 115
    C225R LPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRVL
    MVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRA
    ELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSP
    EWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHRSRDSRDNTLQ
    VDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSS
    RHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAP
    CCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may find several uses in the context of the present invention. In some embodiments, such GPCs may be used to produce recombinant proteins comprising LAPs or LAP-like domains complexed with GARP. Coexpression of the entire GPC with GARP may be necessary in some embodiments, for proper association and folding. Through expression of GPCs comprising CED mutations, growth factors may be able to dissociate leaving the desired GARP-LAP complex. Y81H mutations may be useful in this regard. Y81H mutations lead to growth factor release, but do not disrupt disulfide bonding between LAP monomers at residues C223 and C225. Therefore, GARP-LAP complexes formed through expression of Y81H GPC mutants may comprise intact LAP dimers wherein growth factors have become dissociated. In some embodiments, additional co-expression or addition of excess furin during the production process may enhance growth factor dissociation as well.
  • GPCs comprising CED mutations may be expressed to allow for the production and release of mature growth factor. Some GPC-free growth factors expressed according to this method may be used to assess antibody reactivity, for example in enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs.) Some GPCs comprising CED mutations may be expressed to allow for the production and release of GPC-bound growth factors. GPCs comprising CED mutations may be expressed to allow for the production and release of chimeric proteins comprising the TGF-β1 LAP (or protein modules or fragments thereof) expressed with one or more protein modules from other TGF-β family members. Such chimeric proteins may comprise TGF-β1 LAP and TGF-β2 or TGF-β3 growth factor domains.
  • Furin cleavage of recombinant proteins of the invention may in some cases occur intracellularly. In some cases furin cleavage of recombinant proteins of the invention may occur extracellularly.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant GPCs of the present invention may comprise mutations in one or more N-terminal regions for extracellular associations. As used herein, the term “N-terminal region for extracellular association” refers to regions at or near protein N-termini that may be necessary for extracellular associations with one or more N-terminal regions. Such regions may comprise at least the first N-terminal residue, at least the first 5 N-terminal residues, at least the first 10 N-terminal residues, at least the first 20 amino acid residues and/or at least the first 50 amino acid residues. Some mutations may comprise from about 1 amino acid residue to about 30 amino acid residues, from about 5 amino acid residues to about 40 amino acid residues and/or from about 10 amino acid residues to about 50 amino acid residues at or near protein N-termini. Such regions may comprise residues for LTBP, fibrillin and/or GARP association. In some cases, one or more cysteine residues present within and/or near N-terminal regions for extracellular associations may be necessary for such associations. In some embodiments, cysteine residues present within and/or near N-terminal regions for extracellular associations are present within about the first 2 N-terminal residues, about the first 3 N-terminal residues, about the first 4 N-terminal residues, about the first 5 N-terminal residues, about the first 6 N-terminal residues, about the first 7 N-terminal residues and/or at least the first 30 N-terminal residues. Some mutations in one or more N-terminal regions for extracellular associations comprise substitution and/or deletion of such cysteine residues. Such mutations may modulate the association of GPCs and/or prodomains with one or more extracellular proteins, including, but not limited to LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARP. These mutations may also comprise substitution of one or more cysteine with another amino acid. Cysteine residue substitutions are abbreviated herein as “C#X” wherein # represents the residue number [counting from the N-terminus of the pro-protein (without the signal peptide)] of the original cysteine residue and X represents the one letter amino acid code for the amino acid that is used for substitution. Any amino acid may be used for such substitutions. In some cases, serine (S) residues are used to substitute cysteine residues. Nonlimiting examples of such mutations may include C4S, C5S and/or C7S. In recombinant GPCs comprising N-terminal prodomain regions from TGF-β1, cysteine residues residing at amino acid position number 4 may be mutated. In recombinant GPCs comprising N-terminal prodomain regions from TGF-β2, cysteine residues residing at amino acid position number 5 may be mutated In recombinant GPCs comprising N-terminal prodomain regions from TGF-β3, cysteine residues at position 7 may be mutated.
  • In some cases, one or more cysteine in one or more other region of GPCs may be substituted or deleted. In some embodiments, such GPC modifications may promote the release of mature growth factor from prodomains. In some cases, such cysteines may include those present in one or more of mature growth factors, alpha 2 helices, fasteners, latency lassos and/or bow-tie regions.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules derived from one or more species, including mammals, including, but not limited to mice, rats, rabbits, pigs, monkeys and/or humans. Recombinant proteins may comprise one or more amino acids from one or more amino acid sequences derived from one or more non-human protein sequences listed in Table 8. In some cases, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise such sequences with or without the native signal peptide.
  • TABLE 8
    Non-human proteins
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Species Sequence NO
    proTGF-β1 Mouse LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPP 116
    GPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESADPEPEPEADYYAKEV
    TRVLMVDRNNAIYEKTKDISHSIYMFFNTSDIREAVPEPP
    LLSRAELRLQRLKSSVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLGNRL
    LTPTDTPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLNQGDGIQGFRFSAHCS
    CDSKDNKLHVEINGISPKRRGDLGTIHDMNRPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLHSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDF
    RKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVL
    ALYNQHNPGASASPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQ
    LSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 Cyno LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPP 117
    GPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVT
    RVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPV
    LLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRL
    LAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSC
    DSKDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDF
    RKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVL
    ALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQ
    LSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 Mouse LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPP 118
    C4S (LAP) GPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESADPEPEPEADYYAKEV
    TRVLMVDRNNAIYEKTKDISHSIYMFFNTSDIREAVPEPP
    LLSRAELRLQRLKSSVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLGNRL
    LTPTDTPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLNQGDGIQGFRFSAHCS
    CDSKDNKLHVEINGISPKRRGDLGTIHDMNRPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLHSSRHRR
    proTGF-β1 Cyno LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPP 119
    C4S (LAP) GPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVT
    RVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPV
    LLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRL
    LAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSC
    DSKDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLQSSRHRR
    proTGF-β1 Mouse LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPP 120
    C4S D2G GPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESADPEPEPEADYYAKEV
    TRVLMVDRNNAIYEKTKDISHSIYMFFNTSDIREAVPEPP
    LLSRAELRLQRLKSSVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLGNRL
    LTPTDTPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLNQGDGIQGFRFSAHCS
    CDSKDNKLHVEINGISPKRRGDLGTIHDMNRPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLHSSRHGALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFR
    KDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLA
    LYNQHNPGASASPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLS
    NMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 Mouse LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPP 121
    C4S GPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESADPEPEPEADYYAKEV
    TRVLMVDRNNAIYEKTKDISHSIYMFFNTSDIREAVPEPP
    LLSRAELRLQRLKSSVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLGNRL
    LTPTDTPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLNQGDGIQGFRFSAHCS
    CDSKDNKLHVEINGISPKRRGDLGTIHDMNRPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLHSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDF
    RKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVL
    ALYNQHNPGASASPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQ
    LSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 Cyno LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPP 122
    C4S GPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVT
    RVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPV
    LLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRL
    LAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSC
    DSKDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDF
    RKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVL
    ALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQ
    LSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β1 Cyno LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVPP 123
    C4S D2G GPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVT
    RVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPV
    LLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRL
    LAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSC
    DSKDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLQSSRHGALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFR
    KDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLA
    LYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQL
    SNMIVRSCKCS
    LRRC32 Cyno MSPQILLLLALLTLGLAAQHQDKVACKMVDKKVSCQG 124
    LGLLQVPLVLPPDTETLDLSGNQLRSILASPLGFYTALRH
    LDLSTNEINFLQPGAFQALTHLEHLSLAHNRLAMATALS
    AGGLGPLPRVTSLDLSGNSLYSGLLERLLGEAPSLHTLSL
    AENSLTRLTRHTFRDMPALEQLDLHSNVLMDIEDGAFE
    GLPHLTHLNLSRNSLTCISDFSLQQLRVLDLSCNSIEAFQ
    TASQPQAEFQLTWLDLRENKLLHFPDLAALPRLIYLNLS
    NNLIRLPTGPPQDSKGIHAPSEGWSALPLSTPNGNVSARP
    LSQLLNLDLSYNEIELIPDSFLEHLTSLCFLNLSRNCLRTF
    EARRSGSLPCLMLLDLSHNALETLELGARALGSLRTLLL
    QGNALRDLPPYTFANLASLQRLNLQGNRVSPCGGPNEP
    GPASCVAFSGIASLRSLSLVDNEIELLRAGAFLHTPLTEL
    DLSSNPGLEVATGALTGLEASLEVLALQGNGLTVLQVD
    LPCFICLKRLNLAENRLSHLPAWTQAVSLEVLDLRNNSF
    SLLPGSAMGGLETSLRRLYLQGNPLSCCGNGWLAAQLH
    QGRVDVDATQDLICRFSSQEEVSLSHVRPEDCEKGGLK
    NINLIIILTFILVSAILLTTLATCCCVRRQKFNQQYKA
    proGDF-8 Mouse NEGSEREENVEKEGLCNACAWRQNTRYSRIEAIKIQILS 125
    KLRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPRAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSS
    DGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQADGKPKCCFFK
    FSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVKTPTTVFVQILRLIKPM
    KDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMSPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQ
    PESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKV
    TDTPKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGW
    DWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPR
    GSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRC
    GCS
    proGDF-8 Mouse NEGSEREENVEKEGLCNACAWRQNTRYSRIEAIKIQILS 126
    AxxA KLRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPRAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSS
    DGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQADGKPKCCFFK
    FSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVKTPTTVFVQILRLIKPM
    KDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMSPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQ
    PESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKV
    TDTPKASRADFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGW
    DWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPR
    GSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRC
    GCS
    proGDF-8 Mouse NEGSEREENVEKEGLCNACAWRQNTRYSRIEAIKIQILS 127
    D76A KLRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPRAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSS
    DGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQADGKPKCCFFK
    FSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVKTPTTVFVQILRLIKPM
    KDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMSPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQ
    PESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKV
    TDTPKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGW
    DWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPR
    GSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRC
    GCS
    proGDF-8 Mouse NEGSEREENVEKEGLCNACAWRQNTRYSRIEAIKIQILS 128
    AxxA D76A KLRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPRAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSS
    DGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQADGKPKCCFFK
    FSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVKTPTTVFVQILRLIKPM
    KDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMSPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQ
    PESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKV
    TDTPKASRADFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGW
    DWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPR
    GSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRC
    GCS
    GDF-8 Mouse NEGSEREENVEKEGLCNACAWRQNTRYSRIEAIKIQILS 129
    prodomain KLRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPRAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSS
    DGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQADGKPKCCFFK
    FSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVKTPTTVFVQILRLIKPM
    KDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMSPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQ
    PESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKV
    TDTPKRSRR
    GDF-8 Mouse NEGSEREENVEKEGLCNACAWRQNTRYSRIEAIKIQILS 130
    prodomain KLRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPRAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSS
    D76A DGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQADGKPKCCFFK
    FSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVKTPTTVFVQILRLIKPM
    KDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMSPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQ
    PESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKV
    TDTPKRSRR
    proGDF-8 Cyno NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSK 131
    LRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSD
    GSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKF
    SSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMK
    DGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQP
    ESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVT
    DTPKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWD
    WIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPRG
    SAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRCG
    CS
    proGDF-8 Cyno NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSK 132
    AxxA LRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSD
    GSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKF
    SSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMK
    DGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQP
    ESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVT
    DTPKASRADFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWD
    WIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPRG
    SAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRCG
    CS
    proGDF-8 Cyno NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSK 133
    D76A LRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSSD
    GSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKF
    SSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMK
    DGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQP
    ESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVT
    DTPKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWD
    WIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPRG
    SAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRCG
    CS
    proGDF-8 Cyno NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSK 134
    AxxA D76A LRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSSD
    GSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKF
    SSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMK
    DGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQP
    ESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVT
    DTPKASRADFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWD
    WIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPRG
    SAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRCG
    CS
    GDF-8 Cyno NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSK 135
    prodomain LRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSD
    GSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKF
    SSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMK
    DGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQP
    ESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVT
    DTPKRSRR
    GDF-8 Cyno NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSK 136
    prodomain LRLETAPNISKDAIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSSD
    D76A GSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKF
    SSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMK
    DGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQP
    ESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVT
    DTPKRSRR
    proGDF-11 Mouse AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSAPPEPDGCPV 137
    CVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLL
    PKAPPLQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVIS
    MAQETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLW
    VYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIR
    IRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEIN
    AFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKRSRRN
    LGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKA
    NYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPRGSAGPCCTPT
    KMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    proGDF-11 Mouse AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSAPPEPDGCPV 138
    AxxA CVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLL
    PKAPPLQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVIS
    MAQETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLW
    VYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIR
    IRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEIN
    AFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKASRA
    NLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYK
    ANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPRGSAGPCCTP
    TKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    proGDF-11 Mouse AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSAPPEPDGCPV 139
    AxxA D96A CVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLL
    PKAPPLQQILDLHDFQGAALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVIS
    MAQETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLW
    VYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIR
    IRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEIN
    AFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKASRA
    NLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYK
    ANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPRGSAGPCCTP
    TKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    proGDF-11 Mouse AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSAPPEPDGCPV 140
    D96A CVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLL
    PKAPPLQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVIS
    MAQETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLW
    VYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIR
    IRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEIN
    AFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKRSRRN
    LGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKA
    NYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPRGSAGPCCTPT
    KMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-11 Mouse AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSAPPEPDGCPV 141
    prodomain CVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLL
    PKAPPLQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVIS
    MAQETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLW
    VYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIR
    IRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEIN
    AFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKRSRR
    GDF-11 Mouse AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSAPPEPDGCPV 142
    prodomain CVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLL
    D96A PKAPPLQQILDLHDFQGAALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVIS
    MAQETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLW
    VYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIR
    IRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEIN
    AFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKRSRR
    LTBP3 CYNO MPGPRGAPGGLAPEMRGAGAAGLLALLLLLGLGGRVE 143
    GGPAGERGAGGGGALARERFKVVFAPVICKRTCLKGQC
    RDSCQQGSNMTLIGENGHSTDTLTGSGFRVVVCPLPCM
    NGGQCSSRNQCLCPPDFTGRFCQVPAGGAGGGTGGSGP
    GLSRAGALSTGALPPLAPEGDSVASKHAIYAVQVIADPP
    GPGEGPPAQHAAFLVPLGPGQISAEVQAPPPVVNVRVH
    HPPEASVQVHRIESSNAEGAAPSQHLLPHPKPSHPRPPTQ
    KPLGRCFQDTLPKQPCGSNPLPGLTKQEDCCGSIGTAWG
    QSKCHKCPQLQYTGVQKPGPVRGEVGADCPQGYKRLN
    STHCQDINECAMPGVCRHGDCLNNPGSYRCVCPPGHSL
    GPSRTQCIADKPEEKSLCFRLVSPEHQCQHPLTTRLTRQL
    CCCSVGKAWGARCQRCPADGTAAFKEICPAGKGYHILT
    SHQTLTIQGESDFSLFLHPDGPPKPQQLPESPSQAPPPEDT
    EEERGVTTDSPVSEERSVQQSHPTATTSPARPYPELISRPS
    PPTMRWFLPDLPPSRSAVEIAPTQVTETDECRLNQNICG
    HGECVPGPPDYSCHCNPGYRSHPQHRYCVDVNECEAEP
    CGPGRGICMNTGGSYNCHCNRGYRLHVGAGGRSCVDL
    NECAKPHLCGDGGFCINFPGHYKCNCYPGYRLKASRPP
    VCEDIDECRDPSSCPDGKCENKPGSFKCIACQPGYRSQG
    GGACRDVNECAEGSPCSPGWCENLPGSFRCTCAQGYAP
    APDGRSCVDVDECEAGDVCDNGICTNTPGSFQCQCLSG
    YHLSRDRSHCEDIDECDFPAACIGGDCINTNGSYRCLCP
    QGHRLVGGRKCQDIDECTQDPGLCLPHGACKNLQGSYV
    CVCDEGFTPTQDQHGCEEVEQPHHKKECYLNFDDTVFC
    DSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEF
    HSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDECMLFGAEICK
    EGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVDVDECLDE
    SNCRNGVCENTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQRQCLSPEEM
    DVDECQDPAACRPGRCVNLPGSYRCECRPPWVPGPSGR
    DCQLPESPAERAPERRDVCWSQRGEDGMCAGPQAGPA
    LTFDDCCCRQGRGWGAQCRPCPPRGAGSQCPTSQSESN
    SFWDTSPLLLGKPRRDEDSSEEDSDECRCVSGRCVPRPG
    GAVCECPGGFQLDASRARCVDIDECRELNQRGLLCKSE
    RCVNTSGSFRCVCKAGFARSRPHGACVPQRRR
    LTBP3 Mouse MPGPRGAAHGLAPAMHQAGALGLLALLLLALLGPGGG 144
    AEGGPAGERGTGGGGALARERFKVVFAPVICKRTCLKG
    QCRDSCQQGSNMTLIGENGHSTDTLTGSAFRVVVCPLPC
    MNGGQCSSRNQCLCPPDFTGRFCQVPAAGTGAGTGSSG
    PGLARTGAMSTGPLPPLAPEGESVASKHAIYAVQVIADP
    PGPGEGPPAQHAAFLVPLGPGQISAEVQAPPPVVNVRVH
    HPPEASVQVHRIEGPNAEGPASSQHLLPHPKPPHPRPPTQ
    KPLGRCFQDTLPKQPCGSNPLPGLTKQEDCCGSIGTAWG
    QSKCHKCPQLQYTGVQKPVPVRGEVGADCPQGYKRLN
    STHCQDINECAMPGNVCHGDCLNNPGSYRCVCPPGHSL
    GPLAAQCIADKPEEKSLCFRLVSTEHQCQHPLTTRLTRQ
    LCCCSVGKAWGARCQRCPADGTAAFKEICPGKGYHILT
    SHQTLTIQGESDFSLFLHPDGPPKPQQLPESPSRAPPLEDT
    EEERGVTMDPPVSEERSVQQSHPTTTTSPPRPYPELISRPS
    PPTFHRFLPDLPPSRSAVEIAPTQVTETDECRLNQNICGH
    GQCVPGPSDYSCHCNAGYRSHPQHRYCVDVNECEAEPC
    GPGKGICMNTGGSYNCHCNRGYRLHVGAGGRSCVDLN
    ECAKPHLCGDGGFCINFPGHYKCNCYPGYRLKASRPPIC
    EDIDECRDPSTCPDGKCENKPGSFKCIACQPGYRSQGGG
    ACRDVNECSEGTPCSPGWCENLPGSYRCTCAQYEPAQD
    GLSCIDVDECEAGKVCQDGICTNTPGSFQCQCLSGYHLS
    RDRSRCEDIDECDFPAACIGGDCINTNGSYRCLCPLGHR
    LVGGRKCKKDIDECSQDPGLCLPHACENLQGSYVCVCD
    EGFTLTQDQHGCEEVEQPHHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVL
    ATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLV
    PDGKRLHSGQQHCELCIPAHRDIDECILFGAEICKEGKCV
    NTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVDVDECLDESNCRN
    GVCENTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQAQCLIPERWSTPQR
    DVKCAGASEERTACVWGPWAGPALTFDDCCCRQPRLG
    TQCRPCPPRGTGSQCPTSQSESNSFWDTSPLLLGKSPRDE
    DSSEEDSDECRCVSGRCVPRPGGAVCECPGGFQLDASR
    ARCVDIDECRELNQRGLLCKSERCVNTSGSFRCVCKAGF
    TRSRPHGPACLSAAADDAAIAHTSVIDHRGYFH
    LTBP1 Cyno MAGAWLRWGLLLWAGLLASSAHGRLRRITYVVHPGPG 145
    LAAGALPLSGPPRSRTFNVALNARYSRSSAAAGAPSRAS
    PGVPSERTRRTSKPGGAALQGLRPPPPPPPEPARPAAPGG
    QLHPKPGGHPAAAPFAKQGRQVVRSKVPQETQSSGGSR
    LQVHQKQQLQGVNVCGGRCCHGWSKAPGSQRCTKRSC
    VPPCQNGGMCLRPQLCVCKPGTKGKACETIAAQDTSSP
    VFGGQSPGAASSWGPPEQAAKHTSSKKADTLPRVSPVA
    QMTLTLKPKPSVGLPQQIHSQVTPLSSQSVMIHHSQTQE
    YVLKPKYFPAQKGISGEQSTEGSFPLRYVQDQVAAPFQL
    SNHTGRIKVVFTPSICKVTCTKGSCQNSCEKGNTTTLISE
    NGHAADTLTATNFRVVLCHLPCMNGGQCSSRDKCQCPP
    NFTGKLCQIPVHGASVPKLYQHSQQPGKALGTHVIHSTH
    TLPLTVTSQQGVKVKFPPNIVNIHVKHPPEASVQIHQVSR
    IDGPTGQKTKEAQPGQSQVSYQGLPVQKTQTIHSTYSHQ
    QVIPHVYPVAAKTQLGRCFQETIGSQCGKALPGLSKQED
    CCGTVGTSWGFNKCQKCPKKPSYHGYNQMMECLPGYK
    RVNNTFCQDINECQLQGVCPNGECLNTMGSYRCTCKIG
    FGPDPTFSSCVPDPPVISEEKGPCYRLVSSGRQCMHPLSV
    HLTKQLCCCSVGKAWGPHCEKCPLPGTAAFKEICPGGM
    GYTVSGVHRRRPIHHHVGKGPVFVKPKNTQPVAKSTHP
    PPLPAKEEPVEALTFSREHGPGVAEPEVATAPPEKEIPSL
    DQEKTKLEPGQPQLSPGISTIHLHPQFPVVIEKTSPPVPVE
    VAPEASTSSASQVIAPTQVTEINECTVNPDICGAGHCINL
    PVRYTCICYEGYKFSEQQRKCVDIDECTQVQHLCSQGRC
    ENTEGSFLCICPAGFMASEEGTNCIDVDECLRPDVCGEG
    HCVNTVGAFRCEYCDSGYRMTQRGRCEDIDECLNPSTC
    PDEQCVNSPGSYQCVPCTEGFRGWNGQCLDVDECLEPN
    VCTNGDCSNLEGSYMCSCHKGYTRTPDHKHCKDIDECQ
    QGNLCVNGQCKNTEGSFRCTCGQGYQLSAAKDQCEDID
    ECQHHHLCAHGQCRNTEGSFQCVCDQGYRASGLGDHC
    EDINECLEDKSVCQRGDCINTAGSYDCTCPDGFQLDDN
    KTCQDINECEHPGLCGPQGECLNTEGSFHCVCQQGFSIS
    ADGRTCEDIDECVNNTVCDSHGFCDNTAGSFRCLCYQG
    FQAPQDGQGCVDVNECELLSGVCGEAFCENVEGSFLCV
    CADENQEYSPMTGQCRSRTSTDLDVEQPKEEKKECYYN
    LNDASLCDNVLAPNVTKQECCCTSGAGWGDNCEIFPCP
    VLGTAEFTEMCPKGKGFVPAGESSSEAGGENYKDADEC
    LLFGQEICKNGFCLNTRPGYECYCKQGTYYDPVKLQCF
    DMDECQDPSSCIDGQCVNTEGSYNCFCTHPMVLDASEK
    RCIRPAESNEQIEETDVYQDLCWEHLSDEYVCSRPLVGK
    QTTYTECCCLYGEAWGMQCALCPMKDSDDYAQLCNIP
    VTGRRQPYGRDALVDFSEQYAPEADPYFIQDRFLNSFEE
    LQAEECGILNGCENGRCVRVQEGYTCDCFDGYHLDTAK
    MTCVDVNECDELNNRMSLCKNAKCINTEGSYKCLCLPG
    YVPSDKPNYCTPLNTALNLEKDSDLE
    LTBP1S mouse NHTGRIKVVFTPSICKVTCTKGNCQNSCQKGNTTTLISE 146
    NGHAADTLTATNFRVVICHLPCMNGGQCSSRDKCQCPP
    NFTGKLCQIPVLGASMPKLYQHAQQQGKALGSHVIHST
    HTLPLTMTSQQGVKVKFPPNIVNIHVKHPPEASVQIHQV
    SRIDSPGGQKVKEAQPGQSQVSYQGLPVQKTQTVHSTY
    SHQQLIPHVYPVAAKTQLGRCFQETIGSQCGKALPGLSK
    QEDCCGTVGTSWGFNKCQKCPKKQSYHGYTQMMECL
    QGYKRVNNTFCQDINECQLQGVCPNGECLNTMGSYRCS
    CKMGFGPDPTFSSCVPDPPVISEEKGPCYRLVSPGRHCM
    HPLSVHLTKQICCCSVGKAWGPHCEKCPLPGTAAFKEIC
    PGGMGYTVSGVHRRRPIHQHIGKEAVYVKPKNTQPVAK
    STHPPPLPAKEEPVEALTSSWEHGPRGAEPEVVTAPPEK
    EIPSLDQEKTRLEPGQPQLSPGVSTIHLHPQFPVVVEKTSP
    PVPVEVAPEASTSSASQVIAPTQVTEINECTVNPDICGAG
    HCINLPVRYTCICYEGYKFSEQLRKCVDIDECAQVRHLC
    SQGRCENTEGSFLCVCPAGFMASEEGTNCIDVDECLRPD
    MCRDGRCINTAGAFRCEYCDSGYRMSRRGYCEDIDECL
    KPSTCPEEQCVNTPGSYQCVPCTEGFRGWNGQCLDVDE
    CLQPKVCTNGSCTNLEGSYMCSCHRGYSPTPDHRHCQD
    IDECQQGNLCMNGQCRNTDGSFRCTCGQGYQLSAAKD
    QCEDIDECEHHHLCSHGQCRNTEGSFQCVCNQGYRASV
    LGDHCEDINECLEDSSVCQGGDCINTAGSYDCTCPDGFQ
    LNDNKGCQDINECAQPGLCGSHGECLNTQGSFHCVCEQ
    GFSISADGRTCEDIDECVNNTVCDSHGFCDNTAGSFRCL
    CYQGFQAPQDGQGCVDVNECELLSGVCGEAFCENVEGS
    FLCVCADENQEYSPMTGQCRSRVTEDSGVDRQPREEKK
    ECYYNLNDASLCDNVLAPNVTKQECCCTSGAGWGDNC
    EIFPCPVQGTAEFTEMCPRGKGLVPAGESSYDTGGENYK
    DADECLLFGEEICKNGYCLNTQPGYECYCKQGTYYDPV
    KLQCFDMDECQDPNSCIDGQCVNTEGSYNCFCTHPMVL
    DASEKRCVQPTESNEQIEETDVYQDLCWEHLSEEYVCSR
    PLVGKQTTYTECCCLYGEAWGMQCALCPMKDSDDYA
    QLCNIPVTGRRRPYGRDALVDFSEQYGPETDPYFIQDRF
    LNSFEELQAEECGILNGCENGRCVRVQEGYTCDCFDGY
    HLDMAKMTCVDVNECSELNNRMSLCKNAKCINTEGSY
    KCLCLPGYIPSDKPNYCTPLNSALNLDKESDLE
    GARP mouse ISQRREQVPCRTVNKEALCHGLGLLQVPSVLSLDIQALY 147
    LSGNQLQSILVSPLGFYTALRHLDLSDNQISFLQAGVFQA
    LPYLEHLNLAHNRLATGMALNSGGLGRLPLLVSLDLSG
    NSLHGNLVERLLGETPRLRTLSLAENSLTRLARHTFWG
    MPAVEQLDLHSNVLMDIEDGAFEALPHLTHLNLSRNSL
    TCISDFSLQQLQVLDLSCNSIEAFQTAPEPQAQFQLAWL
    DLRENKLLHFPDLAVFPRLIYLNVSNNLIQLPAGLPRGSE
    DLHAPSEGWSASPLSNPSRNASTHPLSQLLNLDLSYNEIE
    LVPASFLEHLTSLRFLNLSRNCLRSFEARQVDSLPCLVLL
    DLSHNVLEALELGTKVLGSLQTLLLQDNALQELPPYTFA
    SLASLQRLNLQGNQVSPCGGPAEPGPPGCVDFSGIPTLH
    VLNMAGNSMGMLRAGSFLHTPLTELDLSTNPGLDVATG
    ALVGLEASLEVLELQGNGLTVLRVDLPCFLRLKRLNLAE
    NQLSHLPAWTRAVSLEVLDLRNNSFSLLPGNAMGGLET
    SLRRLYLQGNPLSCCGNGWLAAQLHQGRVDVDATQDL
    ICRFGSQEELSLSLVRPEDCEKGGLKNVNLILLLSFTLVS
    AIVLTTLATICFLRRQKLSQQYKA
    sGARP mouse ISQRREQVPCRTVNKEALCHGLGLLQVPSVLSLDIQALY 148
    LSGNQLQSILVSPLGFYTALRHLDLSDNQISFLQAGVFQA
    LPYLEHLNLAHNRLATGMALNSGGLGRLPLLVSLDLSG
    NSLHGNLVERLLGETPRLRTLSLAENSLTRLARHTFWG
    MPAVEQLDLHSNVLMDIEDGAFEALPHLTHLNLSRNSL
    TCISDFSLQQLQVLDLSCNSIEAFQTAPEPQAQFQLAWL
    DLRENKLLHFPDLAVFPRLIYLNVSNNLIQLPAGLPRGSE
    DLHAPSEGWSASPLSNPSRNASTHPLSQLLNLDLSYNEIE
    LVPASFLEHLTSLRFLNLSRNCLRSFEARQVDSLPCLVLL
    DLSHNVLEALELGTKVLGSLQTLLLQDNALQELPPYTFA
    SLASLQRLNLQGNQVSPCGGPAEPGPPGCVDFSGIPTLH
    VLNMAGNSMGMLRAGSFLHTPLTELDLSTNPGLDVATG
    ALVGLEASLEVLELQGNGLTVLRVDLPCFLRLKRLNLAE
    NQLSHLPAWTRAVSLEVLDLRNNSFSLLPGNAMGGLET
    SLRRLYLQGNPLSCCGNGWLAAQLHQGRVDVDATQDL
    ICRFGSQEELSLSLVRPEDCEKGGLKNVN
    LRRC33 mouse WRSGPGTATAASQGGCKVVDGVADCRGLNLASVPSSLP 149
    PHSRMLILDANPLKDLWNHSLQAYPRLENLSLHSCHLD
    RISHYAFREQGHLRNLVLADNRLSENYKESAAALHTLL
    GLRRLDLSGNSLTEDMAALMLQNLSSLEVVSLARNTLM
    RLDDSIFEGLEHLVELDLQRNYIFEIEGGAFDGLTELRRL
    NLAYNNLPCIVDFSLTQLRFLNVSYNILEWFLAAREEVA
    FELEILDLSHNQLLFFPLLPQCGKLHTLLLQDNNMGFYR
    ELYNTSSPQEMVAQFLLVDGNVTNITTVNLWEEFSSSDL
    SALRFLDMSQNQFRHLPDGFLKKTPSLSHLNLNQNCLK
    MLHIREHEPPGALTELDLSHNQLAELHLAPGLTGSLRNL
    RVFNLSSNQLLGVPTGLFDNASSITTIDMSHNQISLCPQM
    VPVDWEGPPSCVDFRNMGSLRSLSLDGCGLKALQDCPF
    QGTSLTHLDLSSNWGVLNGSISPLWAVAPTLQVLSLRD
    VGLGSGAAEMDFSAFGNLRALDLSGNSLTSFPKFKGSLA
    LRTLDLRRNSLTALPQRVVSEQPLRGLQTIYLSQNPYDC
    CGVEGWGALQQHFKTVADLSMVTCNLSSKIVRVVELPE
    GLPQGCKWEQVDTGLFYLVLILPSCLTLLVACTVVFLTF
    KKPLLQVIKSRCHWSSIY
    sLRRC33 mouse WRSGPGTATAASQGGCKVVDGVADCRGLNLASVPSSLP 150
    PHSRMLILDANPLKDLWNHSLQAYPRLENLSLHSCHLD
    RISHYAFREQGHLRNLVLADNRLSENYKESAAALHTLL
    GLRRLDLSGNSLTEDMAALMLQNLSSLEVVSLARNTLM
    RLDDSIFEGLEHLVELDLQRNYIFEIEGGAFDGLTELRRL
    NLAYNNLPCIVDFSLTQLRFLNVSYNILEWFLAAREEVA
    FELEILDLSHNQLLFFPLLPQCGKLHTLLLQDNNMGFYR
    ELYNTSSPQEMVAQFLLVDGNVTNITTVNLWEEFSSSDL
    SALRFLDMSQNQFRHLPDGFLKKTPSLSHLNLNQNCLK
    MLHIREHEPPGALTELDLSHNQLAELHLAPGLTGSLRNL
    RVFNLSSNQLLGVPTGLFDNASSITTIDMSHNQISLCPQM
    VPVDWEGPPSCVDFRNMGSLRSLSLDGCGLKALQDCPF
    QGTSLTHLDLSSNWGVLNGSISPLWAVAPTLQVLSLRD
    VGLGSGAAEMDFSAFGNLRALDLSGNSLTSFPKFKGSLA
    LRTLDLRRNSLTALPQRVVSEQPLRGLQTIYLSQNPYDC
    CGVEGWGALQQHFKTVADLSMVTCNLSSKIVRVVELPE
    GLPQGCKWEQVDTGL
    LRRC33 Cyno WRDRSVTATAASQRGCKLVGGDTDCRGQSLASVPSSLP 151
    PHARTLILDANPLKALWNHSLQPYPLLESLSLHSCHLERI
    GRGAFQEQGHLRSLVLGDNCLSENYKETAAALHTLPGL
    QTLDLSGNSLTEDMAALMLQNLSSLQSVSLARNTIMRL
    DDSVFEGLERLRELDLQRNYIFEIEGGAFDGLTELRHLNL
    AYNNLPCIVDFGLTQLRSLNVSYNVLEWFLAAGGEAAF
    ELETLDLSHNQLLFFPLLPQYSKLHTLLLRDNNMGFYRD
    LYNTSSPREMVAQFLLVDGNVTNITTVNLWEEFSSSDLA
    DLRFLDMSQNQFQYLPDGFLRKMPSLSHLNLNQNCLMT
    LHIREHEPPGALTELDLSHNQLSELHLTPGLASCLGSLRL
    FNLSSNQLLGVPPGLFANARNITTLDMSHNQISLCPLPAA
    SDRVGPPSCVDFRNMASLRSLSLEGCGLGALPDCPFQGT
    SLTSLDLSSNWGVLNGSLAPLRDVAPMLQVLSLRNMGL
    HSNFMALDFSGFGNLRDLDLSGNCLTTFPRFGGSLALET
    LDLRRNSLTALPQKAVSEQLSRGLRTIYLSQNPYDCCGV
    DGWGALQQGQTVADWATVTCNLSSKIIRLAELPGGVPR
    DCKWERLDLGLLYLVLILPSCLTLLVACTLIVLTFKKPLL
    QVIKSRCHWSSVY
    sLRRC33 Cyno WRDRSVTATAASQRGCKLVGGDTDCRGQSLASVPSSLP 152
    PHARTLILDANPLKALWNHSLQPYPLLESLSLHSCHLERI
    GRGAFQEQGHLRSLVLGDNCLSENYKETAAALHTLPGL
    QTLDLSGNSLTEDMAALMLQNLSSLQSVSLARNTIMRL
    DDSVFEGLERLRELDLQRNYIFEIEGGAFDGLTELRHLNL
    AYNNLPCIVDFGLTQLRSLNVSYNVLEWFLAAGGEAAF
    ELETLDLSHNQLLFFPLLPQYSKLHTLLLRDNNMGFYRD
    LYNTSSPREMVAQFLLVDGNVTNITTVNLWEEFSSSDLA
    DLRFLDMSQNQFQYLPDGFLRKMPSLSHLNLNQNCLMT
    LHIREHEPPGALTELDLSHNQLSELHLTPGLASCLGSLRL
    FNLSSNQLLGVPPGLFANARNITTLDMSHNQISLCPLPAA
    SDRVGPPSCVDFRNMASLRSLSLEGCGLGALPDCPFQGT
    SLTSLDLSSNWGVLNGSLAPLRDVAPMLQVLSLRNMGL
    HSNFMALDFSGFGNLRDLDLSGNCLTTFPRFGGSLALET
    LDLRRNSLTALPQKAVSEQLSRGLRTIYLSQNPYDCCGV
    DGWGALQQGQTVADWATVTCNLSSKIIRLAELPGGVPR
    DCKWERLDLGL
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins may be combined and/or complexed with one or more additional recombinant components. Such components may include extracellular proteins known to associate with GPCs including, but not limited to LTBPs, fibrillins, perlecan, GASP1/2 proteins, follistatin, follistatin-related gene (FLRG), decorin and/or GARP (including, but not limited to recombinant forms of such proteins). Some recombinant GPCs of the present invention must be co-expressed with one or more of such extracellular proteins for proper expression and/or folding.
  • In some embodiments, complexed LTBPs may include, but are not limited to LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4. Complexed LTBPs may comprise LTBP fragments and/or mutations. Some recombinant forms of LTBPs complexed with recombinant GPCs may comprise alternatively spliced variants of LTBPs. Some such variants of LTBP1 are shortened at the N-terminus, referred to herein as LTBP1S. Some recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise LTBPs, fragments or mutants thereof comprising the amino acid sequences listed in Table 9.
  • TABLE 9
    LTBP sequences
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    LTBP1 1265-1443 NECELLSGVCGEAFCENVEGSFLCVCADENQEYSPMTGQC 153
    RSRTSTDLDVDVDQPKEEKKECYYNLNDASLCDNVLAPNV
    TKQECCCTSGVGWGDNCEIFPCPVLGTAEFTEMCPKGKGF
    VPAGESSSEAGGENYKDADECLLFGQEICKNGFCLNTRPGY
    ECYCKQGTYYDPVKLQCF
    LTBP1 1265-1698 NECELLSGVCGEAFCENVEGSFLCVCADENQEYSPMTGQC 154
    RSRTSTDLDVDVDQPKEEKKECYYNLNDASLCDNVLAPNV
    TKQECCCTSGVGWGDNCEIFPCPVLGTAEFTEMCPKGKGF
    VPAGESSSEAGGENYKDADECLLFGQEICKNGFCLNTRPGY
    ECYCKQGTYYDPVKLQCFDMDECQDPSSCIDGQCVNTEGS
    YNCFCTHPMVLDASEKRCIRPAESNEQIEETDVYQDLCWE
    HLSDEYVCSRPLVGKQTTYTECCCLYGEAWGMQCALCPL
    KDSDDYAQLCNIPVTGRRQPYGRDALVDFSEQYTPEADPY
    FIQDRFLNSFEELQAEECGILNGCENGRCVRVQEGYTCDCF
    DGYHLDTAKMTCVDVNECDELNNRMSLCKNAKCINTDGS
    YKCLCLPGYVPSDKPNYCTPLNTALNLEKDSDLE
    LTBP1 809-1698 PSLDQEKTKLEPGQPQLSPGISTIHLHPQFPVVIEKTSPPVPV 155
    EVAPEASTSSASQVIAPTQVTEINECTVNPDICGAGHCINLP
    VRYTCICYEGYRFSEQQRKCVDIDECTQVQHLCSQGRCEN
    TEGSFLCICPAGFMASEEGTNCIDVDECLRPDVCGEGHCVN
    TVGAFRCEYCDSGYRMTQRGRCEDIDECLNPSTCPDEQCV
    NSPGSYQCVPCTEGFRGWNGQCLDVDECLEPNVCANGDC
    SNLEGSYMCSCHKGYTRTPDHKHCRDIDECQQGNLCVNG
    QCKNTEGSFRCTCGQGYQLSAAKDQCEDIDECQHRHLCAH
    GQCRNTEGSFQCVCDQGYRASGLGDHCEDINECLEDKSVC
    QRGDCINTAGSYDCTCPDGFQLDDNKTCQDINECEHPGLC
    GPQGECLNTEGSFHCVCQQGFSISADGRTCEDIDECVNNTV
    CDSHGFCDNTAGSFRCLCYQGFQAPQDGQGCVDVNECEL
    LSGVCGEAFCENVEGSFLCVCADENQEYSPMTGQCRSRTS
    TDLDVDVDQPKEEKKECYYNLNDASLCDNVLAPNVTKQE
    CCCTSGVGWGDNCEIFPCPVLGTAEFTEMCPKGKGFVPAG
    ESSSEAGGENYKDADECLLFGQEICKNGFCLNTRPGYECYC
    KQGTYYDPVKLQCFDMDECQDPSSCIDGQCVNTEGSYNCF
    CTHPMVLDASEKRCIRPAESNEQIEETDVYQDLCWEHLSDE
    YVCSRPLVGKQTTYTECCCLYGEAWGMQCALCPLKDSDD
    YAQLCNIPVTGRRQPYGRDALVDFSEQYTPEADPYFIQDRF
    LNSFEELQAEECGILNGCENGRCVRVQEGYTCDCFDGYHL
    DTAKMTCVDVNECDELNNRMSLCKNAKCINTDGSYKCLC
    LPGYVPSDKPNYCTPLNTALNLEKDSDLE
    LTBP1S NHTGRIKVVFTPSICKVTCTKGSCQNSCEKGNTTTLISENGH 156
    AADTLTATNFRVVICHLPCMNGGQCSSRDKCQCPPNFTGK
    LCQIPVHGASVPKLYQHSQQPGKALGTHVIHSTHTLPLTVT
    SQQGVKVKFPPNIVNIHVKHPPEASVQIHQVSRIDGPTGQK
    TKEAQPGQSQVSYQGLPVQKTQTIHSTYSHQQVIPHVYPVA
    AKTQLGRCFQETIGSQCGKALPGLSKQEDCCGTVGTSWGF
    NKCQKCPKKPSYHGYNQMMECLPGYKRVNNTFCQDINEC
    QLQGVCPNGECLNTMGSYRCTCKIGFGPDPTFSSCVPDPPV
    ISEEKGPCYRLVSSGRQCMHPLSVHLTKQLCCCSVGKAWG
    PHCEKCPLPGTAAFKEICPGGMGYTVSGVHRRRPIHHHVG
    KGPVFVKPKNTQPVAKSTHPPPLPAKEEPVEALTFSREHGP
    GVAEPEVATAPPEKEIPSLDQEKTKLEPGQPQLSPGISTIHLH
    PQFPVVIEKTSPPVPVEVAPEASTSSASQVIAPTQVTEINECT
    VNPDICGAGHCINLPVRYTCICYEGYRFSEQQRKCVDIDEC
    TQVQHLCSQGRCENTEGSFLCICPAGFMASEEGTNCIDVDE
    CLRPDVCGEGHCVNTVGAFRCEYCDSGYRMTQRGRCEDI
    DECLNPSTCPDEQCVNSPGSYQCVPCTEGFRGWNGQCLDV
    DECLEPNVCANGDCSNLEGSYMCSCHKGYTRTPDHKHCR
    DIDECQQGNLCVNGQCKNTEGSFRCTCGQGYQLSAAKDQ
    CEDIDECQHRHLCAHGQCRNTEGSFQCVCDQGYRASGLGD
    HCEDINECLEDKSVCQRGDCINTAGSYDCTCPDGFQLDDN
    KTCQDINECEHPGLCGPQGECLNTEGSFHCVCQQGFSISAD
    GRTCEDIDECVNNTVCDSHGFCDNTAGSFRCLCYQGFQAP
    QDGQGCVDVNECELLSGVCGEAFCENVEGSFLCVCADEN
    QEYSPMTGQCRSRTSTDLDVDVDQPKEEKKECYYNLNDAS
    LCDNVLAPNVTKQECCCTSGVGWGDNCEIFPCPVLGTAEF
    TEMCPKGKGFVPAGESSSEAGGENYKDADECLLFGQEICK
    NGFCLNTRPGYECYCKQGTYYDPVKLQCFDMDECQDPSS
    CIDGQCVNTEGSYNCFCTHPMVLDASEKRCIRPAESNEQIE
    ETDVYQDLCWEHLSDEYVCSRPLVGKQTTYTECCCLYGEA
    WGMQCALCPLKDSDDYAQLCNIPVTGRRQPYGRDALVDF
    SEQYTPEADPYFIQDRFLNSFEELQAEECGILNGCENGRCVR
    VQEGYTCDCFDGYHLDTAKMTCVDVNECDELNNRMSLCK
    NAKCINTDGSYKCLCLPGYVPSDKPNYCTPLNTALNLEKDS
    DLE
    LTBP3 GPAGERGAGGGGALARERFKVVFAPVICKRTCLKGQCRDS 157
    CQQGSNMTLIGENGHSTDTLTGSGFRVVVCPLPCMNGGQC
    SSRNQCLCPPDFTGRFCQVPAGGAGGGTGGSGPGLSRTGA
    LSTGALPPLAPEGDSVASKHAIYAVQVIADPPGPGEGPPAQ
    HAAFLVPLGPGQISAEVQAPPPVVNVRVHHPPEASVQVHRI
    ESSNAESAAPSQHLLPHPKPSHPRPPTQKPLGRCFQDTLPKQ
    PCGSNPLPGLTKQEDCCGSIGTAWGQSKCHKCPQLQYTGV
    QKPGPVRGEVGADCPQGYKRLNSTHCQDINECAMPGVCR
    HGDCLNNPGSYRCVCPPGHSLGPSRTQCIADKPEEKSLCFR
    LVSPEHQCQHPLTTRLTRQLCCCSVGKAWGARCQRCPTDG
    TAAFKEICPAGKGYHILTSHQTLTIQGESDFSLFLHPDGPPK
    PQQLPESPSQAPPPEDTEEERGVTTDSPVSEERSVQQSHPTA
    TTTPARPYPELISRPSPPTMRWFLPDLPPSRSAVEIAPTQVTE
    TDECRLNQNICGHGECVPGPPDYSCHCNPGYRSHPQHRYC
    VDVNECEAEPCGPGRGICMNTGGSYNCHCNRGYRLHVGA
    GGRSCVDLNECAKPHLCGDGGFCINFPGHYKCNCYPGYRL
    KASRPPVCEDIDECRDPSSCPDGKCENKPGSFKCIACQPGY
    RSQGGGACRDVNECAEGSPCSPGWCENLPGSFRCTCAQGY
    APAPDGRSCLDVDECEAGDVCDNGICSNTPGSFQCQCLSG
    YHLSRDRSHCEDIDECDFPAACIGGDCINTNGSYRCLCPQG
    HRLVGGRKCQDIDECSQDPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCD
    EGFTPTQDQHGCEEVEQPHHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLAT
    NVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGK
    GYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPG
    YECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVDVDECLDESNCRNGVCENTR
    GGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQRQCLSPEEMDVDECQDPAACRPG
    RCVNLPGSYRCECRPPWVPGPSGRDCQLPESPAERAPERRD
    VCWSQRGEDGMCAGPLAGPALTFDDCCCRQGRGWGAQC
    RPCPPRGAGSHCPTSQSESNSFWDTSPLLLGKPPRDEDSSEE
    DSDECRCVSGRCVPRPGGAVCECPGGFQLDASRARCVDID
    ECRELNQRGLLCKSERCVNTSGSFRCVCKAGFARSRPHGA
    CVPQRRR
  • In some embodiments, LTBPs may comprise detectable labels. Detectable labels may be used to allow for detection and/or isolation of recombinant proteins comprising LTBPs. Some detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags. Such tags may be used to isolate tagged proteins. Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. Such cleavage sites may be introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • In some embodiments, GARPs, including, but not limited to recombinant forms of GARP, may be complexed with recombinant GPCs. Some recombinant GPCs of the present invention may be co-expressed with GARPs to ensure proper folding and/or expression. In other embodiments, the GARP homologue, leucine rich repeat containing 33 (LRRC33,) or fragments and/or mutants thereof may be substituted for GARP [also referred to herein as leucine rich repeat containing 32 (LRRC32.)] Such LRRC33 fragments and/or mutants may comprise one or more regions from the LRRC33 sequence listed in Table 10 below. Recombinant GARPs may also comprise mutants and/or GARP fragments. Some recombinant GARPs may be soluble (referred to herein as sGARP).
  • In some embodiments, recombinant GARPs may comprise one or more amino acid sequences listed in Table 10. Some recombinant GARPs used herein may be expressed without the N-terminal residues AQ. Expressed GARPs may comprise detectable labels. Such detectable labels may be used to allow for detection and/or isolation. Some detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags. Such tags may be used to isolate tagged proteins. Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. 3C protease cleavage sites may be introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • TABLE 10
    GARP sequences
    SEQ ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    GARP AQHQDKVPCKMVDKKVSCQVLGLLQVPSVLPPDTETLDLS 158
    GNQLRSILASPLGFYTALRHLDLSTNEISFLQPGAFQALTHL
    EHLSLAHNRLAMATALSAGGLGPLPRVTSLDLSGNSLYSG
    LLERLLGEAPSLHTLSLAENSLTRLTRHTFRDMPALEQLDL
    HSNVLMDIEDGAFEGLPRLTHLNLSRNSLTCISDFSLQQLRV
    LDLSCNSIEAFQTASQPQAEFQLTWLDLRENKLLHFPDLAA
    LPRLIYLNLSNNLIRLPTGPPQDSKGIHAPSEGWSALPLSAPS
    GNASGRPLSQLLNLDLSYNEIELIPDSFLEHLTSLCFLNLSRN
    CLRTFEARRLGSLPCLMLLDLSHNALETLELGARALGSLRT
    LLLQGNALRDLPPYTFANLASLQRLNLQGNRVSPCGGPDEP
    GPSGCVAFSGITSLRSLSLVDNEIELLRAGAFLHTPLTELDLS
    SNPGLEVATGALGGLEASLEVLALQGNGLMVLQVDLPCFI
    CLKRLNLAENRLSHLPAWTQAVSLEVLDLRNNSFSLLPGSA
    MGGLETSLRRLYLQGNPLSCCGNGWLAAQLHQGRVDVDA
    TQDLICRFSSQEEVSLSHVRPEDCEKGGLKNINLIIILTFILVS
    AILLTTLAACCCVRRQKFNQQYKA
    sGARP AQHQDKVPCKMVDKKVSCQVLGLLQVPSVLPPDTETLDLS 159
    GNQLRSILASPLGFYTALRHLDLSTNEISFLQPGAFQALTHL
    EHLSLAHNRLAMATALSAGGLGPLPRVTSLDLSGNSLYSG
    LLERLLGEAPSLHTLSLAENSLTRLTRHTFRDMPALEQLDL
    HSNVLMDIEDGAFEGLPRLTHLNLSRNSLTCISDFSLQQLRV
    LDLSCNSIEAFQTASQPQAEFQLTWLDLRENKLLHFPDLAA
    LPRLIYLNLSNNLIRLPTGPPQDSKGIHAPSEGWSALPLSAPS
    GNASGRPLSQLLNLDLSYNEIELIPDSFLEHLTSLCFLNLSRN
    CLRTFEARRLGSLPCLMLLDLSHNALETLELGARALGSLRT
    LLLQGNALRDLPPYTFANLASLQRLNLQGNRVSPCGGPDEP
    GPSGCVAFSGITSLRSLSLVDNEIELLRAGAFLHTPLTELDLS
    SNPGLEVATGALGGLEASLEVLALQGNGLMVLQVDLPCFI
    CLKRLNLAENRLSHLPAWTQAVSLEVLDLRNNSFSLLPGSA
    MGGLETSLRRLYLQGNPLSCCGNGWLAAQLHQGRVDVDA
    TQDLICRFSSQEEVSLSHVRPEDCEKGGLKNIN
    LRRC33 WRNRSGTATAASQGVCKLVGGAADCRGQSLASVPSSLPPH 160
    ARMLTLDANPLKTLWNHSLQPYPLLESLSLHSCHLERISRG
    AFQEQGHLRSLVLGDNCLSENYEETAAALHALPGLRRLDL
    SGNALTEDMAALMLQNLSSLRSVSLAGNTIMRLDDSVFEG
    LERLRELDLQRNYIFEIEGGAFDGLAELRHLNLAFNNLPCIV
    DFGLTRLRVLNVSYNVLEWFLATGGEAAFELETLDLSHNQ
    LLFFPLLPQYSKLRTLLLRDNNMGFYRDLYNTSSPREMVA
    QFLLVDGNVTNITTVSLWEEFSSSDLADLRFLDMSQNQFQY
    LPDGFLRKMPSLSHLNLHQNCLMTLHIREHEPPGALTELDL
    SHNQLSELHLAPGLASCLGSLRLFNLSSNQLLGVPPGLFAN
    ARNITTLDMSHNQISLCPLPAASDRVGPPSCVDFRNMASLR
    SLSLEGCGLGALPDCPFQGTSLTYLDLSSNWGVLNGSLAPL
    QDVAPMLQVLSLRNMGLHSSFMALDFSGFGNLRDLDLSG
    NCLTTFPRFGGSLALETLDLRRNSLTALPQKAVSEQLSRGL
    RTIYLSQNPYDCCGVDGWGALQHGQTVADWAMVTCNLSS
    KIIRVTELPGGVPRDCKWERLDLGLLYLVLILPSCLTLLVAC
    TVIVLTFKKPLLQVIKSRCHWSSVY
    sLRRC33 WRNRSGTATAASQGVCKLVGGAADCRGQSLASVPSSLPPH 161
    ARMLTLDANPLKTLWNHSLQPYPLLESLSLHSCHLERISRG
    AFQEQGHLRSLVLGDNCLSENYEETAAALHALPGLRRLDL
    SGNALTEDMAALMLQNLSSLRSVSLAGNTIMRLDDSVFEG
    LERLRELDLQRNYIFEIEGGAFDGLAELRHLNLAFNNLPCIV
    DFGLTRLRVLNVSYNVLEWFLATGGEAAFELETLDLSHNQ
    LLFFPLLPQYSKLRTLLLRDNNMGFYRDLYNTSSPREMVA
    QFLLVDGNVTNITTVSLWEEFSSSDLADLRFLDMSQNQFQY
    LPDGFLRKMPSLSHLNLHQNCLMTLHIREHEPPGALTELDL
    SHNQLSELHLAPGLASCLGSLRLFNLSSNQLLGVPPGLFAN
    ARNITTLDMSHNQISLCPLPAASDRVGPPSCVDFRNMASLR
    SLSLEGCGLGALPDCPFQGTSLTYLDLSSNWGVLNGSLAPL
    QDVAPMLQVLSLRNMGLHSSFMALDFSGFGNLRDLDLSG
    NCLTTFPRFGGSLALETLDLRRNSLTALPQKAVSEQLSRGL
    RTIYLSQNPYDCCGVDGWGALQHGQTVADWAMVTCNLSS
    KIIRVTELPGGVPRDCKWERLDLGL
  • GPCs bound to LTBPs may adopt three dimensional conformations that are distinct from conformations found with GPCs bound to GARP or other matrix proteins. This may be due, in some cases, to the presence of cysteines available on LTBP for disulfide bond formation with GPCs that comprise a different distance from one another than corresponding cysteines available for disulfide bond formation on GARP. Such differences in three dimensional conformations may provide unique conformation-dependent epitopes on GPCs. In some embodiments, antibodies of the invention are directed to such conformation-dependent epitopes. Such antibodies may function selectively to activate or inhibit growth factor activity depending on the identity of bound protein (e.g. LTBP or GARP.) In some cases, different conformation-dependent epitopes may be present on N-terminal alpha helices of proTGF-β when bound to LTBP or GARP.
  • Recombinant proteins of the present invention may be coexpressed with GDF-associated serum protein (GASP) 1 and/or GASP-2. Such recombinant proteins may include, but are not limited to GDF-8 and/or GDF-11. GASPs are circulating proteins that bind and prevent activity of GDF-8 and GDF-11 (Hill, J. J. et al., 2003. Mol Endocrinology. 17(6):1144-54 and Hill, J. J. et al., 2002. JBC. 277(43):40735-41, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Interestingly, GDF-8 and GDF-11 growth factors are not found free in serum. About 70% are in GPCs with the remaining 30% associated with GASPs as well as other proteins (e.g. follistatin, follistatin-like related gene and decorin.) Studies using mice lacking expression of GASP-1 and/or GASP-2 display phenotypes indicative of myostatin and/or GDF-11 overactivity (Lee et al., 2013. PNAS. 110(39):E3713-22.) GASP bound GDF-8 and/or GDF-11 are unable to bind type II receptors and transmit related cellular signals.
  • Some recombinant proteins may be coexpressed with perlecan. Such recombinant proteins may include, but are not limited to GDF-8. Studies by Sengle et al (Sengle et al., 2011. J Biol Chem. 286(7):5087-99, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety) found that the GDF-8 prodomain associates with perlecan. Further studies indicate that perlecan knockout leads to muscular hypertrophy, suggesting that the interaction between GDF-8 and perlecan may contribute to GDF-8 activity (Xu et al. 2010. Matrix Biol. 29(6):461-70.)
  • In some cases, recombinant proteins of the invention may be coexpressed with follistatin and/or FLRG. Such recombinant proteins may include, but are not limited to GDF-8. Both follistatin and FLRG are known to antagonize some TGF-β family member proteins, including, but not limited to GDF-8 (Lee, S-J. et al., 2010. Mol Endocrinol. 24(10):1998-2008, Takehara-Kasamatsu, Y. et al., 2007. J Med Invest. 54(3-4):276-88, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Follistatin has been shown to block GDF-8 activity by binding to the free growth factor and preventing receptor binding. Both follistatin and FLRG are implicated in modulating growth factor activity during development.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the invention may be coexpressed with decorin. Such recombinant proteins may include, but are not limited to TGF-β and GDF-8. Decorin is a known antagonist of TGF-β activity (Zhu, J. et al., 2007. J Biol Chem. 282:25852-63, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety) and may also antagonize other TGF-β family members, including, but not limited to GDF-8. Decorin-dependent inhibition of TGF-β and GDF-8 activity has been shown to reduce fibrosis in various tissues. Decorin expression has also been shown to increase the expression of follistatin, a known inhibitor of free GDF-8.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise those depicted in FIG. 7. Some recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more features and/or combinations of protein modules from the embodiments depicted in FIG. 7.
    • Recombinant Growth Differentiation Factors (GDFs) Activins and Inhibins
  • Growth differentiation factors (GDFs), activins and inhibins are TGF-β family member proteins involved in a number of cellular and/or developmental activities. In some embodiments of the present invention, recombinant proteins may comprise one or more protein modules from one or more GDFs, activins and/or inhibins. In further embodiments, GDF protein modules may comprise GDF-8 and/or GDF-11 protein modules.
  • GDF-8 and GDF-11, which are secreted as latent complexes (Sengle et al., 2011. J Biol Chem. 286(7):5087-99; Ge et al., 2005. Mol Cel Biol. 25(14):5846-58,) show conservation of the fastener residues (Lys 27 and Tyr 75 of TGF-β1; see FIGS. 8A-8G.) GDF-8 (also referred to herein as myostatin) is involved in regulating muscle mass, and its deficiency increases muscle mass in multiple species, including humans (Rodino-Klapac, L. R. et al., 2009. Muscle Nerve. 39(3):283-96). GDF-8 may be found in the circulation in latent form, but may also be stored in the extracellular matrix, bound to LTBP3 (Anderson et al., 2007. J Biol Chem. 283(11):7027-35) or perlecan (Sengle et al., 2011. J Biol Chem. 286(7):5087-99.) While complexed with its prodomain, GDF-8 is unable to participate in receptor binding with the type II receptor, ActRIIB (Sengle et al., 2008. J Mol Biol. 381(4):1025-39.) While GDF-8 is expressed primarily in muscle, GDF-11 expression is more systemic and its activity is thought to be involved in multiple processes (Lee et al., 2013. PNAS. 110(39):E3713-22.). It is believed to be involved in development of multiple tissues, including, but not limited to the retina, kidney, pancreas and olfactory system. It is also believed to be a circulating factor in the blood (Sinha, M. et al., 2014. Science Express. 10.1126/science.1251152, p 2-6 and Katsimpardi, L. et al., 2014. Science Express. 10.1126/science.1251141, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • GDF-8 and GDF-11 also share considerable homology. While the prodomains only share 48% homology, GDF-8 and GDF-11 growth factor domains share 90% homology (60% homology when prodomains and growth factors are taken together.)
  • Release of GDF-8 and GDF-11 from latent GPCs requires cleavage of the prodomains at the BMP/tolloid cleavage site (located between Arg 75 and Asp 76 in GDF-8 and between Gly 97 and Asp 98 in GDF-11) by BMP1/tolloid metalloproteinases. This cleavage is between the α2 helix and the fastener. Thus at least two different methods of unfastening the straitjacket, force and proteolysis, can release family members from latency.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention comprising GDFs may comprise sequences listed in Table 11 or fragments thereof.
  • TABLE 11
    Recombinant GDFs
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    proGDF-8 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSKLRLE 5
    TAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDY
    HATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKA
    QLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNP
    GTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTF
    PGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRY
    PLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHL
    VHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVV
    DRCGCS
    GDF-8 prodomain NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSKLRLE 70
    TAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDY
    HATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKA
    QLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNP
    GTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTF
    PGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRR
    GDF-8 prodomain NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSKLRLE 162
    D76A TAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSSDGSLEDDDY
    HATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKA
    QLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNP
    GTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTF
    PGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRR
    proGDF-8 AXXA NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSKLRLE 163
    TAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDY
    HATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKA
    QLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNP
    GTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTF
    PGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKASRADFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRY
    PLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHL
    VHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVV
    DRCGCS
    proGDF-8 D76A NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSKLRLE 164
    TAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSSDGSLEDDDY
    HATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKA
    QLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNP
    GTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTF
    PGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRY
    PLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHL
    VHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVV
    DRCGCS
    proGDF-8 AXXA NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQILSKLRLE 165
    D76A TAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRADSSDGSLEDDDY
    HATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKA
    QLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNP
    GTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTF
    PGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKASRADFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRY
    PLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHL
    VHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVV
    DRCGCS
    proGDF-11 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPDGCPVC 4
    VWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPP
    LQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPA
    VQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATVY
    LQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSI
    DFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGL
    HPFMELRVLENTKRSRRNLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEA
    FGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPR
    GSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    proGDF-11 D98A AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPDGCPVC 166
    VWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPP
    LQQILDLHDFQGAALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPA
    VQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATVY
    LQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSI
    DFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGL
    HPFMELRVLENTKRSRRNLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEA
    FGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPR
    GSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    proGDF-11 D2G AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPDGCPVC 167
    VWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPP
    LQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPA
    VQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATVY
    LQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSI
    DFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGL
    HPFMELRVLENTKRSGNLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAF
    GWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPRG
    SAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    proGDF-11 AxxA AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPDGCPVC 168
    VWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPP
    LQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPA
    VQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATVY
    LQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSI
    DFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGL
    HPFMELRVLENTKASRANLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEA
    FGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPR
    GSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    proGDF-11 AxxA AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPDGCPVC 169
    D98A VWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPP
    LQQILDLHDFQGAALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPA
    VQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATVY
    LQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSI
    DFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGL
    HPFMELRVLENTKASRANLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEA
    FGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPR
    GSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-11 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPDGCPVC 170
    prodomain D98A VWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPP
    LQQILDLHDFQGAALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPA
    VQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATVY
    LQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSI
    DFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGL
    HPFMELRVLENTKRSRR
    GDF-11 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPDGCPVC 71
    prodomain VWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISREVVKQLLPKAPP
    LQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPA
    VQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATVY
    LQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSI
    DFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGL
    HPFMELRVLENTKRSRR
  • Activins and inhibins are TGF-β family member proteins, the activity of each of which often results in opposing functions (Bilezikjian et al 2012.) Like other family members, these proteins occur physiologically as dimers. Activins and inhibins are constructed in part from the same β-subunits, that may include inhibin-beta A, inhibin-beta B, inhibin-beta C and inhibin-beta E (referred to herein as β-subunit A, B, C and E, respectively.) The difference between activins and inhibins, structurally, is that activins are β-subunit dimers while inhibins are heterodimers, wherein the second subunit is inhibin-α. Activins are named for their subunit pairs, such that activin A comprises a homodimer of two A subunits, activin AB comprises a dimer of A and B subunits, B comprises a dimer of B subunits, etc. (Muenster et al 2011.) Activins are involved in a variety of functions that may include, but are not limited to cell growth, differentiation, programmed cell death, endocrine functions, cellular metabolism, bone growth, etc. They are especially recognized for their control of reproductive hormone cycles. Activin and inhibin signaling often functions antagonistically in this regard.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise integrins. Integrins are cell surface heterodimers formed by alpha and beta subunits, each of which has a transmembrane domain and in the N-terminal portion of the extracellular domain come together to form the ligand binding site. Recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise integrins and/or integrin subunits. Such integrins and/or integrin subunits may comprise any of those disclosed in U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/722,919 filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Recombinant proteins of the invention may include intercellular adhesion molecule 1 (ICAM-1). In some cases, ICAM-1 proteins of the present invention may be used as control proteins during antibody development and/or antibody testing. In some cases, ICAM-1 may be used as a control during selection of binding molecules using phage display technologies. In some cases, ICAM-1 proteins of the invention comprise one or more detectable label. Detectable labels may include, for example, histidine tags.
    • Chimeric Proteins
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise chimeric proteins. As used herein, the term “chimeric protein” refers to a protein comprising one or more protein modules from at least two different proteins [formed from the same gene (e.g. variants arising from alternative splicing) or from different genes]. Chimeric proteins may comprise protein modules from two or more TGF-β family member proteins. Such chimeric proteins may comprise protein modules from TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3. Some chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules including, but not limited to the protein modules and/or amino acid sequences listed in Table 12 (residue numbers correspond to the pro-protein sequences listed in Table 1.) Some chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules comprising amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 12, but comprising additional or fewer amino acids than those listed. Such modules may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • TABLE 12
    Protein modules
    SEQ
    Protein Residues Sequence ID NO
    TGF-β1 1-74 LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEV 171
    PPGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADY
    TGF-β1  1-207 LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEV 172
    PPGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYA
    KEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELRE
    AVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNS
    WRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIE
    GFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDI
    TGF-β1 46-end EAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTR 173
    VLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEP
    VLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLS
    NRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLS
    AHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPF
    LLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCC
    VRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIW
    SLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIV
    YYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β1 47-end AVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKEVTRV 174
    LMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVL
    LSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNR
    LLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAH
    CSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLL
    LMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVR
    QLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSL
    DTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYY
    VGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β1 74-249 YYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSE 175
    LREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSN
    NSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGG
    EIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATI
    HGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRR
    TGF-β1 74-end YYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSE 176
    LREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSN
    NSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGG
    EIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATI
    HGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCF
    SSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFC
    LGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVP
    QALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β1 75-249 YAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSEL 177
    REAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNN
    SWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEI
    EGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIH
    GMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRR
    TGF-β1 75-end YAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSEL 178
    REAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNN
    SWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEI
    EGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIH
    GMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSS
    TEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLG
    PCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQA
    LEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β1 228-361  FLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNC 179
    CVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYI
    WSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPI
    VYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β1 250-361  ALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP 44
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGA
    SAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSC
    KCS
    TGF-β2 232-260  FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTP 65
    TGF-β2 236-254  GTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKK 180
    TGF-β3 1-46 SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEP 43
    TVMTHVP
    TGF-β3 1-79 SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEP 181
    TVMTHVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQEN
    TESE
    TGF-β3 80-280 YYAKEIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNV 182
    SSVEKNRTNLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQIL
    RPDEHIAKQRYIGGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVRE
    WLLRRESNLGLEISIHCPCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIK
    FKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRLKKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPP
    HRLDNPGQGGQRKKR
    TGF-β3 281-392  ALDTNYCFRNLEENCCVRPLYIDFRQDLGWKWVHEP 46
    KGYYANFCSGPCPYLRSADTTHSTVLGLYNTLNPEAS
    ASPCCVPQDLEPLTILYYVGRTPKVEQLSNMVVKSCK
    CS
    GDF-8 1-75 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQIL 183
    SKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQR
    GDF-8 1-64 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKIQIL 72
    SKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPL
    GDF-8 75-end RDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGK 184
    PKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFV
    QILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVK
    TVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGE
    DGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCR
    YPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQK
    YPHTHLVHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGK
    EQIIYGKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF8 65-end RELIDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTES 185
    DFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLR
    PVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPG
    TGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHD
    LAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRRDFGLDCD
    EHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCS
    GECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSP
    INMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF8 65-243 RELIDQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTES 77
    DFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLR
    PVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPG
    TGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHD
    LAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRR
    GDF-8 76-243 DDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKP 186
    KCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQI
    LRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKT
    VLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGPGED
    GLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRR
    GDF-8 244-352  DFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKR 74
    YKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHLVHQANPRGSAGPC
    CTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-11 1-86 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPD 73
    GCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISRE
    VVKQLLPKAPPL
    GDF-11 1-96 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPD 187
    GCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISRE
    VVKQLLPKAPPLQQILDLHDFQ
    GDF-11  1-108 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAPEPD 188
    GCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEAPNISRE
    VVKQLLPKAPPLQQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEE
    GDF-11 97-274 GDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDPAVQTDG 189
    SPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYLRPVPRPATV
    YLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRIRSLKIELHSR
    SGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTD
    LAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKRSRR
    GDF-11 87-274 QQILDLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQ 78
    ETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVY
    LRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHIRI
    RSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSNWGIEI
    NAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRVLENTKRS
    RR
    GDF-11 275-383  NLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKR 75
    YKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPRGSAGP
    CCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    Inhibin 1-64 SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEMVEA 190
    Beta A VKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALL
    Inhibin 1-76 SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEMVEA 191
    Beta A VKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLNAIRKLHVG
    KVG
    Inhibin 65-288 NAIRKLHVGKVGENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQT 192
    Beta A SEIITFAESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFL
    KVPKANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVG
    LKGERSELLLSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQ
    GKSSLDVRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGK
    KKGGGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHR
    RR
    Inhibin 65-289 NAIRKLHVGKVGENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQT 193
    Beta A SEIITFAESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFL
    KVPKANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVG
    LKGERSELLLSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQ
    GKSSLDVRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGK
    KKGGGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHR
    RRR
    Inhibin 65-290 NAIRKLHVGKVGENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQT 194
    Beta A SEIITFAESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFL
    KVPKANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVG
    LKGERSELLLSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQ
    GKSSLDVRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGK
    KKGGGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHR
    RRRR
    Inhibin 77-289 ENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFAESGTARK 195
    Beta A TLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTKV
    TIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELLLSEK
    VVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLDVRIACEQ
    CQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKGGGEGGAGA
    DEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHRRRR
    Inhibin 77-290 ENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFAESGTARK 196
    Beta A TLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTKV
    TIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELLLSEK
    VVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLDVRIACEQ
    CQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKGGGEGGAGA
    DEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHRRRRR
    Inhibin 77-end ENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFAESGTARK 197
    Beta A TLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTKV
    TIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELLLSEK
    VVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLDVRIACEQ
    CQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKGGGEGGAGA
    DEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHRRRRRGLECDGK
    VNICCKKQFFVSFKDIGWNDWIIAPSGYHANYCEGEC
    PSHIAGTSGSSLSFHSTVINHYRMRGHSPFANLKSCCV
    PTKLRPMSMLYYDDGQNIIKKDIQNMIVEECGCS
    Inhibin 291-406  GLECDGKVNICCKKQFFVSFKDIGWNDWIIAPSGYHA 198
    Beta A NYCEGECPSHIAGTSGSSLSFHSTVINHYRMRGHSPFA
    NLKSCCVPTKLRPMSMLYYDDGQNIIKKDIQNMIVEE
    CGCS
  • In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise combinations of any of the protein modules listed in Table 12. Some chimeric proteins comprising GPCs may comprise protein modules that have been substituted with any of the protein modules listed in Table 12.
  • In some embodiments, chimeric proteins may comprise protein modules from GDFs and/or inhibins. Such GDFs may include GDF-11 and/or GDF-8. Some such chimeric proteins may comprise a prodomain from GDF-11 and a growth factor from GDF-8. In such embodiments, chimeric proteins may comprise substituted N-terminal regions between GDF-11 and GDF-8. In other embodiments, chimeric proteins may comprise a prodomain from GDF-8 and a growth factor from GDF-11. Such chimeric proteins may comprise amino acid residues 1-108 from GDF-11 and amino acid residues 90—the end of the protein from GDF-8. Some chimeric proteins may comprise an arm region from GDF-11.
  • Some chimerics of the present invention may comprise GDF-8 comprising an arm region of GDF-11. Such chimerics may be unstable due to steric clash between residue F95 from the GDF-11 arm and the α2 helix of the chimeric GPC. Therefore, in some cases, GDF8/GDF11/Activin chimeras may be designed so that the ARM region of such chimeric proteins contains the α2 helix. Furthermore, F95 may be an important residue in conferring latency for GDF11. This residue is in a similar position as a Camurati-Engelmann mutation found in TGF-β1, Y81H (see FIGS. 8A-8G), thus, mutation of this residue to a smaller amino acid, such as an Alanine, may be carried out to promote dissociation of the mature GDF11 growth factor from the GPC. Such mutants may be useful as positive control molecules in designing assays to screen for GDF11 activating antibodies.
  • In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise protein module combinations including, but not limited to the combinations of protein modules and/or amino acid sequences listed in Table 13. Some chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise protein modules comprising amino acid sequences similar to those in Table 13, but comprising additional or fewer amino acids than those listed. Such amino acid sequences may comprise about 1 more or fewer amino acids, about 2 more or fewer amino acids, about 3 more or fewer amino acids, about 4 more or fewer amino acids, about 5 more or fewer amino acids, about 6 more or fewer amino acids, about 7 more or fewer amino acids, about 8 more or fewer amino acids, about 9 more or fewer amino acids, about 10 more or fewer amino acids or greater than 10 more or fewer amino acids on N-terminal and/or C-terminal ends.
  • TABLE 13
    Protein module combinations
    SEQ
    Protein Protein Protein ID
    module 1 module 2 module 3 Chimeric Sequence NO
    TGF-β2 TGF-β1 N/A SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPE 199
    LAP growth DYPEPEEVPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACE
    factor RERSDEEYYAKEVYKIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPY
    FRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKAEFRVFRLQNPKAR
    VPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVVKTRAE
    GEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPC
    CTFVPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQ
    KTIKSTRKKNSGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRR
    KKRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWK
    WIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALY
    NQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVE
    QLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β3 TGF-β1 N/A SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSP 200
    LAP growth PEPTVMTHVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEG
    factor CTQENTESEYYAKEIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCP
    KGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRTNLFRAEFRVLRVPNP
    SSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYIGGKNLPTRG
    TAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHCPCH
    TFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDL
    GRLKKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQR
    KKRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWK
    WIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALY
    NQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVE
    QLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β3 TGF-β1 N/A SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSP 201
    (1-46) (47-end) PEPTVMTHVPAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEP
    EADYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYM
    FFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHV
    ELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTG
    VVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDI
    NGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQH
    LQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRK
    DLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYS
    KVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVG
    RKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β3 TGF-β1 N/A SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSP 202
    (1-79) (75-end) PEPTVMTHVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEG
    CTQENTESEYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQST
    HSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLK
    VEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLS
    FDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNT
    LQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPL
    ERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLY
    IDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLD
    TQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIV
    YYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β1 TGF-β3 TGF-β1 LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQ 203
    (1-74) (80-280) (250-361) GEVPPGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPE
    ADYYYAKEIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSK
    VFRFNVSSVEKNRTNLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNE
    QRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYIGGKNLPTRGTAEWL
    SFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHCPCHTFQPN
    GDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRLKK
    QKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKKRAL
    DTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEP
    KGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNP
    GASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNM
    IVRSCKCS
    TGF-β3 TGF-β1 TGF-β3 SLSLSTCTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSP 204
    (1-79) (75-249) (281-392) PEPTVMTHVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEG
    CTQENTESEYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQST
    HSIYMFFNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLK
    VEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLS
    FDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNT
    LQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPL
    ERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFRNLEENCCVRPLY
    IDFRQDLGWKWVHEPKGYYANFCSGPCPYLRSA
    DTTHSTVLGLYNTLNPEASASPCCVPQDLEPLTIL
    YYVGRTPKVEQLSNMVVKSCKCS
    TGF-β1 TGF-β2 TGF-β1 LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQ 205
    (1-207) trigger (228-361) GEVPPGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPE
    loop ADYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMF
    Short FNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVE
    (236-254) LYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGV
    VRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDIG
    TSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKFLLLMATPLERAQHLQS
    SRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLG
    WKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVL
    ALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKP
    KVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    TGF-β1 TGF-β2 TGF-β1 LSTCKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQ 206
    (1-207) trigger (228-361) GEVPPGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPE
    loop ADYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMF
    Long FNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVE
    (232-260) LYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGV
    VRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDIA
    GIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTPFLLLMAT
    PLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQ
    LYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWS
    LDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLP
    IVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    GDF-11 GDF-8 GDF-11 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAP 207
    (1-96) (76-243) (275-383) EPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEA
    PNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLQQILDLHDFQDDSSDGS
    LEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFF
    KFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILR
    LIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKT
    VLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGP
    GEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRRNLGLDCDEHSSE
    SRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGQ
    CEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKM
    SPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-11 GDF-8 GDF-11 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAP 208
    (1-86) (65-243) (275-383) EPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEA
    PNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSDG
    SLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCF
    FKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQIL
    RLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDV
    KTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFP
    GPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRRNLGLDCDEHS
    SESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCS
    GQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQANPRGSAGPCCTPT
    KMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPGMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-11 GDF-8 N/A AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAP 209
    (1-96) (76-243) EPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEA
    PNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLQQILDLHDFQDDSSDGS
    LEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCFF
    KFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQILR
    LIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDVKT
    VLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFPGP
    GEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRR
    GDF-11 GDF-8 NA AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAP 210
    (1-86) (65-243) EPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEA
    PNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLRELIDQYDVQRDDSSDG
    SLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTESDFLMQVDGKPKCCF
    FKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIYLRPVETPTTVFVQIL
    RLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLDMNPGTGIWQSIDV
    KTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKALDENGHDLAVTFP
    GPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKRSRR
    GDF-11 Inhibin GDF-11 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAP 211
    (1-96) Beta A (275-383) EPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEA
    (77-290) PNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLQQILDLHDFQENGYVEI
    EDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFAESGTARKTLHF
    EISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTKVTI
    RLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELLLS
    EKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLDVRI
    ACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKGGG
    EGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHRRR
    RRNLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWDWI
    IAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQAN
    PRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKIPG
    MVVDRCGCS
    GDF-11 Inhibin GDF-11 AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAP 212
    (1-86) Beta A (275-383) EPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEA
    (65-290) PNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLNAIRKLHVGKVGENGY
    VEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFAESGTARKTL
    HFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTK
    VTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELL
    LSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLD
    VRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKG
    GGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHR
    RRRRNLGLDCDEHSSESRCCRYPLTVDFEAFGWD
    WIIAPKRYKANYCSGQCEYMFMQKYPHTHLVQQ
    ANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNDKQQIIYGKI
    PGMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-11 Inhibin N/A AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAP 213
    (1-96) Beta A EPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEA
    (77-290) PNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLQQILDLHDFQENGYVEI
    EDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFAESGTARKTLHF
    EISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTKVTI
    RLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELLLS
    EKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLDVRI
    ACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKGGG
    EGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHRRR
    RR
    GDF-11 Inhibin NA AEGPAAAAAAAAAAAAAGVGGERSSRPAPSVAP 214
    (1-86) Beta A EPDGCPVCVWRQHSRELRLESIKSQILSKLRLKEA
    (65-290) PNISREVVKQLLPKAPPLNAIRKLHVGKVGENGY
    VEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFAESGTARKTL
    HFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVPKANRTRTK
    VTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVGLKGERSELL
    LSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLLDQGKSSLD
    VRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEEEGEGKKKG
    GGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQARQSEDHPHR
    RRRR
    GDF-8 GDF-11 GDF-8 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKI 215
    (1-75) (97-274) (244-352) QILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQY
    DVQRGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETD
    PAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVY
    LRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRR
    HIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQS
    NWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELR
    VLENTKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFE
    AFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTH
    LVHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQII
    YGKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-8 GDF-11 GDF-8 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKI 216
    (1-64) (87-274) (244-352) QILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLQQILDLH
    DFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDP
    AVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYL
    RPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHI
    RIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSN
    WGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRV
    LENTKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEA
    FGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHL
    VHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIY
    GKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-8 GDF-11 N/A NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKI 217
    (1-75) (97-274) QILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQY
    DVQRGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETD
    PAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVY
    LRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRR
    HIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQS
    NWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELR
    VLENTKRSRR
    GDF-8 GDF-11 GDF-8 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKI 218
    (1-64) (87-274) (244-352) QILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLQQILDLH
    DFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQETDP
    AVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLWVYL
    RPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGGRRHI
    RIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQPQSN
    WGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFMELRV
    LENTKRSRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVDFEA
    FGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPHTHL
    VHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKEQIIY
    GKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-8 Inhibin GDF-8 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKI 219
    (1-75) Beta A (244-352) QILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQY
    (77-289) DVQRENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFA
    ESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVP
    KANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVG
    LKGERSELLLSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLL
    DQGKSSLDVRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEE
    EGEGKKKGGGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQAR
    QSEDHPHRRRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPLTVD
    FEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQKYPH
    THLVHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFNGKE
    QIIYGKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-8 Inhibin GDF-8 NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKI 220
    (1-64) Beta A (244-352) QILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLNAIRKLH
    (65-290) VGKVGENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITF
    AESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLK
    VPKANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEE
    VGLKGERSELLLSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQR
    LLDQGKSSLDVRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKK
    EEEGEGKKKGGGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQ
    ARQSEDHPHRRRRRDFGLDCDEHSTESRCCRYPL
    TVDFEAFGWDWIIAPKRYKANYCSGECEFVFLQK
    YPHTHLVHQANPRGSAGPCCTPTKMSPINMLYFN
    GKEQIIYGKIPAMVVDRCGCS
    GDF-8 Inhibin N/A NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKI 221
    (1-75) Beta A QILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLRELIDQY
    (77-290) DVQRENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITFA
    ESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLKVP
    KANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEEVG
    LKGERSELLLSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQRLL
    DQGKSSLDVRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKKEE
    EGEGKKKGGGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQAR
    QSEDHPHRRRRR
    GDF-8 Inhibin NA NENSEQKENVEKEGLCNACTWRQNTKSSRIEAIKI 222
    (1-64) Beta A QILSKLRLETAPNISKDVIRQLLPKAPPLNAIRKLH
    (65-290) VGKVGENGYVEIEDDIGRRAEMNELMEQTSEIITF
    AESGTARKTLHFEISKEGSDLSVVERAEVWLFLK
    VPKANRTRTKVTIRLFQQQKHPQGSLDTGEEAEE
    VGLKGERSELLLSEKVVDARKSTWHVFPVSSSIQR
    LLDQGKSSLDVRIACEQCQESGASLVLLGKKKKK
    EEEGEGKKKGGGEGGAGADEEKEQSHRPFLMLQ
    ARQSEDHPHRRRRR
    Inhibin GDF-8 Inhibin SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEM 223
    Beta A (76-243) Beta A VEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLNAIR
    (1-76) (291-406) KLHVGKVGDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTES
    DFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIY
    LRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLD
    MNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKA
    LDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKR
    SRRGLECDGKVNICCKKQFFVSFKDIGWNDWIIAP
    SGYHANYCEGECPSHIAGTSGSSLSFHSTVINHYR
    MRGHSPFANLKSCCVPTKLRPMSMLYYDDGQNII
    KKDIQNMIVEECGCS
    Inhibin GDF-8 Inhibin SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEM 224
    Beta A (65-243) Beta A VEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLRELI
    (1-64) (291-406) DQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTES
    DFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIY
    LRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLD
    MNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKA
    LDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKR
    SRRGLECDGKVNICCKKQFFVSFKDIGWNDWIIAP
    SGYHANYCEGECPSHIAGTSGSSLSFHSTVINHYR
    MRGHSPFANLKSCCVPTKLRPMSMLYYDDGQNII
    KKDIQNMIVEECGCS
    Inhibin GDF-8 N/A SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEM 225
    Beta A (76-243) VEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLNAIR
    (1-76) KLHVGKVGDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTES
    DFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIY
    LRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLD
    MNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKA
    LDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKR
    SRR
    Inhibin GDF-8 NA SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEM 226
    Beta A (65-243) VEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLRELI
    (1-64) DQYDVQRDDSSDGSLEDDDYHATTETIITMPTES
    DFLMQVDGKPKCCFFKFSSKIQYNKVVKAQLWIY
    LRPVETPTTVFVQILRLIKPMKDGTRYTGIRSLKLD
    MNPGTGIWQSIDVKTVLQNWLKQPESNLGIEIKA
    LDENGHDLAVTFPGPGEDGLNPFLEVKVTDTPKR
    SRR
    Inhibin GDF-11 Inhibin SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEM 227
    Beta A (97-274) Beta A VEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLNAIR
    (1-76) (291-406) KLHVGKVGGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMA
    QETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQL
    WVYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGG
    GRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFR
    QPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPF
    MELRVLENTKRSRRGLECDGKVNICCKKQFFVSF
    KDIGWNDWIIAPSGYHANYCEGECPSHIAGTSGSS
    LSFHSTVINHYRMRGHSPFANLKSCCVPTKLRPMS
    MLYYDDGQNIIKKDIQNMIVEECGCS
    Inhibin GDF-11 Inhibin SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEM 228
    Beta A (87-274) Beta A VEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLQQIL
    (1-64) (291-406) DLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQE
    TDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLW
    VYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGG
    RRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQ
    PQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFM
    ELRVLENTKRSRRGLECDGKVNICCKKQFFVSFK
    DIGWNDWIIAPSGYHANYCEGECPSHIAGTSGSSL
    SFHSTVINHYRMRGHSPFANLKSCCVPTKLRPMS
    MLYYDDGQNIIKKDIQNMIVEECGCS
    Inhibin GDF-11 N/A SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEM 229
    Beta A (97-274) VEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLNAIR
    (1-76) KLHVGKVGGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMA
    QETDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQL
    WVYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGG
    GRRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFR
    QPQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPF
    MELRVLENTKRSRR
    Inhibin GDF-11 NA SPTPGSEGHSAAPDCPSCALAALPKDVPNSQPEM 230
    Beta A (87-274) VEAVKKHILNMLHLKKRPDVTQPVPKAALLQQIL
    (1-64) DLHDFQGDALQPEDFLEEDEYHATTETVISMAQE
    TDPAVQTDGSPLCCHFHFSPKVMFTKVLKAQLW
    VYLRPVPRPATVYLQILRLKPLTGEGTAGGGGGG
    RRHIRIRSLKIELHSRSGHWQSIDFKQVLHSWFRQ
    PQSNWGIEINAFDPSGTDLAVTSLGPGAEGLHPFM
    ELRVLENTKRSRR
  • Chimeric proteins may be used to characterize and/or map epitopes associated with GPCs. As used herein, the terms “map” or “mapping” refer to the identification, characterization and/or determination of one or more functional regions of one or more proteins. Such characterizations may be necessary for determining interactions between one or more protein modules and another agent (e.g. another protein and/or protein module.) Some chimeric proteins may be used to characterize functions associated with one or more proteins and/or protein modules.
  • In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise the sequences listed in Table 14 or fragments thereof
  • TABLE 14
    Chimeric proteins
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    proTGF-β1arm3 C4S LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVP 231
    PGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKE
    IHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKN
    RTNLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIA
    KQRYIGGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESN
    LGLEISIHCPCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNED
    DHGRGDLGRLKKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQG
    GQRKKRALDTNYCFSSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWK
    WIHEPKGYHANFCLGPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQH
    NPGASAAPCCVPQALEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIV
    RSCKCS
    proTGF-β1Trigger Loop LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVP 232
    (short) β2 C4S PGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKE
    VTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVP
    EPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYL
    SNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLS
    AHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRK
    KHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCF
    SSTEKNCCVRQLYIDFRKDLGWKWIHEPKGYHANFCL
    GPCPYIWSLDTQYSKVLALYNQHNPGASAAPCCVPQA
    LEPLPIVYYVGRKPKVEQLSNMIVRSCKCS
    proTGF-β3arm1 C7S SLSLSTSTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPT 233
    VMTHVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTE
    SEYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTS
    ELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSN
    NSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGE
    IEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHG
    MNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRRALDTNYCFRNL
    EENCCVRPLYIDFRQDLGWKWVHEPKGYYANFCSGPC
    PYLRSADTTHSTVLGLYNTLNPEASASPCCVPQDLEPL
    TILYYVGRTPKVEQLSNMVVKSCKCS
    TGF-β1arm3 C4S (LAP) LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVP 234
    PGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKE
    IHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGITSKVFRFNVSSVEKN
    RTNLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSKRNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIA
    KQRYIGGKNLPTRGTAEWLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESN
    LGLEISIHCPCHTFQPNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNED
    DHGRGDLGRLKKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQG
    GQRKKR
    TGF-β3arm1 C7S (LAP) SLSLSTSTTLDFGHIKKKRVEAIRGQILSKLRLTSPPEPT 235
    VMTHVPYQVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCTQENTE
    SEYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTS
    ELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSN
    NSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGE
    IEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTTGRRGDLATIHG
    MNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRR
    TGF-β1 Trigger Loop LSTSKTIDMELVKRKRIEAIRGQILSKLRLASPPSQGEVP 236
    (short) β2 C4S (LAP) PGPLPEAVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPEADYYAKE
    VTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMFFNTSELREAVP
    EPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVELYQKYSNNSWRYL
    SNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGVVRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLS
    AHCSCDSRDNTLQVDINGFTGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRK
    KHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHLQSSRHRR
  • In some embodiments, chimeric proteins may comprise one or more protein modules from TGF-β2. Although the crystal structure for the TGF-β2 growth factor has been elucidated (Daopin, S. et al., Crystal structure of transforming growth factor-β2: an unusual fold for the superfamily. Science. 1992. 257(5068):369-73,) activation mechanisms remain to be fully understood. Activation may be dependent upon one or more interactions between the TGF-β2 trigger loop and α9β1 integrin. The TGF-β2 trigger loop may comprise similar structural and/or functional features associated with RGD sequences. TGF-β2 trigger loops may bind integrins, including, but not limited to α9β1 integrins.
  • According to mouse tissue staining, integrin subunit α9 is widely expressed in skeletal and cardiac muscle, visceral smooth muscle, hepatocytes, airway epithelium, squamous epithelium, choroid plexus epithelium and also on neutrophils (Palmer, E. L. et al., Sequence and tissue distribution of the integrin α9 subunit, a novel partner of β1 that is widely distributed in epithelia and muscle. Journal of Cell Biology. 1993. 123(5):1289-97.) Expression of α9 is not detected earlier than E12.5, suggesting that it does not play a major role in the earliest tissue morphogenesis (Wang, A. et al., Expression of the integrin subunit α9 in the murine embryo. Developmental Dynamics. 1995. 204:421-31.) In vivo functions of α9 are unclear. Phenotypes observed in knockout mice suggest a role in lymphatic valve development (Bazigou, E. et al., Integrin-α9 is required for fibronectin matrix assembly during lymphatic valve morphogenesis. Dev Cell. 2009 August. 17(2):175-86.) Reported interaction partners of integrin α9β1 include VCAM-1, the third FnIII domain on tenascin C, osteopontin, polydom/SVEP1, VEGF-A and NGF (Yokasaki, Y. et al., Identification of the ligand binding site for the integrin α9β1 in the third fibronectin type III repeat of tenascin C. The Journal of Biological Chemistry. 1998. 273(19):11423-8; Marcinkiewicz, C. et al., Inhibitory effects of MLDG-containing heterodimeric disintegrins reveal distinct structural requirements for interaction of the integrin α9β1 with VCAM-1, tenascin-C, and osteopontin. JBC. 2000. 275(41):31930-7; Oommen, S. et al., Vacular endothelial growth factor A (VEGF-A) induces endothelial and cancer cell migration through direct binding to integrin α9β1. JBC. 2011. 286(2):1083-92; Sato-Nishiuchi, R. et al., Polydom/SVEP1 is a ligand for integrin α9β1. JBC. 2012. 287(30):25615-30; Staniszewska, I. et al., Integrin α9β1 is a receptor for nerve growth factor and other neurotrophins. Journal of Cell Science. 2007. 121(Pt 4):504-13; Yokosaki, Y. et al., The integrin α9β1 binds to a novel recognition sequence (SVVYGLR; SEQ ID NO: 238) in the thrombin-cleaved amino-terminal fragment of osteopontin. JBC. 1999. 274(51):36328-34.)
  • Binding sites on proteins that interact with α9β1 have been mapped using linear peptides. These sites include binding sites on tenascin C (AEIDGIEL; SEQ ID NO: 237), osteopontin (SVVYGLR; SEQ ID NO: 238), polydom/SVEP1 (EDDMMEVPY; SEQ ID NO: 239) and VEGF-A (EYP). Unlike α4β1 and α5β1, α9β1 does not require a canonical RGD sequence motif. Some, but not all reported targets have an acidic residue/hydrophobic residue/proline motif. Some also comprise a tyrosine residue.
  • The trigger loop of TGF-β1 and TGF-β3 carries an RGD sequence where αvβ6 and/or αvf8 bind to enable growth factor release. The TGF-β2 trigger loop region is different from those of TGF-β1 and TGF-β3, comprising the sequence FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTP (SEQ ID NO: 65), without an RGD trimer. Of this region, residues AGIDGTST (SEQ ID NO: 240) align with the peptide on the third FnIII domain of tenascin-C that has been mapped as an α9β1 binding site. Also, the tyrosine following this region may play a role in potential α9β1 binding. Therefore, α9β1 binding to TGF-β2 could be physiologically relevant. In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise trigger loop sequences comprising any of the sequences listed in Table 15.
  • TABLE 15
    Trigger loop sequences
    SEQ
    ID
    Source protein Trigger loop sequence NO
    TGF-β2 FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTP 65
    TGF-β2 AGIDGTST 240
    TGF-β2 (short) GTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKK 180
    TGF-β1 INGFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRP 241
    TGF-β1 SGRRGDLATI 242
    TGF-β1 TGRRGDLATI 243
    TGF-β3 FKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRLKKQKDHHNP 244
    GDF-8 PGEDGLNP 245
    GDF-11 PGAEGLHP 246
    Inhibin A RPEATP 247
    BMP-9 SHRKGCDTLDISVPPGSRNLP 248
    BMP-2 RHVRISRSLHQDEHSWSQIRP 249
    BMP-4 QHVRISRSLPQGSGNWAQLRP 250
    BMP-7 IGRHGPQNKQP 251
    BMP-6 VGRDGPYDKQP 252
    BMP-8 LGQRAPRSQQP 253
    Lefty1 RFASQGAPAGLGEP 254
    osteopontin SVVYGLR 238
    tenascin C AEIDGIEL 237
    polydom/SVEP1 EDDMMEVPY 239
    VEGF-A EYP —
  • In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more TGF-β2 trigger loops. Such chimeric proteins may exhibit activation (e.g. growth factor release) regulated in a manner similar to that of TGF-β2. Some chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise TGF-β-related proteins wherein one or more protein modules are substituted with one or more protein modules comprising one or more TGF-β2 trigger loops. Some chimeric proteins comprise TGF-β-related proteins wherein one or more protein modules comprising at least one RGD sequence are substituted with one or more protein modules comprising one or more TGF-β2 trigger loops. In other embodiments, chimeric proteins may comprise TGF-β1 and/or TGF-β3 proteins wherein one or more protein modules comprising at least one RGD sequence are substituted with one or more protein modules comprising one or more TGF-β2 trigger loops. Such chimeric proteins may exhibit TGF-β1 activity.
  • In some embodiments, chimeric proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules from BMPs. Protein modules comprising sequences from BMPs may comprise sequences from any of those BMP modules disclosed in FIGS. 8A-8G. Chimeric proteins of the present invention comprising one or more BMP protein module may be useful for the development of antibodies and/or assays to study, enhance and/or perturb BMP interactions with other proteins, including, but not limited to RGM proteins.
  • Chimeric proteins may comprise detectable labels. Detectable labels may be used to allow for detection and/or isolation of chimeric proteins. Such detectable labels may comprise biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags. Tags may be used to identify and/or isolate tagged proteins. Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage at the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. 3C protease cleavage sites may be introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from chimeric proteins.
    • Protein Expression
  • In some embodiments, synthesis of recombinant proteins of the present invention may be carried out according to any method known in the art. Some protein synthesis may be carried out in vitro. Some protein synthesis may be carried out using cells. Such cells may be bacterial and/or eukaryotic. In some embodiments, eukaryotic cells may be used for protein synthesis. Some such cells may be mammalian. Some mammalian cells used for protein expression may include, but are not limited to mouse cells, rabbit cells, rat cells, monkey cells, hamster cells and human cells. Such cells may be derived from a cell line. In other embodiments, human cells may be used. In further embodiments, cell lines may include, but are not limited to HEK293 cells, CHO cells, HeLa cells, Sw-480 cells, EL4 T lymphoma cells, TMLC cells, 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts, A204 cells, L17 RIB cells and C2C12 cells.
  • In some embodiments, 293 cells are used for synthesis of recombinant proteins of the present invention. These cells are human cells that post-translationally modify proteins with human-like structures (e.g. glycans). Such cells are easily transfectable and scalable and are able to grow to high densities in suspension culture. 293 cells may include 293E cells. 293E cells are HEK293 cells stably expressing EBNA1 (Epstein-Barr virus nuclear antigen-1). In some cases, 293E cells may be grown in serum-free medium to simplify down-stream purification. In some cases, 293-6E cells (NRC Canada, Ottawa, Calif.) may be used. Such cells express truncated EBNA1 (EBNA1t) and may comprise enhanced production of recombinant proteins and may be optimized for growth and/or protein expression in serum-free medium to simplify down-stream purification. In some cases, insect cells may be used to express recombinant proteins of the invention. In some cases, insect cell expression may be carried out using Spodoptera frugiperda cells including, but not limited to Sf9 and/or Sf-21 cells. In some cases, insect cell cultures may comprise Trichoplusia ni cells, including, but not limited to Tn-368 and/or HIGH-FIVE™ BTI-TN-5B1-4 cells. A further list of exemplary insect cell lines can be found in U.S. Pat. No. 5,024,947, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the invention may comprise an antibody Fc domain to create an Fc fusion protein. The formation of an Fc fusion protein with any of the recombinant proteins described herein may be carried out according to any method known in the art, including as described in Czajkowsky, D. M. et al., 2012. EMBO Mol Med. 4(10):1015-28 and U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,116,964, 5,541,087 and 8,637,637, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Fc fusion proteins of the invention may be linked to the hinge region of an IgG Fc via cysteine residues in the Fc hinge region. Resulting Fc fusion proteins may comprise an antibody-like structure, but without CH1 domains or light chains. In some cases, Fc fusion proteins may comprise pharmacokinetic profiles comparable to native antibodies. In some cases, Fc fusion proteins of the invention may comprise an extended half-life in circulation and/or altered biological activity. In some cases, Fc fusion proteins of the invention may be prepared using any of the TGF-β family proteins or TGF-β-related proteins described herein. In some cases, Fc fusion proteins may comprise TGF-β, GDF-8 and/or GDF-11.
  • Sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention may be inserted into any number of DNA vectors known in the art for expression. Such vectors may include plasmids. In some embodiments, sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention are cloned into pTT5 vectors (NRC Biotechnology Research Institute, Montréal, Québec.) In other embodiments pTT22, pTT28, pYD5, pYD7, pYD11(NRC Biotechnology Institute, Montréal, Québec) and/or pMA vectors (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) may be used. Vectors may comprise promoter sequences to modulate expression of sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention. Such promoters may be constitutively active and/or may be regulated by extrinsic and/or intrinsic factors. Some extrinsic factors may be used to enhance or suppress expression of sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention. Some vectors may encode nuclear localization signals that may be incorporated into recombinant proteins of the present invention upon translation. Some vectors may produce mRNA transcripts that comprise nuclear export signals. RNA transcribed from a modified pTT5 vector (pTT5-WPRE) contains an element that facilitates nuclear export of the transcripts. Some vectors may be modified by insertion of one or more ligation-independent cloning (LIC) cassettes to provide for simpler cloning.
  • Vectors encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention may be delivered to cells according to any method known in the art, including, but not limited to transfection, electroporation and/or transduction. In some embodiments, vectors may comprise one or more elements to enhance vector replication in host cells. In some embodiments, vectors may comprise oriP sites for episomal replication in cells that express EBNA-1.
  • In some cases, cells are stably transfected to produce recombinant proteins of the present invention. Stably transfected cells pass transfected genes to daughter cells during cell division, thus eliminating the need for repeated transfection. In some cases, the transfected genes are stably inserted into the genome of the transfected cells. Transfected genes may comprise genes for cell selection, such as genes that confer resistance to one or more toxic or repressive compounds. Such genes may be used to support the growth of only cells with stable incorporation of the transfected genes when grown in the presence of such one or more toxic or repressive compounds (e.g. puromycin, kenomycin, etc.) Cell selection may also comprise selecting cells based on overall recombinant protein expression levels. Determination of such levels may be carried out, for example, by Western Blot and/or ELISA.
  • In some embodiments, nucleotide sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more woodchuck hepatitis virus posttranscriptional regulatory element (WPRE). RNA nucleic acids comprising such elements may comprise the sequence GCCACGGCGGAACUCAUCGCCGCCUGCCUUGCCCGCUGCUGGACAGGGGCUCGGC UGUUGGGCACUGACAAUUCCGUGGU (SEQ ID NO: 255). RNA comprising WPREs may be transcribed from DNA comprising the sequence AATCAACCTCTGGATTACAAAATTTGTGAAAGATTGACTGGTATTCTTAACTATGTT GCTCCTTTTACGCTATGTGGATACGCTGCTTTAATGCCTTTGTATCATGCTATTGCTT CCCGTATGGCTTTCATTTTCTCCTCCTTGTATAAATCCTGGTTGCTGTCTCTTTATGAG GAGTTGTGGCCCGTTGTCAGGCAACGTGGCGTGGTGTGCACTGTGTTTGCTGACGCA ACCCCCACTGGTTGGGGCATTGCCACCACCTGTCAGCTCCTTTCCGGGACTTTCGCTT TCCCCCTCCCTATTGCCACGGCGGAACTCATCGCCGCCTGCCTTGCCCGCTGCTGGA CAGGGGCTCGGCTGTTGGGCACTGACAATTCCGTGGTGTTGTCGGGGAAGCTGACGT CCTTTCCATGGCTGCTCGCCTGTGTTGCCACCTGGATTCTGCGCGGGACGTCCTTCTG CTACGTCCCTTCGGCCCTCAATCCAGCGGACCTTCCTTCCCGCGGCCTGCTGCCGGCT CTGCGGCCTCTTCCGCGTCTTCGCCTTCGCCCTCAGACGAGTCGGATCTCCCTTTGGG CCGCCTCCCCGCCTG (SEQ ID NO: 256). WPREs may enhance translation of nucleic acids comprising WPREs. Such enhanced translation may be due to increased cytoplasmic export of newly transcribed mRNA.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins may comprise one or more secretion signal sequences. As used herein, the term “secretion signal sequence” refers to a chain of amino acids (or nucleotides that encode them at the nucleic acid level) that when part of a protein, modulate secretion of such proteins from cells. Some secretion signal sequences may be located at protein termini. In other embodiments, secretion signal sequences may be N-terminal amino acid sequences. Other secretions signal sequences may comprise the secretion signal of the Ig kappa chains. Such Ig kappa chains may be human Ig kappa chains. In some embodiments, secretion signal sequences may comprise the amino acid sequence MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLG (SEQ ID NO: 257).
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may require coexpression with one or more other proteins for proper expression, folding, secretion, activity and/or function. Some recombinant GPCs of the present invention may be coexpressed with LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARP.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention may be biotinylated. As used herein, the term “biotinylating” refers to the attaching of one or more biotin labels. Such biotin labels may facilitate interactions of biotinylated recombinant proteins with avidin and/or streptavidin coated surfaces and/or proteins. As used herein, a “biotin label” refers to a detectable label comprising one or more biotin molecules. The term “biotinylated” refers to a molecule or protein that comprises one or more biotin labels. Biotin molecules bind with high affinity to avidin and streptavidin molecules. This property may be used to capture biotinylated proteins using avidin and/or stretavidin coated materials. Some recombinant GPCs of the present invention may be biotinylated near the N-terminus. Such recombinant GPCs may be introduced to avidin/streptavidin coated cell culture surfaces, allowing biotinylated recombinant GPCs to adhere to the surface in a manner such that the orientation and bonding of such bound GPCs mimics the orientation and bonding of GPCs to LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARPs.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins produced may be analyzed for quality control purposes to assess both biophysical properties as well as bioactive properties. Biophysical characterization may include assessing protein migration patterns after reducing and/or non-reducing SDS PAGE. Biophysical characterization may also comprise gel filtration, mass spectrometric analysis and/or analysis of association/dissociation between LAPs or LAP-like domains and growth factor domains. Bioactive properties may be analyzed by assessing reactivity with antibodies and/or signaling activity of dissociated growth factors and/or latent GPCs.
  • Some proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more detectable labels for purification [e.g. polyhistidine tag, flag tag, etc.] In some embodiments, proteins are N-terminally labeled. In some embodiments, proteins are C-terminally labeled. In some embodiments, proteins are biotinylated. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins of the present invention are N-terminally biotinylated.
  • Proteins produced may comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site. Such sites allow for cleavage between residues Q and G of the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including, but not limited to rhinovirus 3C protease. In some embodiments, such cleavage sites are introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • In some embodiments, modification of expressed growth factor proproteins may be carried out by enzymatic cleavage. In some cases, proprotein convertases may be used. Such proprotein convertases may include, but are not limited to furin/PACE3, PC1/3, PC2, PC4, PC5/6, PACE4 and PC7. Proprotein convertase cleavage may be carried out in solution or in tissue culture. In some cases, proprotein convertases are expressed in cells expressing proproteins to be cleaved. In some cases, proprotein convertases are added to tissue cultures of cells expressing proproteins to be cleaved.
    • Antibodies
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may comprise antibodies or fragments thereof. As used herein, the term “antibody” is referred to in the broadest sense and specifically covers various embodiments including, but not limited to monoclonal antibodies, polyclonal antibodies, multispecific antibodies (e.g. bispecific antibodies formed from at least two intact antibodies), and antibody fragments such as diabodies so long as they exhibit a desired biological activity. Antibodies are primarily amino-acid based molecules but may also comprise one or more modifications (including, but not limited to the addition of sugar moieties, fluorescent moieties, chemical tags, etc.)
    • Recombinant and Chimeric Protein Use in Antibody Generation
  • In some embodiments, recombinant and/or chimeric proteins described herein may be used as antigens (referred to herein as antigenic proteins) to generate antibodies. Such antigenic proteins may comprise epitopes that may be less accessible for antibody generation in similar wild type proteins. Some antibodies directed to antigenic proteins of the present invention may modulate the release of one or more growth factors from one or more GPCs.) Some such antibodies may be stabilizing [reducing or preventing dissociation between two agents, (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] and/or releasing [enhancing the dissociation between two agents (e.g. growth-factor release from GPCs, GPC release from one or more protein interactions)] antibodies. Antigenic proteins of the present invention may comprise TGF-β-related proteins as well as components and/or protein modules thereof. In some cases, antigenic proteins of the present invention may comprise prodomains without associated growth factors, furin cleavage-deficient mutants, mutants deficient in extracellular protein associations and/or combinations thereof.
  • In some embodiments, antigenic proteins may comprise TGF-β-related proteins and/or modules thereof. Such antigenic proteins may comprise epitopes from regions where growth factors associate with or comprise stereological proximity with prodomain regions. Antibodies of the present invention directed to such epitopes may bind overlapping regions between growth factors and prodomains. Such antibodies may stereologically inhibit the dissociation of growth factors from GPCs.
  • In some embodiments, antigenic proteins comprise only the prodomain or only the growth factor from a particular GPC. Epitopes present on such antigenic proteins may be shielded or unexposed in intact GPCs. Some antibodies of the present invention may be directed to such epitopes. Such antibodies may be releasing antibodies, promoting growth factor dissociation from GPCs. Further antibodies may compete with free growth factor for prodomain binding, thereby promoting growth factor dissociation from GPCs.
  • In some embodiments, antigenic proteins may comprise proprotein convertase (e.g. furin) cleavage site mutations. Such mutations may prevent enzymatic cleavage of growth factors from their prodomains. Some antibodies of the present invention may be directed to epitopes present on such mutant proteins. Such antibodies may stabilize the association between prodomains and growth factors. In some embodiments, furin cleavage site mutants comprise D2G mutants as described herein.
  • In some embodiments, antigenic proteins comprising prodomains may comprise N-terminal mutations that lead to decreased prodomain association with LTBPs and/or GARP and therefore may present epitopes in the N-terminal region that may otherwise be shielded by those associations. Some antibodies of the present invention may be directed to such epitopes. Some antigenic proteins comprising TGF-β1 prodomains may comprise C4S mutations. Such mutations may prevent association of antigenic proteins with LTBPs and/or GARP, making these proteins useful for presenting N-terminal epitopes. Antibodies directed to C4S mutants may prevent GPC association with LTBPs and/or GARP. Some antibodies directed to C4S mutants may reduce growth factor signaling in a particular niche. Some such antibodies may reduce or prevent the release of growth factor by blocking the ability of the GPCs to associate securely with the extracellular matrix.
  • In some embodiments, antigenic proteins may comprise one or more recombinant LTBP. Such recombinant LTBPs may comprise LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3, LTBP4, alternatively spliced variants and/or fragments thereof. Recombinant LTBPs may also be modified to comprise one or more detectable labels. Such detectable labels may include, but are not limited to biotin labels, polyhistidine tags, myc tags, HA tags and/or fluorescent tags.
  • In some embodiments, antigenic proteins may comprise one or more recombinant protein and/or chimeric protein complexed with one or more recombinant LTBP. Some antigenic proteins may comprise proprotein convertase cleavage site mutants (e.g. D2G mutants, AXXA mutants) complexed with one or more recombinant LTBP. Some such recombinant LTBPs may comprise LTBP1S. Some recombinant LTBPs may comprise one or more detectable labels, including, but not limited to biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags.
  • In some embodiments, antigenic proteins may comprise GARP (or homologues thereof, including, but not limited to LRRC33). Such GARP may be recombinant, referred to herein as recombinant GARP. Some recombinant GARPs may comprise one or more modifications, truncations and/or mutations as compared to wild type GARP. Recombinant GARPs may be modified to be soluble. In other embodiments, recombinant GARPs are modified to comprise one or more detectable labels. In further embodiments, such detectable labels may include, but are not limited to biotin labels, polyhistidine tags, flag tags, myc tags, HA tags and/or fluorescent tags. In some embodiments, antigenic proteins may comprise one or more recombinant protein and/or chimeric protein complexed with one or more recombinant GARP. In some embodiments, antigenic proteins comprise LAPs (e.g. TGF-β LAPs) and/or LAP-like domains complexed with recombinant GARP. In some embodiments, antigenic proteins comprise D2G mutants (e.g. TGF-β D2G mutants) complexed with recombinant GARP. In some embodiments, complexed recombinant GARPs may be soluble forms of GARP (sGARP). In some embodiments, sGARPs comprises one or more biotin labels, polyhistidine tags and/or flag tags.
  • In some embodiments, GARPs complexed with LAP and/or LAP-like domains are desired as antigens, in assays and/or for antibody development. In such embodiments, LAPs and/or LAP-like domains may comprise CED mutations. Such LAPs and/or LAP-like domains may be expressed as GPCs to facilitate proper protein folding, conformation and/or expression, but the CED mutations present may enhance growth factor release, leaving the desired GARP-LAP (or LAP-like domain) complex behind. GARP-LAP (or LAP-like domain) complexes may be useful as antigens in the production of releasing antibodies that specifically target GARP-associated GPCs.
  • In some embodiments, GPCs comprising CED mutations may act to stabilize a natively populated conformation of LAP (or LAP-like domain) characterized by reduced growth factor association (both as a free LAP or LAP-like domains and/or as a GARP and/or LTBP/LAP complex), thereby exposing epitopes that may be less exposed in wild-type proteins. Such mutations may shift the conformational equilibrium of LAP or LAP-like domains to facilitate the production of activating antibodies.
  • In some embodiments, antigenic proteins of the present invention may comprise one or more protein modules from GDFs (e.g. GDF-11 and/or GDF-8). In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be directed toward antigenic proteins comprising GDF-8 protein modules. In some embodiments, such antibodies may modulate GDF-8 levels and/or activity in one or more niches. In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may prevent the release of GDF-8 growth factors from GPCs. In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be used to repair and/or enhance muscle tissues.
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins (including, but not limited to chimeric proteins) described herein may be used in studies to identify and map epitopes that may be important targets for antibody development. Such studies may be used to identify epitopes that may promote growth factor release or stabilization of GPCs upon antibody binding.
    • Releasing Antibodies
  • As used herein, the term “releasing antibody” refers to an antibody that increases the ratio of active and/or free growth factor relative to inactive and/or prodomain-associated growth factor upon the introduction of the antibody to a GPC, cell, niche, natural depot or any other site of growth factor sequestration. In this context, releasing antibodies may be characterized as agonists. As used herein, the term “natural depot” refers to a location within a cell, tissue or organ where increased levels of a biomolecule or ion are stored. For example, the extracellular matrix may act as a natural depot for one or more growth factors.
  • The contact necessary for growth-factor release may be defined as direct or indirect contact of antibody with a GPC or a component thereof or with a cellular structure such as an extracellular and/or cellular matrix protein and/or protein associated with the extracellular and/or cellular matrix [e.g. LTBPs (e.g. LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4), fibrillins (e.g. fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3 and/or fibrillin-4,) perlecan, decorin, elastin, collagen and/or GARPs (e.g. GARP and/or LRRC33)] for release of growth factor. Release of at least 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more of growth factor is sufficient to characterize antibodies of the present invention as releasing antibodies. It is understood that growth factor release after antibody administration may be local and may occur over a sustained period of time and may include peaks or spikes of release. Antibodies of the present invention may act to release one or more growth factor over minutes, hours, days or longer.
  • Release profiles may have an initial peak or burst within from about 4 hours to about 7 days of contacting in vivo or shorter periods in vitro. For example, initial peak or burst may occur from about 4 hours to about 5 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 6 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 7 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 8 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 9 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 10 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 11 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 12 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 24 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 36 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 48 hours, or from about 1 day to about 7 days, or from about 1 day to about 2 days, or from about 1 day to about 3 days, or from about 1 day to about 4 days, or from about 4 days to about 5 days, or from about 4 days to about 6 days, or from about 4 days to about 7 days. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may stimulate the release of 5 to 100% of the growth factor present. For example, the percent of growth factor release may be from about 5% to about 10%, or from about 5% to about 15%, or from about 5% to about 20%, or from about 5% to about 25%, or from about 10% to about 30%, or from about 10% to about 40%, or from about 10% to about 50%, or from about 10% to about 60%, or from about 20% to about 70%, or from about 20% to about 80%, or from about 40% to about 90%, or from about 40% to about 100%.
  • Releasing antibodies generated according to methods described herein may be generated to release growth factors from GPCs comprising any of the pro-proteins listed in Table 1. In some cases, releasing antibodies are directed to GPCs comprising TGF-β isoforms and/or one or more modules of such isoforms. In some cases, releasing antibodies are directed to GPCs comprising GDFs and/or one or more modules from GDFs.
    • Stabilizing Antibodies
  • As used herein, the term “stabilizing antibody” refers to an antibody that decreases the ratio of active and/or free growth factor relative to inactive and/or prodomain-associated growth factor upon the introduction of the antibody to one or more GPC, cell, niche, natural depot and/or any other site of growth factor sequestration. In this context, antibodies may be characterized as antagonists. As used herein, an “antagonist” is one which interferes with or inhibits the physiological action of another. Antagonist action may even result in stimulation or activation of signaling downstream and hence may act agonistically relative to another pathway, separate from the one being antagonized. Pathways are interrelated, so, in one nonlimiting example, a TGF-β antagonist could act as a BMP agonist and vice versa. In the context of cellular events, as used herein, the term “downstream” refers to any signaling or cellular event that happens after the action, binding or targeting by compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • Contact necessary for inhibition or stabilization may be direct or indirect contact between antibody and GPC or components thereof or with cellular structures such as an extracellular and/or cellular matrix protein and/or protein associated with the extracellular and/or cellular matrix [e.g. LTBPs (e.g. LTBP1, LTBP2, LTBP3 and/or LTBP4), fibrillins (e.g. fibrillin-1, fibrillin-2, fibrillin-3 and/or fibrillin-4,) perlecan, decorin, elastin, collagen and/or GARPs (e.g. GARP and/or LRRC33)] whereby release of growth factor is inhibited. Inhibition of release of at least 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90% or more of growth factors may be sufficient, in some cases, to characterize antibodies of the present invention as inhibitory or stabilizing. Inhibitory antibodies may stabilize GPCs and trap them as heterodimers.
  • It is understood that inhibition of growth factor release after contact with one or more antibodies of the present invention may be local and may occur over a sustained period of time and may include peaks, troughs or spikes. Inhibitory antibodies which may also function to stabilize GPCs may be defined by their release kinetics. Release of growth factor and corresponding release kinetics, even locally, may be directly measured or inferred by downstream signaling events. In some embodiments, changes in protein or nucleic acid concentrations or phenotypic responses may be indicative of the effects of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may act to inhibit release of a growth factor over minutes, hours or days. Inhibition and/or stabilization profiles may have an initial trough within from about 4 hours to about 7 days of introduction in vivo or shorter periods in vitro. For example, initial trough of inhibition or stabilization may occur from about 4 hours to about 5 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 6 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 7 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 8 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 9 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 10 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 11 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 12 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 24 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 36 hours, or from about 4 hours to about 48 hours, or from about 1 day to about 7 days, or from about 1 day to about 2 days, or from about 1 day to about 3 days, or from about 1 day to about 4 days, or from about 4 days to about 5 days, or from about 4 days to about 6 days, or from about 4 days to about 7 days. Introduction of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may lead to inhibition and/or stabilization of 5% to 100% of growth factor present. For example, the percent of growth factor inhibition or stabilization may be from about 5% to about 10%, from about 5% to about 15%, from about 5% to about 20%, from about 5% to about 25%, from about 10% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 40%, from about 10% to about 50%, from about 10% to about 60%, from about 20% to about 70%, from about 20% to about 80%, from about 40% to about 90% or from about 40% to about 100%.
  • Stabilizing antibodies generated according to methods described herein may be generated to block the release of growth factors from GPCs comprising any of the pro-proteins listed in Table 1. Such antibodies may physically interact with GPC protease cleavage sites and/or block the interaction of proteolytic enzymes that may target such cleavage sites. In some cases, stabilizing antibodies are directed to GPCs comprising TGF-β isoforms and/or one or more modules of such isoforms. In some cases, stabilizing antibodies are directed to GPCs comprising GDFs and/or one or more modules from GDFs.
  • Stabilizing antibodies directed to GPCs comprising GDF-8 may block metalloproteinase cleavage of such complexes. Such agents may bind to GPCs comprising GDF-8 in such a way as to physically prevent interactions between such GPCs and metalloproteinases targeting such GPCs. Agents that actually target metalloproteinases themselves have been described previously (see U.S. Pat. No. 7,572,599, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
    • Antibody Selection
  • A desired antibody may be selected from a larger pool of two or more candidate antibodies based on the desired antibody's ability to associate with desired antigens and/or epitopes. Such antigens and/or epitopes may include, but are not limited to any of those described herein, including, but not limited to recombinant proteins, chimeric proteins, GPCs, prodomains (e.g. LAPs or LAP-like domains), growth factors, protein modules, LTBPs, fibrillins, GARP, TGF-β-related proteins and/or mutants and/or variants and/or complexes and/or combinations thereof. Selection of desired antibodies may be carried out using an antibody binding assay, such as a surface Plasmon resonance-based assay, an enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) or fluorescence-associated cell sorting (FACS)-based assay. Such assays may utilize a desired antigen to bind a desired antibody and then use one or more detection methods to detect binding.
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be selected from a larger pool of two or more candidate antibodies based on their ability to associate with desired antigens and/or epitopes from multiple species (referred to herein as “positive selection.”)
  • In some embodiments, such species may comprise vertebrate species. In some embodiments, such species may comprise mammalian species. In some embodiments, such species may include, but are not limited to mice, rats, rabbits, goats, sheep, pigs, horses, cows and/or humans.
  • In some embodiments, negative selection is used to remove antibodies from a larger pool of two or more candidate antibodies. As used herein the term “negative selection” refers to the elimination of one or more factors from a group based on their ability to bind to one or more undesired antigens and/or epitopes. In some embodiments, undesired antigens and/or epitopes may include, but are not limited to any of those described herein, including, but not limited to recombinant proteins, chimeric proteins, GPCs, prodomains (e.g. LAPs or LAP-like domains), growth factors, protein modules, LTBPs, fibrillins, GARPs, TGF-β-related proteins and/or mutants and/or variants and/or combinations and/or complexes thereof.
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be directed to prodomains (e.g. the prodomain portion of a GPC and/or free LAP or LAP-like domains) that decrease growth factor signaling and/or levels (e.g. TGF-β growth factor signaling and/or levels) in a given niche. In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may directed to LAPs or LAP-like domains that increase growth factor signaling and/or levels in a given niche. In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be directed to prodomains (e.g. LAPs or LAP-like domains) and/or GPCs only when complexed with LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARP.
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be selected from a larger pool of two or more candidate antibodies based on their ability to modulate growth factor levels and/or activity. In some cases, growth factor activity assays may be used to test the ability of candidate antibodies to modulate growth factor activity. Growth factor activity assays may include, cell-based assays as described hereinbelow. Additional assays that may be used to determine the effect of candidate antibodies on growth factor activity may include, but are not limited to enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), Western blotting, reporter assays (e.g. luciferase-based reporter assays or other enzyme-based reporter assays), PCR analysis, RT-PCR analysis and/or other methods known in the art including any of the methods described in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • In some embodiments, one or more recombinant proteins or antibodies disclosed herein may be used in assays to test, develop and/or select antibodies. Recombinant GPCs may be expressed to test releasing and/or stabilizing abilities of one or more antibodies being assayed. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins may be expressed as positive or negative control components of assays. In some embodiments, multiple recombinant proteins may be expressed at once to modulate growth factor release and/or activity, wherein such recombinant proteins may act synergistically or antagonistically in such modulation.
  • In some embodiments GPCs comprising CED mutations may provide a baseline level of growth factor activity in assays designed to test releasing antibodies, as these mutant proteins are sufficient for producing a biological effect in humans. In some embodiments, GPCs comprising CED mutations may be used as positive controls in activity assays geared toward screening for releasing antibodies. In some embodiments, GPCs comprising CED mutations may be used for screening for stabilizing antibody activity, as they can be presumably activated in the absence of integrins. In such assays, GPCs comprising CED mutations may be expressed in cell lines (e.g. 293 cells or others) and growth factor activity and/or release may be assessed in the presence or absence of antibodies being tested. In some embodiments, co-expression of GPCs comprising CED mutation with wild type GPCs (including, but not limited to TGF-β1, TGF-β2, or TGF-β3) could also be used to regulate free growth factor levels. In such embodiments, modulation of free growth factor levels may accomplished by co-transfection of different ratios of wild type and mutant GPCs (e.g. 1:1, 1:2, 1:3, 1:4, 1:5, 1:10). In some embodiments, further co-expression of LTBPs, fibrillins or GARPs may be carried out to add one or more additional levels of free growth factor modulation.
    • Antibody Development
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention comprising antibodies, antibody fragments, their variants or derivatives as described above are specifically immunoreactive with antigenic proteins as described herein.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be characterized by their target molecule(s), by the antigens used to generate them, by their function (whether as agonists, antagonists, growth-factor releasing, GPC stabilizing, activating and/or inhibitory) and/or by the cell niche in which they function.
  • As used herein the term, “antibody fragment” refers to any portion of an intact antibody. In some embodiments, antibody fragments comprise antigen binding regions from intact antibodies. Examples of antibody fragments may include, but are not limited to Fab, Fab′, F(ab′)2, and Fv fragments; diabodies; linear antibodies; single-chain antibody molecules; and multispecific antibodies formed from antibody fragments. Papain digestion of antibodies produces two identical antigen-binding fragments, called “Fab” fragments, each with a single antigen-binding site. Also produced is a residual “Fc” fragment, whose name reflects its ability to crystallize readily. Pepsin treatment yields an F(ab′)2 fragment that has two antigen-binding sites and is still capable of cross-linking antigen. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may comprise one or more of these fragments. For the purposes herein, an “antibody” may comprise a heavy and light variable domain as well as an Fc region.
  • As used herein, the term “native antibody” refers to a usually heterotetrameric glycoprotein of about 150,000 daltons, composed of two identical light (L) chains and two identical heavy (H) chains. Each light chain is linked to a heavy chain by one covalent disulfide bond, while the number of disulfide linkages varies among the heavy chains of different immunoglobulin isotypes. Each heavy and light chain also has regularly spaced intrachain disulfide bridges. Each heavy chain has at one end a variable domain (VH) followed by a number of constant domains. Each light chain has a variable domain at one end (VL) and a constant domain at its other end; the constant domain of the light chain is aligned with the first constant domain of the heavy chain, and the light chain variable domain is aligned with the variable domain of the heavy chain.
  • As used herein, the term “variable domain” refers to specific antibody domains that differ extensively in sequence among antibodies and are used in the binding and specificity of each particular antibody for its particular antigen.
  • As used herein, the term “Fv” refers to antibody fragments comprising complete antigen-recognition and antigen-binding sites. These regions consist of a dimer of one heavy chain and one light chain variable domain in tight, non-covalent association.
  • As used herein, the term “light chain” refers to a component of an antibody from any vertebrate species assigned to one of two clearly distinct types, called kappa and lambda based on amino acid sequences of constant domains. Depending on the amino acid sequence of the constant domain of their heavy chains, antibodies can be assigned to different classes. There are five major classes of intact antibodies: IgA, IgD, IgE, IgG, and IgM, and several of these may be further divided into subclasses (isotypes), e.g., IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, and IgA2. As used herein, the term “Single-chain Fv” or “scFv” refers to a fusion protein of VH and VL antibody domains, wherein these domains are linked together into a single polypeptide chain. In some embodiments, the Fv polypeptide linker enables the scFv to form the desired structure for antigen binding.
  • As used herein, the term “bispecific antibody” refers to an antibody capable of binding two different antigens. Such antibodies typically comprise regions from at least two different antibodies. Bispecific antibodies may include any of those described in Riethmuller, G. 2012. Cancer Immunity. 12:12-18, Marvin, J. S. et al., 2005. Acta Pharmacologica Sinica. 26(6):649-58 and Schaefer, W. et al., 2011. PNAS. 108(27):11187-92, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • As used herein, the term “diabody” refers to a small antibody fragment with two antigen-binding sites. Diabodies comprise a heavy chain variable domain VH connected to a light chain variable domain VL in the same polypeptide chain. By using a linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two domains on the same chain, the domains are forced to pair with the complementary domains of another chain and create two antigen-binding sites. Diabodies are described more fully in, for example, EP 404,097; WO 93/11161; and Hollinger et al. (Hollinger, P. et al., “Diabodies”:Small bivalent and bispecific antibody fragments. PNAS. 1993. 90:6444-8) the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • As used herein, the term “monoclonal antibody” refers to an antibody obtained from a population of substantially homogeneous cells (or clones), i.e., the individual antibodies comprising the population are identical and/or bind the same epitope, except for possible variants that may arise during production of the monoclonal antibodies, such variants generally being present in minor amounts. In contrast to polyclonal antibody preparations that typically include different antibodies directed against different determinants (epitopes), each monoclonal antibody is directed against a single determinant on the antigen
  • The modifier “monoclonal” indicates the character of the antibody as being obtained from a substantially homogeneous population of antibodies, and is not to be construed as requiring production of the antibody by any particular method. The monoclonal antibodies herein include “chimeric” antibodies (immunoglobulins) in which a portion of the heavy and/or light chain is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from a particular species or belonging to a particular antibody class or subclass, while the remainder of the chain(s) is identical with or homologous to corresponding sequences in antibodies derived from another species or belonging to another antibody class or subclass, as well as fragments of such antibodies.
  • As used herein, the term “humanized antibody” refers to a chimeric antibody comprising a minimal portion from one or more non-human (e.g., murine) antibody source with the remainder derived from one or more human immunoglobulin sources. For the most part, humanized antibodies are human immunoglobulins (recipient antibody) in which residues from the hypervariable region from an antibody of the recipient are replaced by residues from the hypervariable region from an antibody of a non-human species (donor antibody) such as mouse, rat, rabbit or nonhuman primate having the desired specificity, affinity, and/or capacity.
  • As used herein, the term “hypervariable region” refers to regions within the antigen binding domain of an antibody comprising amino acid residues responsible for antigen binding. The amino acids present within the hypervariable regions determine the structure of the complementarity determining region (CDR). As used herein, the term “CDR” refers to regions of antibodies comprising a structure that is complimentary to its target antigen or epitope.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be antibody mimetics. As used herein, the term “antibody mimetic” refers to any molecule which mimics the function or effect of an antibody and which binds specifically and with high affinity to their molecular targets. In some embodiments, antibody mimetics may be monobodies, designed to incorporate the fibronectin type III domain (Fn3) as a protein scaffold (U.S. Pat. No. 6,673,901; U.S. Pat. No. 6,348,584). In some embodiments, antibody mimetics may be those known in the art including, but are not limited to affibody molecules, affilins, affitins, anticalins, avimers, Centyrins, DARPINS™, Fynomers and Kunitz and domain peptides. In other embodiments, antibody mimetics may include one or more non-peptide region.
  • As used herein, the term “antibody variant” refers to a biomolecule resembling an antibody in structure and/or function comprising some differences in their amino acid sequence, composition or structure as compared to a native antibody.
  • The preparation of antibodies, whether monoclonal or polyclonal, is known in the art. Techniques for the production of antibodies are well known in the art and described, e.g. in Harlow and Lane “Antibodies, A Laboratory Manual”, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1988; Harlow and Lane “Using Antibodies: A Laboratory Manual” Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press, 1999 and “Therapeutic Antibody Engineering: Current and Future Advances Driving the Strongest Growth Area in the Pharmaceutical Industry” Woodhead Publishing, 2012.
    • Standard Monoclonal Antibody Generation
  • In some embodiments, antibodies are generated in knockout mice, lacking the gene that encodes for desired target antigens. Such mice may not be tolerized to target antigens and therefore may be better suited for generating antibodies against such antigens that may cross react with human and mouse forms of the antigen. For the production of monoclonal antibodies, host mice may be immunized with recombinant proteins to elicit lymphocytes that specifically bind such proteins. Resulting lymphocytes may be collected and fused with immortalized cell lines. Resulting hybridoma cells may be cultured in suitable culture medium with selection agents to support the growth of only fused cells.
  • Desired hybridoma cell lines may be identified through binding specificity analysis of secreted antibodies for target peptides and clones of such cells may be subcloned through limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods. Antibodies produced by subcloned hybridoma cells may be isolated and purified from culture medium by standard immunoglobulin purification procedures
    • Recombinant Antibodies
  • Recombinant antibodies of the present invention may be generated according to any of the methods disclosed in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, recombinant antibodies may be produced using hybridoma cells produced according to methods described herein. Heavy and light chain variable region cDNA sequences of antibodies may be determined using standard biochemical techniques. Total RNA may be extracted from antibody-producing hybridoma cells and converted to cDNA by reverse transcriptase (RT) polymerase chain reaction (PCR). PCR amplification may be carried out on resulting cDNA to amplify variable region genes. Such amplification may comprise the use of primers specific for amplification of heavy and light chain sequences. Resulting PCR products may then be subcloned into plasmids for sequence analysis. Once sequenced, antibody coding sequences may be placed into expression vectors. For humanization, coding sequences for human heavy and light chain constant domains may be used to substitute for homologous murine sequences. The resulting constructs may then be transfected into mammalian cells for large scale translation.
    • Development of Cytotoxic Antibodies
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be capable of inducing antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity (ADCC), complement-dependent cytotoxicity (CDC) and/or antibody-dependent cell phagocytosis (ADCP.) ADCC is an immune mechanism whereby cells are lysed as a result of immune cell attack. Such immune cells may include CD56+ cells, CD3− natural killer (NK) cells, monocytes and neutrophils (Strohl, W. R. Therapeutic Antibody Engineering. Woodhead Publishing, Philadelphia Pa. 2012. Ch. 8, p 186, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • In some cases, antibodies of the present invention may be engineered to comprise a given isotype depending on whether or not ADCC or ADCP is desired upon antibody binding. Such antibodies, for example, may be engineered according to any of the methods disclosed by Alderson, K. L. et al., J Biomed Biotechnol. 2011. 2011:379123.) In the case of mouse antibodies, different isotypes of antibodies are more effective at promoting ADCC. IgG2a, for example, is more effective at inducing ADCC than is IgG2b. Some antibodies of the present invention, comprising mouse IgG2b antibodies may be reengineered to comprise IgG2a antibodies. Such reengineered antibodies may be more effective at inducing ADCC upon binding cell-associated antigens.
  • In some embodiments, genes encoding variable regions of antibodies developed according to methods of the present invention may be cloned into mammalian expression vectors encoding human Fc regions. Such Fc regions may comprise Fc regions from human IgG1κ. IgG1κ Fc regions may comprise amino acid mutations known to enhance Fc-receptor binding and antibody-dependent cell-mediated cytotoxicity ADCC.
  • In some cases, antibodies may be engineered to reduce ADCC. Antibodies that do not activate ADCC or that are associated with reduced levels of ADCC may be desirable for antibody embodiments of the present invention, in some cases due to no or limited immune-mediated clearance, allowing longer half-lives in circulation.
    • Antibody Fragment Display Library Screening Techniques
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be produced and/or optimized using high throughput methods of discovery. Such methods may include any of the display techniques (e.g. display library screening techniques) disclosed in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties. In some embodiments, synthetic antibodies may be designed, selected or optimized by screening target antigens using display technologies (e.g. phage display technologies.) Phage display libraries may comprise millions to billions of phage particles, each expressing unique antibody fragments on their viral coats. In some cases, cDNA encoding each fragment may contain the same sequence with the exception of unique sequences encoding variable loops of the complementarity determining regions (CDRs). VH chains of CDRs may be expressed as a fusion protein, linked to viral coat proteins (e.g. the N-terminus of the viral pIII coat protein.) VL chains may be expressed separately for assembly with VH chains in the periplasm prior to complex incorporation into viral coats.
  • For selection, target antigens may be incubated, in vitro, with phage display library particles for precipitation of positive binding partners. This process is referred to herein as “phage enrichment.” In some cases, phage enrichment comprises solid-phase phage enrichment. According to such enrichment, target antigens are bound to a substrate (e.g. by passive adsorption) and contacted with one or more solutions comprising phage particles. Phage particles with affinity for such target antigens are precipitated out of solution. In some cases, phage enrichment comprises solution-phase phage enrichment where target antigens are present in a solution that is combined with phage solutions. According to such methods, target antigens may comprise detectable labels (e.g. biotin labels) to facilitate retrieval from solution and recovery of bound phage.
  • After selection, cDNA encoding CDRs of precipitated library members may be sequenced from the bound phage. Such sequences may be directly incorporated into antibody sequences for recombinant antibody production, or mutated and utilized for further optimization through in vitro affinity maturation.
  • In some cases phage display screening may be used to generate broadly diverse panels of antibodies. Such diversity may be measured by diversity of antibody sequences and/or diversity of epitopes targeted.
    • Affinity Maturation Techniques
  • Affinity maturation techniques of the present invention may comprise any of those disclosed in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties. After antibody fragments capable of binding target antigens are identified (e.g. through the use of phage display libraries as described above,) high affinity mutants may be derived from these through the process of affinity maturation. Affinity maturation technology is used to identify sequences encoding CDRs that have the highest affinity for target antigens. Using such technologies, select CDR sequences (e.g. ones that have been isolated or produced according to processes described herein) may be mutated randomly as a whole or at specific residues to create millions to billions of variants. Such variants may be subjected to repeated rounds of affinity screening (e.g. display library screening) for their ability to bind target antigens. Such repeated rounds of selection, mutation and expression may be carried out to identify antibody fragment sequences with the highest affinity for target antigens. Such sequences may be directly incorporated into antibody sequences for recombinant antibody production.
    • Antibody Characterization
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention comprising antibodies may act to decrease local concentration of one or more GPC through removal by phagocytosis, pinocytosis, or inhibiting assembly in the extracellular matrix and/or cellular matrix. Introduction of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may lead to the removal of 5% to 100% of the growth factor present in a given area. For example, the percent of growth factor removal may be from about 5% to about 10%, from about 5% to about 15%, from about 5% to about 20%, from about 5% to about 25%, from about 10% to about 30%, from about 10% to about 40%, from about 10% to about 50%, from about 10% to about 60%, from about 20% to about 70%, from about 20% to about 80%, from about 40% to about 90% or from about 40% to about 100%.
  • Measures of release, inhibition or removal of one or more growth factors may be made relative to a standard or to the natural release or activity of growth factor under normal physiologic conditions, in vitro or in vivo. Measurements may also be made relative to the presence or absence of antibodies. Such methods of measuring growth factor levels, release, inhibition or removal include standard measurement in tissue and/or fluids (e.g. serum or blood) such as Western blot, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA), activity assays, reporter assays, luciferase assays, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) arrays, gene arrays, Real Time reverse transcriptase (RT) PCR and the like.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may bind or interact with any number of epitopes on or along GPCs or their associated structures to either enhance or inhibit growth factor signaling. Such epitopes may include any and all possible sites for altering, enhancing or inhibiting GPC function. In some embodiments, such epitopes include, but are not limited to epitopes on or within growth factors, regulatory elements, GPCs, GPC modulatory factors, growth factor receiving cells or receptors, LAPs or LAP-like domains, fastener regions, furin cleavage sites, arm regions, fingers regions, LTBP binding domains, fibrillin binding domains, glycoprotein A repetitions predominant (GARP) binding domains, latency lassos, alpha 1 regions, RGD sequences, bowtie regions, extracellular matrix and/or cellular matrix components and/or epitopes formed by combining regions or portions of any of the foregoing.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention exert their effects via binding (reversibly or irreversibly) to one or more epitopes and/or regions of antibody recognition. While not wishing to be bound by theory, such binding sites for antibodies, are most often formed by proteins, protein domains or regions. Binding sites may; however, include biomolecules such as sugars, lipids, nucleic acid molecules or any other form of binding epitope.
  • In some embodiments, antagonist antibodies of the present invention may bind to TGF-β prodomains, stabilizing and preventing integrin-mediated release, for example, by blocking the RGD site or by stabilizing the structure. Such antibodies would be useful in the treatment of Camurati-Engelmann disease, in which mutations in the prodomain cause excessive TGF-β activation. Such antibodies would also be useful in Marfan's syndrome, in which mutations in fibrillins or LTBPs alter TGF-β and BMP activation.
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention selectively inhibit the release of TGF-β from GPCs associated with LTBPs but not those associated with GARP. Such antibodies function as anti-fibrotic therapeutics but exhibit minimal inflammatory effects. In some embodiments, GPC-LTBP complex-binding antibodies do not bind GPC-GARP complexes. In some embodiments, such antibodies, may not be specific to a particular LTBP or GPC, but may bind to GPCs close to or overlapping with GARP binding sites, such that binding is impeded by GARP, but not by LTBPs. In some embodiments, antibodies are provided that selectively bind one or more combinatorial epitopes between GARP and proTGF-β. In some embodiments of the present invention, compounds and/or compositions are provided which induce release of TGF-β from GARP-proTGF-β complexes. Such antibodies may be selected for their ability to bind to GARP prodomain binary complexes but not GARP-proTGF-β ternary complexes, GARPs alone, or prodomains alone.
  • Alternatively or additionally, antibodies of the present invention may function as ligand mimetics which would induce internalization of GPCs. Such antibodies may act as nontraditional payload carriers, acting to deliver and/or ferry bound or conjugated drug payloads to specific GPC and/or GPC-related sites.
  • Changes elicited by antibodies of the present invention may result in neomorphic changes in the cell. As used herein, the term “neomorphic change” refers to a change or alteration that is new or different. For example, an antibody that elicits the release or stabilization of one or more growth factor not typically associated with a particular GPC targeted by the antibody, would be a neomorphic antibody and the release would be a neomorphic change.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may act to alter and/or control proteolytic events. In some embodiments, such proteolytic events may be intracellular or extracellular. In some embodiments, such proteolytic events may include the alteration of furin cleavage and/or other proteolytic processing events. In some embodiments, such proteolytic events may comprise proteolytic processing of growth factor signaling molecules or downstream cascades initiated by growth factor signaling molecules.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may induce or inhibit dimerization or multimerization of growth factors (ligands) or their receptors. In some embodiments, such actions may be through stabilization of monomeric, dimeric or multimeric forms or through the disruption of dimeric or multimeric complexes.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may act on homo and/or heterodimers of the monomeric units comprising either receptor groups or GPCs or other signaling molecule pairs.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be internalized into cells prior to binding target antigens. Upon internalization, such antibodies may act to increase or decrease one or more signaling events, release or stabilize one or more GPCs, block or facilitate growth factor release and/or alter one or more cell niche.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may also alter the residence time of one or more growth factor in one or more GPC and/or alter the residence time of one or more GPC in the extracellular matrix and/or cellular matrix. Such alterations may result in irreversible localization and/or transient localization.
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be designed, manufactured and/or selected using any methods known to one of skill in the art. In some embodiments, antibodies and/or antibody producing cells of the present invention are produced according to any of the methods listed in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
    • Antibody Generation in Knockout Mice
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the current invention may be generated in knockout mice that lack a gene encoding one or more desired antigens. Such mice would not be tolerized to such antigens and therefore may be able to generate antibodies against them that could cross react with human and mouse forms of the antigen. For the production of monoclonal antibodies, host mice are immunized with the target peptide to elicit lymphocytes that specifically bind that peptide. Lymphocytes are collected and fused with an immortalized cell line. The resulting hybridoma cells are cultured in a suitable culture medium with a selection agent to support the growth of only the fused cells.
  • In some embodiments, knocking out one or more growth factor gene may be lethal and/or produce a fetus or neonate that is non-viable. In some embodiments, neonatal animals may only survive for a matter of weeks (e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 weeks). In such embodiments, immunizations may be carried out in neonatal animals shortly after birth. Oida et al (Oida, T. et al., TGF-β induces surface LAP expression on Murine CD4 T cells independent of FoxP3 induction. PLOS One. 2010. 5(11):e15523) demonstrate immunization of neonatal TGF-β knockout mice through the use of galectin-1 injections to prolong survival (typically 3-4 weeks after birth in these mice). Mice were immunized with cells expressing murine TGF-β every other day for 10 days beginning on the 8th day after birth and spleen cells were harvested on day 22 after birth. Harvested spleen cells were fused with myeloma cells and of the resulting hybridoma cells, many were found to successfully produce anti-LAP antibodies. In some embodiments of the present invention, these methods may be used to generate antibodies. In some embodiments, such methods may comprise the use of human antigens. In some embodiments, cells used for immunization may express TGF-β and GARP. In such embodiments, GARPs may be expressed with native transmembrane domains to allow for GARP-TGF-β complexes to remain tethered to the cell surface of the transfected cells used from immunization. Some antigens may comprise proTGF-β1 tethered to LTBP (e.g. LTBP1S.) In some cases, recombinant proteins related to other TGF-β family members may be used as antigens.
  • Methods of the present invention may also comprise one or more steps of the immunization methods described by Oida et al combined with one or more additional and/or modified steps. Modified steps may include, but are not limited to the use of alternate cell types for fusions, the pooling of varying number of spleen cells when performing fusions, altering the injection regimen, altering the date of spleen cell harvest, altering immunogen and/or altering immunogen dose. Additional steps may include the harvesting of other tissues (e.g. lymph nodes) from immunized mice.
    • Activating and Inhibiting Antibodies
  • Antibodies of the present invention may comprise activating or inhibiting antibodies. As used herein, the term “activating antibody” refers to an antibody that promotes growth factor activity. Activating antibodies include antibodies targeting any epitope that promotes growth factor activity. Such epitopes may lie on prodomains (e.g. LAPs and LAP-like domains,) growth factors or other epitopes that when bound by antibody, lead to growth factor activity. Activating antibodies of the present invention may include, but are not limited to TGF-β-activating antibodies, GDF-8-activating antibodies, GDF-11-activating antibodies and BMP-activating antibodies.
  • As used herein, the term “inhibiting antibody” refers to an antibody that reduces growth factor activity. Inhibiting antibodies include antibodies targeting any epitope that reduces growth factor activity when associated with such antibodies. Such epitopes may lie on prodomains (e.g. LAPs and LAP-like domains,) growth factors or other epitopes that lead to reduced growth factor activity when bound by antibody. Inhibiting antibodies of the present invention may include, but are not limited to TGF-β-inhibiting antibodies, GDF-8-inhibiting antibodies, GDF-11-inhibiting antibodies and BMP-inhibiting antibodies.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include methods of using activating and/or inhibiting antibodies in solution, in cell culture and/or in subjects to modify growth factor signaling.
    • Anti-LAP and Anti-LAP-Like Domain Antibodies
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may comprise one or more antibody targeting a prodomain, including LAP and/or LAP-like domains. Such antibodies may reduce or elevate growth factor signaling depending on the specific LAP or LAP-like domain that is bound and/or depending on the specific epitope targeted by such antibodies. Anti-LAP and/or anti-LAP-like protein antibodies of the invention may promote dissociation of free growth factors from GPCs. Such dissociation may be induced upon antibody binding to a GPC or dissociation may be promoted by preventing the reassociation of free growth factor with LAP or LAP-like protein. In some cases, anti-TGF-β LAP antibodies are provided. Anti-TGF-β LAP antibodies may comprise TGF-β-activating antibodies. Such antibodies may increase TGF-β activity, in some cases through by releasing TGF-β free growth factor from latent GPCs and/or preventing the reassociation of free TGF-β growth factor with LAP. In some cases, anti-TGF-β LAP antibodies may increase TGF-β activity more favorably when proTGF-β is associated with LTBP. In some cases, anti-TGF-β LAP antibodies may increase TGF-β activity more favorably when proTGF-β is associated with GARP. In some cases, anti-TGF-β LAP antibodies may function synergistically with other TGF-β activators (e.g. αvβ6 and/or avβ8) to increase TGF-β activity.
    • Variations
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may exist as a whole polypeptide, a plurality of polypeptides or fragments of polypeptides, which independently may be encoded by one or more nucleic acids, a plurality of nucleic acids, fragments of nucleic acids or variants of any of the aforementioned. As used herein, the term “polypeptide” refers to a polymer of amino acid residues (natural or unnatural) linked together most often by peptide bonds. The term, as used herein, refers to proteins, polypeptides, and peptides of any size, structure, or function. In some instances the polypeptide encoded is smaller than about 50 amino acids and the polypeptide is then termed a peptide. If the polypeptide is a peptide, it will be at least about 2, 3, 4, or at least 5 amino acid residues long. Thus, polypeptides include gene products, naturally occurring polypeptides, synthetic polypeptides, homologs, orthologs, paralogs, fragments and other equivalents, variants, and analogs of the foregoing. A polypeptide may be a single molecule or may be a multi-molecular complex such as a dimer, trimer or tetramer. They may also comprise single chain or multichain polypeptides and may be associated or linked. The term polypeptide may also apply to amino acid polymers in which one or more amino acid residues are an artificial chemical analogue of a corresponding naturally occurring amino acid.
  • As used herein, the term “polypeptide variant” refers to molecules which differ in their amino acid sequence from a native or reference sequence. The amino acid sequence variants may possess substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions at certain positions within the amino acid sequence, as compared to a native or reference sequence. Ordinarily, variants will possess at least about 50% identity (homology) to a native or reference sequence, and preferably, they will be at least about 80%, more preferably at least about 90% identical (homologous) to a native or reference sequence.
  • In some embodiments “variant mimics” are provided. As used herein, the term “variant mimic” refers to a variant which contains one or more amino acids which would mimic an activated sequence. For example, glutamate may serve as a mimic for phospho-threonine and/or phospho-serine. Alternatively, variant mimics may result in deactivation or in an inactivated product containing the mimic, e.g., phenylalanine may act as an inactivating substitution for tyrosine; or alanine may act as an inactivating substitution for serine.The amino acid sequences of the compounds and/or compositions of the invention may comprise naturally occurring amino acids and as such may be considered to be proteins, peptides, polypeptides, or fragments thereof. Alternatively, the compounds and/or compositions may comprise both naturally and non-naturally occurring amino acids.
  • As used herein, the term “amino acid sequence variant” refers to molecules with some differences in their amino acid sequences as compared to a native or starting sequence. The amino acid sequence variants may possess substitutions, deletions, and/or insertions at certain positions within the amino acid sequence. As used herein, the terms “native” or “starting” when referring to sequences are relative terms referring to an original molecule against which a comparison may be made. Native or starting sequences should not be confused with wild type sequences. Native sequences or molecules may represent the wild-type (that sequence found in nature) but do not have to be identical to the wild-type sequence.
  • Ordinarily, variants will possess at least about 70% homology to a native sequence, and preferably, they will be at least about 80%, more preferably at least about 90% homologous to a native sequence.
  • As used herein, the term “homology” as it applies to amino acid sequences is defined as the percentage of residues in the candidate amino acid sequence that are identical with the residues in the amino acid sequence of a second sequence after aligning the sequences and introducing gaps, if necessary, to achieve the maximum percent homology. Methods and computer programs for the alignment are well known in the art. It is understood that homology depends on a calculation of percent identity but may differ in value due to gaps and penalties introduced in the calculation.
  • As used herein, the term “homolog” as it applies to amino acid sequences is meant the corresponding sequence of other species having substantial identity to a second sequence of a second species.
  • As used herein, the term “analog” is meant to include polypeptide variants which differ by one or more amino acid alterations, e.g., substitutions, additions or deletions of amino acid residues that still maintain the properties of the parent polypeptide.
  • As used herein, the term “derivative” is used synonymously with the term “variant” and refers to a molecule that has been modified or changed in any way relative to a reference molecule or starting molecule.
  • The present invention contemplates several types of compounds and/or compositions which are amino acid based including variants and derivatives. These include substitutional, insertional, deletional and covalent variants and derivatives. As such, included within the scope of this invention are compounds and/or compositions comprising substitutions, insertions, additions, deletions and/or covalent modifications. For example, sequence tags or amino acids, such as one or more lysines, can be added to peptide sequences of the invention (e.g., at the N-terminal or C-terminal ends). Sequence tags can be used for peptide purification or localization. Lysines can be used to increase peptide solubility or to allow for biotinylation. Alternatively, amino acid residues located at the carboxy and amino terminal regions of the amino acid sequence of a peptide or protein may optionally be deleted providing for truncated sequences. Certain amino acids (e.g., C-terminal or N-terminal residues) may alternatively be deleted depending on the use of the sequence, as for example, expression of the sequence as part of a larger sequence which is soluble, or linked to a solid support.
  • “Substitutional variants” when referring to proteins are those that have at least one amino acid residue in a native or starting sequence removed and a different amino acid inserted in its place at the same position. The substitutions may be single, where only one amino acid in the molecule has been substituted, or they may be multiple, where two or more amino acids have been substituted in the same molecule.
  • As used herein, the term “conservative amino acid substitution” refers to the substitution of an amino acid that is normally present in the sequence with a different amino acid of similar size, charge, or polarity. Examples of conservative substitutions include the substitution of a non-polar (hydrophobic) residue such as isoleucine, valine and leucine for another non-polar residue. Likewise, examples of conservative substitutions include the substitution of one polar (hydrophilic) residue for another such as between arginine and lysine, between glutamine and asparagine, and between glycine and serine. Additionally, the substitution of a basic residue such as lysine, arginine or histidine for another, or the substitution of one acidic residue such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid for another acidic residue are additional examples of conservative substitutions. Examples of non-conservative substitutions include the substitution of a non-polar (hydrophobic) amino acid residue such as isoleucine, valine, leucine, alanine, methionine for a polar (hydrophilic) residue such as cysteine, glutamine, glutamic acid or lysine and/or a polar residue for a non-polar residue.
  • As used herein, the term “insertional variants” when referring to proteins are those with one or more amino acids inserted immediately adjacent to an amino acid at a particular position in a native or starting sequence. As used herein, the term “immediately adjacent” refers to an adjacent amino acid that is connected to either the alpha-carboxy or alpha-amino functional group of a starting or reference amino acid.
  • As used herein, the term “deletional variants” when referring to proteins, are those with one or more amino acids in the native or starting amino acid sequence removed. Ordinarily, deletional variants will have one or more amino acids deleted in a particular region of the molecule.
  • As used herein, the term “derivatives,” as referred to herein includes variants of a native or starting protein comprising one or more modifications with organic proteinaceous or non-proteinaceous derivatizing agents, and post-translational modifications. Covalent modifications are traditionally introduced by reacting targeted amino acid residues of the protein with an organic derivatizing agent that is capable of reacting with selected side-chains or terminal residues, or by harnessing mechanisms of post-translational modifications that function in selected recombinant host cells. The resultant covalent derivatives are useful in programs directed at identifying residues important for biological activity, for immunoassays, or for the preparation of anti-protein antibodies for immunoaffinity purification of the recombinant glycoprotein. Such modifications are within the ordinary skill in the art and are performed without undue experimentation.
  • Certain post-translational modifications are the result of the action of recombinant host cells on the expressed polypeptide. Glutaminyl and asparaginyl residues are frequently post-translationally deamidated to the corresponding glutamyl and aspartyl residues. Alternatively, these residues are deamidated under mildly acidic conditions. Either form of these residues may be present in the proteins used in accordance with the present invention.
  • Other post-translational modifications include hydroxylation of proline and lysine, phosphorylation of hydroxyl groups of seryl or threonyl residues, methylation of the alpha-amino groups of lysine, arginine, and histidine side chains (T. E. Creighton, Proteins: Structure and Molecular Properties, W.H. Freeman & Co., San Francisco, pp. 79-86 (1983)).
  • Covalent derivatives specifically include fusion molecules in which proteins of the invention are covalently bonded to a non-proteinaceous polymer. The non-proteinaceous polymer ordinarily is a hydrophilic synthetic polymer, i.e. a polymer not otherwise found in nature. However, polymers which exist in nature and are produced by recombinant or in vitro methods are useful, as are polymers which are isolated from nature. Hydrophilic polyvinyl polymers fall within the scope of this invention, e.g. polyvinylalcohol and polyvinylpyrrolidone. Particularly useful are polyvinylalkylene ethers such a polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol. The proteins may be linked to various non-proteinaceous polymers, such as polyethylene glycol, polypropylene glycol or polyoxyalkylenes, in the manner set forth in U.S. Pat. Nos. 4,640,835; 4,496,689; 4,301,144; 4,670,417; 4,791,192 or 4,179,337.
  • As used herein, the term “features” when referring to proteins are defined as distinct amino acid sequence-based components of a molecule. Features of the proteins of the present invention include surface manifestations, local conformational shape, folds, loops, half-loops, domains, half-domains, sites, termini or any combination thereof.
  • As used herein, the term “surface manifestation” when referring to proteins refers to a polypeptide based component of a protein appearing on an outermost surface.
  • As used herein, the term “local conformational shape” when referring to proteins refers to a polypeptide based structural manifestation of a protein which is located within a definable space of the protein.
  • As used herein, the term “fold”, when referring to proteins, refers to the resultant conformation of an amino acid sequence upon energy minimization. A fold may occur at the secondary or tertiary level of the folding process. Examples of secondary level folds include beta sheets and alpha helices. Examples of tertiary folds include domains and regions formed due to aggregation or separation of energetic forces. Regions formed in this way include hydrophobic and hydrophilic pockets, and the like.
  • As used herein, the term “turn” as it relates to protein conformation, refers to a bend which alters the direction of the backbone of a peptide or polypeptide and may involve one, two, three or more amino acid residues.
  • As used herein, the term “loop,” when referring to proteins, refers to a structural feature of a peptide or polypeptide which reverses the direction of the backbone of a peptide or polypeptide and comprises four or more amino acid residues. Oliva et al. have identified at least 5 classes of protein loops (Oliva, B. et al., An automated classification of the structure of protein loops. J Mol Biol. 1997. 266(4):814-30.)
  • As used herein, the term “half-loop,” when referring to proteins, refers to a portion of an identified loop having at least half the number of amino acid resides as the loop from which it is derived. It is understood that loops may not always contain an even number of amino acid residues. Therefore, in those cases where a loop contains or is identified to comprise an odd number of amino acids, a half-loop of the odd-numbered loop will comprise the whole number portion or next whole number portion of the loop (number of amino acids of the loop/2+/−0.5 amino acids). For example, a loop identified as a 7 amino acid loop could produce half-loops of 3 amino acids or 4 amino acids (7/2=3.5+/−0.5 being 3 or 4).
  • As used herein, the term “domain,” when referring to proteins, refers to a motif of a polypeptide having one or more identifiable structural or functional characteristics or properties (e.g., binding capacity, serving as a site for protein-protein interactions.)
  • As used herein, the term “half-domain,” when referring to proteins, refers to a portion of an identified domain having at least half the number of amino acid resides as the domain from which it is derived. It is understood that domains may not always contain an even number of amino acid residues. Therefore, in those cases where a domain contains or is identified to comprise an odd number of amino acids, a half-domain of the odd-numbered domain will comprise the whole number portion or next whole number portion of the domain (number of amino acids of the domain/2+/−0.5 amino acids). For example, a domain identified as a 7 amino acid domain could produce half-domains of 3 amino acids or 4 amino acids (7/2=3.5+/−0.5 being 3 or 4). It is also understood that sub-domains may be identified within domains or half-domains, these subdomains possessing less than all of the structural or functional properties identified in the domains or half domains from which they were derived. It is also understood that the amino acids that comprise any of the domain types herein need not be contiguous along the backbone of the polypeptide (i.e., nonadjacent amino acids may fold structurally to produce a domain, half-domain or subdomain).
  • As used herein, the terms “site,” as it pertains to amino acid based embodiments is used synonymously with “amino acid residue” and “amino acid side chain”. A site represents a position within a peptide or polypeptide that may be modified, manipulated, altered, derivatized or varied within the polypeptide based molecules of the present invention.
  • As used herein, the terms “termini” or “terminus,” when referring to proteins refers to an extremity of a peptide or polypeptide. Such extremity is not limited only to the first or final site of the peptide or polypeptide but may include additional amino acids in the terminal regions. The polypeptide based molecules of the present invention may be characterized as having both an N-terminus (terminated by an amino acid with a free amino group (NH2)) and a C-terminus (terminated by an amino acid with a free carboxyl group (COOH)). Proteins of the invention are in some cases made up of multiple polypeptide chains brought together by disulfide bonds or by non-covalent forces (multimers, oligomers). These sorts of proteins will have multiple N- and C-termini. Alternatively, the termini of the polypeptides may be modified such that they begin or end, as the case may be, with a non-polypeptide based moiety such as an organic conjugate.
  • Once any of the features have been identified or defined as a component of a molecule of the invention, any of several manipulations and/or modifications of these features may be performed by moving, swapping, inverting, deleting, randomizing or duplicating. Furthermore, it is understood that manipulation of features may result in the same outcome as a modification to the molecules of the invention. For example, a manipulation which involved deleting a domain would result in the alteration of the length of a molecule just as modification of a nucleic acid to encode less than a full length molecule would.
  • Modifications and manipulations can be accomplished by methods known in the art such as site directed mutagenesis. The resulting modified molecules may then be tested for activity using in vitro or in vivo assays such as those described herein or any other suitable screening assay known in the art.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may comprise one or more atoms that are isotopes. As used herein, the term “isotope” refers to a chemical element that has one or more additional neutrons. In some embodiments, compounds of the present invention may be deuterated. As used herein, the term “deuterate” refers to the process of replacing one or more hydrogen atoms in a substance with deuterium isotopes. Deuterium isotopes are isotopes of hydrogen. The nucleus of hydrogen contains one proton while deuterium nuclei contain both a proton and a neutron. The compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be deuterated in order to change one or more physical property, such as stability, or to allow compounds and/or compositions to be used in diagnostic and/or experimental applications.
    • Conjugates and Combinations
  • It is contemplated by the present invention that the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be complexed, conjugated or combined with one or more homologous or heterologous molecules. As used herein, the term “homologous molecule” refers to a molecule which is similar in at least one of structure or function relative to a starting molecule while a “heterologous molecule” is one that differs in at least one of structure or function relative to a starting molecule. Structural homologs are therefore molecules which may be substantially structurally similar. In some embodiments, such homologs may be identical. Functional homologs are molecules which may be substantially functionally similar. In some embodiments, such homologs may be identical.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may comprise conjugates. Such conjugates of the invention may include naturally occurring substances or ligands, such as proteins (e.g., human serum albumin (HSA), low-density lipoprotein (LDL), high-density lipoprotein (HDL), or globulin); carbohydrates (e.g., a dextran, pullulan, chitin, chitosan, inulin, cyclodextrin or hyaluronic acid); or lipids. Conjugates may also be recombinant or synthetic molecules, such as synthetic polymers, e.g., synthetic polyamino acids, an oligonucleotide (e.g. an aptamer). Examples of polyamino acids may include polylysine (PLL), poly L-aspartic acid, poly L-glutamic acid, styrene-maleic acid anhydride copolymer, poly(L-lactide-co-glycolied) copolymer, divinyl ether-maleic anhydride copolymer, N-(2-hydroxypropyl)methacrylamide copolymer (HIVIPA), polyethylene glycol (PEG), polyvinyl alcohol (PVA), polyurethane, poly(2-ethylacryllic acid), N-isopropylacrylamide polymers, or polyphosphazine. Example of polyamines include: polyethylenimine, polylysine (PLL), spermine, spermidine, polyamine, pseudopeptide-polyamine, peptidomimetic polyamine, dendrimer polyamine, arginine, amidine, protamine, cationic lipid, cationic porphyrin, quaternary salt of a polyamine, or an alpha helical peptide.
  • In some embodiments, conjugates may also include targeting groups. As used herein, the term “targeting group” refers to a functional group or moiety attached to an agent that facilitates localization of the agent to a desired region, tissue, cell and/or protein. Such targeting groups may include, but are not limited to cell or tissue targeting agents or groups (e.g. lectins, glycoproteins, lipids, proteins, an antibody that binds to a specified cell type such as a kidney cell or other cell type). In some embodiments, targeting groups may comprise thyrotropins, melanotropins, lectins, glycoproteins, surfactant protein A, mucin carbohydrates, multivalent lactose, multivalent galactose, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetyl-gulucosamine, multivalent mannose, multivalent fucose, glycosylated polyaminoacids, multivalent galactose, transferrin, bisphosphonate, polyglutamate, polyaspartate, lipids, cholesterol, steroids, bile acids, folates, vitamin B12, biotin, an RGD peptide, an RGD peptide mimetic or an aptamer.
  • In some embodiments, targeting groups may be proteins, e.g., glycoproteins, or peptides, e.g., molecules having a specific affinity for a co-ligand, or antibodies e.g., an antibody, that binds to a specified cell type such as a cancer cell, endothelial cell, or bone cell. Targeting groups may also comprise hormones and/or hormone receptors.
  • In some embodiments, targeting groups may be any ligand capable of targeting specific receptors. Examples include, without limitation, folate, GalNAc, galactose, mannose, mannose-6-phosphate, apatamers, integrin receptor ligands, chemokine receptor ligands, transferrin, biotin, serotonin receptor ligands, PSMA, endothelin, GCPII, somatostatin, LDL, and HDL ligands. In some embodiments, targeting groups are aptamers. Such aptamers may be unmodified or comprise any combination of modifications disclosed herein.
  • In still other embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be covalently conjugated to cell penetrating polypeptides. In some embodiments, cell-penetrating peptides may also include signal sequences. In some embodiments, conjugates of the invention may be designed to have increased stability, increased cell transfection and/or altered biodistribution (e.g., targeted to specific tissues or cell types.)
  • In some embodiments, conjugating moieties may be added to compounds and/or compositions of the present invention such that they allow the attachment of detectable labels to targets for clearance. Such detectable labels include, but are not limited to biotin labels, ubiquitins, fluorescent molecules, human influenza hemaglutinin (HA), c-myc, histidine (His), flag, glutathione S-transferase (GST), V5 (a paramyxovirus of simian virus 5 epitope), biotin, avidin, streptavidin, horse radish peroxidase (HRP) and digoxigenin.
  • In some embodiments, compounds of the invention may be conjugated with an antibody Fc domain to create an Fc fusion protein. The formation of an Fc fusion protein with any of the compounds described herein may be carried out according to any method known in the art, including as described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,116,964, 5,541,087 and 8,637,637, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Fc fusion proteins of the invention may comprise a compound of the invention linked to the hinge region of an IgG Fc via cysteine residues in the Fc hinge region. Resulting Fc fusion proteins may comprise an antibody-like structure, but without Cm domains or light chains. In some cases, Fc fusion proteins may comprise pharmacokinetic profiles comparable to native antibodies. In some cases, Fc fusion proteins of the invention may comprise extended half-life in circulation and/or altered biological activity.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be combined with one another or other molecules in the treatment of diseases and/or conditions.
    • Nucleic Acids
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be encoded by nucleic acid molecules. Such nucleic acid molecules include, without limitation, DNA molecules, RNA molecules, polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, mRNA molecules, vectors, plasmids and the like. In some embodiments, the present invention may comprise cells programmed or generated to express nucleic acid molecules encoding compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
    • Methods of Use
  • Methods of the present invention include methods of modifying growth factor activity in one or more biological system. Such methods may include contacting one or more biological system with a compound and/or composition of the invention. In some cases, these methods include modifying the level of free growth factor in a biological system (e.g. in a cell niche or subject.) Compounds and/or compostions according to such methods may include, but are not limited to biomolecules, including, but not limited to recombinant proteins, protein complexes and/or antibodies described herein.
  • In some embodiments, methods of the present invention may be used to initiate or increase growth factor activity, termed “activating methods” herein. Some such methods may comprise growth factor release from a GPC and/or inhibition of growth factor reassociation into a latent GPC. In some cases, activating methods may comprise the use of an antibody, a recombinant protein and/or a protein complex. According to some activating methods, one or more activating antibody is provided. In such methods, one or more growth factor may be released or prevented from being drawn back into a GPC. In one, non-limiting example, an anti-LAP antibody may be provided that enhances dissociation between a growth factor and a GPC and/or prevents reformation of a GPC.
  • Embodiments of the present invention include methods of using anti-LAP and/or anti-LAP-like domain antibodies to modify growth factor activity. In some cases, such methods may include the use of anti-TGF-β-LAP antibodies as TGF-β-activating antibodies. In some cases, methods of using and/or testing such antibodies may include any of the methods taught in Tsang, M. et al. 1995. Cytokine 7(5):389-97, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • In some embodiments, methods of the present invention may be used to reduce or eliminate growth factor activity, termed “inhibiting methods” herein. Some such methods may comprise growth factor retention in a GPC and/or promotion of reassociation of growth factor into a latent GPC. In some cases, inhibiting methods may comprise the use of an antibody
    • Therapeutics
  • In some embodiments, compositions and methods of the invention may be used to treat a wide variety of diseases, disorders and/or conditions. In some cases, such diseases, disorders and/or conditions may be TGF-β-related indications. As used herein, the term “TGF-β-related indication” refers to any disease, disorder and/or condition related to expression, activity and/or metabolism of a TGF-β family member protein or any disease, disorder and/or condition that may benefit from modulation of the activity and/or levels of one or more TGF-β family member protein. TGF-β-related indications may include, but are not limited to, fibrosis, anemia of the aging, cancer (including, but not limited to colon, renal, breast, malignant melanoma and glioblastoma,) facilitation of rapid hematopoiesis following chemotherapy, bone healing, endothelial proliferation syndromes, asthma and allergy, gastrointestinal disorders, aortic aneurysm, orphan indications (such as Marfan's syndrome and Camurati-Engelmann disease,) obesity, diabetes, arthritis, multiple sclerosis, muscular dystrophy, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS,) Parkinson's disease, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis, osteopenia, metabolic syndromes, nutritional disorders, organ atrophy, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD,) and anorexia. Additional indications may include any of those disclosed in US Pub. No. 2013/0122007, U.S. Pat. No. 8,415,459 or International Pub. No. WO 2011/151432, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Efficacy of treatment or amelioration of disease can be assessed, for example by measuring disease progression, disease remission, symptom severity, reduction in pain, quality of life, dose of a medication required to sustain a treatment effect, level of a disease marker or any other measurable parameter appropriate for a given disease being treated or targeted for prevention. It is well within the ability of one skilled in the art to monitor efficacy of treatment or prevention by measuring any one of such parameters, or any combination of parameters. In connection with the administration of compositions of the present invention, “effective against” for example a cancer, indicates that administration in a clinically appropriate manner results in a beneficial effect for at least a statistically significant fraction of patients, such as an improvement of symptoms, a cure, a reduction in disease load, reduction in tumor mass or cell numbers, extension of life, improvement in quality of life, or other effect generally recognized as positive by medical doctors familiar with treating the particular type of cancer.
  • A treatment or preventive effect is evident when there is a statistically significant improvement in one or more parameters of disease status, or by a failure to worsen or to develop symptoms where they would otherwise be anticipated. As an example, a favorable change of at least 10% in a measurable parameter of disease, and preferably at least 20%, 30%, 40%, 50% or more can be indicative of effective treatment. Efficacy for a given composition or formulation of the present invention can also be judged using an experimental animal model for the given disease as known in the art. When using an experimental animal model, efficacy of treatment is evidenced when a statistically significant change is observed.
    • Therapeutics for Fibrosis
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful for altering fibrosis. In some embodiments, such compounds and/or compositions are antagonists of TGF-β. TGF-β is recognized as the central orchestrator of the fibrotic response. Antibodies targeting TGF-β decrease fibrosis in numerous preclinical models. Such antibodies and/or antibody-based compounds include LY2382770 (Eli Lilly, Indianapolis, Ind.). Also included are those described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,492,497, U.S. Pat. No. 7,151,169 and U.S. Pat. No. 7,723,486 and U.S. publication US2011/0008364, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Fibrosis is a common sequela of many types of tissue destructive diseases. When new space is created by the disruption of differentiated cells, progenitors or stem cells that normally occupy a niche in the tissue, the default pathway appears to be the proliferation of connective tissue cells, e.g. fibroblasts, to fill in the empty space. This is accompanied by the production of extracellular matrix constituents including collagens that result in scarring and permanent effacement of the tissue.
  • A difficult aspect of fibrosis is its chronicity, which may require continued therapy until the underlying destruction of parenchymal cells is terminated or the cells are replaced by stem cell pools, or by transplantation. Fibrosis is thought to be much easier to arrest than to reverse. The TGF-beta family is of central importance in regulating the growth of fibroblastic cells and the production of extracellular matrix constituents including collagen. Integrins αvβ6 and αvβ8 (and possibly αvβ1) may participate in activation of TGF- beta 1 and 3. The integrin VLA-1 is a receptor for collagen and is expressed on lymphocytes only late after their activation and is strongly implicated in the development of fibrotic disease.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to block integrin αvβ6, αvβ8 and αvβ1 activation of TGF-beta for inhibiting fibrosis. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to target interaction sites between GPCs and LTBPs while leaving interaction sites between GPCs and GARP unaffected. Such compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may act as inhibitory antibodies, preventing growth factor signaling and inhibiting fibrosis. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to target one or more of TGF-β1, 2 and 3 or chimeric antigens thereof.
  • Fibrotic indications for which compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used therapeutically include, but are not limited to lung indications [e.g. Idiopathic Pulmonary Fibrosis (IPF), Chronic Obstructive Pulmonary Disorder (COPD), Allergic Asthma, Acute Lung injury, Eosinophilic esophagitis, Pulmonary arterial hypertension and Chemical gas-injury,] kidney indications [e.g. Diabetic glomerulosclerosis, Focal segmental glomeruloclerosis (FSGS), Chronic kidney disease, Fibrosis associated with kidney transplantation and chronic rejection, IgA nephropathy and Hemolytic uremic syndrome,] liver fibrosis [e.g. Non-alcoholic steatohepatitis (NASH), Chronic viral hepatitis, Parasitemia, Inborn errors of metabolism, Toxin-mediated fibrosis, such as alcohol fibrosis, Non-alcoholic steatohepatitis-hepatocellular carcinoma (NASH-HCC), Primary biliary cirrhosis and Sclerosing cholangitis,] cardiovascular fibrosis (e.g. cardiomyopathy, hypertrophic cardiomyopathy, atherosclerosis and restenosis,) systemic sclerosis, skin fibrosis (e.g. Skin fibrosis in systemic sclerosis, Diffuse cutaneous systemic sclerosis, Scleroderma, Pathological skin scarring, Keloid, Post surgical scarring, Scar revision surgery, Radiation-induced scarring and Chronic wounds) and cancers or secondary fibrosis (e.g. Myelofibrosis, Head and Neck Cancer, M7 acute Megakaryoblastic Leukemia and Mucositis.) Other diseases, disorders or conditions related to fibrosis that may be treated using compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, include, but are not limited to Marfan's Syndrome, Stiff Skin Syndrome, Scleroderma, Rheumatoid arthritis, bone marrow fibrosis, Crohn's disease, Ulcerative colitis, Systemic lupus erythematosus, Muscular Dystrophy, Dupuytren's contracture, Camurati-Engelmann Disease, Neural scarring, Proliferative vitreoretinopathy, corneal injury, complications after glaucoma drainage surgery and Multiple Sclerosis.
  • Assays useful in determining the efficacy of the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention for the alteration of fibrosis include, but are not limited to, histological assays for counting fibroblasts and basic immunohistochemical analyses known in the art.
  • Animal models are also available for analysis of the efficacy of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention in altering fibrosis. Examples of animal fibrosis models useful for such analysis may include, for example, any of those taught by Schaefer, D. W. et al., 2011. Eur Respir Rev. 20: 120, 85-97, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Such models may include, but are not limited to those described in Table 1 of that publication, including lung models, renal models, liver models, cardiovascular models and/or collagen-induced models. Schaefer et al also teach the use of pirfenidone in the treatment of fibrosis. In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in combination with pirfenidone.
  • In some cases, compounds and/or composition of the invention may be used in the treatment of lung fibrosis. Lung fibrosis models may be used in the development and/or testing of compounds and/or compositions of the invention. Lung fibrosis models may include the bleomycin induced lung injury models and/or chronic bleomycin induced lung injury models. Bleomycin induced lung injury models may be carried out as described by Schaefer et al, and also by Horan et al. (Horan G. S. et al., 2008. Am J Respir Crit Care Med, 177(1):56-65. Epub 2007 Oct. 4, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) According to the Horan study, SV129 mice are tracheally exposed to bleomycin which results in the development of lung fibrosis. With this model, potential therapeutics are administered through intraperitoneal injections while postmortem lung tissue or bronchoalveolar lavage collections can be assayed for levels of hydroxyproline as an indicator of fibrotic activity. Using the same technique, mice carrying a luciferase reporter gene, driven by the collagen Iα2 gene promoter may be used in the model so that fibrotic activity may be determined by luciferase activity assay as a function of collagen gene induction. Additional bleomycin induced lung models may be carried out according to those described by Thrall et al (Thrall, R. S. et al., 1979. Am J Pathol. 95:117-30, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Additional lung models may include the mouse asthma models. Airway remodeling (lung fibrosis) may be a serious problem in subjects with chronic asthma. Asthma models may include any of those described by Nials et al (Nials, A. T. et al., 2008. Disease Models and Mechanisms. 1:213-20, the contents of wich are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Models of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD) may be used. Such models may include any of those described by Vlahos et al (Vlahos, R. et al., 2014. Clin Sci. 126:253-65, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Models of cigarette smoking emphysema may be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Ma et al. 2005. J Clin Invest. 115:3460-72, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Models of chronic pulmonary fibrosis may be used. Such models in rodents may be carried out according to the intratracheal fluorescein isothiocyanate (FITC) instillation model described in Roberts, S. N. et al. 1995. J Pathol. 176(3):309-18, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Models of asbestos and silica induced lung injury may also be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Coin, P. G. et al., 1996. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 154(5):1511-9, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some cases, models of lung irradiation may be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Pauluhn, J. et al. 2001. Toxicology. 161:153-63, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some cases, phorbol myristate acetate (PMA)-induced lung injury models may be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Taylor, R. G. et al., 1985. Lab Invest. 52(1):61-70, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Renal fibrosis models may be utilized to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the present invention. In some embodiments, a well established model of renal fibrosis, unilateral ureteral obstruction (UUO) model, may be used. In this model, mice are subjected to proximal ureteral ligation. After a period of hours to days, fibrosis is examined in the regions blocked by ligation (Ma, L. J. et al., 2003. American Journal of Pathology. 163(4):1261-73, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) In one example, this method was utilized by Meng, X. M. et al. (Meng, X. M. et al., Smad2 Protects against TGF-beta/Smad3-Mediated Renal Fibrosis. J Am Soc Nephrol. 2010 September; 21(9):1477-87. Epub 2010 Jul. 1) to examine the role of SMAD-2 in renal fibrosis. SMAD-2 is an intracellular member of the TGF-beta cell signaling pathway. In some cases, cyclosporine A-induced nephropathy models may be used. Such models may be carried out as described in Ling, H. et al., 2003. J Am Soc Nephrol. 14:377-88, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. In some cases, renal models of Alport Syndrome may be used. Transgenic mice with collagen III knockout may be used in Alport syndrome studies. These mice develop progressive fibrosis in their kidneys. Alport syndrome models may be carried out as described in Koepke, M. L. et al., 2007. Nephrol Dial Transplant. 22(4):1062-9 and/or Hahm, K. et al., 2007. Am J Pathol. 170(1):110-5, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • In some cases, models of cardiovascular fibrosis may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of cardiovascular fibrotic indications. In some cases, vascular injury models may be used. Such models may include balloon injury models. In some cases, these may be carried out as described in Smith et al., 1999. Circ Res. 84(10):1212-22, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Blocking TGF-β in this model was shown to block neointima formation. Accordingly, TGF-β inhibiting antibodies of the present invention may be used to reduce and/or block neointima formation.
  • In some embodiments, models of liver fibrosis may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of liver fibrotic indications. Liver models may include any of those described in Iredale, J. P. 2007. J Clin Invest. 117(3):539-48, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. These include, but are not limited to, any of the models listed in Tables 1 and/or 2. In some cases, liver models may include carbon tetrachloride induced liver fibrosis models. Such models may be carried out according to the methods described in Fujii, T. et al., 2010. BMC Gastroenterology. 10:79, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • In some embodiments, models of wound healing may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of fibrotic wound indications. Wound models may include chronic wound models.
  • In some cases, models of GI injury-related fibrosis may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of GI-related fibrosis. Such injury models may include, but are not limited to 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (TNBS) induced colitis models. Such models may be carried out as described in Scheiffele, F. et al., 2002. Curr Protoc Immunol. Chapter 15:Unit 15.19, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the invention may be used to treat diseases, disorders and/or conditions related to bone marrow fibrosis. In some cases, bone marrow fibrosis models may be used to develop and/or test such compounds and/or compositions. Models may include the marrow cell adoptive transfer model described in Lacout, C. et al., 2006. Blood. 108(5):1652-60 and transgenic mouse models, including, but not limited to the model described in Vannucchi, A. M. et al., 2002. Blood. 100(4):1123-32, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Further models may include models of thrombopoietin-induced myelofibrosis. Such models may be carried out as described in Chagraoui, H. et al., 2002. Blood. 100(10):3495-503, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the invention may be used to treat diseases, disorders and/or conditions related to muscular dystrophy (MD) including, but not limited to Duchenne MD and Becker MD. In some cases MD models may be used to develop and/or test such compounds and/or compositions. Such models may include those described in Ceco, E. et al., 2013. FEBS J. 280(17):4198-209, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the invention may, in some cases, be combined with one or more other therapeutics for the treatment of one or more fibrotic indication. Examples of such other therapeutics may include, but are not limited to LPA1 receptor antagonists, lysyl oxidase 2 inhibitors, hedgehog inhibitors, IL-3/IL-4 inhibitors, CTGF inhibitors, anti-αvβ6 antibodies and anti-IL-13 antibodies.
  • In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to increase TGF-β growth factor activity to promote fibrosis to treat diseases, disorders and/or conditions where fibrosis may be advantageous. Such compounds may include activating antibodies.
    • Therapeutics for Myelofibrosis
  • Myelofibrosis is a chronic blood cancer caused by mutations in bone marrow stem cells. Disease is characterized by an impaired ability to make normal blood cells. Patients develop splenomegaly and hepatomegaly and excessive fibrosis occurs in the bone marrow. Myeloproliferative neoplasms (MPNs) are the collective name for three related types of myelofibrosis with different clinical features: primary myelofibrosis (PMF), essential thrombocythemia and polycythemia vera. All three have overactive signaling of the JAK-STAT cell signaling pathway (Klampfi, et al., 2013. NEJM 369:2379-90, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Primary myelofibrosis (PMF) is characterized by increased angiogenesis, reticulin and collagen fibrosis. As the disease advances, the number of osteoclasts increase and bone marrow becomes unaspirable. Some fibrosis of PMF may be reversed by stem cell transplantation (SCT.) 98% of individuals with polycythemia vera have mutated JAK2 leading to overactive JAK-STAT signaling.
  • Current therapeutics for MPNs include allogeneic hematopoietic cell transplantation (HCT) and Janus kinase (JAK) inhibition. Allogeneic HCT is associated with up to 10% mortality as well as graft failure and significant side effects and toxicity. JAK inhibition therapy comprises the use of Ruxolitinib (Rux,) a small molecule inhibitor of JAK2 that was approved in 2011 to treat MPNs. Rux is marketed under the names JAKAFI® and JAKAVI® by Incyte pharmaceuticals (Wilmington, Del.) and Novartis (Basel, Switzerland). Although able to improve splenomegaly and hepatomegaly, Rux is not curative and some studies do not show much benefit (Odenike, O., 2013. Hematology. 2013(1):545-52, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the invention may be used to treat myeloproliferative disorders, including, but not limited to primary myelofibrosis, secondary myelofibrosis, essential thrombocythemia, polycythemia vera, idiopathic myelofibrosis and chronic myeloid leukemia. In some cases, treatments may be carried out in combination with one or more known therapies for myelofibrosis, including, but not limited to allogeneic HCT, JAK inhibition, fresolimumab (GC1008; Genzyme, Cambridge, Mass.) treatment to block TGF-β1, 2 and 3 (Mascarenhas, J. et al., 2014. Leukemia and Lymphoma. 55:450-2, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety,) simtuzumab (Gilead Biosciences, Foster City, Calif.) treatment to block lysyl oxidase activity and collagen cross-linking and Pentraxin-2 (Promedior, Lexington, Mass.) treatment to stimulate regulatory macrophages and inhibit myelofibroblasts. In some cases, models of myeloproliferative disorders may be used to develop and/or test such compounds and/or compositions of the invention intended for the treatment of myelofibrosis. Models may include the marrow cell adoptive transfer model described in Lacout, C. et al., 2006. Blood. 108(5):1652-60 and transgenic mouse models, including, but not limited to the model described in Vannucchi, A. M. et al., 2002. Blood. 100(4):1123-32, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Myelofibrosis models may include thrombopoietin-induced myelofibrosis. Such models may be carried out as described in Chagraoui, H. et al., 2002. Blood. 100(10):3495-503, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. TGF-β1 has been shown to be the primary agonist of fibrosis according to this model. Further myelofibrosis models may be carried out as described in Mullally, A. et al., 2010. Cancer Cell. 17:584-96, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
    • Therapeutics for Scarring and Wound Healing
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful in altering wound healing and/or scar formation. In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the invention may ensure proper wound healing (including, but not limited to chronic wounds.) In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the invention may be used for reducing, treating and or preventing scar formation. Such compounds and/or compositions may comprise anti-TGF-β antibodies. In some cases, TGF-β-activating antibodies may be used to promote healing in wounds.
    • Therapeutics for Disorders of Iron Metabolism
  • In some embodiments, methods, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat disorders of iron metabolism. Such disorders may include disorders comprising reduced iron levels (e.g. anemias) or disorders comprising elevated iron levels (e.g. hemochromatosis.) BMP-6 and hemojuvelin interact to modulate hepcidin expression. Some methods, compounds and/or compositions of disclosed herein may be used to alter hepcidin levels, thereby regulating bodily iron levels.
  • Some embodiments of the present invention may comprise hepcidin agonists or hepcidin antagonists. Hepcidin agonists may activate or promote the expression and/or physiological action of hepcidin. Such agonists may be useful in the treatment or prevention of iron overload due to low hepcidin levels and/or activity. In some cases, agonists may not reverse established iron overload, but may diminish iron damage to tissues. Some hepcidin agonists of the present invention may elevate production of hepcidin through activating and/or enhancing BMP-6/hemojuvelin signaling.
  • Hepcidin antagonists may block or reduce the expression and/or physiological action of hepcidin. Such antagonists may be useful in the case of iron deficiency due to high hepcidin levels. In some embodiments, hepcidin antagonists of the present invention may comprise antibodies that disrupt BMP-6 signaling through hemojuvelin.
  • Anemias are conditions and/or diseases associated with decreased numbers of red blood cells and/or hemoglobin. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful in treating anemias. Such anemias may include anemia of chronic disease (ACD), which is also referred to as anemia of inflammation (AI). Subjects with ACD, may suffer from chronic renal failure or acute inflammation due to rheumatoid arthritis, cancer, infection, etc. Subjects suffering from ACD typically comprise elevated levels of hepcidin and impaired erythropoiesis. In a study by Sasu et al (Sasu et al., 2010. Blood. 115(17):3616-24,) an antibody with high affinity for hepcidin was effective in treating murine anemia in a mouse model of inflammation. The studies found that the most effective treatments involved combining the antibody with an erythropoiesis-stimulating agent (ESA.) Accordingly, some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in combination with ESAs to increase efficacy. Current anti-hepcidin antibodies being tested for treatment of ACD include Ab 12B9 (Amgen, Thousand Oaks, Calif.) and LY2787106 (Eli Lilly, Indianapolis, Ind.) FG4592 (FibroGen, San Francisco, Calif.) is a small molecule inhibitor of hypoxia-inducible factor (HIF) that is also currently used to treat anemia.
  • In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat subjects with iron deficiency anemia (IDA) associated with gastric bypass surgery and/or inflammatory bowel disease (IBD.) Gastric bypass surgery leaves subjects with a reduced ability to metabolize iron due to bypass of the proximal gastric pouch and duodenum (Warsh et al., 2013, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) IBD patients often suffer from iron deficiency due to intestinal blood loss and decreased absorption due to inflammation.
  • Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat subjects suffering from iron-refractory iron deficiency anemia (IRIDA.) IRIDA is a genetic disease caused by a defect in the enzyme Matriptase-2 (De Falco, L. et al., 2013, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Matriptase-2, a transmembrane serine protease, is an important hepcidin regulator. Matriptase-2 is capable of enzymatic cleavage of hemojuvelin. Subjects with defective Matriptase-2 activity have elevated levels of hemojuvelin, due to lack of degradation, and therefore hepcidin expression remains high and iron levels are reduced. Characteristics of the disease include, but are not limited to microcytic hypochromic anemia, low saturation of transferrin and normal to high levels of hepcidin. Some subjects with IRIDA are diagnosed soon after birth, but many are not diagnosed until adulthood. Treatments described herein may be used to modulate irregular hepcidin levels associated with IRIDA.
  • Iron overloading anemias can occur as a result of blood transfusion. Excess iron associated with transfused blood cannot be secreted naturally and requires additional treatments for removal, such as chelation therapy. Such therapy is generally not well tolerated and may comprise many side effects. Thus, there is a clinical need for new, better tolerated therapies. Additional therapies include EXJADE®, for the treatment of patients, age 10 and older, with non-transfusion-dependent thalassemia (NTDT) syndromes. Also included is ACE-536, a ligand trap that blocks TGF-β superfamily members. Both EXJADE and ACE-536 are known to elevate erythropoiesis. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to control iron overloading. Some such embodiments may function to redistribute iron from parenchyma to macrophages where iron is better tolerated. In some cases this may be carried out through elevation of hepcidin levels. In studies by Gardenghi et al (Gardenghi et al., 2010, JCI. 120(12):4466-77,) overexpression of murine hepcidin was able to increase hemoglobin levels and decrease iron overload in mouse model of β-thalassemia and a mouse model of hemochromatosis (Viatte et al., 2006, Blood. 107:2952.)
  • GDF-15 levels in circulation have been found to negatively correlate with hepcidin levels, suggesting a role for GDF-15 in iron loading and/or metabolism (Finkenstedt et al., 2008. British Journal of Haematology. 144:789-93, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Transcription of the gene encoding GDF-15 may be upregulated under stress and/or hypoxic conditions. In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat subjects suffering from iron disorders and/or anemias by altering GDF-15 signaling activity. Such compounds and/or compositions may comprise antibodies capable of stabilizing or destabilizing the GDF-15 GPC or through modulation of one or more interaction between GDF-15 and one or more co-factor.
  • Hemochromatosis is a disease characterized by iron overload due to hyperabsorption of dietary iron. In hereditary hemochromatosis (HH,) this overload is caused by inheritance of a common autosomal recessive copy of the HFE gene from both parents. In such cases, iron may be overloaded in plasma as well as in organs and tissues, including, but not limited to the pancreas, liver and skin, leading to damage caused by iron deposits (Tussing-Humphreys et al, 2013.) Current therapies for HH may include phlebotomy, multiple times per year. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat HH by modulating subject iron levels.
  • Mutations in the hepcidin (HAMP) and/or hemojuvelin (HFE2) genes are responsible for a severe form of hemochromatosis known as juvenile hemochromatosis (Roetto et al., 2003; Papanikolauou et al., 2004.) Some mutations of hemojuvelin associated with juvenile hemochromatosis lead to protein misfolding and reduce hemojuvelin secretion from the cell, thus decreasing overall hemojuvelin signaling activity. Other mutations affect hemojuvelin interactions with other signaling molecules. Hemojuvelin comprising the mutation G99R, for example, is unable to bind BMP-2. Hemojuvelin comprising the mutation L101P is unable to associate with either BMP-2 or neogenin. Some therapeutic embodiments of the present invention may comprise the modulation of hemojuvelin signaling.
  • During chemotherapy, cell division is temporarily halted to prevent the growth and spread of cancerous cells. An unfortunate side effect is the loss of red blood cells which depend on active cell division of bone marrow cells. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat anemia associated chemotherapy.
  • In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be combined with any of the therapeutics described herein to increase efficacy.
    • Therapeutics for Anemia, Thrombocytopenia and Neutropenia
  • During chemotherapy, cell division is temporarily halted to prevent the growth and spread of cancerous cells. An unfortunate side effect is the loss of red blood cells, platelets and white blood cells which depend on active cell division of bone marrow cells. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be designed to treat patients suffering from anemia (the loss of red blood cells), thrombocytopenia (a decrease in the number of platelets) and/or neutropenia (a decrease in the number of neutrophils).
    • Therapeutics for Cancer
  • Various cancers may be treated with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention. As used herein, the term “cancer” refers to any of various malignant neoplasms characterized by the proliferation of anaplastic cells that tend to invade surrounding tissue and metastasize to new body sites and also refers to the pathological condition characterized by such malignant neoplastic growths. Cancers may be tumors or hematological malignancies, and include but are not limited to, all types of lymphomas/leukemias, carcinomas and sarcomas, such as those cancers or tumors found in the anus, bladder, bile duct, bone, brain, breast, cervix, colon/rectum, endometrium, esophagus, eye, gallbladder, head and neck, liver, kidney, larynx, lung, mediastinum (chest), mouth, ovaries, pancreas, penis, prostate, skin, small intestine, stomach, spinal marrow, tailbone, testicles, thyroid and uterus.
  • In cancer, TGF-β may be either growth promoting or growth inhibitory. As an example, in pancreatic cancers, SMAD4 wild type tumors may experience inhibited growth in response to TGF-β, but as the disease progresses, constitutively activated type II receptor is typically present. Additionally, there are SMAD4-null pancreatic cancers. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to selectively target components of TGF-β signaling pathways that function uniquely in one or more forms of cancer. Leukemias, or cancers of the blood or bone marrow that are characterized by an abnormal proliferation of white blood cells i.e., leukocytes, can be divided into four major classifications including Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL), Chronic lymphocytic leukemia (CLL), Acute myelogenous leukemia or acute myeloid leukemia (AML) (AML with translocations between chromosome 10 and 11 [t(10, 11)], chromosome 8 and 21 [t(8;21)], chromosome 15 and 17 [t(15;17)], and inversions in chromosome 16 [inv(16)]; AML with multilineage dysplasia, which includes patients who have had a prior myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS) or myeloproliferative disease that transforms into AML; AML and myelodysplastic syndrome (MDS), therapy-related, which category includes patients who have had prior chemotherapy and/or radiation and subsequently develop AML or MDS; d) AML not otherwise categorized, which includes subtypes of AML that do not fall into the above categories; and e) Acute leukemias of ambiguous lineage, which occur when the leukemic cells cannot be classified as either myeloid or lymphoid cells, or where both types of cells are present); and Chronic myelogenous leukemia (CML).
  • The types of carcinomas include, but are not limited to, papilloma/carcinoma, choriocarcinoma, endodermal sinus tumor, teratoma, adenoma/adenocarcinoma, melanoma, fibroma, lipoma, leiomyoma, rhabdomyoma, mesothelioma, angioma, osteoma, chondroma, glioma, lymphoma/leukemia, squamous cell carcinoma, small cell carcinoma, large cell undifferentiated carcinomas, basal cell carcinoma and sinonasal undifferentiated carcinoma.
  • The types of sarcomas include, but are not limited to, soft tissue sarcoma such as alveolar soft part sarcoma, angiosarcoma, dermatofibrosarcoma, desmoid tumor, desmoplastic small round cell tumor, extraskeletal chondrosarcoma, extraskeletal osteosarcoma, fibrosarcoma, hemangiopericytoma, hemangiosarcoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, leiomyosarcoma, liposarcoma, lymphangiosarcoma, lymphosarcoma, malignant fibrous histiocytoma, neurofibrosarcoma, rhabdomyosarcoma, synovial sarcoma, and Askin's tumor, Ewing's sarcoma (primitive neuroectodermal tumor), malignant hemangioendothelioma, malignant schwannoma, osteosarcoma, and chondrosarcoma.
  • In some embodiments, compositions and methods of the invention may be used to treat one or more types of cancer or cancer-related conditions that may include, but are not limited to colon cancer, renal cancer, breast cancer, malignant melanoma and glioblastomas (Schlingensiepen et al., 2008; Ouhtit et al., 2013.)
  • High-grade gliomas (e.g. anaplastic astrocytomas and glioblastomas) make up around 60% of malignant brain tumors. TGF-β2 has been found to be overexpressed in over 90% of such gliomas and expression levels correlate with tumor progression. Further, studies using TGF-β2 reduction at the mRNA level in cancer patients showed significant improvement in tumor outcome (Bogdahn et al., 2010.) In light of these studies, some compositions of the present invention may be used therapeutically to treat individuals with high-grade gliomas. Such compositions may act to lower the levels of free TGF-β2 and/or the levels of TGF-β2 activity.
  • In some cases, TGF-β2 activity may contribute to tumor development through modulation of metastasis, angiogenesis, proliferation and/or immunosuppressive functions that impair immunological tumor surveillance (Schlingensiepen et al., 2008.) A study by Reed et al (Reed et al., 1994) demonstrated TGF-β2 mRNA expression in a large percentage of melanocytic lesions including primary invasive melanomas and metastatic melanomas. Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to modulate TGF-β2 activity and/or levels in such lesions and or prevent lesion formation. Melanoma cell growth in the brain parenchyma has also been shown to be influenced by TGF-β2 activity (Zhang et al., 2009.) Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to prevent or control such cell growth through modulation of TGF-β2 activity and/or levels.
  • Among females worldwide, breast cancer is the most prevalent form of cancer. Breast cancer metastasis is mediated in part through interactions between cancer cells and extracellular matrix components, such as hyaluronic acid (HA.) CD44 has been shown to be the major receptor for HA on cancer cells (Ouhtit et al., 2013.) The interaction between CD44 and HA leads to modulation of cell motility, survival adhesion and proliferation. TGF-β2 transcription is also upregulated by CD44 signaling activity and is believe to contribute to resulting changes in cell motility. Unfortunately, current therapies have limited efficacy and many carry adverse effects due to a lack of specificity. In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to alter cellular activities induced by TGF-β2 upregulation.
  • The invention further relates to the use of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention for treating one or more forms of cancer, in combination with other pharmaceuticals and/or other therapeutic methods, e.g., with known pharmaceuticals and/or known therapeutic methods, such as, for example, those which are currently employed for treating these disorders. For example, the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention can also be administered in conjunction with one or more additional anti-cancer treatments, such as biological, chemotherapy and radiotherapy. Accordingly, a treatment can include, for example, imatinib (Gleevac), all-trans-retinoic acid, a monoclonal antibody treatment (gemtuzumab, ozogamicin), chemotherapy (for example, chlorambucil, prednisone, prednisolone, vincristine, cytarabine, clofarabine, farnesyl transferase inhibitors, decitabine, inhibitors of MDR1), rituximab, interferon-α, anthracycline drugs (such as daunorubicin or idarubicin), L-asparaginase, doxorubicin, cyclophosphamide, doxorubicin, bleomycin, fludarabine, etoposide, pentostatin, or cladribine), bone marrow transplant, stem cell transplant, radiation therapy, anti-metabolite drugs (methotrexate and 6-mercaptopurine), or any combination thereof.
  • Radiation therapy (also called radiotherapy, X-ray therapy, or irradiation) is the use of ionizing radiation to kill cancer cells and shrink tumors. Radiation therapy can be administered externally via external beam radiotherapy (EBRT) or internally via brachytherapy. The effects of radiation therapy are localized and confined to the region being treated. Radiation therapy may be used to treat almost every type of solid tumor, including cancers of the brain, breast, cervix, larynx, lung, pancreas, prostate, skin, stomach, uterus, or soft tissue sarcomas. Radiation is also used to treat leukemia and lymphoma.
  • Chemotherapy is the treatment of cancer with drugs that can destroy cancer cells. In current usage, the term “chemotherapy” usually refers to cytotoxic drugs which affect rapidly dividing cells in general, in contrast with targeted therapy. Chemotherapy drugs interfere with cell division in various possible ways, e.g. with the duplication of DNA or the separation of newly formed chromosomes. Most forms of chemotherapy target all rapidly dividing cells and are not specific to cancer cells, although some degree of specificity may come from the inability of many cancer cells to repair DNA damage, while normal cells generally can.
  • Most chemotherapy regimens are given in combination. Exemplary chemotherapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, 5-FU Enhancer, 9-AC, AG2037, AG3340, Aggrecanase Inhibitor, Aminoglutethimide, Amsacrine (m-AMSA), Asparaginase, Azacitidine, Batimastat (BB94), BAY 12-9566, BCH-4556, Bis-Naphtalimide, Busulfan, Capecitabine, Carboplatin, Carmustaine+Polifepr Osan, cdk4/cdk2 inhibitors, Chlorombucil, CI-994, Cisplatin, Cladribine, CS-682, Cytarabine HCl, D2163, Dactinomycin, Daunorubicin HCl, DepoCyt, Dexifosamide, Docetaxel, Dolastain, Doxifluridine, Doxorubicin, DX8951f, E 7070, EGFR, Epirubicin, Erythropoietin, Estramustine phosphate sodium, Etoposide (VP16-213), Farnesyl Transferase Inhibitor, FK 317, Flavopiridol, Floxuridine, Fludarabine, Fluorouracil (5-FU), Flutamide, Fragyline, Gemcitabine, Hexamethylmelamine (HMM), Hydroxyurea (hydroxycarbamide), Ifosfamide, Interferon Alfa-2a, Interferon Alfa-2b, Interleukin-2, Irinotecan, ISI 641, Krestin, Lemonal DP 2202, Leuprolide acetate (LHRH-releasing factor analogue), Levamisole, LiGLA (lithium-gamma linolenate), Lodine Seeds, Lometexol, Lomustine (CCNU), Marimistat, Mechlorethamine HCl (nitrogen mustard), Megestrol acetate, Meglamine GLA, Mercaptopurine, Mesna, Mitoguazone (methyl-GAG; methyl glyoxal bis-guanylhydrazone; MGBG), Mitotane (o.p′-DDD), Mitoxantrone, Mitoxantrone HCl, MMI 270, MMP, MTA/LY 231514, Octreotide, ODN 698, OK-432, Oral Platinum, Oral Taxoid, Paclitaxel (TAXOL®), PARP Inhibitors, PD 183805, Pentostatin (2′ deoxycoformycin), PKC 412, Plicamycin, Procarbazine HCl, PSC 833, Ralitrexed, RAS Farnesyl Transferase Inhibitor, RAS Oncogene Inhibitor, Semustine (methyl-CCNU), Streptozocin, Suramin, Tamoxifen citrate, Taxane Analog, Temozolomide, Teniposide (VM-26), Thioguanine, Thiotepa, Topotecan, Tyrosine Kinase, UFT (Tegafur/Uracil), Valrubicin, Vinblastine sulfate, Vindesine sulfate, VX-710, VX-853, YM 116, ZD 0101, ZD 0473/Anormed, ZD 1839, ZD 9331.
  • Biological therapies use the body's immune system, either directly or indirectly, to fight cancer or to lessen the side effects that may be caused by some cancer treatments. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be considered biological therapies in that they may stimulate immune system action against one or more tumor, for example. However, this approach may also be considered with other such biological approaches, e.g., immune response modifying therapies such as the administration of interferons, interleukins, colony-stimulating factors, other monoclonal antibodies, vaccines, gene therapy, and nonspecific immunomodulating agents are also envisioned as anti-cancer therapies to be combined with the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • Small molecule targeted therapy drugs are generally inhibitors of enzymatic domains on mutated, overexpressed, or otherwise critical proteins within the cancer cell, such as tyrosine kinase inhibitors imatinib (Gleevec/Glivec) and gefitinib (Iressa). Examples of monoclonal antibody therapies that can be used with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention include, but are not limited to, the anti-HER2/neu antibody trastuzumab (Herceptin) used in breast cancer, and the anti-CD20 antibody rituximab, used in a variety of B-cell malignancies. The growth of some cancers can be inhibited by providing or blocking certain hormones. Common examples of hormone-sensitive tumors include certain types of breast and prostate cancers. Removing or blocking estrogen or testosterone is often an important additional treatment. In certain cancers, administration of hormone agonists, such as progestogens may be therapeutically beneficial.
  • Cancer immunotherapy refers to a diverse set of therapeutic strategies designed to induce the patient's own immune system to fight the tumor, and include, but are not limited to, intravesical BCG immunotherapy for superficial bladder cancer, vaccines to generate specific immune responses, such as for malignant melanoma and renal cell carcinoma, and the use of Sipuleucel-T for prostate cancer, in which dendritic cells from the patient are loaded with prostatic acid phosphatase peptides to induce a specific immune response against prostate-derived cells.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to prevent T cell inhibition. Such compounds and/or compositions may prevent the dissociation of growth factors from the prodomain of the GPC or from extracellular matrix and/or cellular matrix components including, but not limited to GARPs, fibrillins or LTBPs.
    • Therapeutics for Bone Healing
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat bone disorders and/or improve bone healing or repair. Cellular remodeling of bone is a lifelong process that helps to maintain skeletal integrity. This process involves cycles of osteoclastic bone resorption and new bone formation that function to repair defects and areas of weakness in bone. TGF-beta family members, preferably BMPs, are thought to be important factors in coupling the processes of resorption and formation by osteoclasts. TGF-beta family members are prevalent in the bone matrix and upregulated by bone injury. TGF-beta family members are also believed to impart strength to the fully formed bone matrix, imparting resistance to fracture. The role of TGF-beta family members in bone remodeling makes them attractive targets for potential therapeutics to treat bone disorder and disease.
  • Numerous diseases and/or disorders affect bones and joints. Such diseases and/or disorders may be congenital, genetic and/or acquired. Such diseases and/or disorders include, but are not limited to, bone cysts, infectious arthritis, Paget's disease of the bone, Osgood-Schlatter disease, Kohler's bone disease, bone spurs (osteophytes), bone tumors, craniosynostosis, fibrodysplasia ossificans progressive, fibrous dysplasia, giant cell tumor of bone, hypophosphatasia, Klippel-Feil syndrome, metabolic bone disease, osteoarthritis, osteitis deformans, osteitis fibrosa cystica, osteitis pubis, condensing osteitis, osteitis condensans osteochondritis dissecans, osteochondroma, osteogenesis imperfecta, osteomalacia, osteomyelitis, osteopenia, osteopetrosis, osteoporosis, osteosarcoma, porotic hyperostosis, primary hyperparathyroidism, renal osteodystrophy and water on the knee.
  • Mouse models for evaluating the effectiveness of therapeutics on bone development and repair are well known in the art. In one such model demonstrated by Mohammad, et al. (Mohammad, K. S. et al., Pharmacologic inhibition of the TGF-beta type I receptor kinase has anabolic and anti-catabolic effects on bone. PLoS One. 2009; 4(4):e5275. Epub 2008 Apr. 16), inhibition of the TGF-beta type I receptor was carried out in C57Bl/6 mice through twice daily administration of a potent inhibitor, SD-208, by gavage. Subsequently, bone mineral density (BMD) was analyzed using a PIXImus mouse densitometer (GE Lunar II, Faxitron Corp., Wheeling, Ill.). Changes in BMD are expressed as a percentage change in the area scanned. The study found that after 6 weeks of treatment, male mice exhibited a 4.12% increase in bone accrual while female mice exhibited a 5.2% increase.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful as therapies for simple or complex bone fractures and/or bone repair. In such treatments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be introduced to the site of injury directly or through the incorporation into implantation devices and coated biomatrices. Additionally, treatments are contemplated in which compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are supplied together with one or more GPC in a treatment area, facilitating the slow release of one or more growth factors from such GPCs.
    • Therapeutics for Angiogenic and Endothelial Proliferation Conditions
  • The compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat angiogenic and endothelial proliferation syndromes, diseases or disorders. The term “angiogenesis”, as used herein refers to the formation and/or reorganization of new blood vessels. Angiogenic disease involves the loss of control over angiogenesis in the body. In such cases, blood vessel growth, formation or reorganization may be overactive (including during tumor growth and cancer where uncontrolled cell growth requires increased blood supply) or insufficient to sustain healthy tissues. Such conditions may include, but are not limited to angiomas, angiosarcomas, telangiectasia, lymphangioma, congenital vascular anomalies, tumor angiogenesis and vascular structures after surgery. Excessive angiogenesis is noted in cancer, macular degeneration, diabetic blindness, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis as well as many other conditions. Excessive angiogenesis is often promoted by excessive angiogenic growth factor expression. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may act to block growth factors involved in excessive angiogenesis. Alternatively, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be utilized to promote growth factor signaling to enhance angiogenesis in conditions where angiogenesis is inhibited. Such conditions include, but are not limited to coronary artery disease, stroke, diabetes and chronic wounds.
    • Therapeutics for Orphan Indications and Diseases
  • The compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat orphan indications and/or diseases. Such diseases include Marfan's syndrome. This syndrome is a connective tissue disorder, effecting bodily growth and development. Tissues and organs that are most severely compromised include the heart, blood vessels, bones, eyes, lungs and connective tissue surrounding the spinal cord. Unfortunately, the effects can be life threatening. Marfan's syndrome is caused by a genetic mutation in the gene that produces fibrillin, a major component of bodily connective tissue. Latent TGF-β binding protein (LTBP) is an important regulator of TGF-β signaling that exhibits close identity to fibrillin protein family members. Functional LTBP is required for controlling the release of active TGF-β (Oklu, R. et al., The latent transforming growth factor beta binding protein (LTBP) family. Biochem J. 2000 Dec. 15; 352 Pt 3:601-10). In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are designed to alter the release profile of TGF-β. In such embodiments, compounds and/or compositions may comprise antibodies characterized as inhibitory antibodies.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of Camurati-Engelmann disease (CED). This disease primarily affects the bones, resulting in increased bone density. Especially affected are the long bones of the legs and arms; however, the bones of the skill and hips can also be affected. The disease results in leg and arm pain as well as a variety of other symptoms. CED is very rare, reported in approximately 200 individuals worldwide and is caused by a mutation in the TGF-β gene. TGF-β produced in the bodies of these individuals has a defective prodomain, leading to overactive TGF-β signaling (Janssens, K. et al., Transforming growth factor-beta 1 mutations in Camurati-Engelmann disease lead to increased signaling by altering either activation or secretion of the mutant protein. J Biol Chem. 2003 Feb. 28; 278(9):7718-24. Epub 2002 Dec. 18). As described by Shi et al., (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF-beta structure and activation. Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9,) among CED mutations, Y81H disrupts an α2-helix residue that cradles the TGF-β fingers. The charge-reversal E169K and H222D mutations disrupt a pH-regulated salt bridge between Glu 169 and His 222 in the dimerization interface of the prodomain. Residue Arg 218 is substantially buried: it forms a cation-7c bond with Tyr 171 and salt bridges across the dimer interface with residue Asp 226 of the ‘bowtie’ region of the growth factor prodomain complex (GPC). Moreover, CED mutations in Cys 223 and Cys 225 demonstrate the importance of disulphide bonds in the bowtie region for holding TGF-β in inactive form. In this embodiment, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention comprising one or more inhibitory antibodies would serve to alleviate symptoms. In some embodiments, administration would be to the neonate subject.
    • Therapeutics for Immune and Autoimmune Diseases and Disorders
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat immune and autoimmune disorders. Such disorders include, but are not limited to Acute Disseminated Encephalomyelitis (ADEM), Acute necrotizing hemorrhagic leukoencephalitis, Addison's disease, Agammaglobulinemia, Alopecia areata, Amyloidosis, Ankylosing spondylitis, Anti-GBM/Anti-TBM nephritis, Antiphospholipid syndrome (APS), Autoimmune angioedema, Autoimmune aplastic anemia, Autoimmune dysautonomia, Autoimmune hepatitis, Autoimmune hyperlipidemia, Autoimmune immunodeficiency, Autoimmune inner ear disease (AIED), Autoimmune myocarditis, Autoimmune pancreatitis, Autoimmune retinopathy, Autoimmune thrombocytopenic purpura (ATP), Autoimmune thyroid disease, Autoimmune urticaria, Axonal & neuronal neuropathies, Balo disease, Behcet's disease, Bullous pemphigoid, Cardiomyopathy, Castleman disease, Celiac disease, Chagas disease, Chronic fatigue syndrome, Chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy (CIDP), Chronic recurrent multifocal ostomyelitis (CRMO), Churg-Strauss syndrome, Cicatricial pemphigoid/benign mucosal pemphigoid, Crohn's disease, Cogans syndrome, Cold agglutinin disease, Congenital heart block, Coxsackie myocarditis, CREST disease, Essential mixed cryoglobulinemia, Demyelinating neuropathies, Dermatitis herpetiformis, Dermatomyositis, Devic's disease (neuromyelitis optica), Diabetes Type I, Discoid lupus, Dressler's syndrome, Endometriosis, Eosinophilic esophagitis, Eosinophilic fasciitis, Erythema nodosum, Experimental allergic encephalomyelitis, Evans syndrome, Fibromyalgia, Fibrosing alveolitis, Giant cell arteritis (temporal arteritis), Glomerulonephritis, Goodpasture's syndrome, Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (GPA) see Wegener's, Graves' disease, Guillain-Barre syndrome, Hashimoto's encephalitis, Hashimoto's thyroiditis, Hemolytic anemia, Henoch-Schonlein purpura, Herpes gestationis, Hypogammaglobulinemia, Idiopathic thrombocytopenic purpura (ITP), IgA nephropathy, IgG4-related sclerosing disease, Immunoregulatory lipoproteins, Inclusion body myositis, Insulin-dependent diabetes (typel), Interstitial cystitis, Juvenile arthritis, Juvenile diabetes, Kawasaki syndrome, Lambert-Eaton syndrome, Large vessel vasculopathy, Leukocytoclastic vasculitis, Lichen planus, Lichen sclerosus, Ligneous conjunctivitis, Linear IgA disease (LAD), Lupus (SLE), Lyme disease, chronic, Meniere's disease, Microscopic polyangiitis, Mixed connective tissue disease (MCTD), Mooren's ulcer, Mucha-Habermann disease, Multiple endocrine neoplasia syndromes, Multiple sclerosis, Myositis, Myasthenia gravis, Narcolepsy, Neuromyelitis optica (Devic's), Neutropenia, Ocular cicatricial pemphigoid, Optic neuritis, Palindromic rheumatism, PANDAS (Pediatric Autoimmune Neuropsychiatric Disorders Associated with Streptococcus), Paraneoplastic cerebellar degeneration, Paroxysmal nocturnal hemoglobinuria (PNH), Parry Romberg syndrome, Parsonnage-Turner syndrome, Pars planitis (peripheral uveitis), Pemphigus, Peripheral neuropathy, Perivenous encephalomyelitis, Pernicious anemia, POEMS syndrome, Polyarteritis nodosa, Type I, II, & III autoimmune polyglandular syndromes, Polyendocrinopathies, Polymyalgia rheumatica, Polymyositis, Postmyocardial infarction syndrome, Postpericardiotomy syndrome, Progesterone dermatitis, Primary biliary cirrhosis, Primary sclerosing cholangitis, Psoriasis, Psoriatic arthritis, Idiopathic Pulmonary fibrosis, Pyoderma gangrenosum, Pure red cell aplasia, Raynauds phenomenon, Reactive arthritis, Reflex sympathetic dystrophy, Reiter's syndrome, Relapsing polychondritis, Restless legs syndrome, Retroperitoneal fibrosis, Rheumatic fever, Rheumatoid arthritis, Sarcoidosis, Schmidt syndrome, Scleritis, Scleroderma, Sjogren's syndrome, Small vessel vasculopathy, Sperm & testicular autoimmunity, Stiff person syndrome, Subacute bacterial endocarditis (SBE), Susac's syndrome, Sympathetic ophthalmia, Takayasu's arteritis, Temporal arteritis/Giant cell arteritis, Thrombocytopenic purpura (TTP), Tolosa-Hunt syndrome, Transverse myelitis, Tubular autoimmune disorder, Ulcerative colitis, Undifferentiated connective tissue disease (UCTD), Uveitis, Vesiculobullous dermatosis, Vasculitis, Vitiligo and Wegener's granulomatosis (also known as Granulomatosis with Polyangiitis (GPA)).
  • TGF-β plays an active role in leukocyte differentiation, proliferation and activation making it an important factor in immune and autoimmune diseases. Additionally, TGF-β promotes chemotaxis of leukocytes and influences adhesion molecule-mediated localization. A role for TGF-β in cardiac, pulmonary and gastric inflammation has been demonstrated. Furthermore, SMAD3-deficient mice are prone to chronic mucosal infections as a result of T-cell activation impairment and reduced mucosal immunity (Blobe, G. C. et al., Role of transforming growth factor beta in human disease. N Engl J Med. 2000 May 4; 342(18):1350-8). As an immunosuppressant, TGF-β has been shown to both inhibit the function of inflammatory cells as well as enhance the function of regulatory T cells. Recent studies have shown that the latent TGF-β growth factor prodomain complex (GPC) binds to regulatory T cells through an interaction with the Glycoprotein-A repetitions anonymous protein (GARP). In fact, GARP is necessary for TGF-β association with T cells (Tran, D. Q. et al., GARP (LRRC32) is essential for the surface expression of latent TGF-β on platelets and activated FOXP3+ regulatory T cells. PNAS. 2009. 106(32):13445-50). This interaction provides the platform necessary to release active TGF-β from the GPC in an integrin-dependent manner (Wang, R. et al., GARP regulates the bioavailability and activation of TGF-β. Mol Biol Cell. 2012 March; 23(6):1129-39. Epub 2012 Jan. 25). In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention modulate the interaction between GARP and TGF-β. Such modulation may selectively modulate T cell activity for treatment of disease (e.g. autoimmune disease and/or cancer.) In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used for the treatment of immune and/or autoimmune disorders. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may specifically target GARP-bound GPC, GARP or the interaction site between GARP and the GPC. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention comprising antibodies are designed to promote release of growth factors (including, but not limited to TGF-β) from GARP-bound GPCs while not affecting growth factor release from LTBP-bound GPCs. Treatment of immune and autoimmune disorders with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be in combination with standard of care (SOC) or synergistic combinations or with companion diagnostics.
    • Therapeutics for Infectious Agents
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful for treatment of infectious diseases and/or disorders, for example, in subjects with one or more infections. In some embodiments, subjects have one or more infection or are at risk of developing one or more infection. As used herein, the term “infection” refers to a disease or condition in a host attributable to the presence of one or more foreign organism or agent capable of reproduction within the host. Infections typically comprise breaching of one or more normal mucosal or other tissue barriers by one or more infectious organisms or agents. Subjects having one or more infection are subjects that comprise one or more objectively measurable infectious organisms or agents present in their body. Subjects at risk of having one or more infection are subjects that are predisposed to developing one or more infection. Such subjects may include, for example, subjects with known or suspected exposure to one or more infectious organisms or agents. In some embodiments, subjects at risk of having infections may also include subjects with conditions associated with impaired abilities to mount immune responses to infectious organisms and/or agents, e.g., subjects with congenital and/or acquired immunodeficiency, subjects undergoing radiation therapy and/or chemotherapy, subjects with burn injuries, subjects with traumatic injuries and subjects undergoing surgery or other invasive medical or dental procedures.
  • Infections are broadly classified as bacterial, viral, fungal, and/or parasitic based on the category of infectious organisms and/or agents involved. Other less common types of infection are also known in the art, including, e.g., infections involving rickettsiae, mycoplasmas, and agents causing scrapie, bovine spongiform encephalopathy (BSE), and prion diseases (e.g., kuru and Creutzfeldt-Jacob disease). Examples of bacteria, viruses, fungi, and parasites which cause infection are well known in the art. An infection can be acute, subacute, chronic, or latent, and it can be localized or systemic. As used herein, the term “chronic infection” refers to those infections that are not cleared by the normal actions of the innate or adaptive immune responses and persist in the subject for a long duration of time, on the order of weeks, months, and years. A chronic infection may reflect latency of the infectious agent, and may include periods in which no infectious symptoms are present, i.e., asymptomatic periods. Examples of chronic infections include, but are not limited to, HIV infection and herpesvirus infections. Furthermore, an infection can be predominantly intracellular or extracellular during at least one phase of the infectious organism's or agent's life cycle in the host.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention and additional therapeutic agents may be administered in combination in the same composition (e.g., parenterally), as part of a separate composition or by another method described herein.
  • Therapeutics for Eye Related Diseases, Disorders and/or Conditions
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be useful in the treatment of diseases, disorders and/or conditions related to eyes. These may include, but are not limited to glaucoma, dry eye and/or corneal wound healing. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions may be useful in the treatment of glaucoma. Evidence suggests that TGF-β2 is upregulated in glaucoma (Picht, G. et al., Transforming growth factor beta 2 levels in the aqueous humor in different types of glaucoma and the relation to filtering bleb development. Graefes Arch Clin Exp Ophthalmol. 2001 March 239(3):199-207; Tripathi, R. C. et al., Aqueous humor in glaucomatous eyes contains an increased level of TGF-β2. Exp Eye Res. 1994 December 59(6):723-7.) This includes primary open-angle glaucoma and juvenile glaucoma. There is also evidence that TGF-β2 may induce senescence-like effects in human trabecular meshwork cells, which control intraocular pressure (often dysfunctional in glaucoma) (Yu, A. L. et al., TGF-β2 induces senescence-associated changes in human trabecular meshwork cells. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2010 November 51(11): 5718-23.) In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to decrease the ratio of free TGF-β2 to GPC-bound (inactive) TGF-β2 in or around eye tissues affected by or related to glaucoma. TGF-β-related proteins may also impact on corneal wound healing (e.g. after surgical repair and/or LASIK treatment) (Huh, M. I. et al., Distribution of TGF-β isoforms and signaling intermediates in corneal fibrotic wound repair. J Cell Biochem. 2009 Oct. 1. 108(2): 476-88; Sumioka, T. et al., Inhibitory effect of blocking TGF-beta/Smad signal on injury-induced fibrosis of corneal endothelium. Mol Vis. 2008; 14:2272-81. Epub 2008 Dec. 11; Carrington, L. M. et al., Differential regulation of key stages in early corneal wound healing by TGF-beta isoforms and their inhibitors. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2006 May; 47(5):1886-94.) Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to modulate TGF-β-related proteins in the cornea to enable and/or enhance wound healing. Such compounds and/or compositions would be welcomed in the field where previous attempts have been unsuccessful. Mead et al (Mead, A. L. et al., Evaluation of anti-TGF-beta2 antibody as a new postoperative anti-scarring agent in glaucoma surgery. Invest Ophthalmol Vis Sci. 2003 August; 44(8):3394-401) developed anti-TGF-β2 antibodies to prevent scarring in eye tissues; however, results of clinical trials were inconclusive. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to modulate TGF-β2 levels (free versus GPC-bound) thereby providing an alternate method of approaching anti-scarring therapy.
    • Therapeutics for Cardiovascular Indications
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat one or more cardiovascular indications, including, but not limited to cardiac hypertrophy. Cardiac hypertrophy comprises enlargement of the heart due, typically due to increased cell volume of cardiac cells (Aurigemma 2006. N Engl J Med. 355(3):308-10.) Age-related cardiac hypertrophy may be due, in part, to reduced circulating levels of GDF-11. A study by Loffredo et al (Loffredo et al., 2013. Cell. 153:828-39) found that fusion of the circulatory system between young and old mice had a protective effect with regard to cardiac hypertrophy. The study identified GDF-11 as a circulating factor that decreased with age in mice and was able to show that its administration could also reduce cardiac hypertrophy. Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat and/or prevent cardiac atrophy. Such compounds and/or compositions may comprise GDF-11 agonists that elevate levels of circulating GDF-11, in some cases through enhancing the dissociation of GDF-11 growth factor from latent GPCs.
  • In some embodiments, compositions and methods of the invention may be used to treat one or more types of arterial disorders. Such disorders may include, but are not limited to the development of aortic aneurysms. Aortic aneurysms may arise from a variety of causes, but most result ultimately in the overexpression of TGF-β2. A study by Boileau et al (Boileau et al., Nature Genetics Letters. 2012. 44(8):916-23, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety) uncovered causative mutations in TGF-β2 that were associated with some inherited forms of susceptibility to thoracic aortic disease. Interestingly, although the mutations were predicted to cause haploinsufficiency for TGF-β2, the aortic tissues of individuals with such mutations comprised increased levels of TGF-β2, as determined by immunostaining. Similar findings were found in aortic tissues from individuals suffering from Marfans syndrome (Nataatmadj a et al., 2006.) In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to reduce or prevent elevated TGF-β2 signaling in such instances thereby limiting aneurysm development and/or progression.
  • In some embodiments, animal models may be used to develop and test compounds and/or compositions of the present invention for use in the treatment of cardiovascular diseases, disorders and/or conditions. In some cases, vascular injury models may be used. Such models may include balloon injury models. In some cases, these may be carried out as described in Smith et al., 1999. Circ Res. 84(10):1212-22, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Therapeutics Related to Muscle Disorders and/or Injuries
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat one or more muscle disorders and/or injuries. In some cases, such compounds and/or composition may include, but are not limited to antibodies that modulate GDF-8, GDF-11 and/or activin activity. Muscle comprises about 40-50% of total body weight, making it the largest organ in the body. Muscle disorders may include cachexia (e.g. muscle wasting.) Muscle wasting may be associated with a variety of diseases and catabolic disorders (e.g. HIV/AIDS, cancer, cancer cachexia, renal failure, congestive heart failure, muscular dystrophy, disuse atrophy, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, motor neuron disease, trauma, neurodegenerative disease, infection, rheumatoid arthritis, immobilization, diabetes, etc.) In such disorders, GDF-8 and/or activin signaling activity may contribute to muscle catabolism (Han et al., 2013. Int J Biochem Cell Biol. 45(10):2333-47; Lee., 2010. Immunol Endocr Metab Agents Med Chem. 10:183-94, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Other muscle disorders may comprise sarcopenia. Sarcopenia is the progressive loss of muscle and function associated with aging. In the elderly, sarcopenia can cause frailty, weakness, fatigue and loss of mobility (Morely. 2012. Family Practice. 29:i44-i48.) With the aged population increasing in numbers, sarcopenia is progressively becoming a more serious public health concern. A study by Hamrick et al (Hamrick et al., 2010. 69(3):579-83) demonstrated that GDF-8 inhibition could repair muscle in a mouse model of fibula osteotomoy comprising lateral compartment muscle damage. Administration of GDF-8 propeptides was sufficient to increase muscle mass by nearly 20% as well as improve fracture healing. Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat muscle diseases, disorders and/or injuries by modulating GDF-8 activity. In some cases, compounds of the present invention may be GDF-8 signaling antagonists, preventing or reducing GDF-8 signaling activity.
  • Inclusion body myositis (IBM) is a disease characterized by progressive muscle loss, typically occurring in mid- to late-life. The disease is thought to occur due to an autoimmune response to autoantigens in the muscle causing T-cell invasion of the muscle fiber and resulting in myofiber destruction (Greenberg 2012. Curr Opin Neurol. 25(5):630-9.) Therapeutic compounds are being investigated, including Bimagrumab (BYM338; Novartis, Basel, Switzerland,) an antibody that targets type II activin receptors, preventing GDF-8 and/or activin signal transduction, thereby stimulating muscle production and strengthening [see clinical trial number NCT01925209 entitled Efficacy and Safety of Bimagrumab/BYM338 at 52 Weeks on Physical Function, Muscle Strength, Mobility in sIBM Patients (RESILIENT)] Some compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat subjects with IBM. In some cases, such compounds and/or compositions may block GDF-8 activity (e.g. through stabilization of GDF-8 GPCs.) In addition to IBM, BYM338 is being investigated for treatment of chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD.) In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention utilized for IBM treatment, may be used to treat COPD as well. In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered in combination and/or coordination with BYM338.
    • Therapeutics for Diabetes
  • Skeletal muscle uses and stores glucose for fuel. Due to this, skeletal muscle is an important regulator of circulating glucose levels. Uptake of glucose by muscle can be stimulated by either contraction or by insulin stimulation (McPherron et al., 2013. Adipocyte. 2(2):92-8, herein incorporated by reference in its entirety). A recent study by Guo et al (Guo, et al., 2012. Diabetes 61(10):2414-23) found that when GDF-8 receptor-deficient mice were crossed with A-ZIP/F1 mice (a lipodistrophic mouse strain, used as a diabetic model,) hybrid off-spring showed reduced levels of blood glucose and improved sensitivity to insulin. Hyperphagia (excessive eating) was also reduced in these mice. In some embodiments, compound and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to treat diabetes and/or hyperphagia. Some such treatments may be used to reduce blood glucose and/or improve insulin sensitivity. In some cases, such treatments may comprise GDF-8 signaling antagosists, such as one or more antibodies that prevent dissociation of GDF-8 from its prodomain.
  • Therapeutics for Gastro-Intestinal Diseases, Disorders and/or Conditions
  • In some embodiments, compositions and methods of the invention may be used to treat one or more types of gastro-intestinal (GI) disorders. Such disorders may include, but are not limited to inflammatory bowel disease (IBD) (e.g. Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis.)
  • TGF-β2 may play a role in gut homeostasis and may have an anti-inflammatory role, protecting against GI-related disorders such as mucositis and certain forms of colitis. In one study, TGF-β2 was shown to suppress macrophage inflammatory responses in the developing intestine and protect against inflammatory mucosal injury (Maheshwari et al., 2011.) Interestingly, levels of TGF-β2 are high in breast milk, suggesting that TGF-β2 may function, in some cases, topically. Indeed, TGF-β2 in breast milk may attenuate inflammatory responses (Rautava et al., 2011.) Some compounds, compositions and/or methods of the present invention may be used to modulate GI TGF-β2 levels and/or activity in the maintenance of homeostasis and/or in the management of GI-related disorders.
  • In some cases, models of GI-related diseases, disorders and/or conditions may be used to develop and/or test compounds and/or compositions of the invention for treatment of GI-related diseases, disorders and/or conditions. In some cases, GI injury models may be used. Such injury models may include, but are not limited to 2,4,6-trinitrobenzenesulfonic acid (TNBS) induced colitis models. Such models may be carried out as described in Scheiffele, F. et al., 2002. Curr Protoc Immunol. Chapter 15:Unit 15.19, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
    • Veterinary Applications
  • In some embodiments, it is contemplated that compositions and methods of the invention will find utility in the area of veterinary care including the care and treatment of non-human vertebrates. As described herein, the term “vertebrate” includes all vertebrates including, but not limited to fish, amphibians, birds, reptiles and mammals (including, but not limited to alpaca, banteng, bison, camel, cat, cattle, deer, dog, donkey, gayal, goat, guinea pig, horse, llama, mice, monkeys, mule, pig, rabbit, rats, reindeer, sheep water buffalo, yak and humans.) As used herein the term “non-human vertebrate” refers to any vertebrate with the exception of humans (i.e. Homo sapiens). Exemplary non-human vertebrates include wild and domesticated species such as companion animals and livestock. Livestock include domesticated animals raised in an agricultural setting to produce materials such as food, labor, and derived products such as fiber and chemicals. Generally, livestock includes all mammals, avians and fish having potential agricultural significance. In particular, four-legged slaughter animals include steers, heifers, cows, calves, bulls, cattle, swine and sheep.
    • Bioprocessing
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides methods for producing one or more biological products in host cells by contacting such cells with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention capable of modulating expression of target genes, or altering the level of growth factor signaling molecules wherein such modulation or alteration enhances production of biological products. According to the present invention, bioprocessing methods may be improved by using one or more compounds and/or compositions of the present invention. They may also be improved by supplementing, replacing or adding one or more compounds and/or compositions.
    • Pharmaceutical Compositions
  • The pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be characterized by one or more of bioavailability, therapeutic window and/or volume of distribution.
    • Bioavailability
  • In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprise complexes of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention with GPCs. In such embodiments, complexes may be implanted at desired therapeutic sites where steady dissociation of growth factors from complexes may occur over a desired period of time. In some embodiments, implantation complexes may be carried out in association with sponge and/or bone-like matrices. Such implantations may include, but are not limited to dental implant sites and/or sites of bone repair.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are made in furin-deficient cells. GPCs produced in such cells may be useful for treatment in areas where release is slowed due to the fact that furin cleavage in vivo is rate-limiting during GPC processing. In some embodiments, one or more tolloid and/or furin sites in GPCs are mutated, slowing the action of endogenous tolloid and/or furin proteases. In such embodiments, growth factor release may be slowed (e.g. at sites of implantation.)
  • Antibodies of the present invention, when formulated into compositions with delivery/formulation agents or vehicles as described herein, may exhibit increased bioavailability as compared to compositions lacking delivery agents as described herein. As used herein, the term “bioavailability” refers to the systemic availability of a given amount of a particular agent administered to a subject. Bioavailability may be assessed by measuring the area under the curve (AUC) or the maximum serum or plasma concentration (Cmax) of the unchanged form of a compound following administration of the compound to a mammal. AUC is a determination of the area under the curve plotting the serum or plasma concentration of a compound along the ordinate (Y-axis) against time along the abscissa (X-axis). Generally, the AUC for a particular compound may be calculated using methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art and as described in G. S. Banker, Modern Pharmaceutics, Drugs and the Pharmaceutical Sciences, v. 72, Marcel Dekker, New York, Inc., 1996, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Cmax values are maximum concentrations of compounds achieved in serum or plasma of a subject following administration of compounds to the subject. Cmax values of particular compounds may be measured using methods known to those of ordinary skill in the art. As used herein, the phrases “increasing bioavailability” or “improving the pharmacokinetics,” refer to actions that may increase the systemic availability of a compounds and/or compositions of the present invention (as measured by AUC, Cmax, or Cmin) in a subject. In some embodiments, such actions may comprise co-administration with one or more delivery agents as described herein. In some embodiments, the bioavailability of compounds and/or compositions may increase by at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95% or about 100%.
    • Therapeutic Window
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, when formulated with one or more delivery agents as described herein, may exhibit increases in the therapeutic window of compound and/or composition administration as compared to the therapeutic window of compounds and/or compositions administered without one or more delivery agents as described herein. As used herein, the term “therapeutic window” refers to the range of plasma concentrations, or the range of levels of therapeutically active substance at the site of action, with a high probability of eliciting a therapeutic effect. In some embodiments, therapeutic windows of compounds and/or compositions when co-administered with one or more delivery agent as described herein may increase by at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at least about 95% or about 100%.
    • Volume of Distribution
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, when formulated with one or more delivery agents as described herein, may exhibit an improved volume of distribution (Vdist), e.g., reduced or targeted, relative to formulations lacking one or more delivery agents as described herein. Vdist relates the amount of an agent in the body to the concentration of the same agent in the blood or plasma. As used herein, the term “volume of distribution” refers to the fluid volume that would be required to contain the total amount of an agent in the body at the same concentration as in the blood or plasma: Vdist equals the amount of an agent in the body/concentration of the agent in blood or plasma. For example, for a 10 mg dose of a given agent and a plasma concentration of 10 mg/L, the volume of distribution would be 1 liter. The volume of distribution reflects the extent to which an agent is present in the extravascular tissue. Large volumes of distribution reflect the tendency of agents to bind to the tissue components as compared with plasma proteins. In clinical settings, Vdist may be used to determine loading doses to achieve steady state concentrations. In some embodiments, volumes of distribution of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention when co-administered with one or more delivery agents as described herein may decrease at least about 2%, at least about 5%, at least about 10%, at least about 15%, at least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at least about 70%.
    • Formulation, Administration, Delivery and Dosing
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are pharmaceutical compositions. As used herein, the term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a compound and/or composition of the present invention that has been formulated with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions may optionally comprise one or more additional active substances, e.g. therapeutically and/or prophylactically active substances. General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical agents may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 21st ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference).
  • In some embodiments, compositions may be administered to humans, human patients or subjects. For the purposes of the present disclosure, the phrase “active ingredient” generally refers to compounds and/or compositions of the present invention to be delivered as described herein.
  • Although the descriptions of pharmaceutical compositions provided herein are principally directed to pharmaceutical compositions which are suitable for administration to humans, it will be understood by the skilled artisan that such compositions are generally suitable for administration to other subjects, e.g., to non-human animals, e.g. non-human mammals. Modification of pharmaceutical compositions suitable for administration to humans in order to render the compositions suitable for administration to various animals is well understood, and the ordinarily skilled veterinary pharmacologist can design and/or perform such modification with merely ordinary, if any, experimentation. Subjects to which administration of pharmaceutical compositions is contemplated include, but are not limited to, humans and/or other primates; mammals, including commercially relevant mammals such as cattle, pigs, horses, sheep, cats, dogs, mice, and/or rats; and/or birds, including commercially relevant birds such as poultry, chickens, ducks, geese, and/or turkeys.
  • In some embodiments, formulations of the pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include the step of bringing active ingredients into association with excipients and/or one or more other accessory ingredients, and then, if necessary and/or desirable, dividing, shaping and/or packaging products into desired single- or multi-dose units.
  • In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as single unit doses, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses. As used herein, the term “unit dose” refers to a discrete amount of the pharmaceutical composition comprising a predetermined amount of active ingredient. Amounts of active ingredient are generally equal to the dosage of active ingredients which would be administered to subjects and/or convenient fractions of such a dosages such as, for example, one-half or one-third of such a dosages.
  • In some embodiments, relative amounts of active ingredients, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, and/or any additional ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may vary, depending upon identity, size, and/or condition of subjects to be treated and further depending upon routes by which compositions are to be administered. By way of example, compositions may comprise between about 0.1% and 100%, e.g., from about 0.5% to about 50%, from about 1% to about 30%, from about 5% to about 80% or at least 80% (w/w) active ingredient. In some embodiments, active ingredients are antibodies directed toward regulatory elements and/or GPCs.
    • Formulations
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated using one or more excipients to: (1) increase stability; (2) increase cell permeability; (3) permit the sustained or delayed release (e.g., of compounds and/or growth factors from such formulations); and/or (4) alter the biodistribution (e.g., target compounds to specific tissues or cell types). In addition to traditional excipients such as any and all solvents, dispersion media, diluents, liquid vehicles, dispersion aids, suspension aids, surface active agents, isotonic agents, thickening agents, emulsifying agents and preservatives, formulations of the present invention may comprise, without limitation, liposomes, lipid nanoparticles, polymers, lipoplexes, core-shell nanoparticles, peptides, proteins, cells transfected with the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention (e.g., for transplantation into subjects) and combinations thereof.
    • Excipients
  • Various excipients for formulating pharmaceutical compositions and techniques for preparing the composition are known in the art (see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st Edition, A. R. Gennaro, Lippincott, Williams & Wilkins, Baltimore, Md., 2006; incorporated herein by reference).
  • In some embodiments, the use of conventional excipient media are contemplated within the scope of the present disclosure, except insofar as any conventional excipient media may be incompatible with substances and/or their derivatives, such as by producing any undesirable biological effects or otherwise interacting in deleterious manners with any other component(s) of pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Formulations of pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be prepared by any method known or hereafter developed in the art of pharmacology. In general, such preparatory methods include steps of associating active ingredients with excipients and/or other accessory ingredients.
  • Pharmaceutical compositions, in accordance with the present disclosure, may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in bulk, as single unit doses, and/or as a plurality of single unit doses.
  • Relative amounts of active ingredients, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, and/or additional ingredients in pharmaceutical compositions of the present disclosure may vary, depending upon identity, size, and/or condition of subjects being treated and further depending upon routes by which pharmaceutical compositions may be administered.
  • In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient are at least 95%, at least 96%, at least 97%, at least 98%, at least 99% or 100% pure. In some embodiments, excipients are approved for use in humans and/or for veterinary use. In some embodiments, excipients are approved by the United States Food and Drug Administration. In some embodiments, excipients are pharmaceutical grade. In some embodiments, excipients meet the standards of the United States Pharmacopoeia (USP), the European Pharmacopoeia (EP), the British Pharmacopoeia, and/or the International Pharmacopoeia.
  • In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients of the present invention may include, but are not limited to, inert diluents, dispersing and/or granulating agents, surface active agents and/or emulsifiers, disintegrating agents, binding agents, preservatives, buffering agents, lubricating agents, and/or oils. Such excipients may optionally be included in pharmaceutical compositions.
  • Exemplary diluents include, but are not limited to, calcium carbonate, sodium carbonate, calcium phosphate, dicalcium phosphate, calcium sulfate, calcium hydrogen phosphate, sodium phosphate lactose, sucrose, cellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, kaolin, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, sodium chloride, dry starch, cornstarch, powdered sugar, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary granulating and/or dispersing agents include, but are not limited to, potato starch, corn starch, tapioca starch, sodium starch glycolate, clays, alginic acid, guar gum, citrus pulp, agar, bentonite, cellulose and wood products, natural sponge, cation-exchange resins, calcium carbonate, silicates, sodium carbonate, cross-linked poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone) (crospovidone), sodium carboxymethyl starch (sodium starch glycolate), carboxymethyl cellulose, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose (croscarmellose), methylcellulose, pregelatinized starch (starch 1500), microcrystalline starch, water insoluble starch, calcium carboxymethyl cellulose, magnesium aluminum silicate)(VEEGUM®, sodium lauryl sulfate, quaternary ammonium compounds, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary surface active agents and/or emulsifiers include, but are not limited to, natural emulsifiers (e.g. acacia, agar, alginic acid, sodium alginate, tragacanth, chondrux, cholesterol, xanthan, pectin, gelatin, egg yolk, casein, wool fat, cholesterol, wax, and lecithin), colloidal clays (e.g. bentonite [aluminum silicate] and VEEGUM® [magnesium aluminum silicate]), long chain amino acid derivatives, high molecular weight alcohols (e.g. stearyl alcohol, cetyl alcohol, oleyl alcohol, triacetin monostearate, ethylene glycol distearate, glyceryl monostearate, and propylene glycol monostearate, polyvinyl alcohol), carbomers (e.g. carboxy polymethylene, polyacrylic acid, acrylic acid polymer, and carboxyvinyl polymer), carrageenan, cellulosic derivatives (e.g. carboxymethylcellulose sodium, powdered cellulose, hydroxymethyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, methylcellulose), sorbitan fatty acid esters (e.g. polyoxyethylene sorbitan monolaurate [TWEEN® 20], polyoxyethylene sorbitan [TWEENn® 60], polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate [TWEEN® 80], sorbitan monopalmitate [SPAN® 40], sorbitan monostearate [Span® 60], sorbitan tristearate [Span® 65], glyceryl monooleate, sorbitan monooleate [SPAN® 80]), polyoxyethylene esters (e.g. polyoxyethylene monostearate [MYRJ® 45], polyoxyethylene hydrogenated castor oil, polyethoxylated castor oil, polyoxymethylene stearate, and SOLUTOL®), sucrose fatty acid esters, polyethylene glycol fatty acid esters (e.g. CREMOPHOR®, polyoxyethylene ethers, (e.g. polyoxyethylene lauryl ether [BRIJ® 30]), poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), diethylene glycol monolaurate, triethanolamine oleate, sodium oleate, potassium oleate, ethyl oleate, oleic acid, ethyl laurate, sodium lauryl sulfate, PLUORINC® F 68, POLOXAMER® 188, cetrimonium bromide, cetylpyridinium chloride, benzalkonium chloride, docusate sodium, etc. and/or combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary binding agents include, but are not limited to, starch (e.g. cornstarch and starch paste); gelatin; sugars (e.g. sucrose, glucose, dextrose, dextrin, molasses, lactose, lactitol, mannitol,); natural and synthetic gums (e.g. acacia, sodium alginate, extract of Irish moss, panwar gum, ghatti gum, mucilage of isapol husks, carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, ethylcellulose, hydroxyethylcellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, microcrystalline cellulose, cellulose acetate, poly(vinyl-pyrrolidone), magnesium aluminum silicate)(Veegum®, and larch arabogalactan); alginates; polyethylene oxide; polyethylene glycol; inorganic calcium salts; silicic acid; polymethacrylates; waxes; water; alcohol; etc.; and combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary preservatives may include, but are not limited to, antioxidants, chelating agents, antimicrobial preservatives, antifungal preservatives, alcohol preservatives, acidic preservatives, and/or other preservatives. Exemplary antioxidants include, but are not limited to, alpha tocopherol, ascorbic acid, acorbyl palmitate, butylated hydroxyanisole, butylated hydroxytoluene, monothioglycerol, potassium metabisulfite, propionic acid, propyl gallate, sodium ascorbate, sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, and/or sodium sulfite. Exemplary chelating agents include ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid (EDTA), citric acid monohydrate, disodium edetate, dipotassium edetate, edetic acid, fumaric acid, malic acid, phosphoric acid, sodium edetate, tartaric acid, and/or trisodium edetate. Exemplary antimicrobial preservatives include, but are not limited to, benzalkonium chloride, benzethonium chloride, benzyl alcohol, bronopol, cetrimide, cetylpyridinium chloride, chlorhexidine, chlorobutanol, chlorocresol, chloroxylenol, cresol, ethyl alcohol, glycerin, hexetidine, imidurea, phenol, phenoxyethanol, phenylethyl alcohol, phenylmercuric nitrate, propylene glycol, and/or thimerosal. Exemplary antifungal preservatives include, but are not limited to, butyl paraben, methyl paraben, ethyl paraben, propyl paraben, benzoic acid, hydroxybenzoic acid, potassium benzoate, potassium sorbate, sodium benzoate, sodium propionate, and/or sorbic acid. Exemplary alcohol preservatives include, but are not limited to, ethanol, polyethylene glycol, phenol, phenolic compounds, bisphenol, chlorobutanol, hydroxybenzoate, and/or phenylethyl alcohol. Exemplary acidic preservatives include, but are not limited to, vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin E, beta-carotene, citric acid, acetic acid, dehydroacetic acid, ascorbic acid, sorbic acid, and/or phytic acid. Other preservatives include, but are not limited to, tocopherol, tocopherol acetate, deteroxime mesylate, cetrimide, butylated hydroxyanisol (BHA), butylated hydroxytoluened (BHT), ethylenediamine, sodium lauryl sulfate (SLS), sodium lauryl ether sulfate (SLES), sodium bisulfite, sodium metabisulfite, potassium sulfite, potassium metabisulfite, GLYDANT PLUS®, PHENONIP®, methylparaben, GERMALL® 115, GERMABEN® II, NEOLONE™ KATHON™, and/or EUXYL®.
  • Exemplary buffering agents include, but are not limited to, citrate buffer solutions, acetate buffer solutions, phosphate buffer solutions, ammonium chloride, calcium carbonate, calcium chloride, calcium citrate, calcium glubionate, calcium gluceptate, calcium gluconate, D-gluconic acid, calcium glycerophosphate, calcium lactate, propanoic acid, calcium levulinate, pentanoic acid, dibasic calcium phosphate, phosphoric acid, tribasic calcium phosphate, calcium hydroxide phosphate, potassium acetate, potassium chloride, potassium gluconate, potassium mixtures, dibasic potassium phosphate, monobasic potassium phosphate, potassium phosphate mixtures, sodium acetate, sodium bicarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium citrate, sodium lactate, dibasic sodium phosphate, monobasic sodium phosphate, sodium phosphate mixtures, tromethamine, magnesium hydroxide, aluminum hydroxide, alginic acid, pyrogen-free water, isotonic saline, Ringer's solution, ethyl alcohol, etc., and/or combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary lubricating agents include, but are not limited to, magnesium stearate, calcium stearate, stearic acid, silica, talc, malt, glyceryl behanate, hydrogenated vegetable oils, polyethylene glycol, sodium benzoate, sodium acetate, sodium chloride, leucine, magnesium lauryl sulfate, sodium lauryl sulfate, etc., and combinations thereof.
  • Exemplary oils include, but are not limited to, almond, apricot kernel, avocado, babassu, bergamot, black current seed, borage, cade, camomile, canola, caraway, carnauba, castor, cinnamon, cocoa butter, coconut, cod liver, coffee, corn, cotton seed, emu, eucalyptus, evening primrose, fish, flaxseed, geraniol, gourd, grape seed, hazel nut, hyssop, isopropyl myristate, jojoba, kukui nut, lavandin, lavender, lemon, litsea cubeba, macademia nut, mallow, mango seed, meadowfoam seed, mink, nutmeg, olive, orange, orange roughy, palm, palm kernel, peach kernel, peanut, poppy seed, pumpkin seed, rapeseed, rice bran, rosemary, safflower, sandalwood, sasquana, savoury, sea buckthorn, sesame, shea butter, silicone, soybean, sunflower, tea tree, thistle, tsubaki, vetiver, walnut, and wheat germ oils. Exemplary oils include, but are not limited to, butyl stearate, caprylic triglyceride, capric triglyceride, cyclomethicone, diethyl sebacate, dimethicone 360, isopropyl myristate, mineral oil, octyldodecanol, oleyl alcohol, silicone oil, and/or combinations thereof.
  • Excipients such as cocoa butter and suppository waxes, coloring agents, coating agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming agents can be present in the composition, according to the judgment of the formulator.
    • Formulation Vehicles: Liposomes, Lipoplexes, and Lipid Nanoparticles
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated using one or more liposomes, lipoplexes and/or lipid nanoparticles. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions comprise liposomes. Liposomes are artificially-prepared vesicles which may primarily be composed of a lipid bilayer and may be used as delivery vehicles for the administration of nutrients and pharmaceutical formulations. Liposomes may be of different sizes such as, but not limited to, multilamellar vesicles (MLVs) which may be hundreds of nanometers in diameter and may contain a series of concentric bilayers separated by narrow aqueous compartments, small unicellular vesicle (SUVs) which may be smaller than 50 nm in diameter and large unilamellar vesicle (LUVs) which may be between 50 and 500 nm in diameter. Liposome components may include, but are not limited to, opsonins or ligands in order to improve the attachment of liposomes to unhealthy tissue or to activate events such as, but not limited to, endocytosis. Liposomes may comprise low or high pH. In some embodiments, liposome pH may be varied in order to improve delivery of pharmaceutical formulations.
  • In some embodiments, liposome formation may depend on physicochemical characteristics such as, but not limited to, the pharmaceutical formulation entrapped, liposomal ingredients, the nature of the medium in which lipid vesicles are dispersed, the effective concentration of entrapped substances, potential toxicity of entrapped substances, additional processes involved during the application and/or delivery of vesicles, optimization size, polydispersity, shelf-life of vesicles for the intended application, batch-to-batch reproducibility and possibility of large-scale production of safe and efficient liposomal products.
  • In some embodiments, formulations may be assembled or compositions altered such that they are passively or actively directed to different cell types in vivo.
  • In some embodiments, formulations may be selectively targeted through expression of different ligands on formulation surfaces as exemplified by, but not limited by, folate, transferrin, N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc), and antibody targeted approaches.
  • In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be formulated with liposomes, lipoplexes and/or lipid nanoparticles to improve efficacy of function. Such formulations may be able to increase cell transfection by pharmaceutical compositions. In some embodiments, liposomes, lipoplexes, or lipid nanoparticles may be used to increase pharmaceutical composition stability.
  • In some embodiments, liposomes are specifically formulated for pharmaceutical compositions comprising one or more antibodies. Such liposomes may be prepared according to techniques known in the art, such as those described by Eppstein et al. (Eppstein, D. A. et al., Biological activity of liposome-encapsulated murine interferon gamma is mediated by a cell membrane receptor. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1985 June; 82(11):3688-92); Hwang et al. (Hwang, K. J. et al., Hepatic uptake and degradation of unilamellar sphingomyelin/cholesterol liposomes: a kinetic study. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 1980 July; 77(7):4030-4); U.S. Pat. No. 4,485,045 and U.S. Pat. No. 4,544,545. Production of liposomes with sustained circulation time are also described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,013,556.
  • In some embodiments, liposomes of the present invention comprising antibodies may be generated using reverse phase evaporation utilizing lipids such as phosphatidylcholine, cholesterol as well as phosphatidylethanolamine that have been polyethylene glycol-derivatized. Filters with defined pore size are used to extrude liposomes of the desired diameter. In another embodiment, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be conjugated to external surfaces of liposomes by disulfide interchange reactions as is described by Martin et al. (Martin, F. J. et al., Irreversible coupling of immunoglobulin fragments to preformed vesicles. An improved method for liposome targeting. J Biol Chem. 1982 Jan. 10; 257(1):286-8).
    • Formulation Vehicles: Polymers and Nanoparticles
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated using natural and/or synthetic polymers. Non-limiting examples of polymers which may be used for delivery include, but are not limited to DMRI/DOPE, poloxamer, chitosan, cyclodextrin, and poly(lactic-co-glycolic acid) (PLGA) polymers. In some embodiments, polymers may be biodegradable.
  • In some embodiments, polymer formulation may permit sustained and/or delayed release of compounds and/or compositions (e.g., following intramuscular and/or subcutaneous injection). Altered release profile for compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may result in, for example, compound release over an extended period of time. Polymer formulations may also be used to increase the stability of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention.
  • In some embodiments, polymer formulations may be selectively targeted through expression of different ligands as exemplified by, but not limited by, folate, transferrin, and N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc) (Benoit, D. S. et al., Synthesis of folate-functionalized RAFT polymers for targeted siRNA delivery. Biomacromolecules. 2011 12:2708-14; Rozema, D. B. et al., Dynamic polyconjugates for targeted in vivo delivery of siRNA to hepatocytes. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2007 104:12982-12887; Davis, M. E. et al., The first targeted delivery of siRNA in humans via a self-assembling, cyclodextrin polymer-based nanoparticle: from concept to clinic. Mol Pharm. 2009 6:659-668; Davis, M. E. et al., Evidence of RNAi in humans from systemically administered siRNA via targeted nanoparticles. Nature. 2010. 464:1067-70; the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.)
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated as nanoparticles using combinations of polymers, lipids, and/or other biodegradable agents, such as, but not limited to, calcium phosphates. In some embodiments, components may be combined in core-shells, hybrids, and/or layer-by-layer architectures, to allow for fine-tuning of nanoparticle structure, so delivery may be enhanced. For antibodies of the present invention, systems based on poly(2-(methacryloyloxy)ethyl phosphorylcholine)-block-(2-(diisopropylamino)ethyl methacrylate), (PMPC-PDPA), a pH sensitive diblock copolymer that self-assembles to form nanometer-sized vesicles, also known as polymersomes, at physiological pH may be used. These polymersomes have been shown to successfully deliver relatively high antibody payloads within live cells. (Massignani, M. et al., Cellular delivery of antibodies: effective targeted subcellular imaging and new therapeutic tool. Nature Proceedings. 2010. p 1-17.)
  • In some embodiments, PEG-charge-conversional polymers (Pitella, F. et al., Enhanced endosomal escape of siRNA-incorporating hybrid nanoparticles from calcium phosphate and PEG-block charge-conversional polymer for efficient gene knockdown with negligible cytotoxicity. Biomaterials. 2011 32:3106-14) may be used to form nanoparticles for delivery of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention. In some embodiments, PEG-charge-conversional polymers may improve upon PEG-polyanion block copolymers by being cleaved into polycations at acidic pH, thus enhancing endosomal escape.
  • In some embodiments, complexation, delivery and/or internalization of polymeric nanoparticles may be precisely controlled by altering chemical compositions in both core and shell nanoparticle components (Siegwart, D. J. et al., Combinatorial synthesis of chemically diverse core-shell nanoparticles for intracellular delivery. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. 2011 108:12996-3001).
  • In some embodiments, matrices of poly(ethylene-co-vinyl acetate), are used to deliver compounds and/or compositions of the invention. Such matrices have bee described by others (Sherwood, J. K. et al., Controlled antibody delivery systems. Nature Biotechnology. 1992. 10:1446-9.)
    • Antibody Formulations
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be formulated for intravenous administration or extravascular administration (Daugherty, et al., Formulation and delivery issues for monoclonal antibody therapeutics. Adv Drug Deliv Rev. 2006 Aug. 7; 58(5-6):686-706 and US patent application publication number US2011/0135570, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety). Extravascular administration routes may include, but are not limited to subcutaneous administration, intraperitoneal administration, intracerebral administration, intraocular administration, intralesional administration, topical administration and intramuscular administration.
  • In some embodiments, antibody structures may be modified to improve effectiveness as therapeutics. Improvements may include, but are not limited to improved thermodynamic stability, reduced Fc receptor binding properties and/or imporved folding efficiency. Modifications may include, but are not limited to amino acid substitutions, glycosylation, palmitoylation and/or protein conjugation.
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be formulated with antioxidants to reduce antibody oxidation. Antibodies of the present invention may also be formulated with additives to reduce protein aggregation. Such additives may include, but are not limited to albumin, amino acids, sugars, urea, guanidinium chloride, polyalchohols, polymers (such as polyethylene glycol and dextrans), surfactants (including, but not limited to polysorbate 20 and polysorbate 80) or even other antibodies.
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be formulated to reduce the impact of water on antibody structure and function. Antibody preparartions in such formulations may be may be lyophilized. Formulations subject to lyophilization may include carbohydrates or polyol compounds to protect and/or stabilize antibody structure. Such compounds may include, but are not limited to sucrose, trehalose and mannitol.
  • In some embodiments, antibodies of the present invention may be formulated with polymers. In some embodiments, polymer formulations may comprise hydrophobic polymers. Such polymers may be microspheres formulated with polylactide-co-glycolide through solid-in-oil-in-water encapsulation methods. In some embodiments, microspheres comprising ethylene-vinyl acetate copolymer may also be used for antibody delivery and/or to extend the time course of antibody release at sites of delivery. In some embodiments, polymers may be aqueous gels. Such gels may, for example, comprise carboxymethylcellulose. In some embodiments, aqueous gels may also comprise hyaluronic acid hydrogels. In some embodiments, antibodies may be covalently linked to such gels through hydrazone linkages that allow for sustained delivery in tissues, including but not limited to tissues of the central nervous system.
    • Formulation Vehicles: Peptides and Proteins
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated with peptides and/or proteins. In some embodiments, peptides such as, but not limited to, cell penetrating peptides and/or proteins/peptides that enable intracellular delivery may be used to deliver pharmaceutical formulations. Non-limiting examples of a cell penetrating peptides which may be used with pharmaceutical formulations of the present invention include cell-penetrating peptide sequences attached to polycations that facilitates delivery to the intracellular space, e.g., HIV-derived TAT peptide, penetratins, transportans, or hCT derived cell-penetrating peptides (see, e.g. Caron, N.J. et al., Intracellular delivery of a Tat-eGFP fusion protein into muscle cells. Mol Ther. 2001. 3(3):310-8; Langel, U., Cell-Penetrating Peptides: Processes and Applications, CRC Press, Boca Raton Fla., 2002; El-Andaloussi, S. et al., Cell-penetrating peptides: mechanisms and applications. Curr Pharm Des. 2003. 11(28):3597-611; and Deshayes, S. et al., Cell-penetrating peptides: tools for intracellular delivery of therapeutics. Cell Mol Life Sci. 2005. 62(16):1839-49, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may also be formulated to include cell penetrating agents, e.g., liposomes, which enhance delivery of the compositions to intracellular spaces. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be complexed with peptides and/or proteins such as, but not limited to, peptides and/or proteins from Aileron Therapeutics (Cambridge, Mass.) and Permeon Biologics (Cambridge, Mass.) in order to enable intracellular delivery (Cronican, J. J. et al., Potent delivery of functional proteins into mammalian cells in vitro and in vivo using a supercharged protein. ACS Chem Biol. 2010. 5:747-52; McNaughton, B. R. et al., Mammalian cell penetration, siRNA transfection, and DNA transfection by supercharged proteins. Proc Natl Acad Sci, USA. 2009. 106:6111-6; Verdine, G. L. et al., Stapled peptides for intracellular drug targets. Methods Enzymol. 2012. 503:3-33; the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety).
  • In some embodiments, the cell-penetrating polypeptides may comprise first and second domains. First domains may comprise supercharged polypeptides. Second domains may comprise protein-binding partner. As used herein, protein-binding partners may include, but are not limited to, antibodies and functional fragments thereof, scaffold proteins and/or peptides. Cell-penetrating polypeptides may further comprise intracellular binding partners for protein-binding partners. In some embodiments, cell-penetrating polypeptides may be capable of being secreted from cells where compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be introduced.
  • Compositions of the present invention comprising peptides and/or proteins may be used to increase cell transfection and/or alter compound/composition biodistribution (e.g., by targeting specific tissues or cell types).
    • Formulation Vehicles: Cells
  • Cell-based formulations of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to ensure cell transfection (e.g., in cellular carriers) or to alter biodistribution (e.g., by targeting cell carriers to specific tissues or cell types.)
    • Cell Transfer Methods
  • A variety of methods are known in the art and suitable for introduction of nucleic acids or proteins into cells, including viral and non-viral mediated techniques. Examples of typical non-viral mediated techniques include, but are not limited to, electroporation, calcium phosphate mediated transfer, nucleofection, sonoporation, heat shock, magnetofection, liposome mediated transfer, microinjection, microproj ectile mediated transfer (nanoparticles), cationic polymer mediated transfer (DEAE-dextran, polyethylenimine, polyethylene glycol (PEG) and the like) or cell fusion.
  • The technique of sonoporation, or cellular sonication, is the use of sound (e.g., ultrasonic frequencies) for modifying the permeability of cell plasma membranes. Sonoporation methods are known to those in the art and are used to deliver nucleic acids in vivo (Yoon, C. S. et al., Ultrasound-mediated gene delivery. Expert Opin Drug Deliv. 2010 7:321-30; Postema, M. et al., Ultrasound-directed drug delivery. Curr Pharm Biotechnol. 2007 8:355-61; Newman, C. M. et al., Gene therapy progress and prospects: ultrasound for gene transfer. Gene Ther. 2007. 14(6):465-75; the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety). Sonoporation methods are known in the art and are also taught for example as they relate to bacteria in US Patent application publication US2010/0196983 and as it relates to other cell types in, for example, US Patent application publication US2010/0009424, the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety.
  • Electroporation techniques are also well known in the art and are used to deliver nucleic acids in vivo and clinically (Andre, F. M. et al., Nucleic acids electrotransfer in vivo: mechanisms and practical aspects. Curr Gene Ther. 2010 10:267-80; Chiarella, P. et al., Application of electroporation in DNA vaccination protocols. Curr Gene Ther. 2010. 10:281-6; Hojman, P., Basic principles and clinical advancements of muscle electrotransfer. Curr Gene Ther. 2010 10:128-38; the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety). In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be delivered by electroporation.
    • Administration and Delivery
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered by any of the standard methods or routes known in the art. Such methods may include any route which results in a therapeutically effective outcome. These include, but are not limited to enteral, gastroenteral, epidural, oral, transdermal, epidural (peridural), intracerebral (into the cerebrum), intracerebroventricular (into the cerebral ventricles), epicutaneous (application onto the skin), intradermal, (into the skin itself), subcutaneous (under the skin), nasal administration (through the nose), intravenous (into a vein), intraarterial (into an artery), intramuscular (into a muscle), intracardiac (into the heart), intraosseous infusion (into the bone marrow), intrathecal (into the spinal canal), intraperitoneal, (infusion or injection into the peritoneum), intravesical infusion, intravitreal, (through the eye), intracavernous injection, (into the base of the penis), intravaginal administration, intrauterine, extra-amniotic administration, transdermal (diffusion through the intact skin for systemic distribution), transmucosal (diffusion through a mucous membrane), insufflation (snorting), sublingual, sublabial, enema, eye drops (onto the conjunctiva), or in ear drops. In specific embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered in ways which allow them to cross the blood-brain barrier, vascular barriers, or other epithelial barriers. Methods of formulation and administration may include any of those disclosed in US Pub. No. 2013/0122007, U.S. Pat. No. 8,415,459 or International Pub. No. WO 2011/151432, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. Non-limiting routes of administration for compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are described below.
    • Parenteral and Injectable Administration
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered parenterally. Liquid dosage forms for oral and parenteral administration include, but are not limited to, pharmaceutically acceptable emulsions, microemulsions, solutions, suspensions, syrups, and/or elixirs. In addition to active ingredients, liquid dosage forms may comprise inert diluents commonly used in the art such as, for example, water or other solvents, solubilizing agents and emulsifiers such as ethyl alcohol, isopropyl alcohol, ethyl carbonate, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, benzyl benzoate, propylene glycol, 1,3-butylene glycol, dimethylformamide, oils (in particular, cottonseed, groundnut, corn, germ, olive, castor, and sesame oils), glycerol, tetrahydrofurfuryl alcohol, polyethylene glycols and fatty acid esters of sorbitan, and mixtures thereof. Besides inert diluents, oral compositions can include adjuvants such as wetting agents, emulsifying and suspending agents, sweetening, flavoring, and/or perfuming agents. In certain embodiments for parenteral administration, compositions are mixed with solubilizing agents such as CREMOPHOR, alcohols, oils, modified oils, glycols, polysorbates, cyclodextrins, polymers, and/or combinations thereof. In other embodiments, surfactants are included such as hydroxypropylcellulose.
  • Injectable preparations, for example, sterile injectable aqueous or oleaginous suspensions may be formulated according to the known art using suitable dispersing agents, wetting agents, and/or suspending agents. Sterile injectable preparations may be sterile injectable solutions, suspensions, and/or emulsions in nontoxic parenterally acceptable diluents and/or solvents, for example, as a solution in 1,3-butanediol. Among the acceptable vehicles and solvents that may be employed are water, Ringer's solution, U.S.P., and isotonic sodium chloride solution. Sterile, fixed oils are conventionally employed as a solvent or suspending medium. For this purpose any bland fixed oil can be employed including synthetic mono- or diglycerides. Fatty acids such as oleic acid can be used in the preparation of injectables.
  • Injectable formulations may be sterilized, for example, by filtration through a bacterial-retaining filter, and/or by incorporating sterilizing agents in the form of sterile solid compositions which can be dissolved or dispersed in sterile water or other sterile injectable medium prior to use.
  • In order to prolong the effect of active ingredients, it is often desirable to slow the absorption of active ingredients from subcutaneous or intramuscular injections. This may be accomplished by the use of liquid suspensions of crystalline or amorphous material with poor water solubility. The rate of absorption of active ingredients depends upon the rate of dissolution which, in turn, may depend upon crystal size and crystalline form. Alternatively, delayed absorption of a parenterally administered drug form is accomplished by dissolving or suspending the drug in an oil vehicle. Injectable depot forms are made by forming microencapsule matrices of the drug in biodegradable polymers such as polylactide-polyglycolide. Depending upon the ratio of drug to polymer and the nature of the particular polymer employed, the rate of drug release can be controlled. Examples of other biodegradable polymers include poly(orthoesters) and poly(anhydrides). Depot injectable formulations are prepared by entrapping the drug in liposomes or microemulsions which are compatible with body tissues.
    • Rectal and Vaginal Administration
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered rectally and/or vaginally. Compositions for rectal or vaginal administration are typically suppositories which can be prepared by mixing compositions with suitable non-irritating excipients such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum or vaginal cavity and release the active ingredient.
    • Oral Administration
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered orally. Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, an active ingredient is mixed with at least one inert, pharmaceutically acceptable excipient such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or fillers or extenders (e.g. starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid), binders (e.g. carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia), humectants (e.g. glycerol), disintegrating agents (e.g. agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate), solution retarding agents (e.g. paraffin), absorption accelerators (e.g. quaternary ammonium compounds), wetting agents (e.g. cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate), absorbents (e.g. kaolin and bentonite clay), and lubricants (e.g. talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate), and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may comprise buffering agents.
    • Topical or Transdermal Administration
  • As described herein, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated for administration topically. The skin may be an ideal target site for delivery as it is readily accessible. Three routes are commonly considered to deliver compounds and/or compositions of the present invention to the skin: (i) topical application (e.g. for local/regional treatment and/or cosmetic applications); (ii) intradermal injection (e.g. for local/regional treatment and/or cosmetic applications); and (iii) systemic delivery (e.g. for treatment of dermatologic diseases that affect both cutaneous and extracutaneous regions). Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention can be delivered to the skin by several different approaches known in the art.
  • In some embodiments, the invention provides for a variety of dressings (e.g., wound dressings) or bandages (e.g., adhesive bandages) for conveniently and/or effectively carrying out methods of the present invention. Typically dressing or bandages may comprise sufficient amounts of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention described herein to allow users to perform multiple treatments.
  • Dosage forms for topical and/or transdermal administration may include ointments, pastes, creams, lotions, gels, powders, solutions, sprays, inhalants and/or patches. Generally, active ingredients are admixed under sterile conditions with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients and/or any needed preservatives and/or buffers. Additionally, the present invention contemplates the use of transdermal patches, which often have the added advantage of providing controlled delivery of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention to the body. Such dosage forms may be prepared, for example, by dissolving and/or dispensing compounds and/or compositions in the proper medium. Alternatively or additionally, rates may be controlled by either providing rate controlling membranes and/or by dispersing compounds and/or compositions in a polymer matrix and/or gel.
  • Formulations suitable for topical administration include, but are not limited to, liquid and/or semi liquid preparations such as liniments, lotions, oil in water and/or water in oil emulsions such as creams, ointments and/or pastes, and/or solutions and/or suspensions.
  • Topically-administrable formulations may, for example, comprise from about 1% to about 10% (w/w) active ingredient, although the concentration of active ingredient may be as high as the solubility limit of the active ingredient in the solvent. Formulations for topical administration may further comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein.
    • Depot Administration
  • As described herein, in some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are formulated in depots for extended release. Generally, specific organs or tissues (“target tissues”) are targeted for administration.
  • In some aspects of the invention, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are spatially retained within or proximal to target tissues. Provided are method of providing compounds and/or compositions to target tissues of mammalian subjects by contacting target tissues (which comprise one or more target cells) with compounds and/or compositions under conditions such that they are substantially retained in target tissues, meaning that at least 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 85, 90, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 99.9, 99.99 or greater than 99.99% of the composition is retained in the target tissues. Advantageously, retention is determined by measuring the amount of compounds and/or compositions that enter one or more target cells. For example, at least 1%, 5%, 10%, 20%, 30%, 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, 96%, 97%, 98%, 99%, 99.9%, 99.99% or greater than 99.99% of compounds and/or compositions administered to subjects are present intracellularly at a period of time following administration. For example, intramuscular injection to mammalian subjects may be performed using aqueous compositions comprising compounds and/or compositions of the present invention and one or more transfection reagent, and retention is determined by measuring the amount of compounds and/or compositions present in muscle cells.
  • Certain aspects of the invention are directed to methods of providing compounds and/or compositions of the present invention to a target tissues of mammalian subjects, by contacting target tissues (comprising one or more target cells) with compounds and/or compositions under conditions such that they are substantially retained in such target tissues. Compounds and/or compositions comprise enough active ingredient such that the effect of interest is produced in at least one target cell. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions generally comprise one or more cell penetration agents, although “naked” formulations (such as without cell penetration agents or other agents) are also contemplated, with or without pharmaceutically acceptable carriers.
  • In some embodiments, the amount of a growth factor present in cells in a tissue is desirably increased. Preferably, this increase in growth factor is spatially restricted to cells within the target tissue. Thus, provided are methods of increasing the amount of growth factor of interest in tissues of mammalian subjects. In some embodiments, formulations are provided comprising compounds and/or compositions characterized in that the unit quantity provided has been determined to produce a desired level of growth factor of interest in a substantial percentage of cells contained within predetermined volumes of target tissue.
  • In some embodiments, formulations comprise a plurality of different compounds and/or compositions, where one or more than one targets biomolecules of interest. Optionally, formulations may also comprise cell penetration agents to assist in the intracellular delivery of compounds and/or compositions. In such embodiments, determinations are made of compound and/or composition dose required to target biomolecules of interest in substantial percentages of cells contained within predetermined volumes of the target tissue (generally, without targeting biomolecules of interest in adjacent or distal tissues.) Determined doses are then introduced directly into subject tissues. In some embodiments, the invention provides for compounds and/or compositions to be delivered in more than one administration or by split dose administration.
    • Pulmonary Administration
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in formulations suitable for pulmonary administration. In some embodiments, such administration is via the buccal cavity. In some embodiments, formulations may comprise dry particles comprising active ingredients. In such embodiments, dry particles may have a diameter in the range from about 0.5 nm to about 7 nm or from about 1 nm to about 6 nm. In some embodiments, formulations may be in the form of dry powders for administration using devices comprising dry powder reservoirs to which streams of propellant may be directed to disperse such powder. In some embodiments, self propelling solvent/powder dispensing containers may be used. In such embodiments, active ingredients may be dissolved and/or suspended in low-boiling propellant in sealed containers. Such powders may comprise particles wherein at least 98% of the particles by weight have diameters greater than 0.5 nm and at least 95% of the particles by number have diameters less than 7 nm. Alternatively, at least 95% of the particles by weight have a diameter greater than 1 nm and at least 90% of the particles by number have a diameter less than 6 nm. Dry powder compositions may include a solid fine powder diluent such as sugar and are conveniently provided in a unit dose form.
  • Low boiling propellants generally include liquid propellants having a boiling point of below 65° F. at atmospheric pressure. Generally propellants may constitute 50% to 99.9% (w/w) of the composition, and active ingredient may constitute 0.1% to 20% (w/w) of the composition. Propellants may further comprise additional ingredients such as liquid non-ionic and/or solid anionic surfactant and/or solid diluent (which may have particle sizes of the same order as particles comprising active ingredients).
  • Pharmaceutical compositions formulated for pulmonary delivery may provide active ingredients in the form of droplets of solution and/or suspension. Such formulations may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold as aqueous and/or dilute alcoholic solutions and/or suspensions, optionally sterile, comprising active ingredients, and may conveniently be administered using any nebulization and/or atomization device. Such formulations may further comprise one or more additional ingredients including, but not limited to, a flavoring agent such as saccharin sodium, a volatile oil, a buffering agent, a surface active agent, and/or a preservative such as methylhydroxybenzoate. Droplets provided by this route of administration may have an average diameter in the range from about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm.
    • Intranasal, Nasal and Buccal Administration
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered nasaly and/or intranasaly. In some embodiments, formulations described herein as being useful for pulmonary delivery may also be useful for intranasal delivery. In some embodiments, formulations for intranasal administration comprise a coarse powder comprising the active ingredient and having an average particle from about 0.2 μm to 500 μm. Such formulations are administered in the manner in which snuff is taken, i.e. by rapid inhalation through the nasal passage from a container of the powder held close to the nose.
  • Formulations suitable for nasal administration may, for example, comprise from about as little as 0.1% (w/w) and as much as 100% (w/w) of active ingredient, and may comprise one or more of the additional ingredients described herein. A pharmaceutical composition may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in a formulation suitable for buccal administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of tablets and/or lozenges made using conventional methods, and may, for example, 0.1% to 20% (w/w) active ingredient, the balance comprising an orally dissolvable and/or degradable composition and, optionally, one or more of the additional ingredients described herein. Alternately, formulations suitable for buccal administration may comprise powders and/or an aerosolized and/or atomized solutions and/or suspensions comprising active ingredients. Such powdered, aerosolized, and/or aerosolized formulations, when dispersed, may comprise average particle and/or droplet sizes in the range of from about 0.1 nm to about 200 nm, and may further comprise one or more of any additional ingredients described herein.
    • Ophthalmic or Otic Administration
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be prepared, packaged, and/or sold in formulations suitable for ophthalmic and/or otic administration. Such formulations may, for example, be in the form of eye and/or ear drops including, for example, a 0.1/1.0% (w/w) solution and/or suspension of the active ingredient in aqueous and/or oily liquid excipients. Such drops may further comprise buffering agents, salts, and/or one or more other of any additional ingredients described herein. Other ophthalmically-administrable formulations which are useful include those which comprise active ingredients in microcrystalline form and/or in liposomal preparations. Subretinal inserts may also be used as forms of administration.
    • Payload Administration: Detectable Agents and Therapeutic Agents
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in a number of different scenarios in which delivery of a substance (the “payload”) to a biological target is desired, for example delivery of detectable substances for detection of the target, or delivery of therapeutic and/or diagnostic agents. Detection methods may include, but are not limited to, both in vitro and in vivo imaging methods, e.g., immunohistochemistry, bioluminescence imaging (BLI), Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MM), positron emission tomography (PET), electron microscopy, X-ray computed tomography, Raman imaging, optical coherence tomography, absorption imaging, thermal imaging, fluorescence reflectance imaging, fluorescence microscopy, fluorescence molecular tomographic imaging, nuclear magnetic resonance imaging, X-ray imaging, ultrasound imaging, photoacoustic imaging, lab assays, or in any situation where tagging/staining/imaging is required.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions may be designed to include both linkers and payloads in any useful orientation. For example, linkers having two ends may be used to attach one end to the payload and the other end to compounds and/or compositions. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may include more than one payload. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions may comprise one or more cleavable linker. In some embodiments, payloads may be attached to compounds and/or compositions via a linker and may be fluorescently labeled for in vivo tracking, e.g. intracellularly.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in reversible drug delivery into cells.
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in intracellular targeting of payloads, e.g., detectable or therapeutic agents, to specific organelles. In addition, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used to deliver therapeutic agents to cells or tissues, e.g., in living animals. For example, the compounds and/or compositions described herein may be used to deliver chemotherapeutic agents to kill cancer cells. Compounds and/or compositions may be attached to therapeutic agents through one or more linkers may facilitate membrane permeation allowing therapeutic agents to travel into cells to reach intracellular targets.
  • In some embodiments, payloads may be a therapeutic agent such as a cytotoxins, radioactive ions, chemotherapeutics, or other therapeutic agents. Cytotoxins and/or cytotoxic agents may include any agents that may be detrimental to cells. Examples include, but are not limited to, taxol, cytochalasin B, gramicidin D, ethidium bromide, emetine, mitomycin, etoposide, teniposide, vincristine, vinblastine, colchicine, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, dihydroxyanthracinedione, mitoxantrone, mithramycin, actinomycin D, 1-dehydrotestosterone, glucocorticoids, procaine, tetracaine, lidocaine, propranolol, puromycin, maytansinoids, e.g., maytansinol (see U.S. Pat. No. 5,208,020 incorporated herein in its entirety), rachelmycin (CC-1065, see U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,475,092, 5,585,499, and 5,846,545, the contents of each of which are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety), and analogs or homologs thereof. Radioactive ions include, but are not limited to iodine (e.g., 125iodine or 131iodine), 89strontium, phosphorous, palladium, cesium, iridium, phosphate, cobalt, 90yttrium, 153samarium, and praseodymium. Other therapeutic agents include, but are not limited to, antimetabolites (e.g., methotrexate, 6-mercaptopurine, 6-thioguanine, cytarabine, 5-fluorouracil decarbazine), alkylating agents (e.g., mechlorethamine, thiotepa chlorambucil, rachelmycin (CC-1065), melphalan, carmustine (BSNU), lomustine (CCNU), cyclophosphamide, busulfan, dibromomannitol, streptozotocin, mitomycin C, and cis-dichlorodiamine platinum (II) (DDP) cisplatin), anthracyclines (e.g., daunorubicin (formerly daunomycin) and doxorubicin), antibiotics (e.g., dactinomycin (formerly actinomycin), bleomycin, mithramycin, and anthramycin (AMC)), and anti-mitotic agents (e.g., vincristine, vinblastine, taxol and maytansinoids).
  • In some embodiments, payloads may be detectable agents, such as various organic small molecules, inorganic compounds, nanoparticles, enzymes or enzyme substrates, fluorescent materials, luminescent materials (e.g., luminol), bioluminescent materials (e.g., luciferase, luciferin, and aequorin), chemiluminescent materials, radioactive materials (e.g., 18F, 67Ga, 81mKr, 82Rb, 111In, 123I, 133Xe, 201Tl, 125I, 35S, 14C, 3H, or 99mTc (e.g., as pertechnetate (technetate(VII), TcO4 −)), and contrast agents (e.g., gold (e.g., gold nanoparticles), gadolinium (e.g., chelated Gd), iron oxides (e.g., superparamagnetic iron oxide (SPIO), monocrystalline iron oxide nanoparticles (MIONs), and ultrasmall superparamagnetic iron oxide (USPIO)), manganese chelates (e.g., Mn-DPDP), barium sulfate, iodinated contrast media (iohexol), microbubbles, or perfluorocarbons). Such optically-detectable labels include for example, without limitation, 4-acetamido-4′-isothiocyanatostilbene-2,2′disulfonic acid; acridine and derivatives (e.g., acridine and acridine isothiocyanate); 5-(2′-aminoethyl)aminonaphthalene-1-sulfonic acid (EDANS); 4-amino-N-[3-vinylsulfonyl)phenyl]naphthalimide-3,5 disulfonate; N-(4-anilino-1-naphthyl)maleimide; anthranilamide; BODIPY; Brilliant Yellow; coumarin and derivatives (e.g., coumarin, 7-amino-4-methylcoumarin (AMC, Coumarin 120), and 7-amino-4-trifluoromethylcoumarin (Coumarin 151)); cyanine dyes; cyanosine; 4′,6-diaminidino-2-phenylindole (DAPI); 5′ 5″-dibromopyrogallol-sulfonaphthalein (Bromopyrogallol Red); 7-diethylamino-3-(4′-isothiocyanatophenyl)-4-methylcoumarin; diethylenetriamine pentaacetate; 4,4′-diisothiocyanatodihydro-stilbene-2,2′-disulfonic acid; 4,4′-diisothiocyanatostilbene-2,2′-disulfonic acid; 5-[dimethylamino]-naphthalene-1-sulfonyl chloride (DNS, dansylchloride); 4-dimethylaminophenylazophenyl-4′-isothiocyanate (DABITC); eosin and derivatives (e.g., eosin and eosin isothiocyanate); erythrosin and derivatives (e.g., erythrosin B and erythrosin isothiocyanate); ethidium; fluorescein and derivatives (e.g., 5-carboxyfluorescein (FAM), dichlorotriazin-2-yl)aminofluorescein (DTAF), 2′,7′-dimethoxy-4′5′-dichloro-6-carboxyfluorescein, fluorescein, fluorescein isothiocyanate, X-rhodamine-5-(and-6)-isothiocyanate (QFITC or XRITC), and fluorescamine); 2-[2-[3-[[1,3-dihydro-1,1-dimethyl-3-(3-sulfopropyl)-2H-benz[e]indol-2-ylidene]ethylidene]-2-[4-(ethoxycarbonyl)-1-piperazinyl]-1-cyclopenten-1-yl]ethenyl]-1,1-dimethyl-3-(3-sulforpropyl)-1H-benz[e]indolium hydroxide, inner salt, compound with n,n-diethylethanamine (1:1) (IR144); 5-chloro-2-[2-[3-[(5-chloro-3-ethyl-2(3H)-benzothiazol-ylidene)ethylidene]-2-(diphenylamino)-1-cyclopenten-1-yl]ethenyl]-3-ethyl benzothiazolium perchlorate (IR140); Malachite Green isothiocyanate; 4-methylumbelliferone orthocresolphthalein; nitrotyrosine; pararosaniline; Phenol Red; B-phycoerythrin; o-phthaldialdehyde; pyrene and derivatives(e.g., pyrene, pyrene butyrate, and succinimidyl 1-pyrene); butyrate quantum dots; Reactive Red 4 (CIBACRON™ Brilliant Red 3B-A); rhodamine and derivatives (e.g., 6-carboxy-X-rhodamine (ROX), 6-carboxyrhodamine (R6G), lissamine rhodamine B sulfonyl chloride rhodamine (Rhod), rhodamine B, rhodamine 123, rhodamine X isothiocyanate, sulforhodamine B, sulforhodamine 101, sulfonyl chloride derivative of sulforhodamine 101 (Texas Red), N,N,N′,N′tetramethyl-6-carboxyrhodamine (TAMRA) tetramethyl rhodamine, and tetramethyl rhodamine isothiocyanate (TRITC)); riboflavin; rosolic acid; terbium chelate derivatives; Cyanine-3 (Cy3); Cyanine-5 (Cy5); cyanine-5.5 (Cy5.5), Cyanine-7 (Cy7); IRD 700; IRD 800; Alexa 647; La Jolta Blue; phthalo cyanine; and naphthalo cyanine.
  • In some embodiments, the detectable agent may be a non-detectable precursor that becomes detectable upon activation (e.g., fluorogenic tetrazine-fluorophore constructs (e.g., tetrazine-BODIPY FL, tetrazine-Oregon Green 488, or tetrazine-BODIPY TMR-X) or enzyme activatable fluorogenic agents (e.g., PROSENSE® (VisEn Medical))). In vitro assays in which the enzyme labeled compositions can be used include, but are not limited to, enzyme linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs), immunoprecipitation assays, immunofluorescence, enzyme immunoassays (EIA), radioimmunoassays (MA), and Western blot analysis.
    • Combinations
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be used in combination with one or more other therapeutic, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging agents. By “in combination with,” it is not intended to imply that the agents must be administered at the same time and/or formulated for delivery together, although these methods of delivery are within the scope of the present disclosure. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered concurrently with, prior to, or subsequent to, one or more other desired therapeutics or medical procedures. In general, each agent will be administered at a dose and/or on a time schedule determined for that agent. In some embodiments, the present disclosure encompasses the delivery of pharmaceutical, prophylactic, diagnostic, or imaging compositions in combination with agents that may improve their bioavailability, reduce and/or modify their metabolism, inhibit their excretion, and/or modify their distribution within the body.
  • In some cases, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be combined with one or more therapeutic agents known in the art. Such agents may include BYM338 (Novartis, Basel, Switzerland,) wherein administration may comprise any of the methods disclosed in clinical trial number NCT01925209 entitled Efficacy and Safety of Bimagrumab/BYM338 at 52 Weeks on Physical Function, Muscle Strength, Mobility in sIBM Patients (RESILIENT). Other agents that may be used in combination with compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may include any of those disclosed in US Pub. No. 2013/0122007, U.S. Pat. No. 8,415,459 or International Pub. No. WO 2011/151432, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
    • Dosing and Dosage Forms
  • The present disclosure encompasses delivery of compounds and/or compositions of the present invention for any of therapeutic, pharmaceutical, diagnostic or imaging by any appropriate route taking into consideration likely advances in the sciences of drug delivery. Delivery may be naked or formulated.
    • Naked Delivery
  • Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be delivered to cells, tissues, organs and/or organisms in naked form. As used herein in, the term “naked” refers to compounds and/or compositions delivered free from agents or modifications which promote transfection or permeability. The naked compounds and/or compositions may be delivered to the cells, tissues, organs and/or organisms using routes of administration known in the art and described herein. In some embodiments, naked delivery may include formulation in a simple buffer such as saline or PBS.
    • Formulated Delivery
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated, using methods described herein. Formulations may comprise compounds and/or compositions which may be modified and/or unmodified. Formulations may further include, but are not limited to, cell penetration agents, pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, delivery agents, bioerodible or biocompatible polymers, solvents, and/or sustained-release delivery depots. Formulations of the present invention may be delivered to cells using routes of administration known in the art and described herein.
  • Compositions may also be formulated for direct delivery to organs or tissues in any of several ways in the art including, but not limited to, direct soaking or bathing, via a catheter, by gels, powder, ointments, creams, gels, lotions, and/or drops, by using substrates such as fabric or biodegradable materials coated or impregnated with compositions, and the like.
    • Dosing
  • The present invention provides methods comprising administering one or more compounds and/or compositions to subjects in need thereof. Compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, or prophylactic compositions thereof, may be administered to subjects using any amount and any route of administration effective for preventing, treating, diagnosing, or imaging diseases, disorders and/or conditions. The exact amount required will vary from subject to subject, depending on species, age and/or general subject condition, severity of disease, particular composition, mode of administration, mode of activity, and the like. Compositions in accordance with the invention are typically formulated in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. It will be understood, however, that the total daily usage of compositions of the present invention will be decided by the attending physician within the scope of sound medical judgment. The specific therapeutically effective, prophylactically effective, or appropriate imaging dose level for any particular patient will depend upon a variety of factors including the disorder being treated and the severity of the disorder; the activity of the specific compound employed; the specific composition employed; the age, body weight, general health, sex and diet of the patient; the time of administration, route of administration, and rate of excretion of the specific compound employed; the duration of the treatment; drugs used in combination or coincidental with the specific compound employed; and like factors well known in the medical arts.
  • In certain embodiments, compositions in accordance with the present invention may be administered at dosage levels sufficient to deliver from about 0.0001 mg/kg to about 100 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 50 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 40 mg/kg, from about 0.5 mg/kg to about 30 mg/kg, from about 0.01 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, from about 0.1 mg/kg to about 10 mg/kg, or from about 1 mg/kg to about 25 mg/kg, of subject body weight per day, one or more times a day, to obtain the desired therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic, or imaging effect. The desired dosage may be delivered three times a day, two times a day, once a day, every other day, every third day, every week, every two weeks, every three weeks, or every four weeks. In certain embodiments, the desired dosage may be delivered using multiple administrations (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve, thirteen, fourteen, or more administrations).
  • According to the present invention, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered in split-dose regimens. As used herein, a “split dose” is the division of single unit dose or total daily dose into two or more doses, e.g., two or more administrations of the single unit dose. As used herein, a “single unit dose” is a dose of any therapeutic administered in one dose/at one time/single route/single point of contact, i.e., single administration event. As used herein, a “total daily dose” is an amount given or prescribed in a 24 hour period. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered as a single unit dose. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be administered to subjects in split doses. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be formulated in buffer only or in formulations described herein. Pharmaceutical compositions described herein may be formulated into dosage forms described herein, such as a topical, intranasal, intratracheal, or injectable (e.g., intravenous, intraocular, intravitreal, intramuscular, intracardiac, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous). General considerations in the formulation and/or manufacture of pharmaceutical agents may be found, for example, in Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy 21st ed., Lippincott Williams & Wilkins, 2005 (incorporated herein by reference).
    • Coatings or Shells
  • Solid dosage forms of tablets, dragees, capsules, pills, and granules can be prepared with coatings and shells such as enteric coatings and other coatings well known in the pharmaceutical formulating art. They may optionally comprise opacifying agents and can be of a composition that they release the active ingredient(s) only, or preferentially, in a certain part of the intestinal tract, optionally, in a delayed manner. Examples of embedding compositions which can be used include polymeric substances and waxes. Solid compositions of a similar type may be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose and/or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.
    • Assays
  • In some embodiments, recombinant proteins (including, but not limited to chimeric proteins) disclosed herein and/or antibodies directed to such proteins may be developed using assays described herein. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins (including, but not limited to chimeric proteins) disclosed herein and/or antibodies directed to such proteins may be used in assays to develop other recombinant proteins and/or antibodies of the present invention.
    • Binding Assays
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides binding assays. As used herein, the term “binding assay” refers to an assay used to assess the ability of two or more factors to associate. Such assays may assess the ability of a desired antigen to bind a desired antibody and then use one or more detection methods to detect binding. Binding assays of the invention may include, but are not limited to surface Plasmon resonance-based assays, ELISAs and FACS-based assays. Binding assays of the invention may comprise the use of one or more recombinant proteins described herein, including, but not limited to any TGF-β family member proteins, any chimeric proteins, any cofactors and any modules, combinations or fragments thereof.
    • Cell-Based Assays
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides cell-based assays. As used herein, the term “cell-based assay” refers to an assay comprising at least one aspect that involves the use of a living cell or cell culture. In some embodiments, these may be useful for assessing the modulation of growth factor release from GPCs, referred to herein as “growth factor release assays”. In some embodiments, cell-based assays may be useful for assessing the modulation of growth factor activity, referred to herein as “growth factor activity assays”. Cell-based assays of the present invention may comprise expression cells and/or responsive cells. Expression cells, as referred to herein, are cells that express one or more factors being analyzed in a particular assay. Such expression may be natural or may be the result of transfection and/or transduction of a foreign gene. In some embodiments, expression of one or more factors by expression cells may be enhanced or suppressed by the addition of one or more exogenous factors. In some embodiments, expression cells may comprise cell lines (e.g. HEK293 cells, CHO cells, TMLC cells, 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts or Sw-480 cells.) In some embodiments, cell lines comprising expression cells may express one or more recombinant proteins of the present invention (e.g. naturally and/or through transfection, stable transfection, and/or transduction).
  • In some embodiments, growth factor release/activity assays may comprise expression cells that express GPCs. In such embodiments, additional factors may be co-expressed in and/or combined with expression cells to determine their effect on growth factor release from such GPCs. In some embodiments, integrins (including, but not limited to αvβ6 integrin, αvβ8 integrin and/or α9β1 integrin) are co-expressed and/or otherwise introduced to GPC-expressing expression cells. In some embodiments, such additional integrin expression may facilitate growth factor release. In some embodiments, LTBPs, fibrillins and/or GARPs and/or variants thereof are coexpressed and/or otherwise introduced into expression cells.
  • In some embodiments, one or more genes may be knocked out, knocked down and/or otherwise modulated in expression cells depending on the focus of a particular assay. In some embodiments, one or more gene products may be modulated at the RNA and/or protein level. In some embodiments, gene products may be reduced through the introduction of siRNA molecules to expression cells. In some embodiments, gene products from LTBP, fibrillin and/or GARP genes may be reduced and/or eliminated from expression cells of the present invention.
  • Cell-based assays of the present invention, including, but not limited to growth factor release/activity assays, may comprise responsive cells. As used herein, the term “responsive cell” refers to a cell that undergoes a response to one or more factors introduced into an assay. In some embodiments, such responses may include a change in gene expression, wherein such cells modulate transcription of one or more genes upon contact with one or more factors introduced. In some embodiments, responsive cells may undergo a change in phenotype, behavior and/or viability.
  • In some embodiments, responsive cells comprise one or more reporter genes. As used herein, the term “reporter gene” refers to a synthetic gene typically comprising a promoter and a protein coding region encoding one or more detectable gene products. Reporter genes are typically designed in a way such that their expression may be modulated in response to one or more factors being analyzed by a particular assay. This may be carried out by manipulating the promoter of reporter genes. As used herein, the term promoter refers to part of a gene that initiates transcription of that gene. Promoters typically comprise nucleotides at the 3′ end of the antisense strand of a given gene and are not transcribed during gene expression. Promoters typically function through interaction with one or more transcription factors as well as RNA polymerase enzymes to initiate transcription of the protein encoding portion of the gene. Segments of the promoter that physically interact with one or more transcription factors and/or polymerase enzymes are referred to herein as response elements. In some embodiments, reporter genes are designed to comprise promoters and/or response elements known to be responsive to one or more factors (including, but not limited to growth factors) being analyzed in a given assay. Changes in responsive cell gene expression may be measured according to any methods available in the art to yield gene expression data. Such gene expression data may be obtained in the form of luciferase activity data [often measured in terms of relative light units (RLUs.)]
  • In some cases, responsive cells undergo a change in viability in response to one or more factors introduced in an assay. Such responsive cells may be used in proliferation assays as described herein. Changes in responsive cell viability may be detected by cell counting and/or other methods known to those skilled the art to yield responsive cell viability data.
  • Protein encoding regions of reporter genes typically encode one or more detectable proteins. Detectable proteins refer to any proteins capable of detection through one or more methods known in the art. Such detection methods may include, but are not limited to Western blotting, ELISA, assaying for enzymatic activity of detectable proteins (e.g. catalase activity, β-galactosidase activity and/or luciferase activity,) immunocytochemical detection, surface plasmon resonance detection and/or detection of fluorescent detectable proteins. When a reporter gene is used in an assay, the expression of detectable proteins correlates with the ability of factors being assayed to activate the promoter present in the reporter gene. In embodiments comprising growth factor release/activity assays, reporter gene promoters typically respond to growth factor signaling. In such embodiments, the level of detectable protein produced correlates with level of growth factor signaling, indicating release and/or activity of a given growth factor.
  • In some embodiments, reporter genes encode luciferase enzymes. Chemical reactions between luciferase enzymes and substrate molecules are light-emitting reactions. Due to such light-emitting reactions, luciferase enzyme levels can be quantified through the addition of substrate molecules and subsequent photodetection of the emitted light. In some embodiments, reporter genes of the present invention encode firefly luciferase, the sequence of which was cloned from Photinus pyralis. In some embodiments, responsive cells of the present invention comprise reporter genes that express luciferase with promoters that are responsive to growth factors. In such embodiments, luciferase activity may correlate with growth factor activity levels allowing for growth factor activity and/or release from GPCs to be determined.
  • In some embodiments, reporter genes are inserted into bacterial plasmids to enable replication and/or facilitate introduction into cells. In some embodiments, such plasmids are designed to comprise sequences encoding detectable gene products and may be manipulated to insert promoter sequences that may be responsive to one or more factors of interest. These plasmids are referred to herein as reporter plasmids. In some embodiments of the present invention, promoters that may be responsive to one or more factors of interest may be inserted into reporter plasmids, upstream of sequences encoding detectable gene products to form functional reporter genes within such reporter plasmids. Reporter plasmids that comprise at least one functional reporter gene are referred to herein as reporter constructs. In some embodiments, reporter constructs of the present invention may comprise pGL2 reporter plasmids (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.), pGL3 reporter plasmids (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.), pGL4 reporter plasmids (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.) or variants thereof. Such reporter constructs express firefly luciferase in response to promoter activation.
  • In some embodiments, reporter constructs may be introduced directly into expression cells or may be introduced into one or more responsive cells. Responsive cells of the present invention comprising one or more reporter genes are referred to herein as reporter cells. In some embodiments, reporter cells may be transiently transfected with reporter constructs or may comprise stable expression of such constructs (e.g. reporter constructs are successfully replicated along with genomic DNA during each round of cell division). Cell lines that stably comprise reporter constructs are referred to herein as reporter cell lines. In some embodiments, reporter cells are mammalian. In some embodiments, reporter cells may comprise mouse cells, rabbit cells, rat cells, monkey cells, hamster cells and human cells. In some embodiments, cell lines useful for transient and/or stable expression of reporter genes may include, but are not limited to HEK293 cells, HeLa cells, Sw-480 cells, TMLC cells [as disclosed by Abe et al (Abe, M. et al., An assay for transforming growth factor-β using cells transfected with a plasminogen activator inhibitor-1 promoter-luciferase construct. Analytical Biochemistry. 1994. 216:276-84)] 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts, A204 cells, L17 RIB cells [as disclosed by Cash et al (Cash, J. N et al., The structure of myostatin:follistatin 288:insights into receptor utilization and heparin binding. The EMBO Journal. 2009. 28:2662-76,)] C2C12 cells and EL4 T lymphoma cells.
  • In embodiments where one or more reporter cells and/or reporter cell lines are utilized, such cells may be cultured with expression cells as part of a co-culture system. In some embodiments reporter cells/reporter cell lines may be cultured separately from expression cells. In such embodiments, lysates and/or media from expression cells may be combined with reporter cell/reporter cell line cultures to assess expressed factors (including, but not limited to growth factors).
  • In some embodiments, cell-based assays of the present invention may only comprise expression cells and not responsive cells. In such embodiments, expressed proteins, including but not limited to GPCs and/or growth factors, may be detected by one or more methods that are not cell based. Such methods may include, but are not limited to Western Blotting, enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA,) immunocytochemistry, surface plasmon resonance and other methods known in the art for protein detection. In some embodiments, TGF-β release in expression cell cultures and/or culture medium may be detected by ELISA. In some embodiments, such assays may utilize anti-TGF-β antibody, clone 1D11 antibody (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) as a capture antibody, capable of recognizing TGF- β isoforms 1, 2 and 3 in multiple species, including, but not limited to cows, chickens, mice and humans. In some embodiments, biotinylated anti-TGF-β1 chicken IgY (BAF240; R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) may be used as a detection antibody. In some embodiments, GDF-8/myostatin release in expression cell cultures and/or culture medium may be detected by ELISA. In some embodiments, the GDF-8/myostatin quantikine ELISA kit (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) may be used. Examples of anti-GDF-8/myostatin antibodies that may be used for detection include AF1539, MAB788 and AF788 (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.)
  • In some embodiments, reporter genes of the present invention comprise growth factor-responsive promoters. As used herein, the term “growth factor-responsive promoter” refers to a gene promoter that facilitates transcription of a downstream gene in response to growth factor cell signaling induced by one or more growth factors. In some embodiments, growth factor-responsive promoters are responsive to TGF-β family member growth factor signaling. In some embodiments, growth factor-responsive promoters of the present invention comprise one or more sequences listed in Table 16 or fragments or variants thereof. These include two versions of the plasminogen activator inhibitor type 1 (PAI-1) promoter [V1 as disclosed by Abe et al (Abe, M. et al., An assay for transforming growth factor-β using cells transfected with a plasminogen activator inhibitor-1 promoter-luciferase construct. Analytical Biochemistry. 1994. 216:276-84) and V2 as disclosed in WO 2011/034935, the contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety,] a collagen, type 1, alpha 1 promoter, a collagen, type 1, alpha 2 promoter, a FoxP3 promoter, a CAGA12 promoter [responsive to Smad-dependent signaling as reporter by Thies et al (Thies, R. S. et al., GDF-8 propeptide binds to GDF-8 and antagonizes biological activity by inhibiting GDF-8 receptor binding. Growth Factors. 2001. 18:251-9) and an adenovirus major late promoter.
  • TABLE 16
    Growth factor-responsive promoters
    SEQ
    ID
    Promoter Sequence NO
    PAI-1 (V1) AGCTTACCATGGTAACCCCTGGTCCCGTTCAGCCACCACCACCC 258
    CACCCAGCACACCTCCAACCTCAGCCAGACAAGGTTGTTGACA
    CAAGAGAGCCCTCAGGGGCACAGAGAGAGTCTGGACACGTGG
    GGAGTCAGCCGTGTATCATCGGAGGCGGCCGGGCACATGGCAG
    GGATGAGGGAAAGACCAAGAGTCCTCTGTTGGGCCCAAGTCCT
    AGACAGACAAAACCTAGACAATCACGTGGCTGGCTGCATGCCT
    GTGGCTGTTGGGCTGGGCAGGAGGAGGGAGGGGCGCTCTTTCC
    TGGAGGTGGTCCAGAGCACCGGGTGGACAGCCCTGGGGGAAA
    ACTTCCACGTTTTGATGGAGGTTATCTTTGATAACTCCACAGTG
    ACCTGGTTCGCCAAAGGAAAAGCAGGCAACGTGAGCTGTTTTT
    TTTTTCTCCAAGCTGAACACTAGGGGTCCTAGGCTTTTTGGGTC
    ACCCGGCATGGCAGACAGTCAACCTGGCAGGACATCCGGGAG
    AGACAGACACAGGCAGAGGGCAGAAAGGTCAAGGGAGGTTCT
    CAGGCCAAGGCTATTGGGGTTTGCTCAATTGTTCCTGAATGCTC
    TTACACACGTACACACACAGAGCAGCACACACACACACACACA
    CATGCCTCAGCAAGTCCCAGAGAGGGAGGTGTCGAGGGGGAC
    CCGCTGGCTGTTCAGACGGACTCCCAGAGCCAGTGAGTGGGTG
    GGGCTGGAACATGAGTTCATCTATTTCCTGCCCACATCTGGTAT
    AAAAGGAGGCAGTGGCCCACAGAGGAGCACAGCTGTGTTTGG
    CTGCAGGGCCAAGAGCGCTGTCAAGAAGACCCACACGCCCCCC
    TCCAGCAGCTG
    PAI-1 (V2) TTGGTCTCCTGTTTCCTTACCAAGCTTTTACCATGGTAACCCCTG 259
    GTCCCGTTCAGCCACCACCACCCCACCCAGCACACCTCCAACCT
    CAGCCAGACAAGGTTGTTGACACAAGAGAGCCCTCAGGGGCAC
    AGAGAGAGTCTGGACACGTGGGGAGTCAGCCGTGTATCATCGG
    AGGCGGCCGGGCACATGGCAGGGATGAGGGAAAGACCAAGAG
    TCCTCTGTTGGGCCCAAGTCCTAGACAGACAAAACCTAGACAA
    TCACGTGGCTGGCTGCATGCCCTGTGGCTGTTGGGCTGGGCCCA
    GGAGGAGGGAGGGGCGCTCTTTCCTGGAGGTGGTCCAGAGCAC
    CGGGTGGACAGCCCTGGGGGAAAACTTCCACGTTTTGATGGAG
    GTTATCTTTGATAACTCCACAGTGACCTGGTTCGCCAAAGGAA
    AAGCAGGCAACGTGAGCTGTTTTTTTTTTCTCCAAGCTGAACAC
    TAGGGGTCCTAGGCTTTTTGGGTCACCCGGCATGGCAGACAGT
    CAACCTGGCAGGACATCCGGGAGAGACAGACACAGGCAGAGG
    GCAGAAAGGTCAAGGGAGGTTCTCAGGCCAAGGCTATTGGGGT
    TTGCTCAATTGTTCCTGAATGCTCTTACACACGTACACACACAG
    AGCAGCACACACACACACACACACATGCCTCAGCAAGTCCCAG
    AGAGGGAGGTGTCGAGGGGGACCCGCTGGCTGTTCAGACGGA
    CTCCCAGAGCCAGTGAGTGGGTGGGGCTGGAACATGAGTTCAT
    CTATTTCCTGCCCACATCTGGTATAAAAGGAGGCAGTGGCCCA
    CAGAGGAGCACAGCTGTGTTTGGCTGCAGGGCCAAGAGCGCTG
    TCAAGAAGACCCACACGCCCCCCTCCAGCAGCTGAATTCCTGC
    AGCTCAGCAGCCGCCGCCAGAGCAGGACGAACCGCCAATCGC
    AAGGCACCTCTGAGAACTTCAGGTA
    Col1A1 CCATGGCAAACAAAACTCTTCTCTAAGTCACCAATGATCACAG
    260
    GCCTCCCACTAAAAATACTTCCCAACTCTGGGGTGGAAGAGTT
    TGGGGGATGAATTTTTAGGGGATTGCAAGCCCCAATCCCCACC
    TCTGTGTCCCTAGAATCCCCCACCCCTACCTTGGCTGCTCCATC
    ACCCAACCACCAAAGCTTTCTTCTGCAGAGGCCACCTAGTCAT
    GTTTCTCACCCTGCACCTCAGCCTCCCCACTCCATCTCTCAATC
    ATGCCTAGGGTTTGGAGGAAGGCATTTGATTCTGTTCTGGAGCA
    CAGCAGAAGAATTGACATCCTCAAAATTAAAACTCCCTTGCCT
    GCACCCCTCCCTCAGATATCTGATTCTTAATGTCTAGAAAGGAA
    TCTGTAAATTGTTCCCCAAATATTCCTAAGCTCCATCCCCTAGC
    CACACCAGAAGACACCCCCAAACAGGCACATCTTTTTAATTCC
    CAGCTTCCTCTGTTTTGGAGAGGTCCTCAGCATGCCTCTTTATG
    CCCCTCCCTTAGCTCTTGCCAGGATATCAGAGGGTGACTGGGG
    CACAGCCAGGAGGACCCCCTCCCCAACACCCCCAACCCTTCCA
    CCTTTGGAAGTCTCCCCACCCAGCTCCCCAGTTCCCCAGTTCCA
    CTTCTTCTAGATTGGAGGTCCCAGGAAGAGAGCAGAGGGGCAC
    CCCTACCCACTGGTTAGCCCACGCCATTCTGAGGACCCAGCTGC
    ACCCCTACCACAGCACCTCTGGCCCAGGCTGGGCTGGGGGGCT
    GGGGAGGCAGAGCTGCGAAGAGGGGAGATGTGGGGTGGACTC
    CCTTCCCTCCTCCTCCCCCTCTCCATTCCAACTCCCAAATTGGG
    GGCCGGGCCAGGCAGCTCTGATTGGCTGGGGCACGGGCGGCCG
    GCTCCCCCTCTCCGAGGGGCAGGGTTCCTCCCTGCTCTCCATCA
    GGACAGTATAAAAGGGGCCCGGGCCAGTCGTCGGAGCAGACG
    GGAGTTTCTCCTCGGGGTCGGAGCAGGAGGCACGCGGAGTGTG
    AGGCCACGCATGAGCGGACGCTAACCCCCTCCCCAGCCACAAA
    GAGTCTACATG
    Col1A2 TAGAGTTCGCAAAGCCTATCCTCCCTGTAGCCGGGTGCCAAGC
    261
    AGCCTCGAGCCTGCTCCCCAGCCCACCTGCCAACAAAAGGCGC
    CCTCCGACTGCAACCCAGCCCTCCACAGACAGGACCCGCCCTT
    TCCCGAAGTCATAAGACAAAGAGAGTGCATCACTGCTGAAACA
    GTGGGCGCACACGAGCCCCAAAGCTAGAGAAAAGCTGGACGG
    GGCTGGGGGCGGGGTGCAGGGGTGGAGGGGCGGGGAGGCGGG
    CTCCGGCTGCGCCACGCTATCGAGTCTTCCCTCCCTCCTTCTCT
    GCCCCCTCCGCTCCCGCTGGAGCCCTCCACCCTACAAGTGGCCT
    ACAGGGCACAGGTGAGGCGGGACTGGACAGCTCCTGCTTTGAT
    CGCCGGAGATCTGCAAATTCTGCCCATGTCGGGGCTGCAGAGC
    ACTCCGACGTGTCCCATAGTGTTTCCAAACTTGGAAAGGGCGG
    GGGAGGGCGGGAGGATGCGGAGGGCGGAGGTATGCAGACAAC
    GAGTCAGAGTTTCCCCTTGAAAGCCTCAAAAGTGTCCACGTCCT
    CAAAAAGAATGGAACCAATTTAAGAAGCCAGCCCCGTGGCCAC
    GTCCCTTCCCCCATTCGCTCCCTCCTCTGCGCCCCCGCAGGCTC
    CTCCCAGCTGTGGCTGCCCGGGCCCCCAGCCCCAGCCCTCCCAT
    TGGTGGAGGCCCTTTTGGAGGCACCCTAGGGCCAGGGAAACTT
    TTGCCGTATAAATAGGGCAGATCCGGGCTTTATTATTTTAGCAC
    CACGGCAGCAGGAGGTTTCGGCTAAGTTGGAGGTACTGGCCAC
    GACTGCATGCCCGCGCCCGCCAGGTGATACCTCCGCCGGTGAC
    CCAGGGGCTCTGCGACACAAGGAGTCTGCATGTCTAAGTGCTA
    GACATGCTCAGCTTTGTGGATACGCGGACTTTGTTGCTGCTTGC
    AGTAA
    FoxP3 AGTAAAAGACCCCAAAGGCTGAGGGCCTCAGAAGCATCAGGC
    262
    CATGATGTTCCTGAAACAAGAGGGTCAGGGTCCCAATGGGCCT
    CTGGGGTTCATCGTGAGGATGGATGCATTAATATTGGGGACCT
    GCTAGGGACCTTCCCAGTGGGACAGTGGCTGGGTCAGGGCACT
    CAAGCCCTAAAACGTGATGAGGCGAGACTTTTCTCTCTTTCCTC
    ATTCAGTAACTGTCAGTAGATTCTGGGAGCCAGGGATTCTCCG
    ACTCTTCAAGTCCATGAATTTTAGGGGATGACAGTGGGCTCTCC
    GCTTTCTCCTCCATGAAGTAACTTACATGCCCCTCACCCTCTGT
    GGGAGGGGTGTTGCAGGGGGTGCAGAACTCCCCTCGCCGGGTA
    GTTCAAGCAATGGGGACCATATCAATTCCATCTATAGGGAAAC
    TGAGGCCTGGAGTAGGGCGAGGCCTCTGGGAACCCAGCCCTAT
    TCTGTCTCTTTCCCTGGCATTTCCCATCCACACATAGAGCTTCA
    GATTCTCTTTCTTTCCCCAGAGACCCTCAAATATCCTCTCACTC
    ACAGAATGGTGTCTCTGCCTGCCTCGGGTTGGCCCTGTGATTTA
    TTTTAGTTCTTTTCCCTTGTTTTTTTTTTTTCAAACTCTATACACT
    TTTGTTTTAAAAACTGTGGTTTCTCATGAGCCCTATTATCTCATT
    GATACCTCTCACCTCTGTGGTGAGGGGAAGAAATCATATTTTCA
    GATGACTCGTAAAGGGCAAAGAAAAAAACCCAAAATTTCAAA
    ATTTCCGTTTAAGTCTCATAATCAAGAAAAGGAGAAACACAGA
    GAGAGAGAAAAAAAAAACTATGAGAACCCCCCCCCACCCCGT
    GATTATCAGCGCACACACTCATCGAAAAAAATTTGGATTATTA
    GAAGAGAGAGGTCTGCGGCTTCCACACCGTACAGCGTGGTTTT
    TCTTCTCGGTATAAAAGCAAAGTTGTTTTTGATACGTGACAGTT
    TCCCACAAGCCAGGCTGATCCTTTTCTGTCAGTCCACTTCACCA
    CAGA12 AGCCAGACAAGCCAGACAAGCCAGACAAGCCAGACAAGCCAG 263
    ACAAGCCAGACAAGCCAGACAAGCCAGACAAGCCAGACAAGC
    CAGACAAGCCAGACAAGCCAGACA
    Adenovirus GGGCTATAAAAGGGGGTGGGGGCGCGTTCGTCCTCACTCTCTT 264
    major late CCG
    promoter
  • In some embodiments, mink lung epithelial/PAI reporter cell lines may be used. Mink lung epithelial cells do not produce TGF-β, but do express high levels of TGF-β receptors (Munger et al.) Mink lung epithelial/PAI reporter cell lines comprise reporter constructs comprising promoter elements from the TGF-β-responsive genes PAI and/or COL1A that modulate the expression of the protein coding portion of the luciferase gene. In some embodiments, other reporter constructs may be used with mink lung epithelial cells. In some embodiments, SMAD3-responsive reporter constructs may be used.
    • TGF-β2 Release Assay
  • In some embodiments, the present invention provides assays for detecting the release and/or activity of TGF-β2. Such assays may comprise cell lines (e.g. HEK293 cells, 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts or Sw-480 cells) that express GPCs comprising TGF-β2 (e.g. naturally and/or through transfection, stable transfection, and/or transduction) and/or recombinant and/or chimeric protein derivatives thereof. In some embodiments, additional factors are expressed in and/or combined with TGF-β2-expressing cells to determine their effect on TGF-β2 growth factor release. In some embodiments, integrins may be expressed. In some embodiments, α9β1 integrin may be expressed.
  • In some embodiments, TGF-β2 release may be detected by one or more growth factor release assays according to those described herein. In some embodiments, such assays may comprise the use of mink lung epithelial/PAI reporter cell lines to measure TGF-β2 release and/or activity. In some embodiments, TGF-β2 release assays may be used to screen antibodies for inhibitory and/or activating properties with regard to TGF-β2 release from GPCs and/or activity
    • Treg Induction Assay
  • Treg cells are immune cells that comprise a suppressor cell function important in regulating autoimmunity. Such cells are derived from precursor cells after the induction of the FoxP3 gene (Wood and Sakaguchi, Nature Reviews, 2003). FoxP3 is a transcription factor, the expression of which may be regulated to some degree by TGF-β-related proteins. Wan and Flavell (2005) demonstrated that in response to exogenous TGF-β, activated primary T cells show de novo FoxP3 and “knocked-in” fluorescent protein expression and induction of suppressor cell function. Tone et al (2008) demonstrated that key TGF-β responsive enhancer elements that drive FoxP3 expression in primary T cells are present in the EL4 T lymphoma line. In some embodiments, the present invention provides reporter constructs comprising promoter elements from the FoxP3 gene that modulate expression of such reporter constructs (referred to herein as FoxP3-driven reporter constructs). In some embodiments, FoxP3-driven reporter constructs comprise promoter elements responsive to TGF-β-related protein cell signaling activity. In some embodiments, FoxP3-driven reporter constructs are introduced (transiently and/or stably) to one or more cells and/or cell lines. Such cells are referred to herein as FoxP3-driven reporter cells. In some embodiments, such cells are mammalian. In some embodiments, such mammalian cells may include, but are not limited to mouse cells, rabbit cells, rat cells, monkey cells, hamster cells and human cells. Such cells may be derived from a cell line. In some embodiments, human cells may be used. In some embodiments, cell lines may include, but are not limited to HEK293 cells, HeLa cells, Sw-480 cells, EL4 T lymphoma cells, TMLC cells, 293T/17 cells, Hs68 cells, CCD1112sk cells, HFF-1 cells, Keloid fibroblasts, A204 cells, L17 RIB cells and C2C12 cells. In some embodiments, EL4 T lymphoma cells may be used. EL4 T lymphoma cells are known to comprise transcriptional enhancer elements that are responsive to TGF-β-related protein signaling. In some embodiments, FoxP3-driven reporter cells may be used to screen antibodies for their ability to activate and/or inhibit FoxP3-dependent gene expression.
    • Proliferation Assays
  • In some embodiments, cell-based assays of the present invention may comprise proliferation assays. As used herein, the term “proliferation assay” refers to an assay that determines the effect on one or more agents on cell proliferation.
  • In some cases, proliferation assays may comprise HT2 proliferation assays. Such assays may be carried out, for example, according to the methods described in Tsang, M. et al., 1995. Cytokine 7(5):389-97, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety. HT2 cells (ATCC CRL-1841) are grown in the presence of IL-2, in which they are insensitive to TGF-β1 in the culture media. When HT2 cells are switched into IL-4-containing media they will continue to proliferate, but will respond to TGF-β1 in the culture media by induction of apoptosis. In IL-4 containing media, cell death due to TGF-β1 in culture media occurs in a dose dependent manner, which can be blocked by numerous reagents interfering with the TGF-β signaling pathway. This enables the use of this assay to screen reagents to modulate TGF-β1 activation.
  • Detection of changes in cell number may be carried out, in some embodiments, through the detection and/or quantification of ATP levels in cells. ATP levels typically correlate with the number of cells present in a given test sample, well, plate or dish. In some embodiments, ATP levels may be determined using a CELLTITER-GLO® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.).
    • Kits and Devices
  • Any of the compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be comprised in a kit. In a non-limiting example, reagents for generating compounds and/or compositions, including antigen molecules are included in one or more kit. In some embodiments, kits may further include reagents and/or instructions for creating and/or synthesizing compounds and/or compositions of the present invention. In some embodiments, kits may also include one or more buffers. In some embodiments, kits of the invention may include components for making protein or nucleic acid arrays or libraries and thus, may include, for example, solid supports.
  • In some embodiments, kit components may be packaged either in aqueous media or in lyophilized form. The container means of the kits will generally include at least one vial, test tube, flask, bottle, syringe or other container means, into which a component may be placed, and preferably, suitably aliquoted. Where there are more than one kit component, (labeling reagent and label may be packaged together), kits may also generally contain second, third or other additional containers into which additional components may be separately placed. In some embodiments, kits may also comprise second container means for containing sterile, pharmaceutically acceptable buffers and/or other diluents. In some embodiments, various combinations of components may be comprised in one or more vial. Kits of the present invention may also typically include means for containing compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, e.g., proteins, nucleic acids, and any other reagent containers in close confinement for commercial sale. Such containers may include injection or blow-molded plastic containers into which desired vials are retained.
  • In some embodiments, kit components are provided in one and/or more liquid solutions. In some embodiments, liquid solutions are aqueous solutions, with sterile aqueous solutions being particularly preferred. In some embodiments, kit components may be provided as dried powder(s). When reagents and/or components are provided as dry powders, such powders may be reconstituted by the addition of suitable volumes of solvent. In some embodiments, it is envisioned that solvents may also be provided in another container means. In some embodiments, labeling dyes are provided as dried powders. In some embodiments, it is contemplated that 10, 20, 30, 40, 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 120, 120, 130, 140, 150, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200, 300, 400, 500, 600, 700, 800, 900, 1000 micrograms or at least or at most those amounts of dried dye are provided in kits of the invention. In such embodiments, dye may then be resuspended in any suitable solvent, such as DMSO.
  • In some embodiments, kits may include instructions for employing kit components as well the use of any other reagent not included in the kit. Instructions may include variations that may be implemented.
  • In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be combined with, coated onto or embedded in a device. Devices may include, but are not limited to, dental implants, stents, bone replacements, artificial joints, valves, pacemakers and/or other implantable therapeutic device.
    • Definitions
  • At various places in the present specification, substituents of compounds of the present disclosure are disclosed in groups or in ranges. It is specifically intended that the present disclosure include each and every individual subcombination of the members of such groups and ranges. The following is a non-limiting list of term definitions.
  • Activity: As used herein, the term “activity” refers to the condition in which things are happening or being done. Compositions of the invention may have activity and this activity may involve one or more biological events. In some embodiments, such biological event may involve growth factors and/or growth factor signaling. In some embodiments, biological events may include cell signaling events associated with growth factor and receptor interactions. In some embodiments, biological events may include cell signaling events associated with TGF-β or TGF-β-related protein interactions with one or more corresponding receptors.
  • Administered in combination: As used herein, the term “administered in combination” or “combined administration” refers to simultaneous exposure of one or more subjects to two or more agents administered at the same time or within an interval such that the subject is at some point in time simultaneously exposed to both and/or such that there may be an overlap in the effect of each agent on the patient. In some embodiments, at least one dose of one or more agents is administered within about 24 hours, 12 hours, 6 hours, 3 hours, 1 hour, 30 minutes, 15 minutes, 10 minutes, 5 minutes, or 1 minute of at least one dose of one or more other agents. In some embodiments, administration occurs in overlapping dosage regimens. As used herein, the term “dosage regimen” refers to a plurality of doses spaced apart in time. Such doses may occur at regular intervals or may include one or more hiatus in administration. In some embodiments, the administration of individual doses of one or more compounds and/or compositions of the present invention, as described herein, are spaced sufficiently closely together such that a combinatorial (e.g., a synergistic) effect is achieved.
  • Animal: As used herein, the term “animal” refers to any member of the animal kingdom. In some embodiments, “animal” refers to humans at any stage of development. In some embodiments, “animal” refers to non-human animals at any stage of development. In certain embodiments, the non-human animal is a mammal (e.g., a rodent, a mouse, a rat, a rabbit, a monkey, a dog, a cat, a sheep, cattle, a primate, or a pig). In some embodiments, animals include, but are not limited to, mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians, fish, and worms. In some embodiments, the animal is a transgenic animal, genetically-engineered animal, or a clone.
  • Antigens of interest or desired antigens: As used herein, the terms “antigens of interest” or “desired antigens” refers to those proteins and/or other biomolecules provided herein that are immunospecifically bound or interact with antibodies of the present invention and/or fragments, mutants, variants, and/or alterations thereof described herein. In some embodiments, antigens of interest may comprise TGF-β-related proteins, growth factors, prodomains, GPCs, protein modules or regions of overlap between them.
  • Approximately: As used herein, the term “approximately” or “about,” as applied to one or more values of interest, refers to a value that is similar to a stated reference value. In certain embodiments, the term “approximately” or “about” refers to a range of values that fall within 25%, 20%, 19%, 18%, 17%, 16%, 15%, 14%, 13%, 12%, 11%, 10%, 9%, 8%, 7%, 6%, 5%, 4%, 3%, 2%, 1%, or less in either direction (greater than or less than) of the stated reference value unless otherwise stated or otherwise evident from the context (except where such number would exceed 100% of a possible value).
  • Associated with: As used herein, the terms “associated with,” “conjugated,” “linked,” “attached,” and “tethered,” when used with respect to two or more moieties, mean that the moieties are physically associated or connected with one another, either directly or via one or more additional moieties that serve as linking agents, to form a structure that is sufficiently stable so that the moieties remain physically associated under the conditions in which the structure is used, e.g., physiological conditions. An “association” need not be strictly through direct covalent chemical bonding. It may also suggest ionic or hydrogen bonding or a hybridization based connectivity sufficiently stable such that the “associated” entities remain physically associated.
  • Biomolecule: As used herein, the term “biomolecule” is any natural molecule which is amino acid-based, nucleic acid-based, carbohydrate-based or lipid-based, and the like.
  • Biologically active: As used herein, the phrase “biologically active” refers to a characteristic of any substance that has activity in a biological system and/or organism. For instance, a substance that, when administered to an organism, has a biological effect on that organism, is considered to be biologically active. In particular embodiments, a compounds and/or compositions of the present invention may be considered biologically active if even a portion of is biologically active or mimics an activity considered to biologically relevant.
  • Biological system: As used herein, the term “biological system” refers to a group of organs, tissues, cells, intracellular components, proteins, nucleic acids, molecules (including, but not limited to biomolecules) that function together to perform a certain biological task within cellular membranes, cellular compartments, cells, tissues, organs, organ systems, multicellular organisms, or any biological entity. In some embodiments, biological systems are cell signaling pathways comprising intracellular and/or extracellular cell signaling biomolecules. In some embodiments, biological systems comprise growth factor signaling events within the extracellular matrix, cellular matrix and/or cellular niches.
  • Candidate antibody: As used herein, the term “candidate antibody” refers to an antibody from a pool of one or more antibody from which one or more desired antibodies may be selected.
  • Cellular matrix: As used herein, the term “cellular matrix” refers to the biochemical and structural environment associated with the outer portion of the cell membrane. Such cell membranes may also include platelet membranes. Components of the cellular matrix may include, but are not limited to proteoglycans, carbohydrate molecules, integral membrane proteins, glycolipids and the like. In some cases, cellular matrix components may include growth factors and/or modulators of growth factor activity. Some cellular matrix proteins include integrins, GARP and LRRC33.
  • Compound: As used herein, the term “compound,” refers to a distinct chemical entity. The term may be used herein to refer to peptides, proteins, protein complexes or antibodies of the invention. In some embodiments, a particular compound may exist in one or more isomeric or isotopic forms (including, but not limited to stereoisomers, geometric isomers and isotopes). In some embodiments, a compound is provided or utilized in only a single such form. In some embodiments, a compound is provided or utilized as a mixture of two or more such forms (including, but not limited to a racemic mixture of stereoisomers). Those of skill in the art appreciate that some compounds exist in different such forms, show different properties and/or activities (including, but not limited to biological activities). In such cases it is within the ordinary skill of those in the art to select or avoid particular forms of the compound for use in accordance with the present invention. For example, compounds that contain asymmetrically substituted carbon atoms can be isolated in optically active or racemic forms. Methods on how to prepare optically active forms from optically active starting materials are known in the art, such as by resolution of racemic mixtures or by stereoselective synthesis.
  • Conserved: As used herein, the term “conserved” refers to nucleotides or amino acid residues of polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences, respectively, that are those that occur unaltered in the same position of two or more sequences being compared. Nucleotides or amino acids that are relatively conserved are those that are conserved among more related sequences than nucleotides or amino acids appearing elsewhere in the sequences.
  • In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be “completely conserved” if they are 100% identical to one another. In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be “highly conserved” if they are at least 70% identical, at least 80% identical, at least 90% identical, or at least 95% identical to one another. In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be “highly conserved” if they are about 70% identical, about 80% identical, about 90% identical, about 95%, about 98%, or about 99% identical to one another. In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be “conserved” if they are at least 30% identical, at least 40% identical, at least 50% identical, at least 60% identical, at least 70% identical, at least 80% identical, at least 90% identical, or at least 95% identical to one another. In some embodiments, two or more sequences are said to be “conserved” if they are about 30% identical, about 40% identical, about 50% identical, about 60% identical, about 70% identical, about 80% identical, about 90% identical, about 95% identical, about 98% identical, or about 99% identical to one another. Conservation of sequence may apply to the entire length of an oligonucleotide or polypeptide or may apply to a portion, region or feature thereof.
  • In one embodiment, conserved sequences are not contiguous. Those skilled in the art are able to appreciate how to achieve alignment when gaps in contiguous alignment are present between sequences, and to align corresponding residues not withstanding insertions or deletions present.
  • Delivery: As used herein, “delivery” refers to the act or manner of delivering a compound, substance, entity, moiety, cargo or payload.
  • Delivery Agent: As used herein, “delivery agent” refers to any agent which facilitates, at least in part, the in vivo delivery of one or more substances (including, but not limited to a compounds and/or compositions of the present invention) to a cell, subject or other biological system cells.
  • Desired antibody: As used herein, the term “desired antibody” refers to an antibody that is sought after, in some cases from a pool of candidate antibodies.
  • Destabilized: As used herein, the term “destable,” “destabilize,” or “destabilizing region” means a region or molecule that is less stable than a starting, reference, wild-type or native form of the same region or molecule.
  • Detectable label: As used herein, “detectable label” refers to one or more markers, signals, or moieties which are attached, incorporated or associated with another entity, which markers, signals or moieties are readily detected by methods known in the art including radiography, fluorescence, chemiluminescence, enzymatic activity, absorbance, immunological detection and the like. Detectable labels may include radioisotopes, fluorophores, chromophores, enzymes, dyes, metal ions, ligands, biotin, avidin, streptavidin and haptens, quantum dots, polyhistidine tags, myc tags, flag tags, human influenza hemagglutinin (HA) tags and the like. Detectable labels may be located at any position in the entity with which they are attached, incorporated or associated. For example, when attached, incorporated in or associated with a peptide or protein, they may be within the amino acids, the peptides, or proteins, or located at the N- or C-termini.
  • Distal: As used herein, the term “distal” means situated away from the center or away from a point or region of interest.
  • Engineered: As used herein, embodiments of the invention are “engineered” when they are designed to have a feature or property, whether structural or chemical, that varies from a starting point, wild type or native molecule. Thus, engineered agents or entities are those whose design and/or production include an act of the hand of man.
  • Epitope: As used herein, an “epitope” refers to a surface or region on a molecule that is capable of interacting with components of the immune system, including, but not limited to antibodies. In some embodiments, when referring to a protein or protein module, an epitope may comprise a linear stretch of amino acids or a three dimensional structure formed by folded amino acid chains.
  • Expression: As used herein, “expression” of a nucleic acid sequence refers to one or more of the following events: (1) production of an RNA template from a DNA sequence (e.g., by transcription); (2) processing of an RNA transcript (e.g., by splicing, editing, 5′ cap formation, and/or 3′ end processing); (3) translation of an RNA into a polypeptide or protein; (4) folding of a polypeptide or protein; and (5) post-translational modification of a polypeptide or protein.
  • Extracellular matrix: As used herein, the term, “extracellular matrix,” or “ECM” refers to the area surrounding cells and/or the area between cells that typically comprises structural proteins as well as cell signaling molecules. Components of the extracellular matrix may include, but are not limited to proteins, nucleic acids, membranes, lipids and sugars that may be directly or indirectly associated with structural components of the extracellular environments. Structural components of the extracellular matrix may include, but are not limited to proteins, polysaccharides (e.g. hyaluronic acid,) glycosaminoglycans and proteoglycans (e.g. heparin sulfate, chondroitin sulfate and keratin sulfate.) Such structural components may include, but are not limited to fibrous components (e.g. collagens and elastins,) fibrillins, fibronectin, laminins, agrin, perlecan, decorin and the like. Other proteins that may be components of the extracellular matrix include and LTBPs. Extracellular matrix components may also include growth factors and/or modulators of growth factor activity.
  • Feature: As used herein, a “feature” refers to a characteristic, a property, or a distinctive element.
  • Formulation: As used herein, a “formulation” includes at least a compound and/or composition of the present invention and a delivery agent.
  • Fragment: A “fragment,” as used herein, refers to a portion. For example, fragments of proteins may comprise polypeptides obtained by digesting full-length protein isolated from cultured cells. In some embodiments, a fragment of a protein includes at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 55, 60, 65, 70, 75, 80, 85, 90, 95, 100, 150, 200, 250 or more amino acids. In some embodiments, fragments of an antibody include portions of an antibody subjected to enzymatic digestion or synthesized as such.
  • Functional: As used herein, a “functional” biological molecule is a biological entity with a structure and in a form in which it exhibits a property and/or activity by which it is characterized.
  • Homology: As used herein, the term “homology” refers to the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g. between nucleic acid molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or between polypeptide molecules. In some embodiments, polymeric molecules are considered to be “homologous” to one another if their sequences are at least 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90%, 95%, or 99% identical or similar. The term “homologous” necessarily refers to a comparison between at least two sequences (polynucleotide or polypeptide sequences). In accordance with the invention, two polynucleotide sequences are considered to be homologous if the polypeptides they encode are at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, or even 99% for at least one stretch of at least about 20 amino acids. In some embodiments, homologous polynucleotide sequences are characterized by the ability to encode a stretch of at least 4-5 uniquely specified amino acids. For polynucleotide sequences less than 60 nucleotides in length, homology is typically determined by the ability to encode a stretch of at least 4-5 uniquely specified amino acids. In accordance with the invention, two protein sequences are considered to be homologous if the proteins are at least about 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, or 90% identical for at least one stretch of at least about 20 amino acids. In many embodiments, homologous protein may show a large overall degree of homology and a high degree of homology over at least one short stretch of at least 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50 or more amino acids. In many embodiments, homologous proteins share one or more characteristic sequence elements. As used herein, the term “characteristic sequence element” refers to a motif present in related proteins. In some embodiments, the presence of such motifs correlates with a particular activity (such as biological activity).
  • Identity: As used herein, the term “identity” refers to the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g., between oligonucleotide molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or between polypeptide molecules. Calculation of the percent identity of two polynucleotide sequences, for example, may be performed by aligning the two sequences for optimal comparison purposes (e.g., gaps can be introduced in one or both of a first and a second nucleic acid sequences for optimal alignment and non-identical sequences can be disregarded for comparison purposes). In certain embodiments, the length of a sequence aligned for comparison purposes is at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or 100% of the length of the reference sequence. The nucleotides at corresponding nucleotide positions are then compared. When a position in the first sequence is occupied by the same nucleotide as the corresponding position in the second sequence, then the molecules are identical at that position. The percent identity between the two sequences is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences, taking into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap, which needs to be introduced for optimal alignment of the two sequences. The comparison of sequences and determination of percent identity between two sequences can be accomplished using a mathematical algorithm. For example, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences can be determined using methods such as those described in Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A. M., ed., Oxford University Press, New York, 1988; Biocomputing: Informatics and Genome Projects, Smith, D. W., ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, 1987; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part I, Griffin, A. M., and Griffin, H. G., eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; and Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds., M Stockton Press, New York, 1991; each of which is incorporated herein by reference. For example, the percent identity between two nucleotide sequences can be determined, for example using the algorithm of Meyers and Miller (CABIOS, 1989, 4:11-17), which has been incorporated into the ALIGN program (version 2.0) using a PAM120 weight residue table, a gap length penalty of 12 and a gap penalty of 4. The percent identity between two nucleotide sequences can, alternatively, be determined using the GAP program in the GCG software package using an NWSgapdna.CMP matrix. Methods commonly employed to determine percent identity between sequences include, but are not limited to those disclosed in Carillo, H., and Lipman, D., SIAM J Applied Math., 48:1073 (1988); incorporated herein by reference. Techniques for determining identity are codified in publicly available computer programs. Exemplary computer software to determine homology between two sequences include, but are not limited to, GCG program package, Devereux, J., et al., Nucleic Acids Research, 12(1), 387 (1984)), BLASTP, BLASTN, and FASTA Altschul, S. F. et al., J. Molec. Biol., 215, 403 (1990)).
  • Inhibit expression of a gene: As used herein, the phrase “inhibit expression of a gene” means to cause a reduction in the amount of an expression product of the gene. The expression product may be RNA transcribed from the gene (e.g. mRNA) or a polypeptide translated from mRNA transcribed from the gene. Typically a reduction in the level of mRNA results in a reduction in the level of a polypeptide translated therefrom. The level of expression may be determined using standard techniques for measuring mRNA or protein.
  • In vitro: As used herein, the term “in vitro” refers to events that occur in an artificial environment, e.g., in a test tube or reaction vessel, in cell culture, in a Petri dish, etc., rather than within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe).
  • In vivo: As used herein, the term “in vivo” refers to events that occur within an organism (e.g., animal, plant, or microbe or cell or tissue thereof).
  • Isolated: As used herein, the term “isolated” is synonymous with “separated”, but carries with it the inference separation was carried out by the hand of man. In one embodiment, an isolated substance or entity is one that has been separated from at least some of the components with which it was previously associated (whether in nature or in an experimental setting). Isolated substances may have varying levels of purity in reference to the substances from which they have been associated. Isolated substances and/or entities may be separated from at least about 10%, about 20%, about 30%, about 40%, about 50%, about 60%, about 70%, about 80%, about 90%, or more of the other components with which they were initially associated. In some embodiments, isolated agents are more than about 80%, about 85%, about 90%, about 91%, about 92%, about 93%, about 94%, about 95%, about 96%, about 97%, about 98%, about 99%, or more than about 99% pure. As used herein, a substance is “pure” if it is substantially free of other components.
  • Substantially isolated: By “substantially isolated” is meant that the compound is substantially separated from the environment in which it was formed or detected. Partial separation can include, for example, a composition enriched in the compound of the present disclosure. Substantial separation can include compositions containing at least about 50%, at least about 60%, at least about 70%, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 95%, at least about 97%, or at least about 99% by weight of the compound of the present disclosure, or salt thereof. Methods for isolating compounds and their salts are routine in the art. In some embodiments, isolation of a substance or entity includes disruption of chemical associations and/or bonds. In some embodiments, isolation includes only the separation from components with which the isolated substance or entity was previously combined and does not include such disruption.
  • Linker: As used herein, a linker refers to a moiety that connects two or more domains, moieties or entities. In one embodiment, a linker may comprise 10 or more atoms. In a further embodiment, a linker may comprise a group of atoms, e.g., 10-1,000 atoms, and can be comprised of the atoms or groups such as, but not limited to, carbon, amino, alkylamino, oxygen, sulfur, sulfoxide, sulfonyl, carbonyl, and imine. In some embodiments, a linker may comprise one or more nucleic acids comprising one or more nucleotides. In some embodiments, the linker may comprise an amino acid, peptide, polypeptide or protein. In some embodiments, a moiety bound by a linker may include, but is not limited to an atom, a chemical group, a nucleoside, a nucleotide, a nucleobase, a sugar, a nucleic acid, an amino acid, a peptide, a polypeptide, a protein, a protein complex, a payload (e.g., a therapeutic agent), or a marker (including, but not limited to a chemical, fluorescent, radioactive or bioluminescent marker). The linker can be used for any useful purpose, such as to form multimers or conjugates, as well as to administer a payload, as described herein. Examples of chemical groups that can be incorporated into the linker include, but are not limited to, alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, amido, amino, ether, thioether, ester, alkylene, heteroalkylene, aryl, or heterocyclyl, each of which can be optionally substituted, as described herein. Examples of linkers include, but are not limited to, unsaturated alkanes, polyethylene glycols (e.g., ethylene or propylene glycol monomeric units, e.g., diethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tripropylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, or tetraethylene glycol), and dextran polymers, Other examples include, but are not limited to, cleavable moieties within the linker, such as, for example, a disulfide bond (—S—S—) or an azo bond (—N═N—), which can be cleaved using a reducing agent or photolysis. Non-limiting examples of a selectively cleavable bonds include an amido bond which may be cleaved for example by the use of tris(2-carboxyethyl)phosphine (TCEP), or other reducing agents, and/or photolysis, as well as an ester bond which may be cleaved for example by acidic or basic hydrolysis.
  • Modified: As used herein, the term “modified” refers to a changed state or structure of a molecule or entity as compared with a parent or reference molecule or entity. Molecules may be modified in many ways including chemically, structurally, and functionally. In some embodiments, compounds and/or compositions of the present invention are modified by the introduction of non-natural amino acids.
  • Mutation: As used herein, the term “mutation” refers to a change and/or alteration. In some embodiments, mutations may be changes and/or alterations to proteins (including peptides and polypeptides) and/or nucleic acids (including polynucleic acids). In some embodiments, mutations comprise changes and/or alterations to a protein and/or nucleic acid sequence. Such changes and/or alterations may comprise the addition, substitution and or deletion of one or more amino acids (in the case of proteins and/or peptides) and/or nucleotides (in the case of nucleic acids and or polynucleic acids). In embodiments wherein mutations comprise the addition and/or substitution of amino acids and/or nucleotides, such additions and/or substitutions may comprise 1 or more amino acid and/or nucleotide residues and may include modified amino acids and/or nucleotides.
  • Naturally occurring: As used herein, “naturally occurring” means existing in nature without artificial aid, or involvement of the hand of man.
  • Niche: As used herein, the term “niche” refers to a place, zone and/or habbitat. In some embodiments, niches comprise cellular niches. As used herein, the term “cell niche” refers to a unique set of physiologic conditions in a cellular system within a tissue, organ or organ system within or derived from a mammalian organism. A cell niche may occur in vivo, in vitro, ex vivo, or in situ. Given the complex nature and the dynamic processes involved in growth factor signaling, a cell niche may be characterized functionally, spatially or temporally or may be used to refer to any environment that encompasses one or more cells. As such, in some embodiments a cell niche includes the environment of any cell adjacent to another cell that provides support, such as for example a nurse cell. In some embodiments, niches may include those described in U.S. Provisional Patent Applications 61/722,919, filed Nov. 6, 2012 and 61/722,969, filed Nov. 6, 2012, the contents of each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties.
  • Non-human vertebrate: As used herein, a “non-human vertebrate” includes all vertebrates except Homo sapiens, including wild and domesticated species. Examples of non-human vertebrates include, but are not limited to, mammals, such as alpaca, banteng, bison, camel, cat, cattle, deer, dog, donkey, gayal, goat, guinea pig, horse, llama, mule, pig, rabbit, reindeer, sheep water buffalo, and yak.
  • Off-target: As used herein, “off target” refers to any unintended effect on any one or more target, gene and/or cellular transcript.
  • Operably linked: As used herein, the phrase “operably linked” refers to a functional connection between two or more molecules, constructs, transcripts, entities, moieties or the like.
  • Paratope: As used herein, a “paratope” refers to the antigen-binding site of an antibody.
  • Passive adsorption: As used herein, “passive adsorption” refers to a method of immobilizing solid-phase reactants on one or more surfaces (e.g. membranes, dishes, culture dishes, assay plates, etc.) Immobilization typically occurs due to affinity between such reactants and surface components.
  • Patient: As used herein, “patient” refers to a subject who may seek or be in need of treatment, requires treatment, is receiving treatment, will receive treatment, or a subject who is under care by a trained (e.g., licensed) professional for a particular disease or condition.
  • Peptide: As used herein, the term “peptide” refers to a chain of amino acids that is less than or equal to about 50 amino acids long, e.g., about 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, or 50 amino acids long.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable: The phrase “pharmaceutically acceptable” is employed herein to refer to those compounds, materials, compositions, and/or dosage forms which are, within the scope of sound medical judgment, suitable for use in contact with the tissues of human beings and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, or other problem or complication, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients: As used herein, the term “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient,” as used herein, refers to any ingredient other than active agents (e.g., as described herein) present in pharmaceutical compositions and having the properties of being substantially nontoxic and non-inflammatory in subjects. In some embodiments, pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are vehicles capable of suspending and/or dissolving active agents. Excipients may include, for example: antiadherents, antioxidants, binders, coatings, compression aids, disintegrants, dyes (colors), emollients, emulsifiers, fillers (diluents), film formers or coatings, flavors, fragrances, glidants (flow enhancers), lubricants, preservatives, printing inks, sorbents, suspending or dispersing agents, sweeteners, and waters of hydration. Exemplary excipients include, but are not limited to: butylated hydroxytoluene (BHT), calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate (dibasic), calcium stearate, croscarmellose, crosslinked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, citric acid, crospovidone, cysteine, ethylcellulose, gelatin, hydroxypropyl cellulose, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose, lactose, magnesium stearate, maltitol, mannitol, methionine, methylcellulose, methyl paraben, microcrystalline cellulose, polyethylene glycol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, povidone, pregelatinized starch, propyl paraben, retinyl palmitate, shellac, silicon dioxide, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, sodium citrate, sodium starch glycolate, sorbitol, starch (corn), stearic acid, sucrose, talc, titanium dioxide, vitamin A, vitamin E, vitamin C, and xylitol.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts: Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds described herein are forms of the disclosed compounds wherein the acid or base moiety is in its salt form (e.g., as generated by reacting a free base group with a suitable organic acid). Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, mineral or organic acid salts of basic residues such as amines; alkali or organic salts of acidic residues such as carboxylic acids; and the like. Representative acid addition salts include acetate, adipate, alginate, ascorbate, aspartate, benzenesulfonate, benzoate, bisulfate, borate, butyrate, camphorate, camphorsulfonate, citrate, cyclopentanepropionate, digluconate, dodecylsulfate, ethanesulfonate, fumarate, glucoheptonate, glycerophosphate, hemisulfate, heptonate, hexanoate, hydrobromide, hydrochloride, hydroiodide, 2-hydroxy-ethanesulfonate, lactobionate, lactate, laurate, lauryl sulfate, malate, maleate, malonate, methanesulfonate, 2-naphthalenesulfonate, nicotinate, nitrate, oleate, oxalate, palmitate, pamoate, pectinate, persulfate, 3-phenylpropionate, phosphate, picrate, pivalate, propionate, stearate, succinate, sulfate, tartrate, thiocyanate, toluenesulfonate, undecanoate, valerate salts, and the like. Representative alkali or alkaline earth metal salts include sodium, lithium, potassium, calcium, magnesium, and the like, as well as nontoxic ammonium, quaternary ammonium, and amine cations, including, but not limited to ammonium, tetramethylammonium, tetraethylammonium, methylamine, dimethylamine, trimethylamine, triethylamine, ethylamine, and the like. Pharmaceutically acceptable salts include the conventional non-toxic salts, for example, from non-toxic inorganic or organic acids. In some embodiments a pharmaceutically acceptable salt is prepared from a parent compound which contains a basic or acidic moiety by conventional chemical methods. Generally, such salts can be prepared by reacting the free acid or base forms of these compounds with a stoichiometric amount of the appropriate base or acid in water or in an organic solvent, or in a mixture of the two; generally, nonaqueous media like ether, ethyl acetate, ethanol, isopropanol, or acetonitrile are preferred. Lists of suitable salts are found in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 17th ed., Mack Publishing Company, Easton, Pa., 1985, p. 1418, Pharmaceutical Salts: Properties, Selection, and Use, P. H. Stahl and C. G. Wermuth (eds.), Wiley-VCH, 2008, and Berge et al., Journal of Pharmaceutical Science, 66, 1-19 (1977), each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. Pharmaceutically acceptable solvate: The term “pharmaceutically acceptable solvate,” as used herein, refers to a crystalline form of a compound wherein molecules of a suitable solvent are incorporated in the crystal lattice. For example, solvates may be prepared by crystallization, recrystallization, or precipitation from a solution that includes organic solvents, water, or a mixture thereof. Examples of suitable solvents are ethanol, water (for example, mono-, di-, and tri-hydrates), N-methylpyrrolidinone (NMP), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), N,N′-dimethylformamide (DMF), N,N′-dimethylacetamide (DMAC), 1,3-dimethyl-2-imidazolidinone (DMEU), 1,3-dimethyl-3,4,5,6-tetrahydro-2-(1H)-pyrimidinone (DMPU), acetonitrile (ACN), propylene glycol, ethyl acetate, benzyl alcohol, 2-pyrrolidone, benzyl benzoate, and the like. When water is the solvent, the solvate is referred to as a “hydrate.” In some embodiments, the solvent incorporated into a solvate is of a type or at a level that is physiologically tolerable to an organism to which the solvate is administered (e.g., in a unit dosage form of a pharmaceutical composition).
  • Pharmacokinetic: As used herein, “pharmacokinetic” refers to any one or more properties of a molecule or compound as it relates to the determination of the fate of substances administered to living organisms. Pharmacokinetics are divided into several areas including the extent and rate of absorption, distribution, metabolism and excretion. This is commonly referred to as ADME where: (A) Absorption is the process of a substance entering the blood circulation; (D) Distribution is the dispersion or dissemination of substances throughout the fluids and tissues of the body; (M) Metabolism (or Biotransformation) is the irreversible transformation of parent compounds into daughter metabolites; and (E) Excretion (or Elimination) refers to the elimination of the substances from the body. In rare cases, some drugs irreversibly accumulate in body tissue.
  • Physicochemical: As used herein, “physicochemical” means of or relating to a physical and/or chemical property.
  • Preventing: As used herein, the term “preventing” refers to partially or completely delaying onset of an infection, disease, disorder and/or condition; partially or completely delaying onset of one or more symptoms, features, or clinical manifestations of a particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition; partially or completely delaying onset of one or more symptoms, features, or manifestations of a particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition; partially or completely delaying progression from an infection, a particular disease, disorder and/or condition; and/or decreasing the risk of developing pathology associated with the infection, the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Prodrug: The present disclosure also includes prodrugs of the compounds described herein. As used herein, “prodrugs” refer to any substance, molecule or entity which is in a form predicate for that substance, molecule or entity to act as a therapeutic upon chemical or physical alteration. Prodrugs may be covalently bonded or sequestered in some way until converted into the active drug moiety prior to, upon or after administration to a mammalian subject. Prodrugs can be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compounds in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compounds. Prodrugs include compounds wherein hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl groups are bonded to any group that, when administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxyl, amino, sulfhydryl, or carboxyl group respectively. Preparation and use of prodrugs is discussed in T. Higuchi and V. Stella, “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” Vol. 14 of the A.C.S. Symposium Series, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are hereby incorporated by reference in their entirety.
  • Proliferate: As used herein, the term “proliferate” means to grow, expand, replicate or increase or cause to grow, expand, replicate or increase. “Proliferative” means having the ability to proliferate. “Anti-proliferative” means having properties counter to or in opposition to proliferative properties.
  • Protein of interest: As used herein, the terms “proteins of interest” or “desired proteins” include those provided herein and fragments, mutants, variants, and alterations thereof.
  • Proximal: As used herein, the term “proximal” means situated nearer to the center or to a point or region of interest.
  • Purified: As used herein, the term “purify” means to make substantially pure or clear from unwanted components, material defilement, admixture or imperfection. “Purified” refers to the state of being pure. “Purification” refers to the process of making pure.
  • Region: As used herein, the term “region” refers to a zone or general area. In some embodiments, when referring to a protein or protein module, a region may comprise a linear sequence of amino acids along the protein or protein module or may comprise a three dimensional area, an epitope and/or a cluster of eptiopes. In some embodiments, regions comprise terminal regions. As used herein, the term “terminal region” refers to regions located at the ends or termini of a given agent. When referring to proteins, terminal regions may comprise N- and/or C-termini. N-termini refer to the end of a protein comprising an amino acid with a free amino group. C-termini refer to the end of a protein comprising an amino acid with a free carboxyl group. N- and/or C-terminal regions may there for comprise the N- and/or C-termini as well as surrounding amino acids. In some embodiments, N- and/or C-terminal regions comprise from about 3 amino acid to about 30 amino acids, from about 5 amino acids to about 40 amino acids, from about 10 amino acids to about 50 amino acids, from about 20 amino acids to about 100 amino acids and/or at least 100 amino acids. In some embodiments, N-terminal regions may comprise any length of amino acids that includes the N-terminus, but does not include the C-terminus. In some embodiments, C-terminal regions may comprise any length of amino acids, that include the C-terminus, but do not comprise the N-terminus.
  • Region of antibody recognition: As used herein, the term “region of antibody recognition” refers to one or more regions on one or more antigens or between two or more antigens that are specifically recognized and bound by corresponding antibodies. In some embodiments, regions of antibody recognition may comprise 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or at least 10 amino acid residues. In some embodiments, regions of antibody recognition comprise a junction between two proteins or between two domains of the same protein that are in close proximity to one another.
  • Sample: As used herein, the term “sample” refers to an aliquot or portion taken from a source and/or provided for analysis or processing. In some embodiments, a sample is from a biological source such as a tissue, cell or component part (e.g. a body fluid, including but not limited to blood, mucus, lymphatic fluid, synovial fluid, cerebrospinal fluid, saliva, amniotic fluid, amniotic cord blood, urine, vaginal fluid and semen). In some embodiments, a sample may be or comprise a homogenate, lysate or extract prepared from a whole organism or a subset of its tissues, cells or component parts, or a fraction or portion thereof, including but not limited to, for example, plasma, serum, spinal fluid, lymph fluid, the external sections of the skin, respiratory, intestinal, and genitourinary tracts, tears, saliva, milk, blood cells, tumors, organs. In some embodiments, a sample is or comprises a medium, such as a nutrient broth or gel, which may contain cellular components, such as proteins or nucleic acid molecule. In some embodiments, a “primary” sample is an aliquot of the source. In some embodiments, a primary sample is subjected to one or more processing (e.g., separation, purification, etc.) steps to prepare a sample for analysis or other use.
  • Signal Sequences: As used herein, the phrase “signal sequences” refers to a sequence which can direct the transport or localization of a protein.
  • Single unit dose: As used herein, a “single unit dose” is a dose of any therapeutic administered in one dose/at one time/single route/single point of contact, i.e., single administration event. In some embodiments, a single unit dose is provided as a discrete dosage form (e.g., a tablet, capsule, patch, loaded syringe, vial, etc.).
  • Similarity: As used herein, the term “similarity” refers to the overall relatedness between polymeric molecules, e.g. between polynucleotide molecules (e.g. DNA molecules and/or RNA molecules) and/or between polypeptide molecules. Calculation of percent similarity of polymeric molecules to one another can be performed in the same manner as a calculation of percent identity, except that calculation of percent similarity takes into account conservative substitutions as is understood in the art.
  • Split dose: As used herein, a “split dose” is the division of single unit dose or total daily dose into two or more doses.
  • Stable: As used herein “stable” refers to a compound or entity that is sufficiently robust to survive isolation to a useful degree of purity from a reaction mixture, and preferably capable of formulation into an efficacious therapeutic agent.
  • Stabilized: As used herein, the term “stabilize”, “stabilized,” “stabilized region” means to make or become stable. In some embodiments, stability is measured relative to an absolute value. In some embodiments, stability is measured relative to a reference compound or entity.
  • Subject: As used herein, the term “subject” or “patient” refers to any organism to which a composition in accordance with the invention may be administered, e.g., for experimental, diagnostic, prophylactic, and/or therapeutic purposes. Typical subjects include animals (e.g., mammals such as mice, rats, rabbits, non-human primates, and humans) and/or plants.
  • Substantially: As used herein, the term “substantially” refers to the qualitative condition of exhibiting total or near-total extent or degree of a characteristic or property of interest. One of ordinary skill in the biological arts will understand that biological and chemical phenomena rarely, if ever, go to completion and/or proceed to completeness or achieve or avoid an absolute result. The term “substantially” is therefore used herein to capture the potential lack of completeness inherent in many biological and chemical phenomena.
  • Substantially equal: As used herein as it relates to time differences between doses, the term means plus/minus 2%.
  • Substantially simultaneously: As used herein and as it relates to plurality of doses, the term typically means within about 2 seconds.
  • Suffering from: An individual who is “suffering from” a disease, disorder, and/or condition has been diagnosed with or displays one or more symptoms of a disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Susceptible to: An individual who is “susceptible to” a disease, disorder, and/or condition has not been diagnosed with and/or may not exhibit symptoms of the disease, disorder, and/or condition but harbors a propensity to develop a disease or its symptoms. In some embodiments, an individual who is susceptible to a disease, disorder, and/or condition (for example, cancer) may be characterized by one or more of the following: (1) a genetic mutation associated with development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (2) a genetic polymorphism associated with development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (3) increased and/or decreased expression and/or activity of a protein and/or nucleic acid associated with the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (4) habits and/or lifestyles associated with development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; (5) a family history of the disease, disorder, and/or condition; and (6) exposure to and/or infection with a microbe associated with development of the disease, disorder, and/or condition. In some embodiments, an individual who is susceptible to a disease, disorder, and/or condition will develop the disease, disorder, and/or condition. In some embodiments, an individual who is susceptible to a disease, disorder, and/or condition will not develop the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Synthetic: The term “synthetic” means produced, prepared, and/or manufactured by the hand of man. Synthesis of polynucleotides or polypeptides or other molecules of the present invention may be chemical or enzymatic.
  • Targeted Cells: As used herein, “targeted cells” refers to any one or more cells of interest. The cells may be found in vitro, in vivo, in situ or in the tissue or organ of an organism. The organism may be an animal, preferably a mammal, more preferably a human and most preferably a patient.
  • Target site: The term “target site” as used herein, refers to a region or area targeted by a given compound, composition or method of the invention. Target sites may include, but are not limited to cells, tissues, organs, organ systems, niches and the like.
  • Therapeutic Agent: The term “therapeutic agent” refers to any agent that, when administered to a subject, has a therapeutic, diagnostic, and/or prophylactic effect and/or elicits a desired biological and/or pharmacological effect.
  • Therapeutically effective amount: As used herein, the term “therapeutically effective amount” means an amount of an agent to be delivered (e.g., nucleic acid, drug, therapeutic agent, diagnostic agent, prophylactic agent, etc.) that is sufficient, when administered to a subject suffering from or susceptible to an infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition, to treat, improve symptoms of, diagnose, prevent, and/or delay the onset of the infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount is provided in a single dose. In some embodiments, a therapeutically effective amount is administered in a dosage regimen comprising a plurality of doses. Those skilled in the art will appreciate that in some embodiments, a unit dosage form may be considered to comprise a therapeutically effective amount of a particular agent or entity if it comprises an amount that is effective when administered as part of such a dosage regimen.
  • Therapeutically effective outcome: As used herein, the term “therapeutically effective outcome” means an outcome that is sufficient in a subject suffering from or susceptible to an infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition, to treat, improve symptoms of, diagnose, prevent, and/or delay the onset of the infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Total daily dose: As used herein, a “total daily dose” is an amount given or prescribed in a 24 hr period. It may be administered as a single unit dose.
  • Transcription factor: As used herein, the term “transcription factor” refers to a DNA-binding protein that regulates transcription of DNA into RNA, for example, by activation or repression of transcription. Some transcription factors effect regulation of transcription alone, while others act in concert with other proteins. Some transcription factor can both activate and repress transcription under certain conditions. In general, transcription factors bind a specific target sequence or sequences highly similar to a specific consensus sequence in a regulatory region of a target gene. Transcription factors may regulate transcription of a target gene alone or in a complex with other molecules.
  • Treating: As used herein, the term “treating” refers to partially or completely alleviating, ameliorating, improving, relieving, delaying onset of, inhibiting progression of, reducing severity of, and/or reducing incidence of one or more symptoms or features of a particular infection, disease, disorder, and/or condition. For example, “treating” cancer may refer to inhibiting survival, growth, and/or spread of a tumor. Treatment may be administered to a subject who does not exhibit signs of a disease, disorder, and/or condition and/or to a subject who exhibits only early signs of a disease, disorder, and/or condition for the purpose of decreasing the risk of developing pathology associated with the disease, disorder, and/or condition.
  • Unmodified: As used herein, “unmodified” refers to any substance, compound or molecule prior to being changed in any way. Unmodified may, but does not always, refer to the wild type or native form of a biomolecule or entity. Molecules or entities may undergo a series of modifications whereby each modified product may serve as the “unmodified” starting molecule or entity for a subsequent modification.
    • EQUIVALENTS AND SCOPE
  • Those skilled in the art will recognize, or be able to ascertain using no more than routine experimentation, many equivalents to the specific embodiments in accordance with the invention described herein. The scope of the present invention is not intended to be limited to the above Description, but rather is as set forth in the appended claims.
  • In the claims, articles such as “a,” “an,” and “the” may mean one or more than one unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. Claims or descriptions that include “or” between one or more members of a group are considered satisfied if one, more than one, or all of the group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process unless indicated to the contrary or otherwise evident from the context. The invention includes embodiments in which exactly one member of the group is present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process. The invention includes embodiments in which more than one, or the entire group members are present in, employed in, or otherwise relevant to a given product or process.
  • It is also noted that the term “comprising” is intended to be open and permits but does not require the inclusion of additional elements or steps. When the term “comprising” is used herein, the term “consisting of” is thus also encompassed and disclosed.
  • Where ranges are given, endpoints are included. Furthermore, it is to be understood that unless otherwise indicated or otherwise evident from the context and understanding of one of ordinary skill in the art, values that are expressed as ranges can assume any specific value or subrange within the stated ranges in different embodiments of the invention, to the tenth of the unit of the lower limit of the range, unless the context clearly dictates otherwise.
  • In addition, it is to be understood that any particular embodiment of the present invention that falls within the prior art may be explicitly excluded from any one or more of the claims. Since such embodiments are deemed to be known to one of ordinary skill in the art, they may be excluded even if the exclusion is not set forth explicitly herein. Any particular embodiment of the compositions of the invention (e.g., any nucleic acid or protein encoded thereby; any method of production; any method of use; etc.) can be excluded from any one or more claims, for any reason, whether or not related to the existence of prior art.
  • All cited sources, for example, references, publications, databases, database entries, and art cited herein, are incorporated into this application by reference, even if not expressly stated in the citation. In case of conflicting statements of a cited source and the instant application, the statement in the instant application shall control.
  • Section and table headings are not intended to be limiting.
    • EXAMPLES Example 1. Protein Expression System
  • Protein expression is carried out using 293E cells. 293E cells are HEK293 cells stably expressing EBNA1 (Epstein-Barr virus nuclear antigen-1). These cells are human cells that post-translationally modify proteins with human-like structures (e.g. glycans). Such cells are easily transfectable and scalable and are able to grow to high densities in suspension culture. During protein production, 293E cells are grown in serum-free medium to facilitate down-stream purification. Some of the proteins produced comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more detectable labels for purification [e.g. polyhistidine tag, flag tag (DYKDDDDK; SEQ ID NO: 265), etc.] Proteins are N-terminally labeled, C-terminally labeled and/or biotinylated.
  • Some of the proteins produced comprise additional amino acids encoding one or more 3C protease cleavage site (LEVLFQGP; SEQ ID NO: 266) Such sites allow for cleavage between residues Q and G of the 3C protease cleavage site upon treatment with 3C protease, including with rhinovirus 3C protease. Cleavage sites are introduced to allow for removal of detectable labels from recombinant proteins.
  • Sequences encoding recombinant proteins of the present invention are cloned into pTT5 vectors (NRC Biotechnology Research Institute, Montréal, Québec.) for transfection into cells. Such vectors are small (˜4.4 kb), facilitate transient transfection, comprise a strong CMV promoter for robust protein synthesis and comprise an oriP for episomal replication in EBNA1-expressing cells.
    • Example 2. Generation of Antibodies Antibodies Produced by Standard Monoclonal Antibody Generation
  • Antibodies are generated in knockout mice, lacking the gene that encodes for desired target antigens. Such mice are not tolerized to target antigens and therefore generate antibodies against such antigens that may cross react with human and mouse forms of the antigen. For the production of monoclonal antibodies, host mice are immunized with recombinant proteins to elicit lymphocytes that specifically bind to these proteins. Lymphocytes are collected and fused with immortalized cell lines. The resulting hybridoma cells are cultured in a suitable culture medium with selection agents to support the growth of only fused cells.
  • Desired hybridoma cell lines are then identified through binding specificity analysis of the secreted antibodies for the target peptide and clones of these cells are subcloned through limiting dilution procedures and grown by standard methods. Antibodies produced by these cells are isolated and purified from the culture medium by standard immunoglobulin purification procedures
    • Antibodies Produced Recombinantly
  • Recombinant antibodies are produced using the hybridoma cells produced above. Heavy and light chain variable region cDNA sequences of the antibodies are determined using standard biochemical techniques. Total RNA are extracted from antibody-producing hybridoma cells and converted to cDNA by reverse transcriptase (RT) polymerase chain reaction (PCR). PCR amplification is carried out on the resulting cDNA using primers specific for amplification of the heavy and light chain sequences. PCR products are then subcloned into plasmids for sequence analysis. Once sequenced, antibody coding sequences are placed into expression vectors. For humanization, coding sequences for human heavy and light chain constant domains are used to substitute for homologous murine sequences. The resulting constructs are transfected into mammalian cells capable of large scale translation.
    • Antibodies Produced by Using Antibody Fragment Display Library Screening Techniques
  • Antibodies of the present invention may be produced using high throughput methods of discovery. Synthetic antibodies are designed by screening target antigens using a phage display library. The phage display libraries are composed of millions to billions of phage particles, each expressing a unique Fab antibody fragment or single chain variable fragment (scFv) on their viral coat. In Fab antibody fragment libraries, the cDNA encoding each fragment contains the same sequence with the exception of a unique sequence encoding the variable loops of the complementarity determining regions (CDRs). The VH chains of the CDR are expressed as a fusion protein, linked to the N-terminus of the viral pIII coat protein. The VL chain is expressed separately and assembles with the VH chain in the periplasm prior to incorporation of the complex into the viral coat. Target antigens are incubated, in vitro, with members of phage display libraries and bound phage particles are precipitated. The cDNA encoding the CDRs of the bound Fab subunits is sequenced from the bound phage. The cDNA sequence is directly incorporated into antibody sequences for recombinant antibody production, or mutated and utilized for further optimization through in vitro affinity maturation.
    • Antibodies Produced Using Affinity Maturation Techniques
  • Fabs capable of binding target antigens are identified using the libraries described above and high affinity mutants are derived from these through the process of affinity maturation. Affinity maturation technology is used to identify sequences encoding CDRs that have the highest affinity for the target antigen. Using this technology, the CDR sequences isolated using the phage display library selection process described above are mutated randomly as a whole or at specific residues to create a millions to billions of variants. These variants are expressed in Fab antibody fragment fusion proteins in a phage display library and screened for their ability to bind the target antigen. Several rounds of selection, mutation and expression are carried out to identify antibody fragment sequences with the highest affinity for the target antigen. These sequences can be directly incorporated into antibody sequences for recombinant antibody production.
    • Example 3. Identification and Characterization of Antibodies Directed to Recombinant Proteins
  • Recombinant proteins are synthesized according to the method of Example 1 or obtained from commercial sources. Recombinant proteins expressed include those listed in Table 17.
  • TABLE 17
    Recombinant proteins
    Recombinant Protein Key Features
    proTGF-β1 C4S N-terminal association blocked
    TGF-β1 LAP C4S LAP only
    N-terminal association blocked
    proTGF-β1 complexed with N-terminal association with LTBP1
    LTBP1S splice variant
    TGF-β1 LAP + sGARP LAP only
    N-terminal association with soluble
    GARP
    proTGF-β1 sGARP N-terminal association with soluble
    GARP
    proGDF-8
    GDF-8 prodomain Prodomain only
  • Both human and non-human (including, but not limited to mouse) isoforms of the recombinant proteins listed in Table 17 are expressed.
  • Antibodies are generated according to the methods described in Example 2, which bind to recombinant proteins expressed and are subjected to screening to identify antibodies with desired binding properties. ELISA assays are used initially to identify antibody candidates that demonstrate affinity for desired antigens, while showing reduced or no affinity for undesired antigens.
    • Identification of Stabilizing Antibodies Directed to the TGF-β1 GPC
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF-β1 C4S are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with prodomains (with or without ligand) and decrease TGF-β signaling. ELISA plates are coated with neutravidin and incubated with biotinylated proTGF-β1 C4S recombinant proteins. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites), coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to free TGF-β1 growth factor and/or LAP, coated ELISA plates are incubated with human TGF-β1 LAP C4S and/or TGF-β1 growth factor. Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with biotinylated muproTGF-β1 C4S. Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for detection (e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins. Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF-β1 C4S are further assessed for their ability to stabilize TGF-β1 GPCs. Cells expressing GPCs and/or αvβ6 integrin are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF-β-responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity. Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells). Finally, affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments. Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to stabilize alternative TGF-β GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3) and TGF-β1 GPCs from other species.
    • Identification of Releasing Antibodies Directed to Free TGF-β1 LAP
  • According to one mode for the generation of TGF-β1 GPC releasing antibodies, antibodies directed to proTGF-β1 LAP C4S are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with LAP and increase TGF-β1 free growth factor levels and/or signaling. ELISA plates are coated with neutravidin and incubated with biotinylated proTGF-β1 LAP C4S recombinant proteins. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites), coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to free TGF-β1 growth factor, coated ELISA plates are incubated with human TGF-β1 growth factor. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to latent TGF-β1, coated ELISA plates are incubated with human TGF-β1 C4S. Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with biotinylated muTGF-β1 LAP C4S. Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for detection (e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins. Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF-β1 LAP C4S are further assessed for their ability to release TGF-β1 from GPCs. Cells expressing GPCs and/or αvβ6 integrin are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF-β-responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity. Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells). Finally, affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments. Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to elevate free growth factor relative to latent growth factor with alternative TGF-β GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3) and TGF-β1 GPCs from other species.
    • Identification of Stabilizing Antibodies Directed to the TGF-β1 GPC in the Context of LTBP
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF-β1 complexed with LTBP are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with prodomains and decrease TGF-β signaling. ELISA plates are coated with neutravidin and incubated with biotinylated proTGF-β1 complexed with LTBP1S antibody pools and incubated with recombinant proteins comprising one or more detectable labels. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites), coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to free TGF-β1, coated ELISA plates are incubated with human TGF-β1 growth factor. Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with muproTGF-β1 complexed with LTBP1S. Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for detection (e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins. Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF-β1 complexed with LTBP are further assessed for their ability to stabilize TGF-β1 GPCs against activation by αvβ6 expressed on cells. Cells expressing GPCs and/or αvβ6 integrin are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF-β-responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity. Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells). Finally, affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments. Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to stabilize alternative TGF-β GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3) and TGF-β1 GPCs from other species.
    • Identification of Releasing Antibodies Directed to TGF-β1 LAP in the Context of GARP
  • Antibodies directed to TGF-β1 LAP complexed with sGARP are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with LAP, but not with free GARP and for their ability to increase TGF-β1 free growth factor levels and/or signaling. ELISA plates are coated neutravidin followed by incubation with biotinylated TGF-β1 LAP complexed with sGARP antibody pools and incubated with recombinant proteins comprising one or more detectable labels. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites), coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to free GARP, coated ELISA plates are incubated with sGARP. Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with muTGF-β1 LAP complexed with sGARP. Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for detection (e.g. colorimetric, fluorimetric) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins. Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to TGF-β1 LAP complexed with sGARP are further assessed for their ability to release TGF-β1 from GPCs. Cells expressing GPCs and/or αvβ6 integrin are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF-β-responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity.
  • Antibodies are also tested for the ability to activate T-cell specific TGF-β-dependent gene expression. FoxP3 is a transcription factor expressed in T-cells, known to be immunomodulatory. It is known to be regulated by TGF-β associated with T-cell surface GARP. Cells expressing GPCs as well as GARP are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of EL4 cells comprising FoxP3 reporter constructs.
  • Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells). Finally, affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments. Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to elevate free growth factor relative to latent growth factor with alternative TGF-β GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3) and TGF-β1 GPCs from other species.
    • Identification of Stabilizing Antibodies Directed to the TGF-β1 GPC in the Context of GARP
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF-β1 complexed with sGARP are screened using ELISAs to detect binding to positive and negative selection antigens. Antibodies are assessed overall for their ability to associate with prodomains and decrease TGF-β signaling. ELISA plates are coated neutravidin, followed by incubation with biotinylated proTGF-β1 complexed with sGARP antibody pools and incubated with recombinant proteins comprising one or more detectable labels. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to miscellaneous elements (e.g. polyhistidine tags, flag tags and/or 3C proteinase cleavage sites), coated ELISA plates are incubated with human ICAM-1 proteins comprising one or more of such miscellaneous elements. To identify and eliminate antibodies that bind to free GARP, coated ELISA plates are incubated with human sGARP. Antibodies that may be specific for murine versions are identified by incubating coated ELISA plates with muproTGF-β1 complexed with sGARP. Recombinant proteins that associate with antibodies bound on ELISA plates are detected using secondary antibodies conjugated with enzymes for colorimetric detection (e.g. horseradish peroxidase) that bind to detectable labels present on bound recombinant proteins. Antibodies are selected for additional rounds of selection or eliminated from testing pools based on results obtained.
  • Antibodies directed to proTGF-β1 complexed with sGARP are further assessed for their ability to stabilize TGF-β1 GPCs. Cells expressing GPCs are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of cells comprising TGF-β-responsive reporter constructs to detect free growth factor-dependent gene expression activity.
  • Antibodies are also tested for the ability to reduce T-cell specific TGF-β-dependent gene expression. Cells expressing GPCs as well as GARP are incubated with selected antibodies and resulting supernatants are used to treat cultures of EL4 cells comprising FoxP3 reporter constructs. Additional assays are carried out to characterize regions of antibody recognition bound by selected antibodies as well as growth factor modulation in specific cell types (e.g. fibroblasts and/or T-cells). Finally, affinity binding estimates are made using cross blocking experiments to bin antibodies as well as through the use of affinity analysis instruments, including, but not limited to Octet® (ForteBio, Menlo Park, Calif.) family instruments. Antibodies are further selected based on their ability to stabilize alternative TGF-β GPC isoforms (e.g. TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3) and TGF-β1 GPCs from other species.
    • Example 4. Chimeric Protein Design Using Sequence Alignments
  • For chimeric protein design, the alignment of TGF-β family members was constructed to identify conserved structural features and the degree of conservation of these features (FIGS. 8A-8G.) Comparison between N-terminal region sequences revealed higher levels of conservation among N-terminal regions of the prodomain. Based on this sequence alignment and structural features of these protein modules, a generic chimeric design strategy for TGF-β family members was adopted, such that chimeras were designed where the ARM domains are swapped (either the entire ARM domain, or subsets of the ARM domain as indicated) among family members.
  • Specifically, for the generation of chimeras comprising protein modules of TGF-β1, TGF-β2 and/or TGF-β3, alignment of the three was carried out using standard approaches, and these sequence alignments were used to create a homology model comparing TGF-β2 and TGF-β3 to the crystal structure of porcine TGF-β1 (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF-beta structure and activation. Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9.) Briefly, the sequence of TGF-β2 or TGF-β3 was modeled based on the template structure and sequence alignment along with the satisfaction of standard spatial restraints using standard procedures. These three dimensional models were analyzed to visualize how proposed chimeric combinations may comprise areas of steric clash. As used herein, the term “steric clash” refers to an interaction between two or more entities and/or moieties that is disruptive to the shape and/or conformation of each entity, each moiety or an entity comprising the two or more moieties participating in the interaction. Three dimensional modeling revealed possible steric clashes between the latency loop of TGF-β2 and the mature growth factor of TGF-β1. Specifically, the TGF-β2 latency loop comprises a D-Y-P amino acid sequence, the side chains of which may overlap with regions of the TGF-β1 growth factor.
    • Example 5. TGF-β1 Chimeric Protein with TGF-β2 Trigger Loop
  • The activation mechanism for TGF-β2 remains to be fully understood. Activation may be dependent upon one or more associations between the TGF-β2 trigger loop and α9β1 integrin. To assess this mechanism of TGF-β2 activity, chimeric proteins are synthesized comprising GPCs comprising TGF-β1 wherein protein modules comprising the sequence SGRRGDLATI (SEQ ID NO:242) are substituted with protein modules comprising TGF-β2 trigger loops comprising the sequence GTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKK (SEQ ID NO:180) The activation mechanism of these chimeric proteins (TGF-β1Trigger Loop (short) β2 chimeric proteins) is tested by cell based assay. Cells (HEK293 or Sw-480 cells) are transfected with or without α9β1 integrin in addition to either GPCs comprising TGF-β2, GPCs comprising TGF-β1Trigger Loop (short) β2 and/or GPCs comprising mutant TGF-β2 (as non-active controls) wherein trigger loops comprise the mutations Y240A, D245A and/or Q246A. Reporter cell lines are used to detect growth factor release.
    • Example 6. Assessment of α9131-TGF-β2 Binding and Growth Factor Release
  • Binding between α9β1 and TGF-β2 as well as subsequent growth factor release is not well understood in the art. If the residues involved in this association can be elucidated, antibodies designed to disrupt α9β1-TGF-β2 association may be developed and used to specifically target TGF-β2 growth factor release.
  • Mutant constructs as well as chimeras comprising altered forms of TGF-β2 are tested by activation assay so that the α9β1 binding site on TGF-β2 may be mapped. This is done by generating TGF-β1/TGF-β2 chimeras with deletion and/or mutation of amino acid residues in or around the trigger loop (in some embodiments, comprising the amino acid sequence FAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTP; SEQ ID NO: 65) or with residue-specific mutations to alanine. In some cases, TGF-β1 or TGF-β3 may or may not serve as negative controls for α9β1 binding. In some embodiments, recombinant proteins used for α9β1 binding site mapping may include those listed in Table 18. These include proTGF-β2-M1, proTGF-β2-M2, proTGF-β2-M3, proTGF-β2-M4 and proTGF-β2-M5 comprising amino acid deletions within the trigger loop. Also included is proTGF-β2-M6 comprising mutation of two residues, Ile-Asp, to Phe-Thr. Finally, a chimeric protein is included which comprises TGF-β2 wherein a portion of the trigger loop has been substituted with a portion of the trigger loop from TGF-β1.
  • TABLE 18
    Recombinant protein for α9β1 binding site mapping
    SEQ
    Recombinant ID
    Protein Key Features NO
    TGF-β2 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 2
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVY
    KIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKA
    EFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVV
    KTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTF
    VPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKN
    SGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYCFRNVQD
    NCCLRPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSS
    DTQHSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKI
    EQLSNMIVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2-M1 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 267
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVY
    KIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKA
    EFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVV
    KTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTF
    VPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKTPHLL
    LMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYCFRNVQDNCCLRPLY
    IDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSSDTQHSRV
    LSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKIEQLSNMI
    VKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2-M2 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 268
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVY
    KIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKA
    EFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVV
    KTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTF
    VPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTIKSTRKKNSGKTPHLLL
    MLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYCFRNVQDNCCLRPLYI
    DFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSSDTQHSRVL
    SLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKIEQLSNMIV
    KSCKCS
    proTGF-β2-M3 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 269
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVY
    KIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKA
    EFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVV
    KTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTF
    VPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTSGKTPHLL
    LMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYCFRNVQDNCCLRPLY
    IDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSSDTQHSRV
    LSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKIEQLSNMI
    VKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2-M4 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 270
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVY
    KIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKA
    EFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVV
    KTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTF
    VPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKN
    PHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYCFRNVQDNCCL
    RPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSSDTQ
    HSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKIEQL
    SNMIVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2-M5 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 271
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVY
    KIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKA
    EFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVV
    KTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTF
    VPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKNSGKT
    PHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYCFRNVQDNCCL
    RPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSSDTQ
    HSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKIEQL
    SNMIVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2-M6 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 272
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVY
    KIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKA
    EFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVV
    KTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTF
    VPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGFTGTSTYTSGDQKTIKSTRKKN
    SGKTPHLLLMLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYCFRNVQD
    NCCLRPLYIDFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSS
    DTQHSRVLSLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKI
    EQLSNMIVKSCKCS
    proTGF-β2RGDβ1 SLSTCSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPEDYPEPEE 273
    VPPEVISIYNSTRDLLQEKASRRAAACERERSDEEYYAKEVY
    KIDMPPFFPSENAIPPTFYRPYFRIVRFDVSAMEKNASNLVKA
    EFRVFRLQNPKARVPEQRIELYQILKSKDLTSPTQRYIDSKVV
    KTRAEGEWLSFDVTDAVHEWLHHKDRNLGFKISLHCPCCTF
    VPSNNYIIPNKSEELEARFAGIDTGRRGDLATINSGKTPHLLL
    MLLPSYRLESQQTNRRKKRALDAAYCFRNVQDNCCLRPLYI
    DFKRDLGWKWIHEPKGYNANFCAGACPYLWSSDTQHSRVL
    SLYNTINPEASASPCCVSQDLEPLTILYYIGKTPKIEQLSNMIV
    KSCKCS
  • The activation mechanism of these recombinant proteins is tested by cell based assay. Cells (HEK293 or Sw-480 cells) are transfected with or without α9β1 integrin in addition to either GPCs comprising TGF-β2, GPCs comprising alanine substitution mutations for each residue in the trigger loop (wherein each GPC tested comprises a single substitution,) one of the recombinant proteins listed in Table 18 and/or GPCs comprising inactive mutants of TGF-β2 (as non-active controls). Reporter cell lines are used to detect growth factor release in media samples taken from the transfected cells. Results are used to determine which residues within the trigger loop are necessary for α9β1-dependent TGF-β2 growth factor release.
    • Example 7. Sequence Alignment
  • A multiple sequence alignment of TGF-β family members was adapted from Shi et. al. 2011 (Shi, M. et al., Latent TGF-beta structure and activation. Nature. 2011 Jun. 15; 474(7351):343-9.) The sequences of human TGF-β1, TGF-β2, TGF-β3, GDF-11, Inhibin Beta A, Inhibin Alpha A, BMP9, BMP2, BMP4, BMP7, BMP6, BMP8A, Lefty1, and murine TGF-β1, GDF11, GDF8 and cynomolgous monkey TGF-β1, and GDF8 were added to the alignment using standard methods, and the sequences included the full-length proteins (excluding signal peptide sequences) (FIGS. 8A-8G.)
    • Example 8. Myostatin Proliferation Assay
  • C2C12 murine myoblasts (ATCC, Manassas, Va.) are cultured in Dulbecco's modified essential medium (DMEM; Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) with 10% fetal bovine serum (FBS; Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) prior to carrying out the assay. The percentage of FBS is varied and/or replaced with bovine serum albumin (BSA) at varying concentrations. Cell proliferation assays are conducted in uncoated 96-well plates. C2C12 cultures are seeded at 1000 cells per well. After allowing the cells to attach for 16 hours, myostatin test media is added. Recombinant human myostatin (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) is used for standard curve generation. For experimental systems, the supernatant from 293E cells overexpressing myostatin is added, following treatment with experimental antibodies. All samples are run in replicates of 8. Plates are incubated for 72 hours in an atmosphere of 37° C. and 5% CO2. Proliferation is assessed using a CellTiter-Glo® Luminescent Cell Viability Assay (Promega BioSciences, LLC, Madison, Wis.) whereby cell lysis generates a luminescent signal proportional to the amount of ATP present, which is directly proportional to the number of cells present in culture (Thomas, M. et al., Myostatin, a negative regulator of muscle growth, functions by inhibiting myoblast proliferation. 2000. 275(51):40235-43.)
    • Example 9. GPC Immobilization by Biotinylation and Detection of Integrin-Mediated Growth Factor Release
  • Recombinant GPCs of the present invention are N-terminally biotinylated and incubated on streptavidin/avidin-coated culture surfaces. Cells expressing various integrins are added to the cell culture surfaces and cultured for 24 hours. Media are removed and added to growth factor reporter cell cultures that express luciferase in response to growth factor activity. After 24 hours, cells are washed, lysed and analyzed for luciferase activity.
    • Example 10. Protein Purification by Ni-NTA
  • Cells (293-6E cells) expressing His-tagged proteins are cultured in serum-free medium (FreeStyle F17 medium, Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) supplemented with 4 mM glutamine, 0.1% Pluronic F68 and 25 μg/ml G418. Once their viability drops below 50%, tissue culture supernatant is collected and cleared by centrifugation for 10 minutes at 200×gravity at 4° C. Supernatant is then filtered by passing it through a 0.22 or 0.45 μm pore filter. Filtered supernatant is combined with Tris, NaCl and NiCl2 for a final concentration of 50 mM Tris pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl and 0.5 mM NiCl2. 1 ml of the adjusted solution is collected for later analysis by SDS-poly acrylamide gel electrophoresis (PAGE) or Western blot, while another portion of the adjusted solution is combined with washed Ni-NTA resin (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) at a concentration of 5-10 ml of Ni-NTA resin per 300 ml of the adjusted solution. This combined solution is then stirred at 4° C. using a suspended magnetic stir bar (to prevent grinding of Ni-NTA agarose.) Ni-NTA resin is next collected by centrifugation at 200×gravity at 4° C. for 10 minutes.
  • Next, the column is washed with 15 column volumes (CV) of wash buffer (20 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl and 20 mM imidazole.) An aliquot of the last wash is collected for analysis. The column is then eluted with 3 CV of elution buffer (20 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 500 mM NaCl and 300 mM imidazole) and 1/3 column volume fractions are collected for analysis.
  • The absorbance at 280 nm is measured in each of the eluted fractions collected and compared to the absorbance at 280 nm of blank elution buffer. Earlier fractions typically have negative absorption due to the imidazole gradient; however, fractions containing higher amounts of protein have positive values. Collected fractions are then run on SDS-PAGE for analysis and relevant fractions are pooled for further purification.
    • Example 11. Design of GDF-8/GDF-11/Activin Chimeras
  • The structure-based alignment of TGF-β family members was used to construct three-dimensional models of potential chimeric proteins comprising combinations of modules from GDF-8 and GDF-11 using the Schrodinger Bioluminate software. A chimeric model of GDF-8 comprising an arm region of GDF-11 (SEQ ID NO:216) revealed a region of potential steric clash involving GDF-11 residue F95. According to the model, F95 from the GDF-11 arm causes destabilization of the α2 helix of the chimeric GPC. Therefore, GDF8/GDF11/Activin chimeras were designed so that the ARM region of the chimera contains the α2 helix.
    • Example 12. ELISA Analysis
  • Enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) analysis is carried out to assess antibody binding. 96-well ELISA assay plates are coated with neutravidin, a deglycosylated version of streptavidin with a more neutral pI. Target proteins are expressed with or without histidine (His) tags and subjected to biotinylation. Biotinylated target proteins are incubated with neutravidin-coated ELISA assay plates for two hours at room temperature and unbound proteins are removed by washing three times with wash buffer (25 mM Tris, 150 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA, 0.05% TWEEN®-20.) Primary antibodies being tested are added to each well and allowed to incubate at room temperature for 1 hour or more. Unbound antibody is then removed by washing three times with wash buffer. Secondary antibodies capable of binding to primary antibodies being tested and conjugated with detectable labels are then incubated in each well for 30 minutes at room temperature. Unbound secondary antibodies are removed by washing three times with wash buffer. Finally, bound secondary antibodies are detected by enzymatic reaction, fluorescence detection and/or luminescence detection, depending on the detectable label present on secondary antibodies being detected.
    • Example 13. Identification of Antibodies Using Phage Selection
  • Screening programs are conducted to generate antibody panels that bind target antigens. Antibody panel diversity is measured by epitope diversity as opposed to diversity of antibody sequences. Both solid-phase phage enrichment strategies as well as solution-phase enrichment strategies are employed.
  • Target antigens (both for solid-phase and solution phase enrichment) are subjected to biophysical characterization prior to use, including reducing and non-reducing SDS-PAGE to establish purity and size exclusion chromatography (SEC) to establish acceptable aggregation levels. Additionally, functional assays are carried out to verify target antigen bioactivity.
  • 2-3 rounds of enrichment are carried out with the expectation that only three rounds will be necessary. Aliquots of phage from selection rounds 2-4 are preserved for later use. After enrichment, randomly selected clones are screened by ELISA to examine binding to target antigens as well as non-target antigens. Based on these analyses, up to 500 clones are selected for nucleotide sequencing and analysis of the number of distinct antibodies as well as the frequency of isolation and number of distinct VH and VL regions. Based on these subsequent analyses, up to 100 clones are selected for epitope binning by epitope-relatedness using surface plasmon resonance technology (or equivalent approach.) Dissociation constants (koff) for each are determined and up to 50 clones are selected for further characterization.
  • Final candidates are expressed as bivalent antibody constructs, purified and koff for each are determined. Cell-based functional assays are used to characterize purified bivalent antibodies.
    • Example 14. Identification of Antibodies that Block Activation of proGDF-8
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind proGDF-8 and block release of mature growth factor. Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant proGDF-8 is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated proGDF-8 is used for solution-phase enrichment. Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% are dimeric species. In ELISA analysis of enriched clones, binding to six antigens is assessed (proGDF-8, GDF-8 prodomain, GDF-8 growth factor, murine proGDF-8, proGDF-11 and proTGF-β1 C4S.) Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
    • Example 15. Identification of Antibodies that Activate the Release of GDF-11 Growth Factor from the Latent GPC
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind the prodomain of GDF-11 and activate the release of mature growth factor. Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant GDF-11 prodomain is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated GDF-11 prodomain is used for solution-phase enrichment. Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% are monomeric species. In ELISA analysis of enriched clones, binding to six antigens is assessed (GDF-11 prodomain, proGDF-11, GDF-11 growth factor, GDF-8 prodomain, murine GDF-11 prodomain and proTGF-β1 C4S.) Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
    • Example 16. Identification of Antibodies that Activate the Release of TGF-β1 from the proTGF-β1/GARP Complex
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind TGF-β1 LAP that is complexed with sGARP (TGF-β1 LAP-sGARP) and activate the release of mature growth factor. Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant biotinylated TGF-β1 LAP-sGARP is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated TGF-β1 LAP-sGARP is used for solution-phase enrichment. Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% of the species comprise dimeric TGF-β1 LAP complexed with monomeric sGARP. In ELISA analysis of enriched clones, binding to eight antigens is assessed (TGF-β1 LAP-sGARP, proTGFb1-sGARP, sGARP, TGF-β1 LAP C4S, proTGF-β1 C4S, LTBP1-proTGFb1, ICAM-1 N-His, ICAM-1 C-His.) Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
    • Example 17. Identification of Antibodies that Block the Release of Mature Growth Factor from the proTGF-β1/GARP Complex
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind to the complex formed by proTGF-β1 and GARP (proTGF-β1-GARP) and inhibit release of mature growth factor. Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant biotinylated proTGF-β1-sGARP is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated proTGF-β1-GARP is used for solution-phase enrichment. Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% of the species comprise dimeric proTGF-β1 complexed with monomeric sGARP. In ELISA analysis of enriched clones, binding to eight antigens is assessed (proTGF-β1-GARP, TGF-β1 LAP, proTGF-β1 C4S, proTGF-β1/LTBP1S complex, TGF-β1 LAP-sGARP, sGARP, ICAM-1 C-His, ICAM-1 N-His.) Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
    • Example 18. Identification of Antibodies that Block the Release of TGF-β1 from proTGF-β1 Complexed with LTBP1S
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind proTGF-β1 complexed with LTBP1S (proTGF-β1-LTBP1S) and inhibit release of mature growth factor. Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant proTGF-β1-LTBP1S is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated proTGF-β1-LTBP1S is used for solution-phase enrichment. Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% of the species comprise dimeric proTGF-β1 complexed with monomeric LTBP1S. In ELISA analysis of enriched clones, binding to eight antigens is assessed (proTGF-β1-LTBP1S, TGF-β1 LAP, TGF-β1 growth factor, proTGF-β1 C4S, murine proTGF-β1-LTBP1S, LTBP1S, GDF-8 prodomain and proTGF-β2.) Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
    • Example 19. Identification of Pan-Specific Antibodies that Block the Release of TGF-β1 from proTGF-β1
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind proTGF-β1 and inhibit the release of mature growth factor. Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant proTGF-β1 is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated proTGF-β1 is used for solution-phase enrichment. Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% are dimeric species. In ELISA analysis of enriched clones, binding to seven antigens is assessed (TGF-β1 LAP, TGF-β1 growth factor, proTGF-β1 C4S, murine proTGF-β1 C4S, GDF-8 prodomain and proTGF-β2.) Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
    • Example 20. Identification of Pan-Specific Antibodies that Activate the Release of TGF-β1 from proTGF-β1
  • Production of a diverse panel of antibodies is carried out to identify antibodies that bind TGF-β1 LAP and activate the release of mature growth factor. Antibody generation is carried out according to the methods of Example 12 wherein recombinant TGF-β1 LAP C4S is used for solid-phase enrichment and biotinylated TGF-β1 LAP C4S is used for solution-phase enrichment. Antigen preparations are tested for aggregation levels to ensure that >95% are dimeric species. In ELISA analysis of enriched clones, binding to seven antigens is assessed (TGF-β1 LAP C4S, proTGF-β1 C4S, murine proTGF-β1 C4S, TGF-β1 mature growth factor, proGDF-8 and proTGF-β2.) Clones selected based on ELISA analysis are sequenced and antibodies are developed according to the methods of Example 12.
    • Example 21. Immunization of TGF-β1 Knockout Mice
  • Neonatal mice are immunized according to the methods of Oida et al (Oida, T. et al., TGF-β induces surface LAP expression on Murine CD4 T cells independent of FoxP3 induction. PLOS One. 2010. 5(11):e15523, the contents of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.) TGF-β-deficient neonatal mice receive galectin-1 injections to prolong survival (typically 3-4 weeks after birth in these mice.) Cells stably producing antigenic proteins (e.g. proTGF-β1-GARP or TGF-β1 LAP-GARP; 1-4×106 cells in 10-25 μl PBS) or purified antigenic proteins are used to immunize the mice every other day by intraperitoneal injection for 10 days beginning on the 8th day after birth. Spleen cells are harvested on day 22 after birth. Harvested spleen cells are fused with SP 2/0 myeloma cells. Resulting hybridoma cells are assessed for successful production of anti-proTGF-β1 antibodies.
    • Example 22. Expression of TGF-β1 Complexes and Protein Analysis
  • proTGF-β1 expression was carried out with or without His-tagged LTBP1S or sGARP according to the methods of Example 10. proTGF-β1 expressed without LTBP1S or sGARP comprised C4S mutation to prevent prodomain association with these factors and an N-terminal His tag. Purified proteins were analyzed by SDS-PAGE under either reducing or non-reducing conditions (to maintain protein dimers or complexes). FIG. 11 depicts the results indicating successful expression of these proteins and protein complexes.
    • Example 23. Cell-Based Antigen Expression of TGF-β1/GARP Complexes
  • Pro B-cell lymphoma cell lines were developed that stably express both (membrane-bound) GARP and proTGF-β1 or TGF-β1 LAP. Membrane-associated GARP was cloned into pYD7 vector (NRC Canada, Ottawa, Calif.) while proTGF-β1 and TGF-β1 LAP were cloned into pcDNA3.1 vectors (Life Technologies, Carlsbad, Calif.) These vectors allow for blasticidin and G418-based selection, respectively. Pre-B-cell lymphoma-derived cells from BALB/c swiss mice (referred to herein as 300.19 cells) were transfected with empty vector control or GARP with coexpression of either proTGF-β1 or TGF-β1 LAP and selected with G418 plus blasticidin. Resistant cells were subcloned and single colonies were selected. Cells cultured from resulting cell lines were probed with antibodies (conjugated with fluorescent particles) directed to expressed proteins and examined by flow cytometry for fluorescence intensity. FIG. 12 displays fluorescence intensity data collected from resulting cells. Baseline values associated with cells transfected with empty vector control are shown in FIG. 12A, while elevated fluorescence intensity in FIGS. 12B and 12C indicate cell surface expression of GARP complexes. Quantification of surface-expressed proteins was carried out through additional analyses in which the same fluorescently labeled cells used to generate the data depicted in FIG. 12, were examined by flow cytometry alongside beads with defined antibody binding capacity for the generation of a standard curve. These beads were labeled with the same antibodies used for labeling cells and fluorescence values obtained were used to extrapolate the number of antibodies bound to surface expressed proteins. 300.19 cells expressing proTGF-β1-GARP were determined to express about 83,000 copies/cell, while 300.19 cells expressing TGF-β1 LAP-GARP were determined to express about 66,000 copies/cell.
  • Cell lines were next tested for TGF-β1 activity in the presence of cells expressing αvβ6 integrins, known to release TGF-β1 growth factor from latent GPCs. Conditioned media from these co-cultures was used to treat reporter cells comprising TGF-β receptors as well as the luciferase gene, driven by a TGF-β-responsive promoter, PAI-1. This was done in the presence or absence of a neutralizing antibody, anti-TGF-β, clone 1D11. Resulting luciferase activity was assessed by luminometry. Results indicate that conditioned media from cells expressing empty vectors and TGF-β1 LAP-GARP complexes were unable to induce luciferase expression when compared to baseline values, while conditioned media from cells expressing proTGF-β1-GARP displayed an enhanced ability to induce luciferase expression (see FIG. 12D.)
    • Example 24. Cell-Based Antigen Expression of proTGF-β1-LTBP1
  • NIH 3T3 mouse fibroblasts are developed that stably express proTGF-β1-LTBP1. These secreted proteins bind to the cell surface or are deposited in the extracellular matrix.
    • Example 25. LTBP3 Expression
  • Recombinant LTBP3 proteins are expressed with or without various modules, fragments, N-terminal secretion signal sequences (e.g. SEQ ID NO: 257) and/or N- or C-terminal histidine tags. Modules included in some expressed proteins include those listed in Table 19.
  • TABLE 19
    LTBP3 modules
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    LTBP3 EGF-like DIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLL 274
    domain, module 1 ECVDVDECLDESNCRNGVCENTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQ
    RQCLSP
    LTBP3 EGF-like DVDECQDPAACRPGRCVNLPGSYRCECRPPWVPGPSGRDC 275
    domain, module 2 QLP
    LTBP3 EGF-like DIDECSQDPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQH 276
    domain, module 3 GCE
    LTBP3 EGF-like DIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLL 277
    domain, module 4 ECV
    TB domain, module 1 KKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHC 278
    EIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCP
    TB domain, module 2 DVCWSQRGEDGMCAGPLAGPALTFDDCCCRQGRGWGAQ 279
    CRPCPPRGAGSHCP
  • LTBP3 fragments included in some expressed proteins include those listed in Table 20.
  • TABLE 20
    LTBP3 fragments
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    L3-TB3TB4 isoform 1 KKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHC 280
    EIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDE
    CMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVD
    VDECLDESNCRNGVCENTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQRQCL
    SPEEMDVDECQDPAACRPGRCVNLPGSYRCECRPPWVPGP
    SGRDCQLPESPAERAPERRDVCWSQRGEDGMCAGPLAGP
    ALTFDDCCCRQGRGWGAQCRPCPPRGAGSHCPTSQSE
    L3-TB3TB4 isoform 2 KKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHC 281
    EIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDE
    CMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVD
    VDECLDESNCRNGVCENTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQRQCL
    SPEEMERAPERRDVCWSQRGEDGMCAGPLAGPALTFDDC
    CCRQGRGWGAQCRPCPPRGAGSHCPTSQSE
    L3-ETB3E, type 1 DIDECSQDPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQH 282
    GCEEVEQPHHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCS
    LGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVN
    YGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFY
    YDGNLLECVDVDE
    L3-ETB3E, type 2 QDIDECSQDPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQ 283
    HGCEEVEQPHHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCC
    SLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIV
    NYGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGF
    YYDGNLLECVDVDE
    L3-ETB3E, type 3 DIDECSQDPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQH 284
    GCEEVEQPHHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCS
    LGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVN
    YGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFY
    YDGNLLECV
    L3-ETB3E, type 4 QDIDECSQDPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQ 285
    HGCEEVEQPHHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCC
    SLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIV
    NYGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGF
    YYDGNLLECV
  • Further proteins expressed include those listed in Table 21.
  • TABLE 21
    LTBP3 recombinant proteins
    SEQ
    ID
    Protein Sequence NO
    L3-TB3TB4 isoform 1 MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLGKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSV 286
    LATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCP
    DGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNT
    QPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVDVDECLDESNCRNGVCE
    NTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQRQCLSPEEMDVDECQDPAAC
    RPGRCVNLPGSYRCECRPPWVPGPSGRDCQLPESPAERAPE
    RRDVCWSQRGEDGMCAGPLAGPALTFDDCCCRQGRGWG
    AQCRPCPPRGAGSHCPTSQSEHHHHHH
    L3-TB3TB4 isoform 2 MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLGKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSV 287
    LATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCP
    DGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNT
    QPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVDVDECLDESNCRNGVCE
    NTRGGYRCACTPPAEYSPAQRQCLSPEEMERAPERRDVCW
    SQRGEDGMCAGPLAGPALTFDDCCCRQGRGWGAQCRPCP
    PRGAGSHCPTSQSEHHHHHH
    L3-ETB3E, type 1C MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLGDIDECSQDPSLCLPHGAC 288
    KNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQHGCEEVEQPHHKKECYLNF
    DDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGDHCEIYPCPVYS
    SAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDIDECMLFGSEI
    CKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECVDVDEHHHH
    HH
    His-L3-ETB3E, type MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLGHHHHHHSSGDIDECSQD 289
    1N PSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQHGCEEVEQP
    HHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGD
    HCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDI
    DECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLEC
    VDVDE
    His-L3-ETB3E, type 2 MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLGHHHHHHSSGQDIDECSQ 290
    DPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQHGCEEVEQ
    PHHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWG
    DHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHR
    DIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLL
    ECVDVDE
    His-L3-ETB3E, type 3 MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLGHHHHHHSSGDIDECSQD 291
    PSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQHGCEEVEQP
    HHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWGD
    HCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHRDI
    DECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLLECV
    His-L3-ETB3E, type 4 MDMRVPAQLLGLLLLWFSGVLGHHHHHHSSGQDIDECSQ 292
    DPSLCLPHGACKNLQGSYVCVCDEGFTPTQDQHGCEEVEQ
    PHHKKECYLNFDDTVFCDSVLATNVTQQECCCSLGAGWG
    DHCEIYPCPVYSSAEFHSLCPDGKGYTQDNNIVNYGIPAHR
    DIDECMLFGSEICKEGKCVNTQPGYECYCKQGFYYDGNLL
    ECV
    • Example 26. 293T CAGA-Luciferase Assay for GDF-8 Activity
  • CAGA-luciferase assays are carried out to test antibodies that modulate GDF-8 activity. A 50 μg/ml solution of fibronectin is prepared and 100 μl are added to each well of a 96-well plate. Plates are incubated for 30 min at room temperature before free fibronectin is washed away using PBS. 293T cells comprising transient or stable expression of pGL4 (Promega, Madison, Wis.) under the control of a control promoter or promoter comprising smad1/2 responsive CAGA sequences are then used to seed fibronectin-coated wells (2×104 cell/well in complete growth medium.) The next day, cells are washed with 150 μl/well of cell culture medium with 0.1% bovine serum albumin (BSA) before treatment with GDF-8 with or without test antibody. Cells are incubated at 37° for 6 hours before detection of luciferase expression using BRIGHT-GLO™ reagent (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturer's instructions.
    • Example 27. Detection of Myogenin Expression by FACS
  • 257384 Lonza cells (Lonza, Basel, Switzerland) are plated in 24-well plates at 4×104 cells/well. The next day, cell media is replaced with differentiation media [dulbecco's modified eagle medium (DMEM)/F12 with 2% horse serum.] Varying concentrations of GDF-8 are also included in differentiation media in the presence or absence of test antibodies. Cells are then allowed to differentiate for 3 days.
  • After the 3 day period, differentiation status of each well is analyzed through analysis of myogenin expression levels. Cells from each treatment group are pooled and subjected to treatment using the Transcription Factor Buffer Set from BD Pharmingen (BD Biosciences, Franklin Lakes, N.J.), product number 562574 according to manufacturers instructions. After fixation and permeabilization, 5 μl of phycoerythrin (PE)-myogenin or 1.25 μl of PE-control are added to the cells and incubated at 4° C. for 50 mins. Cells are then washed and resuspended in FACS buffer before analysis of cellular fluorescence by FACS.
    • Example 28. HT2 Cell Proliferation Assay
  • Antibodies are tested for the ability to modulate TGF-β activity using an HT2 cell proliferation assay. HT2 cell proliferation in IL-4-containing medium is reduced in the presence of free TGF-β growth factor. Antibodies with the ability to modulate free growth factor levels by stabilizing TGF-β GPCs or by promoting the release and/or accumulation of free growth factor may be tested using the HT2 culture system described here. Cells expressing proTGF-β are co-cultured with cells expressing αvβ6integrins. Cultures are treated with various concentrations of test antibody, purified TGF-β1 (as a positive control) or anti-TGF-β antibody 1D11 (R&D Systems, Minneapolis, Minn.) as a negative control.
  • HT2 cells are cultured in growth media (RPMI 1640, 10% FBS, 1% P/S, 4 mM Gln, 50 μM beta-mercaptoethanol and 10 ng/mL IL-2) at 1.5×105 cells/ml to ensure that cells are in log growth phase on the following day. The next day, cell supernatants being tested are diluted in HT2 assay media (RPMI 1640, 10% FBS, 1% P/S, 4 mM Gln, 50 μM beta-mercaptoethanol and 7.5 ng/mL IL-4.) Growth media is removed from HT2 cell cultures and cells are washed with cytokine free media. Diluted supernatants are added to each HT2 cell culture well and HT2 cells are cultured for 48 hours at 37° C. and 5% CO2. Cell viability in the HT2 cell cultures is then determined using CELL-TITER GLO® reagent (Promega, Madison, Wis.) according to manufacturers instructions. Results are obtained as relative light units (RLUs) which correlate with cell viability.
    • Example 29. Analysis of Recombinantly Expressed GDF-8
  • Histidine-tagged proGDF-8 was expressed according to the methods of Example 10. Purified proteins were analyzed by SDS-PAGE under either reducing or non-reducing conditions (to maintain protein dimers). FIG. 13 depicts the results indicating successful expression of these proteins and protein complexes.
    • Example 30. TGF-β2 Chimeras
  • Chimeric proteins are synthesized that comprise TGF-β2 with arm region substitutions from TGF-β1 and TGF-β3. The chimeric proteins also comprise N-terminal C5S mutations. These expressed chimeric proteins (listed in Table 22) have improved stability over some other chimeric proteins.
  • TABLE 22
    TGF-β2 chimeric proteins.
    Protein Protein SEQ ID
    module
    1 module 2 Chimeric Sequence NO
    TGF-β2 TGF-β1 SLSTSSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPE 293
    LAP arm DYPEPEEVPPEVLALYNSTRDRVAGESAEPEPEPE
    region ADYYAKEVTRVLMVETHNEIYDKFKQSTHSIYMF
    FNTSELREAVPEPVLLSRAELRLLRLKLKVEQHVE
    LYQKYSNNSWRYLSNRLLAPSDSPEWLSFDVTGV
    VRQWLSRGGEIEGFRLSAHCSCDSRDNTLQVDIN
    GFTTGRRGDLATIHGMNRPFLLLMATPLERAQHL
    QSSRHRR
    TGF-β2 TGF-β3 SLSTSSTLDMDQFMRKRIEAIRGQILSKLKLTSPPE 294
    LAP arm DYPEPEEVPPEVLALYNSTRELLEEMHGEREEGCT
    region QENTESEYYAKEIHKFDMIQGLAEHNELAVCPKGI
    TSKVFRFNVSSVEKNRTNLFRAEFRVLRVPNPSSK
    RNEQRIELFQILRPDEHIAKQRYIGGKNLPTRGTAE
    WLSFDVTDTVREWLLRRESNLGLEISIHCPCHTFQ
    PNGDILENIHEVMEIKFKGVDNEDDHGRGDLGRL
    KKQKDHHNPHLILMMIPPHRLDNPGQGGQRKKR

Claims (16)

1. An antibody produced by a method comprising the steps of:
i. expressing proGDF-8 (SEQ ID NO: 5);
ii. forming a growth factor prodomain complex (GPC) by subjecting the expressed proGDF-8 (SEQ ID NO: 5) to enzymatic cleavage with one or more of furin, bone morphogenetic protein-1 (BMP-1), mammalian tolloid protein (mTLD), mammalian tolloid-like 1 (mTLL1), and mammalian tolloid-like 2 (mTLL2);
iii. carrying out solid-phase or solution-phase enrichment with an antibody fragment phage display library, wherein the GPC formed by enzymatic cleavage is used as a target antigen;
iv. selecting phage particles bound to the GPC formed by enzymatic cleavage; and
v. producing recombinant antibodies having complementarity determining region (CDR) amino acid sequences derived from the antibody fragments expressed at the surface of the selected phage particles.
2. The antibody of claim 1, wherein said antibody is human or humanized.
3. The antibody of claim 1, wherein said antibody is subjected to affinity maturation.
4. The antibody of claim 1, wherein said method further comprises:
vi. screening the recombinant antibodies and selecting those which inhibit release of GDF-8 growth factor from GDF-8 GPCs.
5. The antibody of claim 4, wherein antibodies that inhibit GDF-8 activity are selected.
6. The antibody of claim 1, wherein said method further comprises:
vi. conducting a negative selection binding assay to exclude antibodies that bind to one or more undesired antigens.
7. The antibody of claim 6, wherein said one or more undesired antigens are selected from the group consisting of GDF-8 prodomain, GDF-8 growth factor, murine proGDF-8, proGDF-11, proTGF-β1, and a protein with an amino acid sequence selected from the group consisting of SEQ ID NOs: 207-230.
8. The antibody of claim 7, wherein said antibody is human or humanized.
9. The antibody of claim 7, wherein said antibody is subjected to affinity maturation.
10. The antibody of claim 1, wherein phage particle binding is determined using one or more binding assays selected from the group consisting of enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays, surface plasmon resonance assays, and flow cytometry assays.
11. The antibody of claim 1, wherein said enzymatic cleavage comprises sequential enzymatic cleavage with at least two enzymes.
12. The antibody of claim 11, wherein said antibody is human or humanized.
13. The antibody of claim 11, wherein said antibody is subjected to affinity maturation.
14. The antibody of claim 1, wherein at least one CDR amino acid sequence has at least one amino acid deletion, addition, or substitution relative to an amino acid sequence of said antibody fragments expressed at the surface of the selected phage particles.
15. The antibody of claim 1 comprising an isotype selected from the group consisting of IgG1, IgG2, IgG3, IgG4, IgA, IgGA2, IgD, IgE, and IgM.
16. The antibody of claim 1 comprising a bispecific antibody.
US15/671,217 2013-05-06 2017-08-08 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation Abandoned US20180022798A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US15/671,217 US20180022798A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-08-08 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US16/209,078 US10981981B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2018-12-04 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US17/196,256 US11827698B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2021-03-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Applications Claiming Priority (7)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201361819840P 2013-05-06 2013-05-06
US201361823552P 2013-05-15 2013-05-15
US201361900438P 2013-11-06 2013-11-06
PCT/US2014/036933 WO2014182676A2 (en) 2013-05-06 2014-05-06 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US14/795,033 US9399676B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/187,278 US9758577B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2016-06-20 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/671,217 US20180022798A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-08-08 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Related Parent Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US15/187,278 Continuation US9758577B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2016-06-20 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/209,078 Division US10981981B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2018-12-04 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20180022798A1 true US20180022798A1 (en) 2018-01-25

Family

ID=51867850

Family Applications (12)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/795,012 Active US9758576B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US14/795,033 Active US9399676B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US14/795,007 Active US9573995B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US14/795,022 Active US9580500B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/187,278 Active US9758577B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2016-06-20 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/401,386 Abandoned US20170210798A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-01-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/404,663 Active 2034-05-09 US10597443B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-01-12 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/659,974 Abandoned US20180016332A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-07-26 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/671,217 Abandoned US20180022798A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-08-08 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US16/209,078 Active US10981981B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2018-12-04 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US16/736,207 Pending US20200131259A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2020-01-07 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US17/196,256 Active 2034-10-20 US11827698B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2021-03-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Family Applications Before (8)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US14/795,012 Active US9758576B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US14/795,033 Active US9399676B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US14/795,007 Active US9573995B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US14/795,022 Active US9580500B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2015-07-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/187,278 Active US9758577B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2016-06-20 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/401,386 Abandoned US20170210798A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-01-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/404,663 Active 2034-05-09 US10597443B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-01-12 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US15/659,974 Abandoned US20180016332A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2017-07-26 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Family Applications After (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US16/209,078 Active US10981981B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2018-12-04 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US16/736,207 Pending US20200131259A1 (en) 2013-05-06 2020-01-07 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US17/196,256 Active 2034-10-20 US11827698B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2021-03-09 Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Country Status (18)

Country Link
US (12) US9758576B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2981822B1 (en)
JP (5) JP2016521283A (en)
AU (4) AU2014262843B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2911514A1 (en)
CY (1) CY1123907T1 (en)
DK (1) DK2981822T3 (en)
ES (1) ES2837042T3 (en)
HR (1) HRP20201914T1 (en)
HU (1) HUE052232T2 (en)
IL (3) IL301607A (en)
LT (1) LT2981822T (en)
PL (1) PL2981822T3 (en)
PT (1) PT2981822T (en)
RS (1) RS61778B1 (en)
SG (3) SG10201913751RA (en)
SI (1) SI2981822T1 (en)
WO (1) WO2014182676A2 (en)

Cited By (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10588980B2 (en) 2014-06-23 2020-03-17 Novartis Ag Fatty acids and their use in conjugation to biomolecules
US10597443B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2020-03-24 Scholar Rock, Inc. Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US10704021B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2020-07-07 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic perfusion devices
US10724029B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2020-07-28 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustophoretic separation technology using multi-dimensional standing waves
US10785574B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2020-09-22 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic transducer driver and controller
US10967298B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2021-04-06 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Driver and control for variable impedence load
US10975368B2 (en) 2014-01-08 2021-04-13 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustophoresis device with dual acoustophoretic chamber
US11007457B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2021-05-18 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Electronic configuration and control for acoustic standing wave generation
US11021699B2 (en) 2015-04-29 2021-06-01 FioDesign Sonics, Inc. Separation using angled acoustic waves
US11085035B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2021-08-10 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Therapeutic cell washing, concentration, and separation utilizing acoustophoresis
US11130803B2 (en) 2018-07-11 2021-09-28 Scholar Rock, Inc. Isoform-selective TGFβ1 inhibitors and use thereof
US11214789B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2022-01-04 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Concentration and washing of particles with acoustics
US11377651B2 (en) 2016-10-19 2022-07-05 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Cell therapy processes utilizing acoustophoresis
US11420136B2 (en) 2016-10-19 2022-08-23 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Affinity cell extraction by acoustics
US11459540B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2022-10-04 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Expanded bed affinity selection
US11474085B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2022-10-18 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Expanded bed affinity selection
US11643459B2 (en) 2016-03-11 2023-05-09 Scholar Rock, Inc. TGFβ1-binding immunoglobulins and use thereof
US11708572B2 (en) 2015-04-29 2023-07-25 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic cell separation techniques and processes
US12122823B2 (en) 2021-08-19 2024-10-22 Scholar Rock, Inc. Isoform-selective TGFB1 inhibitors and use thereof

Families Citing this family (93)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN101282687B (en) 2005-10-14 2011-11-16 应用研究联盟新西兰有限公司 Method of monitoring a surface feature and apparatus therefor
DK2006381T3 (en) 2006-03-31 2016-02-22 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd PROCEDURE FOR REGULATING ANTIBODIES BLOOD PHARMACOKINETICS
HUE029635T2 (en) 2007-09-26 2017-03-28 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Method of modifying isoelectric point of antibody via amino acid substitution in cdr
DK2708559T3 (en) 2008-04-11 2018-06-14 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Antigen-binding molecule capable of repeatedly binding two or more antigen molecules
TWI812066B (en) 2010-11-30 2023-08-11 日商中外製藥股份有限公司 Antibody having calcium-dependent antigen-binding ability
US9179844B2 (en) 2011-11-28 2015-11-10 Aranz Healthcare Limited Handheld skin measuring or monitoring device
US10689609B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2020-06-23 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic bioreactor processes
US10322949B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2019-06-18 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Transducer and reflector configurations for an acoustophoretic device
US9752113B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2017-09-05 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic perfusion devices
US9745548B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2017-08-29 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic perfusion devices
US10737953B2 (en) 2012-04-20 2020-08-11 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustophoretic method for use in bioreactors
JP6774164B2 (en) 2012-08-24 2020-10-21 中外製薬株式会社 Mouse FcγRII specific Fc antibody
EP3721900A1 (en) 2012-08-24 2020-10-14 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Fcgammariib-specific fc region variant
TWI636062B (en) 2013-04-02 2018-09-21 中外製藥股份有限公司 Fc region variant
WO2015015003A1 (en) * 2013-08-01 2015-02-05 Université Catholique de Louvain Anti-garp protein and uses thereof
US9745569B2 (en) 2013-09-13 2017-08-29 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. System for generating high concentration factors for low cell density suspensions
US10827945B2 (en) * 2014-03-10 2020-11-10 H. Lee. Moffitt Cancer Center And Research Institute, Inc. Radiologically identified tumor habitats
US9744483B2 (en) 2014-07-02 2017-08-29 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Large scale acoustic separation device
KR20170066515A (en) * 2014-09-30 2017-06-14 우니베르지타이트 겐트 A method of treating joint disease
AR102198A1 (en) 2014-10-09 2017-02-08 Regeneron Pharma PROCESS TO REDUCE SUBVISIBLE PARTICLES IN A PHARMACEUTICAL FORMULATION
JP6663428B2 (en) 2014-10-30 2020-03-11 アクセルロン ファーマ， インコーポレイテッド Methods and compositions for increasing red blood cells using a GDF15 polypeptide
AU2015342936B2 (en) 2014-11-06 2020-10-08 Scholar Rock, Inc. Anti-pro/latent-Myostatin antibodies and uses thereof
WO2016073906A2 (en) * 2014-11-06 2016-05-12 Scholar Rock, Inc. Transforming growth factor-related immunoassays
TWI779010B (en) 2014-12-19 2022-10-01 日商中外製藥股份有限公司 ANTI-MYOSTATIN ANTIBODIES, POLYPEPTIDES CONTAINING VARIANT Fc REGIONs, AND METHODS OF USE
GB2557389B (en) 2015-01-14 2020-12-23 Brigham & Womens Hospital Inc Treatment of cancer with anti-lap monoclonal antibodies
EP3253796A1 (en) * 2015-02-03 2017-12-13 Université Catholique de Louvain Anti-garp protein and uses thereof
EP3253778A1 (en) 2015-02-05 2017-12-13 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Antibodies comprising an ion concentration dependent antigen-binding domain, fc region variants, il-8-binding antibodies, and uses therof
US20180141972A1 (en) * 2015-05-15 2018-05-24 Agency For Science, Technology And Research Native protein purification technology
WO2017015622A2 (en) * 2015-07-22 2017-01-26 Scholar Rock, Inc Gdf11 binding proteins and uses thereof
EP3341398A2 (en) 2015-08-25 2018-07-04 Histide AG Compounds for inducing tissue formation and uses thereof
IL258121B2 (en) * 2015-09-15 2024-01-01 Scholar Rock Inc Anti-pro/latent-myostatin antibodies and uses thereof
WO2017046229A1 (en) * 2015-09-17 2017-03-23 Histide Ag Pharmaceutical association of growth factor receptor agonist and adhesion protein inhibitor for converting a neoplastic cell into a non-neoplastic cell and uses thereof
WO2017046226A2 (en) * 2015-09-17 2017-03-23 Histide Ag Pharmaceutical association for converting a neoplastic cell into a non-neoplastic cell and uses thereof.
WO2017046228A2 (en) * 2015-09-17 2017-03-23 Histide Ag Pharmaceutical association for converting a neoplastic cell into a non-neoplastic cell and uses thereof
EP3906932A3 (en) * 2015-09-17 2021-12-01 Histide AG Pharmaceutical association of growth factor receptor agonist and adhesion protein inhibitor for converting a neoplastic cell into a non-neoplastic cell and uses thereof
US11230583B2 (en) 2015-11-26 2022-01-25 Hudson Institute of Medical Research Inhibin analogs
SG10201707267RA (en) * 2015-12-18 2017-10-30 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd Anti-myostatin antibodies, polypeptides containing variant fc regions, and methods of use
EP3394098A4 (en) 2015-12-25 2019-11-13 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Anti-myostatin antibodies and methods of use
CN115814077A (en) 2016-01-08 2023-03-21 供石公司 Anti-pro/latent myostatin antibodies and methods of use thereof
EP3436480A4 (en) 2016-03-30 2019-11-27 Musc Foundation for Research Development Methods for treatment and diagnosis of cancer by targeting glycoprotein a repetitions predominant (garp) and for providing effective immunotherapy alone or in combination
US10013527B2 (en) 2016-05-02 2018-07-03 Aranz Healthcare Limited Automatically assessing an anatomical surface feature and securely managing information related to the same
KR20230169484A (en) 2016-06-13 2023-12-15 스칼러 락, 인크. Use of myostatin inhibitors and combination therapies
CN110049773A (en) * 2016-07-14 2019-07-23 供石公司 TGF β antibody, method and purposes
KR102538749B1 (en) 2016-08-05 2023-06-01 추가이 세이야쿠 가부시키가이샤 Composition for prophylaxis or treatment of il-8 related diseases
KR102369014B1 (en) 2016-08-16 2022-03-02 리제너론 파아마슈티컬스, 인크. Methods for quantifying individual antibodies from mixtures
US20200331984A1 (en) * 2016-09-20 2020-10-22 University Of Pittsburgh - Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Harnessing protein-based drugs comprising an anchor domain for use on the ocular surface
KR20230119729A (en) 2016-10-25 2023-08-16 리제너론 파아마슈티컬스, 인크. Methods and systems for chromatography data analysis
EP3532494A4 (en) * 2016-10-26 2020-06-03 The Children's Medical Center Corporation Methods and compositions for modulaton of transforming growth factor beta-regulated functions
JP7139326B2 (en) 2016-11-10 2022-09-20 ケロス セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド ACTIVIN TYPE IIa RECEPTOR MUTANTS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME MUTANTS
US11116407B2 (en) 2016-11-17 2021-09-14 Aranz Healthcare Limited Anatomical surface assessment methods, devices and systems
US20200031895A1 (en) * 2016-12-16 2020-01-30 Biogen Ma Inc. Stabilized proteolytically activated growth differentiation factor 11
DK3366306T3 (en) * 2016-12-23 2022-01-10 Univ Istanbul Rektoerluegue Use of some peptides in diagnosis and treatment of diabetes, obesity and metabolic diseases associated thereto
KR20240137126A (en) * 2017-01-06 2024-09-19 스칼러 락, 인크. ISOFORM-SPECIFIC, CONTEXT-PERMISSIVE TGFβ1 INHIBITORS AND USE THEREOF
PT3565592T (en) 2017-01-06 2023-05-31 Scholar Rock Inc Methods for treating metabolic diseases by inhibiting myostatin activation
RS64159B1 (en) 2017-01-06 2023-05-31 Scholar Rock Inc Treating metabolic diseases by inhibiting myostatin activation
TWI787230B (en) 2017-01-20 2022-12-21 法商賽諾菲公司 Anti-tgf-beta antibodies and their use
TWI788321B (en) 2017-01-20 2023-01-01 美商健臻公司 Bone-targeting antibodies
US10900786B2 (en) 2017-03-31 2021-01-26 International Business Machines Corporation Refining an ecological niche model
EP4183328A1 (en) 2017-04-04 2023-05-24 Aranz Healthcare Limited Anatomical surface assessment methods, devices and systems
SI3621694T1 (en) 2017-05-09 2023-10-30 Scholar Rock, Inc Lrrc33 inhibitors and use thereof
GB201707561D0 (en) 2017-05-11 2017-06-28 Argenx Bvba GARP-TGF-beta antibodies
US20210087240A1 (en) * 2017-07-19 2021-03-25 Musc Foundation For Research Development Blocking garp cleavage and methods of use thereof
RU2020108342A (en) * 2017-07-26 2021-08-26 Эф Тэ Эф Фарма Привейт Лимитед LIQUID DOSED DOSAGE FORMS OF IMATINIB
US20200231682A1 (en) * 2017-07-28 2020-07-23 Scholar Rock, Inc. Ltbp complex-specific inhibitors of tgf-beta 1 and uses thereof
BR112020005335A2 (en) 2017-09-19 2020-09-24 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. methods to reduce the formation of particles and compositions formed by them
US11230601B2 (en) 2017-10-10 2022-01-25 Tilos Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of using anti-lap antibodies
US11484573B2 (en) 2017-11-09 2022-11-01 Keros Therapeutics, Inc. Activin receptor type IIa variants and methods of use thereof
JP7510875B2 (en) 2018-01-12 2024-07-04 ケロス セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Activin type IIB receptor mutants and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
AU2019231307A1 (en) * 2018-03-09 2020-10-01 University Of Pittsburgh - Of The Commonwealth System Of Higher Education Delivering biological drugs to tissues
US11884698B2 (en) 2018-07-02 2024-01-30 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Systems and methods for preparing a polypeptide from a mixture
EP3820896A1 (en) 2018-07-11 2021-05-19 Scholar Rock, Inc. TGFbeta1 INHIBITORS AND USE THEREOF
JP7540994B2 (en) * 2018-07-11 2024-08-27 スカラー ロック インコーポレイテッド High affinity isoform selective TGFβ1 inhibitors and uses thereof - Patents.com
EP3863722A2 (en) 2018-10-10 2021-08-18 Tilos Theapeutics, Inc. Anti-lap antibody variants and uses thereof
CA3128042A1 (en) 2019-01-30 2020-08-06 Scholar Rock, Inc. Ltbp complex-specific inhibitors of tgf.beta. and uses thereof
US12039726B2 (en) 2019-05-20 2024-07-16 Aranz Healthcare Limited Automated or partially automated anatomical surface assessment methods, devices and systems
GB201908012D0 (en) * 2019-06-05 2019-07-17 Io Biotech Aps TGF-Beta vaccine
JP7350242B2 (en) * 2019-07-19 2023-09-26 国立研究開発法人理化学研究所 Antibody against LAP fragment of human TGF-β and its use
WO2021039945A1 (en) 2019-08-28 2021-03-04 Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha Cross-species anti-latent tgf-beta 1 antibodies and methods of use
WO2021062171A1 (en) * 2019-09-27 2021-04-01 Disc Medicine, Inc. Methods for treating anemia of chronic disease
WO2021062163A1 (en) * 2019-09-27 2021-04-01 Disc Medicine, Inc. Methods for treating myelofibrosis and related conditions
CN111072764A (en) * 2019-12-13 2020-04-28 东莞市东阳光生物药研发有限公司 Preparation method of recombinant human Activin A
BR112022013733A2 (en) 2020-01-11 2022-11-01 Scholar Rock Inc TGFBETA INHIBITORS AND THEIR USE
AU2021205440A1 (en) 2020-01-11 2022-09-01 Scholar Rock,Inc. TGF-beta inhibitors and use thereof
KR20220143063A (en) 2020-02-19 2022-10-24 남미 테라퓨틱스, 인크. Formulated and/or co-formulated liposome compositions containing TGFβ antagonist prodrugs useful for the treatment of cancer and methods thereof
EP4121088A4 (en) * 2020-03-20 2024-07-03 Keros Therapeutics Inc Methods of using activin receptor type iib variants
WO2021189006A1 (en) * 2020-03-20 2021-09-23 Keros Therapeutics, Inc. Methods of using activin receptor type iia variants
WO2021231732A1 (en) 2020-05-15 2021-11-18 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Antibodies to garp
WO2022204581A2 (en) 2021-03-26 2022-09-29 Scholar Rock, Inc. Tgf-beta inhibitors and use thereof
WO2022256723A2 (en) 2021-06-03 2022-12-08 Scholar Rock, Inc. Tgf-beta inhibitors and therapeutic use thereof
IL309078A (en) 2021-06-23 2024-02-01 Scholar Rock Inc A myostatin pathway inhibitor in combination with a glp-1 pathway activator for use in treating metabolic disorders
EP4370148A1 (en) 2021-07-14 2024-05-22 Scholar Rock, Inc. Ltbp complex-specific inhibitors of tgf beta1 and uses thereof
GB202203269D0 (en) * 2022-03-09 2022-04-20 Argenx Iip Bv TGF-Beta antibodies
WO2023206188A1 (en) * 2022-04-28 2023-11-02 Wenzhou Prarucom Bio-Chemical Technology Co. Method for alleviating pulmonary fibrosis using epidermal growth factor

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20060263354A1 (en) * 2005-04-25 2006-11-23 Amgen Fremont Inc. Antibodies to myostatin
US7320789B2 (en) * 2001-09-26 2008-01-22 Wyeth Antibody inhibitors of GDF-8 and uses thereof
US9758577B2 (en) * 2013-05-06 2017-09-12 Scholar Rock, Inc. Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Family Cites Families (198)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4179337A (en) 1973-07-20 1979-12-18 Davis Frank F Non-immunogenic polypeptides
JPS6023084B2 (en) 1979-07-11 1985-06-05 味の素株式会社 blood substitute
US4444887A (en) 1979-12-10 1984-04-24 Sloan-Kettering Institute Process for making human antibody producing B-lymphocytes
US4474893A (en) 1981-07-01 1984-10-02 The University of Texas System Cancer Center Recombinant monoclonal antibodies
US4714681A (en) 1981-07-01 1987-12-22 The Board Of Reagents, The University Of Texas System Cancer Center Quadroma cells and trioma cells and methods for the production of same
US4485045A (en) 1981-07-06 1984-11-27 Research Corporation Synthetic phosphatidyl cholines useful in forming liposomes
US4640835A (en) 1981-10-30 1987-02-03 Nippon Chemiphar Company, Ltd. Plasminogen activator derivatives
US4716111A (en) 1982-08-11 1987-12-29 Trustees Of Boston University Process for producing human antibodies
GB8308235D0 (en) 1983-03-25 1983-05-05 Celltech Ltd Polypeptides
US4816567A (en) 1983-04-08 1989-03-28 Genentech, Inc. Recombinant immunoglobin preparations
US4544545A (en) 1983-06-20 1985-10-01 Trustees University Of Massachusetts Liposomes containing modified cholesterol for organ targeting
US4496689A (en) 1983-12-27 1985-01-29 Miles Laboratories, Inc. Covalently attached complex of alpha-1-proteinase inhibitor with a water soluble polymer
US5807715A (en) 1984-08-27 1998-09-15 The Board Of Trustees Of The Leland Stanford Junior University Methods and transformed mammalian lymphocyte cells for producing functional antigen-binding protein including chimeric immunoglobulin
US5262319A (en) 1985-04-19 1993-11-16 Oncogene Science, Inc. Method for obtaining bone marrow free of tumor cells using transforming growth factor β3
DE3675588D1 (en) 1985-06-19 1990-12-20 Ajinomoto Kk HAEMOGLOBIN TIED TO A POLY (ALKENYLENE OXIDE).
GB8607679D0 (en) 1986-03-27 1986-04-30 Winter G P Recombinant dna product
US5225539A (en) 1986-03-27 1993-07-06 Medical Research Council Recombinant altered antibodies and methods of making altered antibodies
US4791192A (en) 1986-06-26 1988-12-13 Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. Chemically modified protein with polyethyleneglycol
US4946778A (en) 1987-09-21 1990-08-07 Genex Corporation Single polypeptide chain binding molecules
US5001225A (en) * 1986-12-08 1991-03-19 Georgetown University Monoclonal antibodies to a pan-malarial antigen
US5091513A (en) 1987-05-21 1992-02-25 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Biosynthetic antibody binding sites
US5258498A (en) 1987-05-21 1993-11-02 Creative Biomolecules, Inc. Polypeptide linkers for production of biosynthetic proteins
US5024947A (en) 1987-07-24 1991-06-18 Cetus Corporation Serum free media for the growth on insect cells and expression of products thereby
US5266683A (en) 1988-04-08 1993-11-30 Stryker Corporation Osteogenic proteins
US4925648A (en) 1988-07-29 1990-05-15 Immunomedics, Inc. Detection and treatment of infectious and inflammatory lesions
US5601819A (en) 1988-08-11 1997-02-11 The General Hospital Corporation Bispecific antibodies for selective immune regulation and for selective immune cell binding
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
EP0768377A1 (en) 1988-09-02 1997-04-16 Protein Engineering Corporation Generation and selection of recombinant varied binding proteins
US5530101A (en) 1988-12-28 1996-06-25 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Humanized immunoglobulins
US5116964A (en) 1989-02-23 1992-05-26 Genentech, Inc. Hybrid immunoglobulins
DE3920358A1 (en) 1989-06-22 1991-01-17 Behringwerke Ag BISPECIFIC AND OLIGO-SPECIFIC, MONO- AND OLIGOVALENT ANTI-BODY CONSTRUCTS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USE
ATE144793T1 (en) 1989-06-29 1996-11-15 Medarex Inc BISPECIFIC REAGENTS FOR AIDS THERAPY
US5413923A (en) 1989-07-25 1995-05-09 Cell Genesys, Inc. Homologous recombination for universal donor cells and chimeric mammalian hosts
US5013556A (en) 1989-10-20 1991-05-07 Liposome Technology, Inc. Liposomes with enhanced circulation time
US5208020A (en) 1989-10-25 1993-05-04 Immunogen Inc. Cytotoxic agents comprising maytansinoids and their therapeutic use
JPH03180192A (en) * 1989-12-07 1991-08-06 Kirin Brewery Co Ltd Production of human pro-tgf-beta1 by genetic recombination
GB8928874D0 (en) 1989-12-21 1990-02-28 Celltech Ltd Humanised antibodies
US5780225A (en) 1990-01-12 1998-07-14 Stratagene Method for generating libaries of antibody genes comprising amplification of diverse antibody DNAs and methods for using these libraries for the production of diverse antigen combining molecules
AU7247191A (en) 1990-01-11 1991-08-05 Molecular Affinities Corporation Production of antibodies using gene libraries
DE69120146T2 (en) 1990-01-12 1996-12-12 Cell Genesys Inc GENERATION OF XENOGENIC ANTIBODIES
US6075181A (en) 1990-01-12 2000-06-13 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5427908A (en) 1990-05-01 1995-06-27 Affymax Technologies N.V. Recombinant library screening methods
GB9015198D0 (en) 1990-07-10 1990-08-29 Brien Caroline J O Binding substance
US5661016A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-08-26 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies of various isotypes
US5814318A (en) 1990-08-29 1998-09-29 Genpharm International Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
DK0814159T3 (en) 1990-08-29 2005-10-24 Genpharm Int Transgenic, non-human animals capable of forming heterologous antibodies
US5545806A (en) 1990-08-29 1996-08-13 Genpharm International, Inc. Ransgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5625126A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-04-29 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals for producing heterologous antibodies
US5633425A (en) 1990-08-29 1997-05-27 Genpharm International, Inc. Transgenic non-human animals capable of producing heterologous antibodies
US5698426A (en) 1990-09-28 1997-12-16 Ixsys, Incorporated Surface expression libraries of heteromeric receptors
ES2129029T5 (en) 1990-10-05 2005-10-16 Celldex Therapeutics, Inc. DIRECT IMMUNOSTIMULATION WITH BISPECIFIC REAGENTS.
EP0557300B1 (en) 1990-10-29 1997-11-19 Chiron Corporation Bispecific antibodies, method of production, and uses thereof
WO1992009690A2 (en) 1990-12-03 1992-06-11 Genentech, Inc. Enrichment method for variant proteins with altered binding properties
JP3180192B2 (en) 1991-01-30 2001-06-25 イハラケミカル工業株式会社 Dithiocarbamic acid salts, method for producing the same, and method for producing isothiocyanates using the dithiocarbamic acid salts
DK1471142T3 (en) 1991-04-10 2009-03-09 Scripps Research Inst Heterodimeric receptor libraries using phagemids
AU665758B2 (en) 1991-04-26 1996-01-18 Surface Active Limited Novel antibodies, and methods for their use
DE69233482T2 (en) 1991-05-17 2006-01-12 Merck & Co., Inc. Method for reducing the immunogenicity of antibody variable domains
ES2136092T3 (en) 1991-09-23 1999-11-16 Medical Res Council PROCEDURES FOR THE PRODUCTION OF HUMANIZED ANTIBODIES.
ES2241710T3 (en) 1991-11-25 2005-11-01 Enzon, Inc. PROCEDURE TO PRODUCE MULTIVALENT PROTEINS FROM UNION TO ANTIGEN.
US5932448A (en) 1991-11-29 1999-08-03 Protein Design Labs., Inc. Bispecific antibody heterodimers
ES2313867T3 (en) 1991-12-02 2009-03-16 Medical Research Council ANTI-AUTO ANTIBODY PRODUCTION OF ANTIBODY SEGMENT REPERTORIES EXPRESSED ON THE PAYMENT SURFACE.
JP3452946B2 (en) 1992-02-19 2003-10-06 協和醗酵工業株式会社 Anti-TGF-β masking protein monoclonal antibody
DE69332948T2 (en) 1992-03-05 2003-11-27 Board Of Regents, The University Of Texas System Use of immunoconjugates for the diagnosis and / or therapy of vascularized tumors
US5733743A (en) 1992-03-24 1998-03-31 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Methods for producing members of specific binding pairs
ES2149768T3 (en) 1992-03-25 2000-11-16 Immunogen Inc CONJUGATES OF BINDING AGENTS OF CELLS DERIVED FROM CC-1065.
US5639641A (en) 1992-09-09 1997-06-17 Immunogen Inc. Resurfacing of rodent antibodies
WO1994009812A1 (en) 1992-10-26 1994-05-11 Kirin Brewery Company, Limited METHOD FOR PRODUCING LARGE LATENT TRANSFORMING GROWTH FACTOR-β COMPLEXES AND LARGE LATENCY ASSOCIATED PEPTIDE
US5951983A (en) 1993-03-05 1999-09-14 Universite Catholique De Louvain Methods of inhibiting T cell mediated immune responses with humanized LO-CD2A-specific antibodies
CA2157577C (en) 1993-03-19 2009-11-17 Se-Jin Lee Growth differentiation factor-8
US7393682B1 (en) 1993-03-19 2008-07-01 The Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Polynucleotides encoding promyostatin polypeptides
US6465239B1 (en) 1993-03-19 2002-10-15 The John Hopkins University School Of Medicine Growth differentiation factor-8 nucleic acid and polypeptides from aquatic species and non-human transgenic aquatic species
US5994618A (en) 1997-02-05 1999-11-30 Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Growth differentiation factor-8 transgenic mice
WO1995004069A1 (en) 1993-07-30 1995-02-09 Affymax Technologies N.V. Biotinylation of proteins
WO1995015982A2 (en) 1993-12-08 1995-06-15 Genzyme Corporation Process for generating specific antibodies
EP1231268B1 (en) 1994-01-31 2005-07-27 Trustees Of Boston University Polyclonal antibody libraries
DE69535976D1 (en) 1994-03-29 2009-08-13 Renovo Ltd Healing of wounds or fibrotic diseases using at least one agent against a growth factor
US5516637A (en) 1994-06-10 1996-05-14 Dade International Inc. Method involving display of protein binding pairs on the surface of bacterial pili and bacteriophage
US5541087A (en) 1994-09-14 1996-07-30 Fuji Immunopharmaceuticals Corporation Expression and export technology of proteins as immunofusins
US5786464C1 (en) 1994-09-19 2012-04-24 Gen Hospital Corp Overexpression of mammalian and viral proteins
US5919652A (en) 1994-11-09 1999-07-06 The Regents Of The University Of California Nucleic acid molecules comprising the prostate specific antigen (PSA) promoter and uses thereof
US5616561A (en) 1995-03-31 1997-04-01 Regents Of The University Of California TGF-β antagonists as mitigators of radiation-induced tissue damage
EP1709970A1 (en) 1995-04-27 2006-10-11 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies against EGFR, derived from immunized xenomice
AU2466895A (en) 1995-04-28 1996-11-18 Abgenix, Inc. Human antibodies derived from immunized xenomice
US5967979A (en) 1995-11-14 1999-10-19 Verg, Inc. Method and apparatus for photogrammetric assessment of biological tissue
JP2978435B2 (en) 1996-01-24 1999-11-15 チッソ株式会社 Method for producing acryloxypropyl silane
AU734312B2 (en) 1996-03-22 2001-06-07 General Hospital Corporation, The Administration of polypeptide growth factors following central nervous system ischemia or trauma
US6114148C1 (en) 1996-09-20 2012-05-01 Gen Hospital Corp High level expression of proteins
US5916771A (en) 1996-10-11 1999-06-29 Abgenix, Inc. Production of a multimeric protein by cell fusion method
US6348584B1 (en) 1996-10-17 2002-02-19 John Edward Hodgson Fibronectin binding protein compounds
CA2273194C (en) 1996-12-03 2011-02-01 Abgenix, Inc. Transgenic mammals having human ig loci including plural vh and vk regions and antibodies produced therefrom
TR199902553T2 (en) 1997-04-14 2000-03-21 Micromet Gesellschaft F�R Biomedizinische Forschung Mbh New methods and uses for the production of antigen receptors against the human body.
US6235883B1 (en) 1997-05-05 2001-05-22 Abgenix, Inc. Human monoclonal antibodies to epidermal growth factor receptor
EP0985039B1 (en) 1997-06-12 2008-02-20 Novartis International Pharmaceutical Ltd. Artificial antibody polypeptides
WO1999002667A1 (en) 1997-07-14 1999-01-21 University Of Liege Mutations in the myostation gene cause double-muscling in mammals
US6656475B1 (en) * 1997-08-01 2003-12-02 The Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Growth differentiation factor receptors, agonists and antagonists thereof, and methods of using same
US6891082B2 (en) * 1997-08-01 2005-05-10 The Johns Hopkins University School Of Medicine Transgenic non-human animals expressing a truncated activintype II receptor
CA2304208A1 (en) 1997-09-19 1999-03-25 Dana-Farber Cancer Institute, Inc. Intrabody-mediated control of immune reactions
EP1075272B1 (en) 1998-05-06 2009-07-15 Metamorphix, Inc. Methods for treating diabetes by inhibiting gdf-8
JP3762222B2 (en) 1998-10-07 2006-04-05 ストライカー・コーポレーション Modified TGF-β superfamily protein
JP2003517580A (en) 1999-01-21 2003-05-27 メタモーフイクス・インコーポレーテツド Growth differentiation factor inhibitors and their uses
GB2344886B (en) 1999-03-10 2000-11-01 Medical Res Council Selection of intracellular immunoglobulins
CA2371695A1 (en) 1999-04-30 2000-11-09 Curis, Inc. Morphogen-induced enhancement of fertility
US6492497B1 (en) 1999-04-30 2002-12-10 Cambridge Antibody Technology Limited Specific binding members for TGFbeta1
US6784999B1 (en) 1999-05-17 2004-08-31 The Florida International University Board Of Trustees Surface plasmon resonance detection with high angular resolution and fast response time
TR200400621T2 (en) 1999-07-20 2004-08-23 Pharmexa A/S A method for downregulating GDF-8 activity.
US7358056B1 (en) 1999-08-30 2008-04-15 Signal Pharmaceuticals Methods for modulating signal transduction mediated by TGF-β and related proteins
IT1317922B1 (en) 2000-10-24 2003-07-15 S I S S A Scuola Internaz Supe METHOD TO IDENTIFY INTRACELLULAR EPITOPES IN VIVO.
AU2002338446A1 (en) 2001-01-23 2002-11-05 University Of Rochester Medical Center Methods of producing or identifying intrabodies in eukaryotic cells
DE10108240B4 (en) 2001-02-21 2018-06-28 Leica Microsystems Cms Gmbh Method for imaging and measuring microscopic three-dimensional structures
US20040047891A1 (en) 2001-02-26 2004-03-11 Sabina Glozman Systems devices and methods for intrabody targeted delivery and reloading of therapeutic agents
GB0108165D0 (en) 2001-03-31 2001-05-23 Univ Manchester Intracellular analysis
EP1406931A2 (en) 2001-07-19 2004-04-14 Universität Zürich Modification of human variable domains
WO2003014960A2 (en) 2001-08-03 2003-02-20 Medical Research Council Method of identifying a consensus sequence for intracellular antibodies
US7241444B2 (en) 2002-01-18 2007-07-10 Pierre Fabre Medicament Anti-IGF-IR antibodies and uses thereof
GB0201611D0 (en) 2002-01-24 2002-03-13 Grosveld Frank Transgenic animal
GB0226723D0 (en) 2002-11-15 2002-12-24 Medical Res Council Antibodies for in vitro use
WO2003077945A1 (en) 2002-03-14 2003-09-25 Medical Research Council Intracellular antibodies
GB0226727D0 (en) 2002-11-15 2002-12-24 Medical Res Council Intrabodies
DK1506236T3 (en) 2002-05-22 2013-03-04 Esbatech A Novartis Co Llc IMMUNGLOBULIN FRAMEWORKS PROVIDING IMPROVED STABILITY IN THE INTRACELLULAR ENVIRONMENT AND PROCEDURES FOR IDENTIFICATION THEREOF
EP1578928B1 (en) 2002-09-16 2010-03-17 The Johns Hopkins University Metalloprotease activation of myostatin, and methods of modulating myostatin activity
AR047392A1 (en) 2002-10-22 2006-01-18 Wyeth Corp NEUTRALIZATION OF ANTIBODIES AGAINST GDF 8 AND ITS USE FOR SUCH PURPOSES
US20040223966A1 (en) 2002-10-25 2004-11-11 Wolfman Neil M. ActRIIB fusion polypeptides and uses therefor
AU2003282247A1 (en) 2002-11-15 2004-06-15 Medical Research Council Anti-activated ras antibodies
GB0226729D0 (en) 2002-11-15 2002-12-24 Medical Res Council Intracellular antibodies
EP1482309A1 (en) 2003-05-07 2004-12-01 Institut Curie Means for detecting protein conformation and applications thereof
MXPA05012965A (en) 2003-06-02 2006-03-09 Wyeth Corp Use of myostatin (gdf8) inhibitors in conjunction with corticosteroids for treating neuromuscular disorders.
WO2005010049A2 (en) 2003-07-09 2005-02-03 Eli Lilly And Company Tgf-beta1 ligands
WO2005016254A2 (en) * 2003-07-16 2005-02-24 The Ohio State University Research Foundation Methods and reagents for treating inflammation and fibrosis
US20080206219A1 (en) 2003-08-08 2008-08-28 The Regencts Of The University Of California Novel Indications for Transforming Growth Factor-Beta Regulators
EP1674480A4 (en) * 2003-09-04 2007-06-20 Riken Antibody recognizing tgf-beta activation controlling region section
EP1677735B1 (en) 2003-10-17 2014-07-23 Joslin Diabetes Center, Inc. Methods and compositions for modulating adipocyte function
KR100500610B1 (en) 2003-10-29 2005-07-11 한국전기연구원 Fluorescent microscope and method for measurement using the same
CA2550933A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2005-07-14 Amgen Inc. Methods for identifying functional antibodies
JP2007535912A (en) 2003-12-31 2007-12-13 シェーリング−プラウ・リミテッド Neutralizing epitope-based growth-enhancing vaccine
WO2005084699A1 (en) 2004-03-02 2005-09-15 Acceleron Pharma Inc. Alk7 and myostatin inhibitors and uses thereof
EA014112B1 (en) 2004-03-23 2010-10-29 Эли Лилли Энд Компани Anti-myostatin monoclonal antibodies and methods of using thereof
AU2005247508A1 (en) 2004-05-27 2005-12-08 Acceleron Pharma Inc. Cerberus/coco derivatives and uses thereof
EP1778275A2 (en) 2004-08-12 2007-05-02 Wyeth Combination therapy for diabetes, obesity, and cardiovascular diseases using gdf-8 inhibitors
ES2564789T3 (en) 2004-09-15 2016-03-29 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Methods for isolation and expansion of regulatory blood cells derived from cord blood
CA2580796C (en) 2004-09-24 2013-03-26 Amgen Inc. Modified fc molecules having peptides inserted in internal loop regions
JP5335239B2 (en) 2004-09-30 2013-11-06 マイオスティン・セラピューティクス・プロプライエタリー・リミテッド Myostatin isoform
EP2422811A2 (en) 2004-10-27 2012-02-29 MedImmune, LLC Modulation of antibody specificity by tailoring the affinity to cognate antigens
US7432079B2 (en) 2004-12-30 2008-10-07 Schering-Plough Animal Health Corporation Plant virus coat fusion proteins with GDF8 epitopes and vaccines thereof
NZ538097A (en) 2005-02-07 2006-07-28 Ovita Ltd Method and compositions for improving wound healing
EP3520815B1 (en) 2005-02-08 2021-11-17 Genzyme Corporation Antibodies to tgfbeta
JPWO2006106599A1 (en) 2005-03-01 2008-09-11 国立大学法人京都大学 Medicament for the prevention and / or treatment of diseases caused by abnormal enhancement of extracellular domain shedding
WO2006103639A2 (en) * 2005-03-31 2006-10-05 Case Western Reserve University Methods and reagents for identifying/isolating t regulatory (treg) cells and for treating individuals
PL1874818T3 (en) 2005-04-22 2011-09-30 Lilly Co Eli Tgf beta 1 specific antibodies
SI1915397T1 (en) 2005-08-19 2015-05-29 Wyeth Llc Antagonist antibodies against gdf-8 and uses in treatment of als and other gdf-8-associated disorders
CN101277976B (en) 2005-10-06 2012-04-11 伊莱利利公司 Anti-myostatin antibodies
UA92504C2 (en) 2005-10-12 2010-11-10 Эли Лилли Энд Компани Anti-myostatin monoclonal antibody
EP2862867A3 (en) 2005-10-25 2015-08-05 The Johns Hopkins University Methods and compositions for the treatment of Marfan syndrome and associated disorders
CA2647107A1 (en) 2006-03-23 2007-09-27 Novartis Ag Anti-tumor cell antigen antibody therapeutics
MX2009002470A (en) 2006-09-05 2009-03-20 Lilly Co Eli Anti-myostatin antibodies.
JP2008102117A (en) 2006-09-21 2008-05-01 Fujifilm Corp Surface plasmon enhanced fluorescence sensor and fluorescence detecting method
ES2538265T3 (en) 2006-10-03 2015-06-18 Genzyme Corporation Antibodies against TGF-beta for use in the treatment of infants at risk of developing bronchopulmonary dysplasia
WO2009018438A1 (en) 2007-07-31 2009-02-05 Cornell Research Foundation, Inc. Protein discovery using intracellular ribosome display
KR100988471B1 (en) 2007-07-06 2010-10-18 전자부품연구원 Apparatus for analyzing cell in real-time and method for measuring cellular metabolism using the same
US20100266577A1 (en) 2007-07-25 2010-10-21 Felipe Samaniego Method of Cancer Treatment with Antagonists of FAS Inhibitors
JP5641599B2 (en) 2007-08-24 2014-12-17 学校法人慶應義塾 Release agent of immunosuppression by tumor cells and antitumor agent using the same
PE20091163A1 (en) 2007-11-01 2009-08-09 Wyeth Corp ANTIBODIES FOR GDF8
EP2271762B1 (en) * 2008-03-14 2016-12-07 Humanzyme Limited Recombinant production of authentic human proteins using human cell expression systems
GB0809592D0 (en) 2008-05-27 2008-07-02 Imp Innovations Ltd Biomaterials
EP2143735A1 (en) 2008-07-10 2010-01-13 Institut Pasteur Variable domains of camelid heavy-chain antibodies directed against glial fibrillary acidic proteins
US20100009424A1 (en) 2008-07-14 2010-01-14 Natasha Forde Sonoporation systems and methods
UY32341A (en) 2008-12-19 2010-07-30 Glaxo Group Ltd NEW ANTIGEN UNION PROTEINS
US8669085B2 (en) 2009-02-05 2014-03-11 Ut-Battelle, Llc Transformation of gram positive bacteria by sonoporation
WO2010144452A1 (en) 2009-06-08 2010-12-16 Acceleron Pharma Inc. Methods for increasing thermogenic adipocytes
US8399624B1 (en) 2009-06-25 2013-03-19 Esbatech, An Alcon Biomedical Research Unit Llc Acceptor framework for CDR grafting
US8815779B2 (en) 2009-09-16 2014-08-26 SwitchGear Genomics, Inc. Transcription biomarkers of biological responses and methods
CA2779472C (en) 2009-11-03 2021-03-16 Acceleron Pharma Inc. The use of a composition comprising an activin type iib receptor polypeptide in the treatment of fatty liver disease
US8956828B2 (en) 2009-11-10 2015-02-17 Sangamo Biosciences, Inc. Targeted disruption of T cell receptor genes using engineered zinc finger protein nucleases
AU2010322011B2 (en) 2009-11-17 2016-03-31 Acceleron Pharma Inc. ActRIIB proteins and variants and uses therefore relating to utrophin induction for muscular dystrophy therapy
US8637637B2 (en) 2010-01-12 2014-01-28 Bill Nai-Chau Sun Fc fusion proteins of human growth hormone
WO2011102483A1 (en) 2010-02-19 2011-08-25 独立行政法人理化学研究所 HUMAN LAP TGF-β BINDING ANTIBODY
JO3340B1 (en) 2010-05-26 2019-03-13 Regeneron Pharma Antibodies to human gdf8
UY33421A (en) 2010-06-03 2011-12-30 Glaxo Wellcome House HUMANIZED ANTIGEN UNION PROTEINS
EP2407487A1 (en) 2010-07-14 2012-01-18 F-Star Biotechnologische Forschungs - und Entwicklungsges. M.B.H. Multispecific modular antibody
CA2808382A1 (en) 2010-08-16 2012-02-23 Amgen Inc. Antibodies that bind myostatin, compositions and methods
SG189313A1 (en) 2010-10-08 2013-05-31 John C Williams A monoclonal antibody framework binding interface for meditopes, meditope delivery systems and methods for their use
KR20140032394A (en) 2011-03-30 2014-03-14 내셔날 유니버시티 코포레이션 유니버시티 오브 토야마 Method for selecting plasma cells plasmablasts, method for porducing target antigen-specific antibody, and new monoclonal antibody
KR102051014B1 (en) * 2011-06-03 2019-12-04 조마 테크놀로지 리미티드 Antibodies specific for tgf-beta
US9505763B2 (en) 2011-07-25 2016-11-29 Vanderbilt University Cancer treatment using BMP inhibitor
WO2013023251A1 (en) 2011-08-18 2013-02-21 Affinity Biosciences Pty Ltd Soluble polypeptides
WO2013033420A1 (en) 2011-08-30 2013-03-07 Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research Methods of downregulating translocated oncogene expression using bromodomain inhibitors
IL296507A (en) 2011-10-10 2022-11-01 Hope City Meditopes and meditope-binding antibodies and uses thereof
US8871209B2 (en) 2011-11-14 2014-10-28 Regeneron Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Compositions and methods for increasing muscle mass and muscle strength by specifically antagonizing GDF8 and or Activin A
SI2794658T1 (en) 2011-12-19 2017-05-31 Synimmune Gmbh Bispecific antibody molecule
PE20150223A1 (en) 2012-06-15 2015-02-11 Pfizer ANTIBODIES ENHANCED ANTIBODIES AGAINST GROWTH AND DIFFERENTIATION FACTOR-8 AND THE USES OF THEM
WO2014030780A1 (en) 2012-08-22 2014-02-27 Mogam Biotechnology Research Institute Screening and engineering method of super-stable immunoglobulin variable domains and their uses
PL2895503T3 (en) 2012-09-13 2019-09-30 Bristol-Myers Squibb Company Fibronectin based scaffold domain proteins that bind to myostatin
WO2014074532A2 (en) 2012-11-06 2014-05-15 Scholar Rock Inc. Compositions and methods for modulating cell signaling
US20150328249A1 (en) 2012-12-11 2015-11-19 Los Angeles Biomedical Research Institute At Harbor-Ucla Medical Center Modulation of myofiber repair by anti-myostatin strategies and/or ppar gamma ligands, alone or in combination with stem cells, for the therapy of critical limb ischemia and other ischemic processes affecting the skeletal muscle
RU2714733C2 (en) 2013-03-15 2020-02-19 Мемориал Слоан-Кеттеринг Кэнсер Сентер Multimerization technologies
WO2015015003A1 (en) 2013-08-01 2015-02-05 Université Catholique de Louvain Anti-garp protein and uses thereof
EP2832747A1 (en) 2013-08-01 2015-02-04 Université Catholique de Louvain Anti-GARP protein and uses thereof
CA2947967A1 (en) 2014-05-06 2015-11-12 Scholar Rock, Inc. Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
AU2015342936B2 (en) * 2014-11-06 2020-10-08 Scholar Rock, Inc. Anti-pro/latent-Myostatin antibodies and uses thereof

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7320789B2 (en) * 2001-09-26 2008-01-22 Wyeth Antibody inhibitors of GDF-8 and uses thereof
US20060263354A1 (en) * 2005-04-25 2006-11-23 Amgen Fremont Inc. Antibodies to myostatin
US9758577B2 (en) * 2013-05-06 2017-09-12 Scholar Rock, Inc. Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US9758576B2 (en) * 2013-05-06 2017-09-12 Scholar Rock, Inc. Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation

Cited By (23)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US10704021B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2020-07-07 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic perfusion devices
US10724029B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2020-07-28 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustophoretic separation technology using multi-dimensional standing waves
US10967298B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2021-04-06 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Driver and control for variable impedence load
US11007457B2 (en) 2012-03-15 2021-05-18 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Electronic configuration and control for acoustic standing wave generation
US10597443B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2020-03-24 Scholar Rock, Inc. Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US11827698B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2023-11-28 Scholar Rock, Inc. Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US10981981B2 (en) 2013-05-06 2021-04-20 Scholar Rock, Inc. Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US10975368B2 (en) 2014-01-08 2021-04-13 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustophoresis device with dual acoustophoretic chamber
US11752211B2 (en) 2014-06-23 2023-09-12 Novartis Ag Fatty acids and their use in conjugation to biomolecules
US10786576B2 (en) 2014-06-23 2020-09-29 Novartis Ag Fatty acids and their use in conjugation to biomolecules
US10588980B2 (en) 2014-06-23 2020-03-17 Novartis Ag Fatty acids and their use in conjugation to biomolecules
US11021699B2 (en) 2015-04-29 2021-06-01 FioDesign Sonics, Inc. Separation using angled acoustic waves
US11708572B2 (en) 2015-04-29 2023-07-25 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic cell separation techniques and processes
US11459540B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2022-10-04 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Expanded bed affinity selection
US11474085B2 (en) 2015-07-28 2022-10-18 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Expanded bed affinity selection
US11643459B2 (en) 2016-03-11 2023-05-09 Scholar Rock, Inc. TGFβ1-binding immunoglobulins and use thereof
US11214789B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2022-01-04 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Concentration and washing of particles with acoustics
US11085035B2 (en) 2016-05-03 2021-08-10 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Therapeutic cell washing, concentration, and separation utilizing acoustophoresis
US11377651B2 (en) 2016-10-19 2022-07-05 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Cell therapy processes utilizing acoustophoresis
US11420136B2 (en) 2016-10-19 2022-08-23 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Affinity cell extraction by acoustics
US10785574B2 (en) 2017-12-14 2020-09-22 Flodesign Sonics, Inc. Acoustic transducer driver and controller
US11130803B2 (en) 2018-07-11 2021-09-28 Scholar Rock, Inc. Isoform-selective TGFβ1 inhibitors and use thereof
US12122823B2 (en) 2021-08-19 2024-10-22 Scholar Rock, Inc. Isoform-selective TGFB1 inhibitors and use thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US9758577B2 (en) 2017-09-12
SI2981822T1 (en) 2021-08-31
DK2981822T3 (en) 2020-12-07
HRP20201914T1 (en) 2021-01-22
JP2023156328A (en) 2023-10-24
AU2017203611C1 (en) 2021-12-23
IL281549B2 (en) 2023-08-01
RS61778B1 (en) 2021-06-30
IL281549A (en) 2021-05-31
US20200131259A1 (en) 2020-04-30
WO2014182676A3 (en) 2015-02-05
CY1123907T1 (en) 2022-03-24
AU2017203611B2 (en) 2019-03-07
US9573995B2 (en) 2017-02-21
EP2981822A2 (en) 2016-02-10
US9580500B2 (en) 2017-02-28
JP6796695B2 (en) 2020-12-09
ES2837042T3 (en) 2021-06-29
US20150361421A1 (en) 2015-12-17
US20170190767A1 (en) 2017-07-06
AU2019203834A1 (en) 2019-06-20
SG10201913751RA (en) 2020-03-30
US9399676B2 (en) 2016-07-26
AU2014262843B2 (en) 2017-06-22
US20180016332A1 (en) 2018-01-18
US20190085067A1 (en) 2019-03-21
WO2014182676A2 (en) 2014-11-13
EP3816625A1 (en) 2021-05-05
IL281549B1 (en) 2023-04-01
JP2021050201A (en) 2021-04-01
US11827698B2 (en) 2023-11-28
EP2981822A4 (en) 2017-02-15
US20160289318A1 (en) 2016-10-06
AU2021204415A1 (en) 2021-07-29
US20150337034A1 (en) 2015-11-26
US9758576B2 (en) 2017-09-12
HUE052232T2 (en) 2021-04-28
IL301607A (en) 2023-05-01
US10597443B2 (en) 2020-03-24
US20210284722A1 (en) 2021-09-16
PL2981822T4 (en) 2021-07-12
JP2020062007A (en) 2020-04-23
IL242193B (en) 2021-04-29
SG10201800800YA (en) 2018-03-28
US10981981B2 (en) 2021-04-20
JP2017200915A (en) 2017-11-09
CA2911514A1 (en) 2014-11-13
JP2016521283A (en) 2016-07-21
US20170210798A1 (en) 2017-07-27
AU2014262843A1 (en) 2015-11-19
SG11201508681QA (en) 2015-11-27
PL2981822T3 (en) 2021-07-12
US20160031980A1 (en) 2016-02-04
EP2981822B1 (en) 2020-09-02
US20150361175A1 (en) 2015-12-17
LT2981822T (en) 2020-12-28
PT2981822T (en) 2020-12-07
AU2017203611A1 (en) 2017-06-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11827698B2 (en) Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
US20170073406A1 (en) Compositions and methods for growth factor modulation
WO2016073906A2 (en) Transforming growth factor-related immunoassays
JP2019163317A (en) Compositions and methods for modulating cell signaling
KR20210071987A (en) Anti-CD79 antibodies and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: SCHOLAR ROCK, INC., MASSACHUSETTS

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:SCHURPF, THOMAS;MAHANTHAPPA, NAGESH K.;STRAUB, MICHELLE MARIE;SIGNING DATES FROM 20160627 TO 20160628;REEL/FRAME:043518/0362

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: APPEAL BRIEF (OR SUPPLEMENTAL BRIEF) ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: NON FINAL ACTION MAILED

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: RESPONSE TO NON-FINAL OFFICE ACTION ENTERED AND FORWARDED TO EXAMINER

STPP Information on status: patent application and granting procedure in general

Free format text: FINAL REJECTION MAILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: NOTICE OF APPEAL FILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: EXAMINER'S ANSWER TO APPEAL BRIEF MAILED

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: ON APPEAL -- AWAITING DECISION BY THE BOARD OF APPEALS

STCV Information on status: appeal procedure

Free format text: BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION RENDERED

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- AFTER EXAMINER'S ANSWER OR BOARD OF APPEALS DECISION